A logicall analysis of twentie select Psalmes, performed by W. Temple
         Temple, William, Sir, 1555-1627.
      
       
         
           1605
        
      
       Approx. 431 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 115 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2005-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A13579
         STC 23870
         ESTC S118342
         99853549
         99853549
         18936
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A13579)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 18936)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 941:9)
      
       
         
           
             A logicall analysis of twentie select Psalmes, performed by W. Temple
             Temple, William, Sir, 1555-1627.
          
           [20], 210, [2] p.
           
             By Felix Kyngston, for Thomas Man, and are to be sold at his shop in Pater-noster row, at the signe of the Talbot,
             Imprinted at London :
             1605.
          
           
             The first leaf and the last leaf are blank.
             Reproduction of the original in the Folger Shakespeare Library.
             A2,1 bound in that order after 2E1.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Bible. -- O.T. -- Psalms -- Commentaries -- Early works to 1800.
           Logic -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2004-07 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-09 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-10 John Latta
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-10 John Latta
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2005-01 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           A
           LOGICALL
           ANALYSIS
           OF
           TWENTIE
           SELECT
           PSALMES
           ,
           Performed
           by
           W.
           TEMPLE
           .
        
         
           
             A
             man
             in
             honour
             ,
             and
             who
             vnderstandeth
             not
             ,
             is
             made
             like
             to
             the
             beasts
             that
             perish
             .
          
           
             
               Psal.
               49.21
            
             .
          
           
             Life
             is
             in
             the
             way
             of
             righteousnesse
             ,
             and
             the
             pathway
             thereof
             leades
             not
             vnto
             death
             .
          
           
             
               Prou.
               12.28
            
             .
          
        
         
           Imprinted
           at
           London
           by
           FELIX
           KYNGSTON
           ,
           for
           
             Thomas
             Man
          
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           at
           his
           shop
           in
           Pater-noster
           row
           ,
           at
           the
           signe
           of
           the
           Talbot
           .
           1605.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           MOST
           NOBLE
           PRINCE
           ,
           HENRY
           PRINCE
           OF
           WALES
           .
        
         
           MOst
           noble
           Prince
           .
           It
           succeedeth
           with
           the
           Art
           of
           Logike
           ,
           as
           it
           doth
           with
           a
           drug
           of
           rare
           vertues
           :
           which
           resting
           confined
           within
           the
           limits
           of
           the
           Apothecaries
           shop
           ,
           winneth
           not
           anie
           opinion
           or
           credit
           with
           men
           :
           but
           being
           taken
           out
           and
           skilfully
           applied
           ,
           discloseth
           her
           value
           &
           merit
           .
           So
           this
           art
           resting
           imprisoned
           within
           the
           lists
           of
           the
           schoole
           and
           the
           cabinets
           of
           the
           learned
           ,
           findeth
           no
           grace
           or
           regard
           :
           but
           being
           drawne
           foorth
           as
           it
           were
           into
           the
           field
           of
           imployment
           and
           seruice
           ,
           it
           doth
           then
           manifest
           to
           the
           world
           the
           proportion
           of
           worth
           and
           respect
           ,
           that
           is
           due
           vnto
           her
           .
           For
           to
           be
           able
           ,
           first
           to
           contriue
           and
           perfit
           the
           frame
           of
           a
           discourse
           :
           and
           then
           againe
           to
           discouer
           and
           lay
           foorth
           in
           the
           pure
           naturals
           not
           onely
           the
           seuerall
           members
           ,
           but
           the
           particular
           structure
           and
           conformation
           of
           the
           same
           :
           what
           estimation
           doth
           it
           not
           deserue
           ?
           And
           this
           
           is
           it
           which
           Logike
           doth
           vndertake
           and
           performe
           .
           Out
           of
           the
           former
           imployment
           this
           worthie
           art
           furnisheth
           vnto
           vs
           varietie
           and
           choise
           of
           arguments
           for
           cleering
           the
           cause
           in
           question
           :
           and
           directeth
           vs
           to
           hold
           that
           ,
           which
           is
           true
           and
           iustifiable
           :
           to
           disclaime
           that
           ,
           which
           is
           inconsequent
           :
           to
           marshall
           each
           thing
           in
           his
           proper
           ranke
           and
           place
           .
           Out
           of
           the
           other
           vse
           and
           seruice
           it
           yeeldeth
           vnto
           vs
           a
           benefit
           of
           no
           lesse
           moment
           and
           aduantage
           :
           wee
           being
           guided
           by
           her
           addresse
           in
           the
           examination
           and
           triall
           of
           the
           worke
           made
           :
           to
           the
           end
           we
           may
           not
           be
           deceiued
           with
           any
           outward
           lustre
           and
           shew
           ,
           but
           be
           exactly
           informed
           how
           sound
           and
           warrantable
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           is
           propounded
           .
           Hereupon
           answerably
           to
           the
           direction
           in
           this
           behalfe
           ,
           in
           the
           first
           place
           wee
           consider
           what
           the
           proper
           subiect
           is
           ,
           that
           is
           deduced
           and
           handled
           :
           the
           inobseruation
           whereof
           being
           the
           originall
           of
           an
           erronious
           and
           misguided
           course
           in
           iudging
           .
           For
           as
           wee
           cannot
           iudge
           with
           what
           commendation
           and
           credit
           ,
           either
           the
           Canonier
           dischargeth
           his
           shot
           ,
           being
           ignorant
           of
           the
           marke
           whereat
           he
           leuelled
           :
           or
           the
           Nauigator
           performeth
           his
           course
           ,
           being
           not
           made
           acquainted
           to
           what
           cape
           or
           port
           he
           would
           arriue
           :
           so
           in
           case
           it
           be
           vnknowne
           vnto
           vs
           what
           is
           the
           peculiar
           different
           and
           position
           debated
           in
           anie
           tractate
           or
           speech
           ,
           we
           cannot
           discerne
           with
           what
           soundnes
           and
           wisedome
           the
           dispute
           is
           managed
           :
           we
           cannot
           challenge
           ought
           as
           impertinent
           :
           nor
           take
           exception
           to
           inconsequences
           .
           Hauing
           found
           and
           obserued
           the
           question
           ,
           we
           are
           in
           the
           second
           place
           to
           examine
           the
           qualitie
           of
           the
           proofes
           alleaged
           ,
           and
           how
           iudiciously
           the
           illustration
           thereof
           is
           carried
           .
           Wherein
           if
           we
           shal
           proceed
           by
           the
           square
           of
           this
           art
           :
           whatsoeuer
           is
           base
           
           or
           fine
           in
           the
           mettall
           of
           any
           discourse
           ,
           this
           artificiall
           touchstone
           of
           Logike
           will
           vpon
           application
           and
           triall
           immediatly
           detect
           .
           It
           will
           in
           particularitie
           shew
           whether
           the
           wit
           hath
           failed
           in
           the
           search
           of
           allegations
           :
           and
           whether
           error
           in
           liew
           of
           truth
           ,
           inconsequence
           in
           steede
           of
           an
           vncensurable
           conclusion
           ,
           disorder
           in
           place
           of
           methodicall
           proceeding
           hath
           been
           intertained
           .
           Neither
           must
           we
           apprehend
           that
           in
           this
           imployment
           she
           is
           like
           the
           vnskilfull
           Painter
           ,
           who
           cannot
           with
           his
           pensill
           represent
           other
           forme
           than
           of
           a
           fish
           .
           This
           may
           I
           truly
           auouch
           ,
           that
           as
           there
           is
           no
           obiect
           visible
           ,
           which
           the
           well
           affected
           eye
           hauing
           the
           concurrence
           of
           a
           fit
           and
           rightly
           disposed
           meane
           seeeth
           not
           :
           and
           no
           magnitude
           which
           the
           learned
           hand
           of
           the
           Mathematician
           measureth
           not
           :
           so
           there
           is
           no
           subiect
           of
           what
           nature
           soeuer
           ,
           falling
           within
           the
           reach
           of
           naturall
           reason
           ,
           which
           by
           Logike
           the
           expresse
           image
           thereof
           cannot
           be
           disputed
           .
           Out
           of
           this
           large
           extent
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           said
           art
           is
           of
           excellent
           and
           meritorious
           seruice
           in
           deliberations
           and
           resolutions
           of
           State
           ,
           in
           courts
           of
           equitie
           and
           iustice
           ,
           in
           the
           field
           and
           consultations
           militarie
           ,
           yea
           in
           all
           questions
           of
           humane
           and
           ciuill
           consideration
           .
           That
           matters
           diuine
           and
           Theologicall
           are
           not
           excepted
           ,
           but
           that
           in
           the
           handling
           and
           iudging
           of
           them
           also
           Logike
           serueth
           for
           a
           singular
           light
           and
           helpe
           :
           I
           appeale
           to
           the
           Diuines
           of
           this
           and
           all
           former
           ages
           .
           For
           a
           further
           proofe
           whereof
           and
           by
           way
           of
           instance
           in
           this
           behalfe
           :
           though
           I
           am
           not
           of
           that
           reuerend
           and
           worthy
           profession
           ,
           hauing
           been
           imployed
           in
           seruices
           of
           a
           different
           qualitie
           :
           yet
           haue
           I
           of
           late
           in
           this
           time
           of
           my
           idlenes
           ,
           vnder
           hope
           of
           pardon
           at
           the
           hands
           of
           our
           professed
           Theologians
           ,
           attempted
           by
           the
           direction
           
           of
           the
           said
           Art
           an
           Analysis
           of
           certaine
           choise
           Psalmes
           .
           This
           Analysis
           I
           haue
           presumed
           (
           most
           noble
           Prince
           )
           to
           dedicate
           vnto
           your
           Highnes
           ,
           not
           onely
           that
           it
           might
           serue
           as
           a
           pledge
           of
           my
           indisguised
           and
           perpetuall
           deuotion
           to
           your
           seruice
           :
           but
           for
           that
           also
           the
           subiect
           analysed
           is
           a
           meditation
           performed
           by
           a
           great
           Prince
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           nature
           thereof
           no
           argument
           of
           vulgar
           and
           humane
           conceit
           ,
           but
           surpassing
           and
           diuine
           :
           and
           therefore
           a
           Prince
           in
           either
           respect
           the
           fittest
           person
           for
           a
           dedication
           of
           this
           kinde
           .
           To
           tender
           the
           work
           of
           a
           great
           Potentate
           vnto
           one
           of
           an
           inferiour
           representation
           and
           ranke
           ,
           would
           be
           liable
           to
           the
           exception
           of
           disparagement
           .
           Neither
           doth
           it
           cease
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           vnfolding
           &
           exposing
           thereof
           to
           view
           ,
           to
           be
           the
           act
           of
           a
           Prince
           :
           no
           more
           than
           admirable
           excellencies
           leaue
           to
           be
           such
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           discabineted
           &
           presented
           to
           the
           eye
           .
           And
           whereas
           it
           is
           an
           inspired
           &
           sacred
           work
           ,
           it
           is
           vpon
           this
           ground
           also
           not
           vnmeete
           to
           bee
           exhibited
           vnto
           Princes
           .
           For
           they
           holding
           their
           royalties
           and
           honours
           at
           the
           will
           and
           pleasure
           of
           the
           Lord
           of
           Lords
           ,
           cannot
           otherwise
           assure
           their
           inuestiture
           and
           interest
           in
           them
           ,
           than
           by
           a
           course
           of
           obedience
           vnto
           his
           will.
           This
           obedience
           is
           not
           performable
           without
           information
           taken
           of
           what
           is
           pleasing
           .
           This
           information
           is
           taken
           from
           the
           voyce
           onely
           of
           the
           Lord
           in
           Scripture
           .
           This
           voice
           is
           the
           precept
           there
           deliuered
           ,
           or
           the
           iustifiable
           and
           recommended
           practise
           of
           sanctified
           persons
           .
           Now
           this
           subiect
           ,
           whereof
           I
           make
           tender
           vnto
           your
           Highnes
           in
           a
           Logicall
           Analysis
           (
           whereby
           it
           is
           stripped
           as
           it
           were
           of
           all
           outward
           habit
           ,
           and
           laid
           foorth
           in
           the
           first
           and
           naturall
           lineaments
           )
           is
           able
           to
           supplie
           vnto
           the
           greatest
           Princes
           speciall
           direction
           both
           out
           
           of
           precept
           and
           president
           ,
           how
           to
           please
           him
           who
           hath
           thus
           aduanced
           and
           honoured
           them
           .
           Would
           your
           Highnes
           be
           informed
           what
           person
           it
           is
           ,
           who
           onely
           is
           capable
           of
           a
           blessed
           and
           prosperous
           estate
           ?
           The
           first
           Psalme
           will
           resolue
           you
           that
           the
           person
           of
           a
           Prince
           ,
           as
           he
           is
           a
           Prince
           ,
           is
           not
           the
           seate
           of
           this
           blessednes
           and
           felicitie
           ,
           but
           so
           farre
           foorth
           as
           he
           is
           a
           person
           whose
           delight
           is
           in
           the
           law
           of
           the
           Lord.
           And
           therefore
           the
           Prophet
           in
           the
           Psalme
           following
           ,
           out
           of
           a
           desire
           that
           Kings
           and
           Princes
           should
           partake
           in
           the
           glorie
           of
           this
           happinesse
           ,
           earnestly
           perswadeth
           them
           to
           the
           doing
           of
           homage
           and
           worship
           vnto
           Christ
           Iesus
           :
           which
           is
           a
           course
           of
           pietie
           ,
           wherein
           besides
           their
           presenting
           in
           priuate
           of
           all
           spirituall
           seruice
           vnto
           him
           ,
           they
           professe
           withall
           in
           publike
           their
           alleageance
           and
           readie
           obedience
           to
           the
           royall
           authoritie
           and
           lawes
           of
           his
           kingdome
           .
           Would
           your
           Highnes
           be
           aduertised
           what
           sort
           of
           people
           they
           are
           ,
           whom
           you
           ought
           specially
           to
           respect
           and
           esteeme
           ?
           The
           Psalmist
           will
           tell
           you
           out
           of
           his
           owne
           practise
           ,
           Psal.
           16.
           that
           they
           are
           the
           worthies
           and
           excellent
           of
           the
           earth
           .
           Would
           your
           Highnes
           vnderstand
           what
           loue
           and
           regard
           you
           are
           to
           beare
           to
           the
           Sanctuarie
           and
           place
           of
           the
           Lords
           worship
           ?
           It
           may
           please
           you
           to
           take
           notice
           hereof
           out
           of
           the
           84.
           
           Psalme
           :
           where
           King
           Dauid
           imparteth
           with
           vs
           his
           passionate
           longing
           to
           returne
           vnto
           the
           house
           of
           the
           Lords
           publike
           seruice
           ,
           recommending
           it
           by
           way
           of
           admiraiton
           as
           most
           worthie
           of
           al
           respect
           and
           affection
           on
           our
           part
           :
           and
           valuing
           his
           participation
           there
           with
           the
           godly
           in
           the
           said
           seruice
           aboue
           all
           the
           regalities
           and
           honors
           in
           this
           world
           .
           Would
           your
           Highnes
           bee
           presented
           
           with
           a
           picture
           of
           the
           miseries
           whereto
           both
           Prince
           and
           people
           are
           subiect
           ?
           This
           picture
           the
           90.
           
           Psalme
           with
           the
           39.
           affoordeth
           vnto
           vs.
           There
           Princes
           may
           learne
           that
           our
           fairest
           and
           best
           daies
           are
           vexation
           and
           griefe
           :
           that
           Man
           ,
           and
           whatsoeuer
           is
           of
           strength
           and
           excellencie
           in
           man
           ,
           is
           for
           weaknes
           and
           brittlenes
           like
           a
           moth
           :
           that
           our
           life
           for
           length
           is
           as
           a
           spanne
           ,
           as
           nothing
           ,
           as
           a
           day
           past
           ,
           a
           watch
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           a
           dreame
           ,
           a
           word
           ,
           a
           thought
           .
           Would
           your
           Highnes
           behold
           as
           it
           were
           in
           a
           glasse
           the
           singular
           aduantages
           and
           priuiledges
           of
           depending
           on
           the
           Lord
           ?
           This
           glasse
           will
           the
           91.
           
           Psalme
           furnish
           vnto
           you
           .
           To
           be
           short
           :
           if
           your
           Highnes
           desire
           to
           see
           a
           president
           how
           a
           Prince
           shuld
           demeane
           himselfe
           ,
           either
           in
           the
           case
           of
           any
           his
           capitall
           transgressions
           against
           the
           Lord
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           case
           of
           blasphemie
           committed
           by
           others
           :
           the
           cariage
           of
           this
           worthie
           King
           Dauid
           will
           in
           either
           case
           serue
           for
           a
           most
           worthy
           president
           .
           In
           the
           51.
           
           Psalme
           ,
           whereas
           hee
           had
           by
           misgouernment
           of
           his
           person
           mightily
           transgressed
           ,
           being
           admonished
           hereof
           by
           Nathan
           one
           of
           the
           Lords
           faithful
           remembrancers
           ,
           he
           performeth
           two
           remarkable
           duties
           :
           the
           one
           of
           humbling
           himselfe
           before
           the
           Lord
           out
           of
           a
           repentant
           heart
           :
           the
           other
           of
           earnest
           mediation
           ,
           that
           the
           Lord
           would
           be
           pleased
           not
           to
           interpret
           his
           transgression
           to
           the
           preiudice
           of
           the
           Church
           and
           Common-wealth
           of
           Israel
           .
           In
           the
           94.
           
           Psalme
           ,
           finding
           himselfe
           disabled
           to
           proceede
           in
           iustice
           against
           some
           ,
           who
           being
           not
           contented
           to
           tyrannize
           the
           Lords
           people
           ,
           did
           withall
           disgorge
           blasphemie
           against
           the
           Lord
           himselfe
           ,
           he
           doth
           first
           solicite
           the
           Lord
           to
           a
           reall
           execution
           of
           his
           wrath
           against
           them
           :
           and
           then
           by
           a
           quick
           and
           
           pertinent
           apology
           he
           cleereth
           the
           glorious
           and
           fearfull
           name
           of
           the
           Lord
           from
           all
           imputation
           and
           dishonour
           .
           You
           see
           hereby
           (
           most
           worthie
           Prince
           )
           the
           ground
           and
           inducement
           of
           this
           my
           dedication
           :
           which
           if
           it
           may
           in
           these
           your
           tender
           yeeres
           be
           of
           any
           vse
           vnto
           your
           Highnes
           ,
           either
           for
           instruction
           in
           the
           knowledge
           of
           that
           eternall
           Lord
           ,
           who
           will
           honour
           Princes
           in
           case
           they
           honour
           him
           ,
           or
           for
           admonition
           of
           dutie
           in
           your
           cariage
           towards
           him
           :
           I
           shall
           attaine
           to
           the
           scope
           of
           my
           deseigne
           herein
           .
           The
           almightie
           King
           so
           blesse
           your
           Highnes
           in
           the
           course
           of
           your
           education
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           be
           a
           meane
           to
           supply
           your
           noble
           heart
           with
           all
           princely
           vertues
           ,
           and
           draw
           vpon
           your
           person
           all
           honourable
           happinesse
           .
        
         
           
             
               To
               your
               Highnes
               seruice
               most
               affectionatly
               deuoted
               ,
            
             W.
             TEMPLE
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           TO
           THE
           READER
           .
        
         
           THE
           author
           of
           this
           Analysis
           ,
           where
           he
           differeth
           either
           in
           the
           translation
           of
           any
           Psalme
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           exposition
           thereof
           from
           others
           (
           besides
           the
           particular
           direction
           affoorded
           him
           for
           his
           choise
           from
           the
           proper
           nature
           and
           course
           of
           analysing
           )
           hath
           for
           his
           warrant
           in
           this
           behalfe
           some
           interpreters
           of
           the
           best
           note
           and
           qualitie
           .
           And
           whereas
           he
           hath
           in
           the
           cariage
           of
           the
           said
           Analysis
           sequestred
           in
           a
           manner
           all
           termes
           of
           art
           and
           schoole
           ,
           some
           few
           onely
           excepted
           which
           the
           pen
           and
           pulpit
           haue
           allowed
           :
           howsoeuer
           happily
           he
           could
           haue
           proceeded
           therein
           after
           a
           more
           Logicall
           formalitie
           ,
           and
           so
           in
           likelihood
           haue
           better
           satisfied
           aswell
           others
           who
           haue
           tasted
           the
           Vniuersitie
           ,
           as
           himselfe
           :
           yet
           hath
           he
           iudged
           it
           meete
           to
           hold
           this
           popular
           and
           plaine
           course
           :
           least
           in
           an
           argument
           divulged
           for
           the
           vse
           of
           all
           ,
           he
           should
           out
           of
           a
           care
           of
           yeelding
           satisfaction
           to
           a
           few
           ,
           giue
           occasion
           vnto
           many
           of
           iust
           exception
           and
           challenge
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           SVRVEY
           ASWELL
           OF
           THE
           POSITIONS
           AND
           QVESTIONS
           BOTH
           PRINCIPAL
           and
           occasionall
           disputed
           by
           the
           Prophet
           in
           the
           Psalmes
           analysed
           ,
           as
           of
           other
           important
           matters
           handled
           by
           way
           of
           declaration
           .
        
         
           
             THat
             the
             godly
             man
             onely
             is
             blessed
             :
             disputed
             Psal.
             1.
             pag.
             2.
             lin
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             condition
             of
             the
             wicked
             is
             alwaies
             vnprosperous
             and
             wretched
             :
             handled
             Psal.
             1.
             pag.
             5.
             lin
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             That
             both
             Prince
             and
             people
             ought
             to
             renounce
             their
             proceedings
             against
             Christ
             :
             and
             so
             to
             doe
             worship
             and
             homage
             vnto
             him
             :
             perswaded
             Psal.
             2.
             pag.
             8.
             lin
             .
             2.
             
          
           
             That
             all
             proceedings
             against
             Christ
             will
             prooue
             vaine
             and
             succeslesse
             :
             argued
             pag.
             9.
             lin
             .
             4.
             
          
           
             That
             such
             as
             oppose
             against
             Christ
             shall
             suddenly
             perish
             :
             argued
             pag.
             13.
             lin
             .
             27.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             hath
             annointed
             Christ
             to
             be
             king
             ouer
             his
             Church
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             11.
             lin
             .
             14.
             
          
           
             The
             Lords
             decree
             touching
             the
             choise
             and
             ordaining
             of
             Christ
             to
             be
             King
             ouer
             his
             Church
             ,
             set
             foorth
             pag.
             12.
             and
             13.
             where
             the
             publisher
             and
             parts
             of
             the
             decree
             are
             declared
             .
          
           
             That
             the
             Lords
             deare
             children
             are
             they
             ,
             vnto
             whom
             the
             Prophet
             is
             to
             doe
             good
             :
             declared
             pag.
             16.
             lin
             .
             32.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lords
             deare
             children
             are
             they
             ,
             in
             whom
             the
             Prophets
             whole
             delight
             and
             loue
             is
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             18.
             
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             detestation
             of
             idolatrie
             :
             declared
             pag.
             18.
             lin
             .
             12.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             onely
             is
             vnto
             him
             perfit
             happines
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             20.
             lin
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             
             That
             he
             shall
             neuer
             fall
             frō
             the
             fauour
             of
             God
             :
             proued
             p.
             21.
             l.
             19.
             
          
           
             Sanctification
             and
             the
             parts
             thereof
             :
             declared
             pag.
             20.
             lin
             .
             34.
             
          
           
             The
             assurance
             of
             our
             resurrection
             ,
             and
             the
             excellencie
             of
             eternall
             life
             :
             declared
             pag.
             21.
             lin
             .
             36.
             and
             pag.
             22.
             lin
             .
             13.
             
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             profession
             of
             dependance
             on
             the
             Lord
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             24.
             lin
             .
             29.
             and
             pag.
             25.26.27.28
             .
             and
             pag.
             120.
             and
             121.
             and
             pag.
             31.
             lin
             .
             23.
             
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             gratefull
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             Lords
             gracious
             proceedings
             ,
             handled
             pag.
             34.
             lin
             .
             18.
             and
             pag.
             35.
             lin
             .
             30.
             and
             pag.
             194.
             and
             pag.
             19.163.171.184
             .
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             exhortation
             vnto
             others
             to
             concurre
             with
             him
             in
             the
             dutie
             of
             magnifying
             the
             Lord
             :
             handled
             pag.
             35.
             lin
             .
             23.
             and
             pag.
             180.
             lin
             .
             25.
             and
             pag.
             184.
             pag.
             185.186
             .
          
           
             That
             we
             ought
             to
             meditate
             on
             the
             goodnes
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             we
             may
             thereupon
             be
             moued
             to
             trust
             in
             him
             :
             argued
             pag.
             37.
             lin
             .
             11.
             
          
           
             A
             perswasion
             to
             feare
             the
             Lord.
             pag.
             38.
             lin
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             Wherein
             the
             feare
             of
             the
             Lord
             consisteth
             ,
             shewed
             pag.
             39.
             lin
             .
             21.
             
          
           
             A
             perswasion
             to
             practise
             certaine
             particulars
             of
             obedience
             required
             by
             the
             Lord
             in
             his
             law
             .
             pag.
             40.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             doth
             minister
             a
             supplie
             of
             his
             gracious
             fauours
             to
             the
             practisers
             of
             the
             said
             obedience
             .
             pag.
             40.
             lin
             .
             10.
             
          
           
             In
             what
             sort
             the
             Lord
             doth
             execute
             his
             wrath
             vpon
             the
             wicked
             .
             pag.
             41.
             lin
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             godly
             are
             without
             grieuing
             at
             the
             prosperitie
             of
             the
             wicked
             to
             rest
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             to
             walke
             obediently
             before
             him
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             44.
             lin
             .
             30.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             proceedeth
             with
             the
             wicked
             to
             their
             ruine
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             godly
             to
             their
             good
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             46.
             lin
             .
             5.
             and
             pag.
             117.
             lin
             .
             27.
             and
             pag.
             118.
             
          
           
             That
             by
             the
             practise
             of
             dependance
             on
             the
             Lord
             and
             holines
             of
             life
             ,
             it
             shall
             succeede
             well
             with
             vs
             in
             all
             our
             affaires
             :
             handled
             p.
             47.
             lin
             .
             34.
             
          
           
             The
             obiections
             made
             against
             the
             Lords
             fauourable
             proceeding
             with
             the
             godly
             ,
             refelled
             and
             answered
             pag.
             49.
             lin
             .
             25.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             plotting
             of
             the
             wicked
             against
             the
             iust
             is
             without
             successe
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             50.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             little
             pittance
             furnished
             by
             the
             Lord
             vnto
             the
             godly
             
             man
             ,
             is
             of
             great
             vse
             &
             comfort
             vnto
             him
             :
             shewed
             p.
             51.
             lin
             .
             26
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             supplieth
             vnto
             the
             godly
             continuall
             reliefe
             and
             maintenance
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             53.
             lin
             .
             5.
             
          
           
             That
             reliefe
             shall
             not
             faile
             vnto
             the
             godly
             in
             the
             time
             of
             famine
             :
             debated
             pag.
             53.
             lin
             .
             31.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             wicked
             in
             the
             time
             of
             famine
             shall
             perish
             for
             want
             of
             reliefe
             .
             pag.
             54.
             lin
             .
             9.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             godly
             are
             enabled
             to
             be
             helpfull
             vnto
             others
             in
             the
             time
             of
             famine
             :
             argued
             pag.
             54.
             lin
             .
             21.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             doth
             settle
             and
             fortifie
             the
             estate
             of
             the
             godly
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             55.
             lin
             .
             22.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             fall
             of
             the
             godly
             is
             a
             recouerable
             fall
             .
             pag.
             56.
             
          
           
             That
             by
             resting
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             walking
             obediently
             before
             him
             ,
             the
             godly
             shall
             enioy
             a
             long
             ,
             safe
             and
             comfortable
             life
             :
             debated
             pag.
             57.
             lin
             .
             17.
             
          
           
             That
             by
             this
             course
             of
             depending
             on
             the
             Lord
             and
             walking
             obediently
             before
             him
             ,
             the
             godly
             man
             shall
             obtaine
             this
             fauour
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             an
             eye
             witnesse
             of
             the
             Lords
             iustice
             executed
             vpon
             the
             wicked
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             59.
             lin
             .
             20.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             godly
             man
             endeth
             his
             daies
             in
             peace
             and
             happines
             :
             handled
             pag.
             60.
             lin
             .
             12.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             godly
             are
             they
             ,
             whom
             the
             Lord
             euer
             helpeth
             in
             the
             time
             of
             affliction
             :
             argued
             pag.
             60.
             lin
             .
             22.
             
          
           
             A
             relation
             of
             the
             combat
             the
             Prophet
             had
             betwixt
             the
             spirit
             and
             the
             flesh
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             issue
             thereof
             .
             pag.
             62.
             and
             63.
             and
             pag.
             197.
             lin
             .
             16.
             
          
           
             That
             our
             life
             is
             by
             the
             Lords
             ordinance
             exceeding
             short
             and
             subiect
             to
             vanitie
             :
             handled
             pag.
             64.
             lin
             .
             5.
             and
             pag.
             69.
             lin
             .
             15.
             and
             26.
             also
             pag.
             70.
             lin
             .
             5.
             and
             pag.
             136.
             lin
             .
             15.
             and
             pag.
             137.
             lin
             .
             1.
             and
             lin
             .
             vlt.
             
          
           
             That
             no
             man
             is
             of
             sufficient
             strength
             to
             endure
             the
             Lords
             afflicting
             hand
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             68.
             lin
             .
             vlt.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             godly
             should
             not
             feare
             the
             wicked
             ,
             though
             abounding
             in
             riches
             and
             glorying
             in
             the
             strength
             of
             them
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             73.75.76.77.78.79.80
             .
          
           
             That
             the
             wicked
             ,
             notwithstanding
             their
             wealth
             ,
             die
             in
             their
             owne
             persons
             :
             in
             the
             memorie
             and
             honour
             of
             their
             names
             :
             in
             the
             persons
             also
             of
             their
             posteritie
             :
             handled
             pag.
             76.
             lin
             .
             7.
             
          
           
             
             That
             hell
             shall
             eternally
             torment
             the
             wicked
             :
             but
             the
             righteous
             shall
             eternally
             raigne
             in
             heauen
             ouer
             them
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             79.
             lin
             .
             17.
             and
             30.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             wicked
             shall
             at
             their
             death
             rest
             naked
             and
             stripped
             of
             their
             wealth
             and
             glorie
             ,
             and
             so
             be
             in
             a
             most
             miserable
             case
             :
             prooued
             pag.
             80.
             lin
             .
             24.
             
          
           
             Whether
             the
             true
             worship
             of
             the
             Lord
             consist
             in
             the
             ceremoniall
             action
             of
             sacrificing
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             spirituall
             conformitie
             of
             the
             hart
             to
             the
             Lords
             will
             :
             propounded
             pag.
             83.
             and
             defined
             pag.
             90.
             lin
             .
             13.
             and
             pag.
             93.
             lin
             .
             30.
             
          
           
             A
             description
             of
             the
             Maiestie
             accompanying
             the
             Lords
             comming
             into
             his
             most
             royall
             court
             ,
             to
             determine
             the
             controuersie
             he
             had
             with
             the
             Israelites
             touching
             his
             worship
             .
             pag.
             84.
             lin
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             A
             refutation
             made
             by
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             colourable
             pretences
             and
             allegations
             wherewith
             the
             Israelites
             would
             iustifie
             their
             formall
             and
             outward
             sacrificing
             .
             pag.
             87.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             outward
             profession
             of
             pietie
             and
             obedience
             disaccompanied
             with
             the
             sincere
             affection
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             is
             odious
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             :
             argued
             pag.
             91.
             lin
             .
             32.
             and
             pag.
             89.
             lin
             .
             30.
             
          
           
             The
             cause
             and
             the
             euent
             of
             that
             impious
             conceit
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             who
             imagine
             the
             Lord
             to
             be
             an
             allower
             of
             their
             wickednes
             .
             pag.
             92.
             lin
             .
             17.
             
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             humble
             confession
             of
             his
             sinne
             :
             handled
             pag.
             98.
             lin
             .
             14.
             
          
           
             That
             by
             the
             Lords
             remission
             of
             our
             sinnes
             we
             shall
             subsist
             before
             him
             in
             a
             condition
             and
             estate
             of
             righteousnes
             :
             declared
             p.
             99.
             lin
             .
             31.
             and
             pag.
             100.
             
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             profession
             of
             glorifying
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             magnifying
             his
             fidelitie
             in
             keeping
             promise
             with
             his
             children
             :
             handled
             pag.
             105.
             and
             106.
             also
             pag.
             180.
             lin
             .
             25.
             and
             pag.
             184.
             
          
           
             The
             discourse
             of
             the
             flesh
             vpon
             this
             question
             ,
             whether
             God
             be
             good
             to
             Israel
             :
             the
             seuerall
             effects
             of
             the
             said
             discourse
             :
             the
             inducement
             and
             ground
             of
             holding
             the
             negatiue
             of
             the
             said
             question
             .
             pag.
             111.112.114.115
             .
          
           
             That
             the
             wicked
             enioy
             prosperitie
             .
             What
             are
             the
             parts
             and
             effects
             of
             their
             prosperitie
             :
             declared
             pag.
             112.
             lin
             .
             5.
             and
             pag.
             113.
             
          
           
             A
             liuely
             description
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
             pag.
             113.
             lin
             .
             13.
             and
             pag.
             114.
             
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           LOGICALL
           ANALYSIS
           OF
           TWENTIE
           SELECT
           PSALMES
           .
        
         
           
             THE
             PSALMES
             ANALYSED
             are
             these
             ,
             namely
             :
             
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 1.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 2.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 16.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 27.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 34.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 37.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 39.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 49.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 50.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 51.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 73.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 84.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 90.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 91.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 94.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 103.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 104.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 107.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 116.
                 
              
               
                 Psalm
                 .
                 139.
                 
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             BLessed
             is
             the
             man
             that
             doth
             not
             walke
             in
             the
             counsell
             of
             the
             wicked
             :
             nor
             stand
             in
             the
             way
             of
             sinners
             :
             nor
             sit
             in
             the
             seate
             of
             the
             mockers
             :
          
           
             2
             But
             his
             delight
             is
             in
             the
             Law
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             and
             in
             his
             Law
             doth
             he
             meditate
             day
             and
             night
             .
          
           
             3
             For
             he
             is
             like
             a
             tree
             planted
             by
             the
             riuers
             of
             waters
             :
             which
             bringeth
             forth
             her
             fruite
             in
             due
             season
             :
             whose
             leafe
             fadeth
             not
             :
             so
             〈◊〉
             soeuer
             he
             shall
             do
             ,
             shall
             prosper
             .
          
           
             4
             〈◊〉
             wicked
             are
             not
             so
             :
             but
             as
             the
             chaffe
             which
             the
             winde
             〈…〉
          
           
           
             5
             Therefore
             the
             wicked
             shall
             not
             stand
             in
             the
             iudgement
             :
             nor
             sinners
             in
             the
             assembly
             of
             the
             righteous
             .
          
           
             6
             For
             the
             Lord
             knoweth
             the
             way
             of
             the
             righteous
             :
             and
             the
             way
             of
             the
             wicked
             shall
             perish
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               The
               question
               disputed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               this
               Psalme
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   godlie
                   man
                   onelie
                   is
                   blessed
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1
                     ,
                     2.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               THe
               scope
               of
               the
               Psalmist
               in
               clearing
               this
               question
               is
               to
               rectifie
               our
               conceit
               and
               iudgement
               touching
               the
               person
               who
               is
               capable
               of
               blessednesse
               :
               and
               so
               consequently
               to
               perswade
               vnto
               holines
               of
               life
               .
               For
               if
               ,
               contrarie
               to
               the
               opinion
               of
               the
               wise
               in
               the
               world
               (
               of
               whom
               some
               haue
               seated
               felicitie
               in
               persons
               ciuilly
               vertuous
               ,
               some
               in
               the
               honourable
               and
               rich
               ,
               some
               in
               the
               outward
               grace
               and
               pleasures
               of
               the
               bodie
               )
               the
               sanctified
               person
               onely
               be
               blessed
               :
               we
               ought
               ,
               in
               case
               we
               desire
               to
               be
               happie
               ,
               to
               reforme
               our
               iudgement
               herein
               ,
               and
               betake
               our selues
               to
               a
               course
               of
               pietie
               .
               For
               so
               we
               are
               to
               apprehend
               of
               the
               Prophets
               intention
               in
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               as
               if
               in
               direct
               tearmes
               he
               reasoned
               with
               vs
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     the
                     godly
                     man
                     only
                     be
                     blessed
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     case
                     we
                     desire
                     to
                     be
                     blessed
                     ,
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     betake
                     ourselues
                     to
                     a
                     course
                     of
                     pietie
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     the
                     godly
                     man
                     only
                     is
                     blessed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     in
                     case
                     we
                     desire
                     to
                     be
                     blessed
                     ,
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     betake
                     our selues
                     to
                     a
                     course
                     of
                     pietie
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               or
               first
               sentence
               is
               a
               particular
               consequent
               of
               a
               principle
               in
               common
               reason
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 That
                 in
                 case
                 we
                 would
                 be
                 possessed
                 of
                 a
                 thing
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 be
                 made
                 capable
                 thereof
                 ,
                 and
                 vse
                 the
                 meanes
                 tending
                 thereto
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               or
               second
               sentence
               is
               the
               question
               and
               subiect
               of
               this
               whole
               first
               Psalme
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Conclusion
               or
               last
               sentence
               is
               the
               body
               and
               substance
               of
               all
               the
               Psalmes
               following
               :
               each
               of
               them
               being
               as
               it
               were
               a
               Sermon
               to
               preach
               and
               perswade
               courses
               of
               pietie
               .
            
             
               Now
               before
               the
               Psalmist
               disputes
               the
               said
               question
               by
               force
               of
               argument
               ,
               he
               describeth
               vnto
               vs
               this
               godly
               man
               by
               his
               cariage
               :
               the
               parts
               whereof
               are
               two
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     His
                     forbearance
                     of
                     sinfull
                     actions
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     His
                     imployment
                     in
                     actions
                     of
                     pietie
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                
              
               The
               prophane
               and
               sinfull
               actions
               ,
               which
               the
               godly
               man
               forbeareth
               ,
               are
               of
               three
               degrees
               :
               into
               which
               they
               are
               distinguished
               by
               their
               efficients
               and
               authors
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   deliberate
                   and
                   resolue
                   in
                   heart
                   vpon
                   the
                   committing
                   of
                   sinne
                   at
                   the
                   perswasion
                   of
                   others
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   wicked
                   doth
                   .
                   This
                   action
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   efficient
                   thereof
                   ,
                   is
                   expressed
                   by
                   this
                   phrase
                   of
                   walking
                   in
                   ,
                   or
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   counsell
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   After
                   resolution
                   taken
                   of
                   sinning
                   ,
                   to
                   hold
                   a
                   constant
                   course
                   therein
                   in
                   the
                   traine
                   of
                   our
                   life
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   sinner
                   doth
                   .
                   This
                   action
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   author
                   thereof
                   ,
                   is
                   noted
                   by
                   our
                   standing
                   in
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   the
                   sinner
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Out
                   of
                   an
                   habit
                   of
                   sinning
                   in
                   heart
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   course
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   open
                   profession
                   of
                   impietie
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   reade
                   a
                   Lecture
                   thereof
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Mocker
                   doth
                   .
                   This
                   action
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   committer
                   thereof
                   ,
                   is
                   signified
                   by
                   sitting
                   in
                   the
                   seate
                   of
                   the
                   Mocker
                   .
                
              
               The
               actions
               of
               pietie
               ,
               wherein
               the
               godly
               man
               imployeth
               himselfe
               ,
               are
               ,
               by
               naming
               a
               part
               for
               the
               whole
               ,
               implied
               to
               be
               all
               the
               actions
               and
               duties
               of
               obedience
               required
               at
               our
               hands
               .
               Onely
               two
               of
               them
               are
               here
               specified
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Taking
                     delight
                     in
                     the
                     Law
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Meditating
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Law
                     day
                     and
                     night
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
              
               Hauing
               thus
               described
               the
               person
               ,
               who
               is
               the
               subiect
               and
               seate
               of
               blessednesse
               ,
               he
               proceedeth
               to
               cleare
               the
               question
               in
               hand
               by
               light
               of
               argument
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   With
                   whom
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   prosperously
                   in
                   this
                   and
                   the
                   future
                   life
                   ,
                   he
                   is
                   blessed
                   .
                
                 
                   With
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   onely
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   prosperously
                   in
                   this
                   and
                   the
                   future
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   only
                   is
                   blessed
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               is
               omitted
               ,
               as
               a
               knowne
               and
               cleare
               description
               of
               a
               blessed
               man.
               
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               vers
               .
               3.
               in
               the
               end
               .
               That
               the
               words
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               said
               third
               verse
               carrie
               the
               sense
               comprised
               in
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               may
               appeare
               by
               conference
               of
               them
               with
               the
               4.
               and
               5.
               verse
               .
               In
               which
               verses
               the
               wicked
               (
               whose
               state
               by
               way
               of
               illustrating
               the
               state
               of
               the
               godly
               is
               declared
               by
               the
               Prophet
               )
               are
               made
               as
               chaffe
               and
               vncapable
               of
               an
               happy
               and
               prosperous
               condition
               in
               this
               and
               the
               future
               life
               .
               So
               as
               if
               the
               Prophet
               would
               notifie
               vnto
               vs
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               condition
               allotted
               to
               the
               godly
               ,
               by
               setting
               downe
               the
               difference
               and
               vnlikenes
               which
               the
               state
               of
               the
               wicked
               hath
               therewith
               :
               then
               if
               he
               shew
               that
               the
               state
               of
               the
               wicked
               is
               vnprosperous
               and
               wretched
               in
               either
               life
               :
               we
               are
               proportionably
               to
               conceiue
               that
               he
               would
               thereby
               make
               it
               knowne
               ,
               that
               it
               succeedeth
               prosperously
               with
               the
               godly
               in
               either
               life
               .
            
             
               The
               Conclusion
               is
               vers
               .
               1.
               and
               2.
               
            
             
               Of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               the
               Prophet
               yeeldeth
               vs
               an
               illustration
               ,
               first
               from
               comparisons
               :
               and
               then
               from
               the
               efficient
               cause
               of
               the
               said
               prosperous
               successe
               .
               Of
               the
               comparisons
               the
               one
               is
               a
               Similitude
               or
               a
               comparison
               of
               things
               like
               ;
               the
               other
               a
               Dissimilitude
               or
               a
               comparison
               of
               things
               vnlike
               betwixt
               themselues
               .
            
             
               The
               Similitude
               vsed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   As
                   a
                   tree
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   planted
                   by
                   the
                   riuers
                   of
                   waters
                   ,
                   yeeldeth
                   her
                   fruite
                   in
                   due
                   season
                   and
                   withereth
                   not
                   in
                   her
                   leafe
                   ,
                   alwaies
                   in
                   her
                   kind
                   prospereth
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   So
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   ,
                   whose
                   pietie
                   is
                   fruitfull
                   and
                   neuer
                   withering
                   ,
                   doth
                   alwaies
                   prosper
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Dissimilitude
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   The
                   condition
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   man
                   is
                   alwaies
                   vnprosperous
                   and
                   wretched
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   state
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   is
                   euer
                   prosperous
                   and
                   flourishing
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                  
                   
                
              
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               Dissimilitude
               is
               cleared
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   are
                   liable
                   to
                   vtter
                   reiection
                   by
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   Gods
                   wrath
                   ,
                   their
                   condition
                   is
                   alwaies
                   vnprosperous
                   and
                   wretched
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   wicked
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   liable
                   to
                   vtter
                   reiection
                   by
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   Gods
                   wrath
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   wicked
                   are
                   those
                   whose
                   condition
                   is
                   alwaies
                   vnprosperous
                   and
                   wretched
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               is
               omitted
               .
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               folded
               and
               closed
               vp
               in
               a
               short
               comparison
               ,
               vers
               .
               4.
               in
               the
               end
               :
               where
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               
                 the
                 wicked
                 are
                 as
                 chaffe
                 which
                 the
                 winde
                 driueth
                 away
                 .
              
               This
               short
               comparison
               being
               vnfolded
               and
               distinguished
               into
               his
               parts
               ,
               will
               represent
               vnto
               vs
               both
               the
               said
               Assumption
               and
               a
               declaration
               thereof
               by
               a
               Similitude
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   As
                   chaffe
                   ,
                   a
                   thing
                   contemptible
                   and
                   of
                   no
                   vse
                   ,
                   is
                   readilie
                   dispersed
                   with
                   euery
                   blast
                   of
                   winde
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   the
                   wicked
                   being
                   of
                   no
                   regard
                   with
                   the
                   Lord
                   and
                   of
                   no
                   good
                   vse
                   in
                   life
                   ,
                   rest
                   exposed
                   to
                   vtter
                   reiection
                   by
                   the
                   breath
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   wrath
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Conclusion
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               vers
               .
               4.
               in
               the
               beginning
               :
               so
               is
               it
               repeated
               and
               expounded
               more
               at
               large
               ,
               vers
               .
               5.
               
               Where
               in
               expresse
               termes
               it
               is
               auouched
               ,
               that
               (
               because
               the
               wicked
               are
               as
               chaffe
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               subiect
               to
               vtter
               reiection
               from
               the
               face
               of
               the
               Lord
               )
               therefore
               they
               shall
               not
               stand
               in
               that
               iudgement
               ,
               nor
               in
               the
               assemblie
               of
               the
               iust
               :
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               they
               shall
               not
               be
               partakers
               of
               the
               prosperous
               state
               allotted
               to
               the
               godly
               in
               this
               and
               the
               future
               life
               :
               but
               it
               shall
               succeede
               with
               them
               vnprosperously
               and
               miserably
               in
               either
               .
               By
               iudgement
               therefore
               I
               vnderstand
               the
               prosperous
               condition
               of
               the
               godly
               in
               this
               life
               ,
               ensuing
               vpon
               the
               reformed
               and
               vpright
               cariage
               of
               all
               proceedings
               on
               the
               
               Lords
               part
               :
               and
               by
               
                 the
                 assemblie
                 of
                 the
                 iust
              
               ,
               their
               happie
               state
               in
               the
               future
               world
               .
            
             
               Hitherto
               of
               the
               comparisons
               vsed
               for
               the
               discussing
               of
               this
               point
               ,
               
                 That
                 with
                 the
                 godly
                 it
                 succeedeth
                 prosperously
                 in
                 either
                 life
                 .
              
               The
               truth
               hereof
               is
               further
               manifested
               and
               inforced
               by
               noting
               vnto
               vs
               the
               efficient
               cause
               of
               this
               prosperous
               successe
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Whose
                   way
                   the
                   Lord
                   approoueth
                   and
                   liketh
                   ,
                   with
                   him
                   it
                   euer
                   succeedeth
                   prosperously
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   is
                   he
                   whose
                   way
                   the
                   Lord
                   approoueth
                   and
                   liketh
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     6.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   is
                   he
                   ,
                   with
                   whom
                   it
                   euer
                   succeedeth
                   prosperously
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               (
               namely
               ,
               
                 that
                 the
                 Lord
                 approueth
                 and
                 liketh
                 the
                 way
                 of
                 the
                 godly
              
               )
               is
               amplified
               by
               setting
               downe
               a
               contrarie
               action
               of
               the
               Lords
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     doth
                     dislike
                     and
                     hate
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Whereas
                   the
                   Prophet
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     shall
                     perish
                     :
                  
                   we
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   as
                   meant
                   thereby
                   the
                   efficient
                   cause
                   of
                   this
                   perishing
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   the
                   hatred
                   conceiued
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   against
                   the
                   wicked
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     the
                     Lord
                     doth
                     approoue
                     and
                     like
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     the
                     godly
                     man
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     his
                     person
                     and
                     holy
                     cariage
                     of
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             2.
             
          
           
             WHy
             doe
             the
             nations
             rage
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             plot
             vaine
             things
             ?
          
           
             2
             Why
             doe
             the
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             band
             themselues
             ,
             and
             the
             Princes
             consult
             together
             against
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             against
             his
             Christ
             ?
          
           
             3
             Saying
             :
             Let
             vs
             breake
             their
             bands
             ,
             and
             cast
             their
             cords
             from
             vs.
             
          
           
             4
             He
             that
             sitteth
             in
             the
             heauens
             shall
             laugh
             :
             the
             Lord
             shall
             
             haue
             them
             in
             derision
             .
          
           
             5
             Then
             shall
             he
             speake
             vnto
             them
             in
             his
             wrath
             ,
             and
             confound
             them
             in
             the
             heate
             of
             his
             displeasure
             .
          
           
             6
             He
             shall
             say
             :
             Euen
             I
             haue
             annoynted
             ,
             and
             set
             my
             King
             vpon
             Sion
             mine
             holy
             mountaine
             .
          
           
             7
             I
             will
             declare
             the
             decree
             thereof
             .
             The
             Lord
             said
             vnto
             me
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             Sonne
             :
             this
             day
             haue
             I
             begotten
             thee
             .
          
           
             8
             Aske
             of
             me
             ,
             and
             I
             shall
             giue
             thee
             the
             nations
             for
             thine
             inheritance
             ,
             and
             the
             ends
             of
             the
             earth
             for
             thy
             possession
             .
          
           
             9
             Thou
             shalt
             crush
             them
             with
             a
             scepter
             of
             iron
             ,
             and
             breake
             them
             in
             pieces
             like
             a
             potters
             vessell
             .
          
           
             10
             Be
             wise
             therefore
             now
             ye
             Kings
             :
             be
             learned
             ye
             Iudges
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             11
             Serue
             the
             Lord
             in
             feare
             ,
             and
             reioyce
             with
             trembling
             .
          
           
             12
             Kisse
             the
             Sonne
             ,
             least
             he
             be
             angrie
             ,
             and
             ye
             perish
             in
             the
             way
             ,
             when
             his
             wrath
             shall
             burne
             neuer
             so
             little
             .
             Blessed
             are
             all
             that
             trust
             in
             him
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               2.
               
            
             
               THis
               Psalme
               containes
               an
               exhortation
               to
               all
               estates
               and
               degrees
               of
               men
               both
               Prince
               and
               people
               ,
               to
               forbeare
               plotting
               and
               attempting
               against
               the
               kingdome
               of
               Christ
               ,
               and
               consequently
               to
               doe
               worship
               and
               homage
               vnto
               him
               .
               For
               what
               Dauid
               speakes
               here
               of
               himselfe
               ,
               wee
               must
               take
               it
               spoken
               of
               him
               as
               he
               is
               a
               type
               and
               figure
               of
               Christ.
               And
               it
               is
               true
               that
               the
               tenne
               tribes
               of
               Israel
               with
               their
               Princes
               and
               Gouernours
               ,
               that
               the
               Philistims
               also
               ,
               the
               Ammonites
               and
               others
               warred
               against
               Dauid
               with
               intention
               to
               depriue
               him
               of
               the
               imperiall
               crowne
               and
               scepter
               ,
               which
               he
               had
               receiued
               from
               the
               Lord
               :
               so
               is
               it
               true
               likewise
               that
               the
               Princes
               and
               people
               of
               the
               Iewes
               ,
               the
               high
               Priests
               ,
               Scribes
               and
               Pharisies
               together
               with
               
                 Herod
                 ,
                 Pilate
              
               ,
               and
               their
               associates
               ,
               conspired
               the
               ruine
               of
               Christ
               and
               his
               kingdome
               .
               Which
               conspiracie
               of
               theirs
               was
               vnder
               a
               type
               shadowed
               foorth
               and
               signified
               by
               the
               combination
               entred
               against
               Dauid
               and
               his
               temporall
               soueraigntie
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Question
               then
               deduced
               in
               this
               Psalme
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   both
                   Prince
                   and
                   people
                   should
                   renounce
                   their
                   former
                   proceedings
                   against
                   Christ
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   ,
                   as
                   becommeth
                   loyall
                   subiects
                   ,
                   do
                   worship
                   and
                   homage
                   vnto
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.11.12
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               AS
               I
               take
               this
               to
               be
               the
               question
               handled
               here
               by
               the
               Prophet
               :
               so
               I
               apprehend
               the
               sense
               of
               those
               three
               verses
               ,
               wherein
               the
               said
               question
               is
               contained
               ,
               to
               be
               such
               as
               I
               haue
               set
               downe
               .
               First
               ,
               in
               the
               tenth
               verse
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               vnder
               generall
               termes
               of
               
                 being
                 wise
                 and
                 learned
              
               ,
               aduise
               both
               Prince
               and
               people
               to
               be
               informed
               of
               the
               Lords
               pleasure
               in
               this
               particular
               of
               
                 forbearing
                 all
                 deseignes
                 and
                 practises
                 against
                 Christ.
              
               Then
               verse
               11.
               he
               exhorts
               them
               to
               doe
               worship
               vnto
               him
               ,
               setting
               downe
               the
               manner
               and
               forme
               how
               this
               worship
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               ,
               namely
               ,
               
                 with
                 all
                 reuerence
                 and
                 with
                 a
                 full
                 ioy
                 of
                 heart
                 ,
                 accompanied
                 with
                 a
                 speciall
                 humbling
                 and
                 trembling
                 at
                 the
                 consideration
                 of
                 Christs
                 Maiestie
                 and
                 their
                 former
                 rebellions
                 .
              
               Thirdly
               ,
               in
               the
               12.
               verse
               he
               moues
               them
               to
               the
               doing
               of
               homage
               vnto
               Christ
               :
               where
               by
               
                 kissing
                 the
                 Son
              
               ,
               (
               namely
               ,
               the
               eternall
               Sonne
               of
               God
               mentioned
               in
               the
               seuenth
               verse
               )
               is
               noted
               the
               publike
               acknowledgement
               and
               profession
               which
               both
               Prince
               and
               people
               are
               to
               make
               of
               their
               subiection
               vnto
               Christ.
               Amongst
               the
               ancients
               a
               kisse
               tendered
               by
               an
               inferiour
               to
               a
               superiour
               ,
               was
               a
               signe
               and
               testimonie
               that
               the
               inferiour
               publikely
               acknowledged
               and
               professed
               the
               other
               to
               be
               his
               Lord.
               So
               as
               it
               is
               required
               at
               the
               hands
               of
               all
               Potentates
               and
               their
               subiects
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               not
               onely
               present
               in
               priuate
               
                 a
                 spirituall
                 worship
                 vnto
                 Christ
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 publikely
                 professe
                 their
                 alleageance
                 vnto
                 him
                 ,
                 and
                 obedience
                 to
                 the
                 royall
                 authoritie
                 and
                 lawes
                 of
                 his
                 kingdome
                 .
              
            
             
               Now
               to
               perswade
               both
               Prince
               and
               people
               to
               this
               dutie
               and
               conformitie
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               vseth
               three
               seuerall
               arguments
               :
               the
               first
               whereof
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   your
                   proceedings
                   against
                   Christ
                   will
                   prooue
                   vaine
                   and
                   succeslesse
                   ,
                   forbeare
                   them
                   ,
                   doing
                   worship
                   and
                   homage
                   vnto
                   Christ.
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   your
                   proceedings
                   against
                   Christ
                   will
                   proue
                   vaine
                   and
                   succeslesse
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     &
                     2.
                     
                     Both
                     these
                     verses
                     carrie
                     this
                     sense
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   their
                   mutining
                   ,
                   their
                   plots
                   and
                   endeuours
                   against
                   Christ
                   will
                   not
                   take
                   effect
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   forbeare
                   your
                   proceedings
                   against
                   Christ
                   ,
                   doing
                   worship
                   &
                   homage
                   vnto
                   him
                   .
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     10.11.12
                  
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               :
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               before
               he
               acquaint
               vs
               with
               the
               demonstration
               thereof
               ,
               describeth
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               said
               proceedings
               mentioned
               in
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               by
               noting
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     authors
                     and
                     contriuers
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   &
                   2.
                   
                     which
                     were
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Dauid
                     ,
                     the
                     Princes
                     ,
                     and
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     tenne
                     tribes
                     :
                     the
                     Philistims
                     ,
                     Ammonites
                     and
                     Moabites
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Christ
                     ,
                     the
                     Princes
                     and
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     Iewes
                     ,
                     with
                     Herod
                     and
                     Pilate
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     seuerall
                     degrees
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         Their
                         tumultuous
                         mutining
                         and
                         raging
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       1.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         Their
                         plotting
                         and
                         contriuing
                         of
                         the
                         courses
                         they
                         are
                         to
                         hold
                         for
                         the
                         accomplishment
                         of
                         their
                         deseignes
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       1.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         Their
                         presenting
                         of
                         themselues
                         in
                         open
                         field
                         and
                         in
                         actions
                         of
                         publike
                         hostilitie
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       2.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       
                         Their
                         consulting
                         vpon
                         all
                         occurrences
                         and
                         deuising
                         of
                         stratagems
                         ,
                         that
                         may
                         any
                         way
                         aduance
                         the
                         execution
                         of
                         their
                         proiects
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       2.
                       in
                       the
                       midst
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     persons
                     against
                     whom
                     the
                     said
                     proceedings
                     are
                     :
                     they
                     being
                     intended
                     not
                     onely
                     against
                     Christ
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     person
                     of
                     Christ
                     against
                     God
                     the
                     Father
                     ,
                     the
                     author
                     and
                     erector
                     of
                     Christs
                     kingdome
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     The
                     maine
                     scope
                     and
                     end
                     of
                     them
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     subuersion
                     of
                     Christs
                     kingdome
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Where
                   vnder
                   these
                   
                   termes
                   of
                   
                     breaking
                     their
                     bands
                     and
                     cords
                  
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   endeuours
                   and
                   attempts
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Princes
                   and
                   people
                   to
                   supplant
                   the
                   gouernment
                   and
                   lawes
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   kingdome
                   of
                   Christ
                   is
                   ordered
                   and
                   managed
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   end
                   ,
                   which
                   these
                   mutinous
                   leaguers
                   propound
                   vnto
                   themselues
                   ,
                   is
                   amplified
                   by
                   imparting
                   with
                   vs
                   the
                   action
                   of
                   their
                   mutuall
                   incouraging
                   themselues
                   to
                   a
                   resolute
                   and
                   speedie
                   compassing
                   thereof
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Prophet
                   produceth
                   them
                   ,
                   speaking
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   instigation
                   and
                   incouragement
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     Let
                     vs
                     breake
                     their
                     bands
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               Now
               the
               demonstration
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     the
                     Lord
                     hold
                     no
                     accompt
                     of
                     your
                     deseignes
                     and
                     attempts
                     ,
                     but
                     will
                     proceede
                     to
                     the
                     confounding
                     of
                     them
                     :
                     then
                     can
                     you
                     not
                     preuaile
                     by
                     them
                     against
                     his
                     Christ.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     the
                     Lord
                     holdeth
                     no
                     accompt
                     of
                     your
                     deseignes
                     and
                     attempts
                     ,
                     but
                     will
                     proceede
                     to
                     the
                     confounding
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   and
                   5.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   fourth
                   verse
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     the
                     Lord
                     will
                     laugh
                     and
                     mocke
                     at
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   make
                   no
                   reckoning
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   any
                   possibilitie
                   in
                   them
                   to
                   preuaile
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   fift
                   verse
                   is
                   set
                   downe
                   the
                   Lords
                   purpose
                   to
                   frustrate
                   and
                   disappoint
                   them
                   :
                   which
                   purpose
                   is
                   implied
                   vnder
                   the
                   termes
                   of
                   speaking
                   vnto
                   them
                   in
                   his
                   wrath
                   :
                   and
                   more
                   cleerely
                   signified
                   in
                   the
                   words
                   following
                   ,
                   of
                   confounding
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   heate
                   of
                   his
                   displeasure
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therfore
                     can
                     you
                     not
                     preuaile
                     against
                     his
                     Christ
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   &
                   2.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Here
               least
               any
               of
               these
               rebellious
               leaguers
               might
               apprehend
               in
               the
               Lord
               either
               a
               defect
               of
               power
               to
               disappoint
               their
               enterprises
               against
               his
               Christ
               ,
               or
               a
               purpose
               to
               tēporise
               with
               them
               in
               this
               cause
               :
               the
               Prophet
               amplifieth
               the
               Assumption
               of
               the
               said
               Demonstration
               by
               noting
               vnto
               them
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Lords
                     power
                     ,
                     whereby
                     he
                     is
                     able
                     to
                     defeate
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   vnder
                   that
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   the
                   place
                   where
                   he
                   sitteth
                   ,
                   is
                   implied
                   the
                   Lords
                   Maiestie
                   and
                   power
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     circumstance
                     of
                     time
                     when
                     he
                     will
                     doe
                     it
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   the
                   particle
                   
                     (
                     then
                  
                   )
                   is
                   noted
                   that
                   point
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   appointed
                   and
                   determined
                   for
                   the
                   execution
                   of
                   his
                   wrath
                   vpon
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               the
               frustration
               of
               the
               plots
               and
               conspiracies
               against
               Christ
               hath
               been
               handled
               and
               prooued
               .
               Now
               the
               Prophet
               proceedes
               to
               a
               further
               inforcement
               of
               his
               generall
               exhortation
               to
               all
               Princes
               and
               people
               ,
               by
               an
               argument
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Whom
                     the
                     Lord
                     hath
                     annoynted
                     King
                     ouer
                     his
                     Church
                     ,
                     against
                     him
                     you
                     must
                     not
                     combine
                     ,
                     but
                     doe
                     worship
                     and
                     homage
                     vnto
                     him
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     it
                     is
                     his
                     Sonne
                     Christ
                     prefigured
                     by
                     Dauid
                     ,
                     whom
                     the
                     Lord
                     hath
                     annoynted
                     King
                     ouer
                     his
                     Church
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   What
                   is
                   said
                   in
                   this
                   verse
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   both
                   of
                   Dauid
                   and
                   Christ.
                   By
                   Sion
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   siege
                   of
                   the
                   temporall
                   kingdome
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   whole
                   tract
                   of
                   Iudea
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   Dauid
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   Church
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   Christ.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     against
                     Christ
                     you
                     must
                     not
                     combine
                     ,
                     but
                     doe
                     worship
                     and
                     homage
                     vnto
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.11.12
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               :
               because
               the
               Princes
               and
               people
               of
               the
               world
               may
               take
               exception
               thereto
               ,
               as
               being
               not
               perswaded
               of
               the
               truth
               thereof
               :
               the
               Prophet
               vndertaketh
               to
               prooue
               and
               cleere
               the
               same
               by
               a
               double
               vncontrollable
               testimonie
               :
               the
               one
               from
               the
               Lords
               owne
               mouth
               ,
               vers
               .
               6
               :
               the
               other
               from
               an
               authenticall
               euidence
               vnder
               the
               great
               seale
               of
               heauen
               ,
               namely
               ,
               the
               Lords
               decree
               made
               in
               that
               behalfe
               ,
               ver
               .
               7.
               
               He
               concludeth
               and
               reasoneth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Lord
                   himselfe
                   affirme
                   that
                   he
                   annoynted
                   Christ
                   for
                   King
                   ouer
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   and
                   if
                   he
                   hath
                   made
                   a
                   solemne
                   decree
                   in
                   that
                   behalfe
                   :
                   then
                   is
                   it
                   true
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   annoynted
                   Christ
                   king
                   ouer
                   his
                   people
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   Lord
                   himselfe
                   affirmeth
                   that
                   he
                   hath
                   annoynted
                   Christ
                   for
                   King
                   ouer
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     6.
                  
                   and
                   he
                   hath
                   
                   made
                   a
                   solemne
                   decree
                   in
                   that
                   behalfe
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     7.
                     
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                  
                   I
                   will
                   declare
                   vnto
                   you
                   the
                   decree
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     I
                     ,
                     who
                     am
                     the
                     eternal
                     Sonne
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                     will
                     for
                     your
                     satisfaction
                     herein
                     make
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     you
                     the
                     decree
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     Lord
                     touching
                     the
                     choise
                     &
                     ordaining
                     of
                     me
                     his
                     Sonne
                     Christ
                     to
                     be
                     King
                     ouer
                     his
                     Church
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   it
                   is
                   true
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   annoynted
                   Christ
                   for
                   king
                   ouer
                   his
                   people
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     6.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               decree
               mentioned
               in
               the
               Assumption
               the
               Prophet
               setteth
               foorth
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     instrument
                     ,
                     who
                     publisheth
                     the
                     same
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     parts
                     thereof
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               instrument
               vsed
               in
               the
               publication
               of
               the
               said
               decree
               ,
               is
               Christ
               Iesus
               .
               For
               vnto
               him
               ,
               who
               is
               to
               publish
               the
               same
               ,
               the
               Lord
               saith
               ,
               
                 Thou
                 art
                 my
                 Sonne
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               Now
               the
               Lord
               cannot
               properly
               speak
               this
               to
               any
               but
               to
               Christ
               :
               as
               it
               is
               expounded
               by
               the
               Apostle
               ,
               Heb.
               1.5
               .
            
             
               The
               parts
               of
               the
               said
               Decree
               are
               three
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     designing
                     of
                     the
                     person
                     of
                     the
                     King
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     notifying
                     of
                     the
                     choise
                     and
                     consecration
                     made
                     of
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         person
                         of
                         the
                         King
                         is
                         designed
                         and
                         noted
                         in
                         these
                         words
                         :
                         Thou
                         art
                         my
                         Sonne
                         :
                         and
                         so
                         consequently
                         King
                         of
                         heauen
                         and
                         earth
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         The
                         notifying
                         of
                         the
                         choise
                         and
                         consecration
                         made
                         of
                         this
                         person
                         ,
                         is
                         in
                         these
                         words
                         :
                         This
                         day
                         haue
                         I
                         begotten
                         thee
                         .
                      
                       As
                       by
                       the
                       generation
                       heere
                       mentioned
                       ,
                       wee
                       must
                       conceiue
                       and
                       vnderstand
                       the
                       manifesting
                       to
                       the
                       world
                       that
                       Christ
                       was
                       consecrated
                       the
                       Sauiour
                       and
                       King
                       of
                       his
                       people
                       from
                       all
                       eternitie
                       :
                       so
                       these
                       words
                       
                         (
                         this
                         day
                      
                       )
                       are
                       to
                       be
                       vnderstood
                       of
                       the
                       time
                       when
                       the
                       said
                       manifestation
                       was
                       reallie
                       performed
                       :
                       the
                       first
                       degree
                       of
                       that
                       time
                       being
                       at
                       the
                       Natiuitie
                       of
                       Christ
                       :
                       the
                       second
                       ,
                       at
                       his
                       baptizing
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     The
                     second
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     decree
                     concernes
                     the
                     kingdome
                     giuen
                     vnto
                     Christ
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   
                     Where
                     this
                     kingdome
                     is
                     described
                     vnto
                     vs
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         By
                         the
                         meanes
                         whereby
                         it
                         is
                         obtained
                         ,
                         namely
                         ,
                         the
                         intercession
                         of
                         Christ
                         ,
                         in
                         these
                         words
                         :
                         Aske
                         of
                         me
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         By
                         the
                         kinde
                         and
                         nature
                         of
                         it
                         :
                         it
                         being
                         not
                         an
                         estate
                         determinable
                         at
                         a
                         certaine
                         time
                         ,
                         but
                         an
                         inheritance
                         to
                         be
                         possessed
                         for
                         euer
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         By
                         the
                         largenes
                         thereof
                         :
                         it
                         being
                         not
                         closed
                         vp
                         within
                         the
                         limits
                         and
                         precincts
                         of
                         Iudea
                         ,
                         but
                         extendable
                         to
                         all
                         the
                         Nations
                         of
                         the
                         earth
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     decree
                     ,
                     is
                     touching
                     the
                     administration
                     of
                     this
                     kingdome
                     of
                     Christ
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                   Where
                   vnder
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   Christs
                   administration
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   is
                   implied
                   and
                   meant
                   .
                   For
                   as
                   Christ
                   doth
                   crush
                   the
                   wicked
                   with
                   an
                   iron
                   rod
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   execution
                   of
                   his
                   iustice
                   vpon
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   with
                   as
                   great
                   facilitie
                   as
                   one
                   may
                   breake
                   an
                   earthen
                   vessell
                   :
                   so
                   doth
                   he
                   gouerne
                   and
                   guide
                   his
                   children
                   with
                   the
                   scepter
                   of
                   his
                   word
                   in
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   happines
                   ,
                   rendring
                   vnto
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   the
                   reward
                   of
                   eternall
                   glorie
                   .
                
              
            
             
               It
               being
               now
               apparant
               that
               the
               Lord
               hath
               annoynted
               Christ
               King
               ouer
               his
               people
               :
               the
               Prophet
               returnes
               to
               the
               pressing
               of
               his
               generall
               exhortation
               by
               a
               third
               argument
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     By
                     opposing
                     against
                     Christ
                     you
                     shall
                     suddenly
                     perish
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   
                   Where
                   by
                   
                     perishing
                     in
                     the
                     way
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   suddennes
                   of
                   this
                   euent
                   ,
                   they
                   being
                   to
                   miscarrie
                   euen
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   of
                   their
                   course
                   ,
                   before
                   they
                   can
                   arriue
                   to
                   the
                   compassing
                   of
                   their
                   designes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     see
                     that
                     you
                     doe
                     worship
                     and
                     homage
                     vnto
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.11.12
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               amplified
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     efficient
                     cause
                     of
                     their
                     ruine
                     ,
                     namely
                     ,
                     the
                     iustice
                     of
                     God
                     whereby
                     he
                     punisheth
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                     signified
                     vnder
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     Gods
                     wrath
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     kindled
                     consumes
                     the
                     vngodly
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     an
                     argument
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     contraries
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Who
                         subiect
                         themselues
                         vnto
                         Christ
                         shall
                         be
                         blessed
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                       Where
                       by
                       one
                       part
                       and
                       dutie
                       ,
                       namely
                       ,
                       confidence
                       and
                       dependance
                       on
                       the
                       Lord
                       ,
                       our
                       whole
                       subiection
                       and
                       obedience
                       vnto
                       him
                       is
                       signified
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         who
                         oppose
                         themselues
                         against
                         Christ
                         shall
                         perish
                         .
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             16.
             
          
           
             ¶
             Mictam
             of
             Dauid
             .
          
           
             PReserue
             me
             ,
             O
             mightie
             God
             :
             for
             in
             thee
             doe
             I
             trust
             .
          
           
             2
             O
             my
             soule
             :
             thou
             hast
             said
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             Lord
             :
             my
             well
             doing
             extendeth
             not
             vnto
             thee
             :
          
           
             3
             But
             to
             the
             Saints
             that
             are
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             excellent
             ,
             all
             my
             delight
             is
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             4
             The
             sorowes
             of
             them
             who
             endow
             another
             God
             ,
             are
             multiplied
             :
             their
             offrings
             of
             blood
             will
             I
             not
             offer
             :
             neither
             make
             mention
             of
             their
             names
             with
             my
             lips
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             Lord
             is
             the
             portion
             of
             my
             inheritance
             and
             of
             my
             cup
             :
             thou
             maintainest
             my
             lot
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             lines
             are
             fallen
             vnto
             me
             in
             pleasant
             places
             :
             yea
             I
             haue
             a
             faire
             heritage
             .
          
           
             7
             I
             will
             praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             who
             giueth
             me
             counsell
             :
             my
             reines
             also
             teach
             me
             in
             the
             nights
             .
          
           
             8
             I
             do
             set
             the
             Lord
             alwaies
             before
             me
             .
             Sith
             he
             is
             at
             my
             right
             hand
             ,
             therefore
             I
             shall
             not
             slide
             .
          
           
             9
             Wherefore
             my
             heart
             is
             glad
             ,
             and
             my
             tongue
             reioyceth
             :
             my
             flesh
             also
             doth
             rest
             securely
             .
          
           
             10
             For
             thou
             wilt
             not
             leaue
             my
             soule
             in
             the
             graue
             :
             nor
             suffer
             thy
             welbeloued
             to
             see
             corruption
             .
          
           
           
             11
             Thou
             wilt
             make
             me
             know
             the
             path
             of
             life
             :
             in
             thy
             presence
             is
             the
             fulnes
             of
             ioy
             :
             and
             at
             thy
             right
             hand
             there
             are
             pleasures
             for
             euermore
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               16.
               
            
             
               THe
               title
               of
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               namely
               ,
               
                 Mictam
                 of
                 Dauid
              
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               Prophet
               premised
               thereto
               ,
               partly
               to
               aduertise
               vs
               who
               is
               the
               author
               and
               inditer
               thereof
               ,
               and
               partly
               to
               recommend
               vnto
               vs
               the
               excellencie
               of
               the
               Psalme
               ,
               it
               being
               such
               as
               containes
               a
               doctrine
               more
               to
               be
               valued
               than
               a
               iewell
               of
               the
               purest
               gold
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               of
               this
               Psalme
               two
               parts
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     an
                     effectuall
                     request
                     vnto
                     God
                     :
                  
                   in
                   the
                   foure
                   first
                   verses
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     a
                     thankesguing
                  
                   :
                   in
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   verses
                   following
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               request
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Prophet
                   might
                   be
                   preserued
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   traine
                   of
                   his
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               induce
               the
               Lord
               to
               yeeld
               hereto
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               vseth
               three
               arguments
               .
               The
               first
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   Who
                   trust
                   and
                   rest
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   let
                   them
                   be
                   preserued
                   by
                   thee
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   am
                   one
                   who
                   doth
                   trust
                   and
                   rest
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   let
                   me
                   be
                   preserued
                   by
                   thee
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     1.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               though
               it
               be
               omitted
               ,
               yet
               must
               we
               conceiue
               of
               it
               as
               the
               ground
               and
               foundation
               of
               this
               motion
               made
               by
               the
               Prophet
               .
               For
               it
               doth
               remember
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               his
               gratious
               promise
               and
               the
               condition
               thereof
               :
               which
               is
               a
               precedent
               acting
               of
               this
               dutie
               of
               resting
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               ,
               required
               by
               him
               .
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               doth
               tender
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               a
               reall
               accomplishment
               on
               the
               Prophets
               part
               of
               the
               said
               condition
               :
               he
               
               hauing
               acted
               that
               which
               the
               Lord
               requireth
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               confident
               reposing
               on
               him
               .
            
             
               The
               Conclusion
               out
               of
               a
               regard
               to
               the
               condition
               thus
               accomplished
               ,
               doth
               challenge
               at
               the
               Lords
               hands
               an
               actuall
               and
               readie
               performance
               of
               the
               said
               promise
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               argument
               ,
               whereby
               Dauid
               doth
               solicite
               Gods
               preseruation
               of
               him
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     If
                     thou
                     be
                     my
                     soueraigne
                     Lord
                     ,
                     and
                     I
                     thy
                     seruant
                     ,
                     let
                     me
                     be
                     preserued
                     by
                     thee
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     thou
                     art
                     my
                     soueraigne
                     Lord
                     ,
                     and
                     I
                     thy
                     seruant
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Albeit
                   the
                   Prophet
                   doth
                   not
                   in
                   distinct
                   termes
                   set
                   downe
                   that
                   he
                   is
                   the
                   Lords
                   seruant
                   :
                   yet
                   ,
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   his
                   acknowledging
                   God
                   to
                   be
                   his
                   Lord
                   ,
                   doth
                   necessarily
                   implie
                   that
                   he
                   is
                   the
                   Lords
                   seruant
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   conceiue
                   it
                   as
                   set
                   downe
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therfore
                     let
                     me
                     ,
                     O
                     Lord
                     ,
                     be
                     preserued
                     by
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               hath
               an
               illustration
               from
               the
               testimonie
               of
               his
               soule
               and
               conscience
               ,
               vers
               .
               2.
               in
               the
               beginning
               :
               where
               the
               speech
               addressed
               to
               his
               soule
               carrieth
               this
               sense
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   ,
                   O
                   my
                   soule
                   ,
                   doest
                   auouch
                   and
                   professe
                   that
                   the
                   Eternall
                   is
                   my
                   Lord
                   and
                   Master
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   I
                   doe
                   acknowledge
                   him
                   for
                   my
                   soueraigne
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   my selfe
                   for
                   his
                   seruant
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               argument
               ,
               wherewith
               hee
               would
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               to
               preserue
               him
               ,
               is
               drawne
               from
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               end
               of
               his
               preseruation
               ,
               and
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   vpon
                   thy
                   preseruation
                   of
                   me
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   be
                   readie
                   to
                   doe
                   good
                   vnto
                   thy
                   deare
                   children
                   :
                   let
                   me
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   be
                   preserued
                   by
                   thee
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   vpon
                   thy
                   preseruation
                   of
                   me
                   I
                   shall
                   be
                   readie
                   to
                   doe
                   good
                   vnto
                   thy
                   deare
                   children
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     Where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     maketh
                     profession
                     of
                     extending
                     his
                     well
                     doing
                     to
                     the
                     Saints
                     and
                     the
                     excellent
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     to
                     Gods
                     children
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   let
                   me
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   be
                   preserued
                   by
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               amplified
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     description
                     of
                     Gods
                     deare
                     children
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     persons
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     no
                     part
                     in
                     the
                     Prophets
                     well
                     doing
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     setting
                     downe
                     the
                     motiue
                     inducing
                     him
                     to
                     the
                     doing
                     of
                     good
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lords
                     children
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               description
               of
               Gods
               deare
               children
               is
               by
               two
               titles
               giuen
               vnto
               them
               :
               whereof
               .
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     stileth
                     them
                     with
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     Saints
                     :
                     they
                     being
                     such
                     whom
                     the
                     Lord
                     by
                     his
                     spirit
                     hath
                     sanctified
                     and
                     set
                     apart
                     to
                     the
                     duties
                     of
                     holinesse
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     honoureth
                     them
                     with
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     the
                     excellent
                     and
                     worthies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     an
                     effect
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               persons
               who
               haue
               no
               part
               in
               the
               fruits
               of
               the
               Prophets
               well
               doing
               ,
               are
               of
               two
               sorts
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     himselfe
                     :
                     who
                     is
                     alsufficient
                     ,
                     and
                     can
                     no
                     waies
                     be
                     aduantaged
                     by
                     any
                     mans
                     well
                     doing
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     prophane
                     and
                     wicked
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                     The
                     exclusion
                     of
                     these
                     from
                     communicating
                     in
                     the
                     good
                     he
                     is
                     ready
                     to
                     do
                     ,
                     is
                     implied
                     in
                     the
                     profession
                     he
                     maketh
                     to
                     extend
                     his
                     well
                     doing
                     to
                     the
                     Saints
                     :
                     and
                     therefore
                     not
                     to
                     the
                     prophane
                     and
                     wicked
                     :
                     of
                     whom
                     he
                     doth
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   
                     protest
                     his
                     hatred
                     and
                     detestation
                     .
                     So
                     as
                     by
                     noting
                     the
                     persons
                     vnto
                     vs
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     no
                     part
                     in
                     his
                     well
                     doing
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     vnderstand
                     him
                     as
                     if
                     he
                     reasoned
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         persons
                         that
                         are
                         to
                         haue
                         part
                         in
                         the
                         fruites
                         of
                         my
                         well
                         doing
                         ,
                         are
                         either
                         thou
                         O
                         Lord
                         ,
                         or
                         the
                         wicked
                         ,
                         or
                         thy
                         deare
                         children
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Not
                         thou
                         O
                         Lord
                         ,
                         who
                         canst
                         not
                         be
                         aduantaged
                         thereby
                         :
                         nor
                         the
                         wicked
                         ,
                         whom
                         I
                         hate
                         and
                         detest
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         they
                         are
                         thy
                         deare
                         children
                         ,
                         whom
                         I
                         loue
                         ,
                         that
                         are
                         to
                         haue
                         part
                         in
                         the
                         fruites
                         of
                         my
                         well
                         doing
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               motiue
               inducing
               the
               Prophet
               to
               the
               doing
               of
               good
               vnto
               the
               Lords
               deare
               children
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   In
                   whom
                   my
                   whole
                   delight
                   and
                   loue
                   is
                   ,
                   vnto
                   them
                   I
                   am
                   readie
                   to
                   doe
                   good
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Lords
                   deare
                   children
                   are
                   they
                   in
                   whom
                   my
                   whole
                   delight
                   and
                   loue
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   the
                   Lords
                   deare
                   children
                   are
                   they
                   vnto
                   whom
                   I
                   am
                   readie
                   to
                   doe
                   good
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               :
               the
               delight
               and
               loue
               therein
               mentioned
               ,
               he
               doth
               notifie
               vnto
               vs
               by
               drawing
               into
               consideration
               the
               contrarie
               affection
               he
               beareth
               vnto
               such
               as
               are
               the
               opposites
               of
               Gods
               children
               ,
               namely
               ,
               the
               Idolaters
               and
               wicked
               of
               the
               world
               .
               He
               concludeth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   detest
                   and
                   hate
                   the
                   Idolaters
                   and
                   wicked
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   doe
                   with
                   speciall
                   loue
                   and
                   delight
                   embrace
                   Gods
                   deare
                   children
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               conclusion
               touching
               Idolaters
               ,
               and
               the
               Prophets
               
                 detestation
                 of
                 them
              
               ,
               is
               set
               out
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     description
                     of
                     Idolaters
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   begin
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     two
                     actions
                     of
                     the
                     Prophets
                     ,
                     whereby
                     he
                     discouereth
                     and
                     professeth
                     his
                     hatred
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   verse
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               description
               of
               Idolaters
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Is
                     from
                     a
                     comparison
                     :
                     wherein
                     they
                     are
                     resembled
                     to
                     men
                     who
                     marrie
                     wiues
                     and
                     conferre
                     dowries
                     vpon
                     them
                     .
                  
                   For
                   so
                   Idolaters
                   doe
                   in
                   the
                   inward
                   worship
                   and
                   deuotion
                   of
                   their
                   hearts
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   marrie
                   themselues
                   to
                   Idols
                   ,
                   and
                   endow
                   them
                   with
                   their
                   goods
                   :
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   in
                   that
                   at
                   their
                   great
                   charge
                   they
                   erect
                   Churches
                   ,
                   Altars
                   ,
                   and
                   Images
                   vnto
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   withall
                   do
                   honour
                   them
                   with
                   holie
                   daies
                   ,
                   solemne
                   feasts
                   ,
                   and
                   oblations
                   of
                   worth
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     It
                     is
                     from
                     the
                     effect
                     and
                     issue
                     which
                     followeth
                     vpon
                     this
                     course
                     held
                     by
                     Idolaters
                     .
                  
                   For
                   thereby
                   they
                   multiplie
                   anguish
                   and
                   troubles
                   vnto
                   themselues
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   they
                   draw
                   vpon
                   themselues
                   by
                   the
                   iustice
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   both
                   inward
                   and
                   outward
                   calamities
                   and
                   vexations
                   :
                   as
                   appeareth
                   by
                   Deut.
                   31.
                   vers
                   .
                   16.17
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               actions
               of
               the
               Prophet
               whereby
               he
               discloseth
               and
               professeth
               his
               detestation
               of
               the
               said
               Idolaters
               ,
               are
               these
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     His
                     renouncing
                     all
                     communication
                     with
                     them
                     in
                     their
                     sacrifices
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     His
                     protesting
                     against
                     all
                     future
                     mention
                     of
                     their
                     names
                     in
                     his
                     mouth
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               of
               the
               Prophets
               request
               for
               preseruation
               .
               His
               thanksgiuing
               followeth
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               fifth
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Psalme
               :
               so
               as
               the
               subiect
               handled
               in
               these
               verses
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   will
                   magnifie
                   the
                   Lord
                   with
                   my
                   heart
                   and
                   tongue
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     7.
                     and
                     9.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               7.
               verse
               he
               professeth
               that
               he
               
                 will
                 praise
                 the
                 Lord
              
               :
               and
               this
               he
               repeateth
               vers
               .
               9.
               though
               in
               other
               termes
               :
               for
               hee
               saith
               ;
               
                 Wherefore
                 my
                 heart
                 is
                 glad
                 ,
                 and
                 my
                 tongue
                 reioyceth
                 :
                 and
                 my
                 flesh
                 doth
                 rest
                 securely
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 My
                 whole
                 person
                 hath
                 cause
                 of
                 speciall
                 reioycing
                 and
                 comfort
                 in
                 regard
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 blessings
                 bestowed
                 on
                 me
                 .
              
               What
               is
               said
               in
               either
               of
               these
               verses
               hath
               reference
               to
               the
               benefits
               as
               well
               recorded
               after
               them
               ,
               as
               mentioned
               before
               them
               .
               And
               the
               9.
               verse
               may
               aptly
               serue
               to
               interpret
               more
               at
               large
               the
               profession
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               7.
               verse
               .
            
             
               Now
               let
               vs
               see
               vpon
               what
               inducement
               the
               Prophets
               profession
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lord
               is
               grounded
               .
               The
               inducement
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Eternall
                     hath
                     bestowed
                     sundrie
                     benefits
                     vpon
                     me
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.6.7.8.10.11
                   .
                   In
                   these
                   verses
                   the
                   Prophet
                   doth
                   particulate
                   the
                   seuerall
                   benefits
                   he
                   hath
                   receiued
                   from
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Therfore
                     will
                     I
                     magnifie
                     him
                     with
                     my
                     heart
                     and
                     tongue
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   and
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               not
               set
               downe
               in
               these
               expresse
               and
               formall
               termes
               ,
               but
               necessarily
               collected
               from
               the
               enumeration
               of
               the
               benefits
               conferred
               vpon
               the
               Prophet
               .
               The
               benefits
               are
               propounded
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     First
                     in
                     generall
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Then
                     in
                     particular
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               benefits
               in
               generall
               are
               mentioned
               vers
               .
               5.
               and
               6
               :
               where
               vnder
               rhetoricall
               and
               borrowed
               formes
               of
               speech
               ,
               hee
               shewes
               that
               
                 the
                 Lord
                 onely
                 ,
                 and
                 none
                 other
                 ,
                 is
                 vnto
                 him
                 absolute
                 and
                 perfit
                 happinesse
                 :
              
               whether
               we
               respect
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     giuing
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     happinesse
                     :
                     which
                     he
                     doth
                     significantly
                     implie
                     ,
                     by
                     glorying
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     the
                     portion
                     of
                     his
                     inheritance
                     and
                     of
                     his
                     cup
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     author
                     and
                     supplier
                     vnto
                     him
                     of
                     all
                     comfort
                     and
                     blessednes
                     both
                     for
                     this
                     and
                     the
                     future
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     preseruing
                     thereof
                     being
                     giuen
                     vnto
                     him
                     .
                     For
                     vers
                     .
                  
                   5.
                   
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     he
                     honoureth
                     God
                     for
                     the
                     maintenance
                     and
                     support
                     of
                     his
                     lot
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     state
                     of
                     happinesse
                     allotted
                     vnto
                     him
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     pleasure
                     accompanying
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                  
                   6.
                   
                   
                     Where
                     he
                     likewise
                     glorieth
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     lines
                     are
                     fallen
                     vnto
                     him
                     in
                     pleasant
                     places
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     he
                     hath
                     a
                     faire
                     and
                     goodly
                     heritage
                     .
                     By
                     lines
                     and
                     the
                     heritage
                     he
                     speaketh
                     of
                     ,
                     he
                     meaneth
                     the
                     estate
                     of
                     happinesse
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     the
                     free
                     mercie
                     of
                     God
                     is
                     befallen
                     vnto
                     him
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     pleasant
                     places
                     and
                     most
                     faire
                     .
                     Whereby
                     hee
                     noteth
                     the
                     pleasure
                     accompanying
                     the
                     said
                     estate
                     .
                     The
                     name
                     of
                     lot
                     and
                     lines
                     seemeth
                     to
                     be
                     taken
                     by
                     the
                     Prophet
                     from
                     the
                     ancient
                     manner
                     of
                     surueying
                     and
                     diuiding
                     lands
                     and
                     inheritances
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     finde
                     obserued
                     and
                     practised
                     by
                  
                   Iosua
                   
                     in
                     the
                     diuision
                     of
                     Canaan
                     amongst
                     the
                     Israelites
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               benefits
               propounded
               in
               particular
               ,
               are
               comprised
               by
               him
               in
               the
               verses
               following
               :
               in
               which
               he
               magnifieth
               the
               Lord
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     For
                     the
                     sanctification
                     of
                     his
                     heart
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     For
                     two
                     future
                     benefits
                     ,
                     namely
                     ,
                     his
                     resurrection
                     ,
                     and
                     life
                     eternall
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               His
               Sanctification
               he
               declareth
               by
               noting
               vnto
               vs
               the
               parts
               thereof
               :
               which
               are
               these
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     illumination
                     of
                     his
                     vnderstanding
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   he
                   shewes
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   aduiseth
                   and
                   counselleth
                   him
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   inlighteneth
                   and
                   informeth
                   his
                   vnderstanding
                   by
                   his
                   holy
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Direction
                     of
                     his
                     thoughts
                     and
                     affections
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   he
                   shewes
                   that
                   his
                   reines
                   instruct
                   him
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   his
                   will
                   and
                   affections
                   are
                   ordered
                   and
                   guided
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   in
                   the
                   choise
                   of
                   the
                   way
                   he
                   ought
                   to
                   hold
                   .
                   This
                   part
                   of
                   sanctification
                   is
                   set
                   foorth
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   by
                   noting
                   the
                   time
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   performed
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   nights
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   alwaies
                   both
                   night
                   and
                   day
                   .
                   For
                   by
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   time
                   hee
                   meaneth
                   and
                   signifieth
                   the
                   whole
                   time
                   of
                   his
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     Perseuerance
                     in
                     faith
                     and
                     dependance
                     on
                     God
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   Where
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   euer
                   sets
                   the
                   Lord
                   before
                   his
                   eyes
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   hee
                   doth
                   euer
                   by
                   faith
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   And
                   hereupon
                   he
                   deduceth
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   verse
                   this
                   most
                   comfortable
                   conclusion
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         I
                         doe
                         by
                         faith
                         euer
                         rest
                         vpon
                         the
                         Lord
                         for
                         his
                         help
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       8.
                       in
                       the
                       midst
                       .
                       Where
                       by
                       saying
                       thus
                       ;
                       
                         Sith
                         the
                         Lord
                         is
                         at
                         my
                         right
                         hand
                         ,
                      
                       he
                       doth
                       aduertise
                       vs
                       that
                       with
                       the
                       eye
                       of
                       his
                       faith
                       he
                       euer
                       beholdeth
                       the
                       Lord
                       readie
                       to
                       helpe
                       him
                       :
                       which
                       is
                       in
                       effect
                       as
                       if
                       he
                       should
                       say
                       :
                       I
                       doe
                       euer
                       by
                       faith
                       looke
                       vnto
                       God
                       ,
                       and
                       rest
                       on
                       him
                       for
                       helpe
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         shall
                         I
                         euer
                         stand
                         in
                         the
                         fauour
                         of
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         and
                         neuer
                         so
                         be
                         shaken
                         as
                         to
                         fall
                         from
                         it
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       8.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hauing
               honoured
               God
               for
               his
               Sanctification
               ,
               he
               proceedeth
               to
               a
               further
               glorifying
               of
               him
               for
               the
               said
               future
               benefits
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     his
                     resurrection
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     eternall
                     life
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Of
               his
               Resurrection
               he
               speaketh
               vers
               .
               10.
               thus
               :
               
                 Thou
                 wilt
                 not
                 leaue
                 my
                 soule
                 in
                 the
                 graue
              
               ▪
               (
               meaning
               by
               soule
               the
               subiect
               or
               place
               wherein
               his
               soule
               resideth
               ,
               which
               is
               his
               body
               )
               
                 nor
                 
                 suffer
                 thy
                 welbeloued
                 to
                 see
                 corruption
                 .
              
               This
               is
               first
               and
               principally
               to
               be
               vnderstood
               of
               Christ
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               at
               large
               expounded
               in
               the
               2.
               of
               the
               Acts
               ,
               vers
               .
               25.
               &c.
               for
               Christs
               bodie
               ,
               though
               for
               some
               time
               it
               remained
               in
               the
               graue
               ,
               yet
               neuer
               was
               corrupted
               in
               any
               part
               thereof
               ,
               but
               rose
               a
               most
               sound
               and
               perfit
               bodie
               .
               Whereas
               the
               bodie
               of
               Dauid
               neuer
               yet
               rose
               from
               the
               graue
               ,
               but
               was
               in
               the
               same
               reduced
               to
               putrifaction
               and
               dust
               .
               But
               secondarily
               this
               is
               to
               be
               vnderstood
               of
               Dauid
               ,
               and
               likewise
               of
               all
               others
               the
               members
               of
               Christ
               :
               who
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               strict
               vnion
               betwixt
               the
               head
               and
               the
               members
               ,
               must
               of
               necessitie
               participate
               in
               the
               resurrection
               of
               the
               head
               Christ
               Iesus
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 blessing
                 of
                 eternall
                 life
              
               is
               mentioned
               vers
               .
               11
               :
               where
               the
               Prophet
               honoreth
               the
               Lord
               for
               the
               same
               in
               these
               words
               :
               
                 Thou
                 wilt
                 make
                 me
                 know
                 the
                 path
                 of
                 life
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               After
               thou
               hast
               raised
               my
               bodie
               from
               the
               graue
               ,
               I
               shall
               then
               really
               and
               in
               mine
               owne
               experience
               enter
               both
               bodie
               and
               soule
               together
               into
               the
               path
               and
               enioyance
               of
               life
               eternall
               .
               Touching
               this
               blessing
               of
               eternall
               life
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               set
               foorth
               and
               recommend
               vnto
               vs
               the
               worthinesse
               and
               excellencie
               thereof
               ,
               in
               that
               it
               is
               accompanied
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     With
                     fulnes
                     of
                     ioyes
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     With
                     an
                     eternal
                     continuance
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     ioyes
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Of
                 both
                 these
                 the
                 efficient
                 cause
                 is
                 specified
                 ,
                 namely
                 ,
                 the
                 face
                 and
                 presence
                 of
                 God.
                 
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             27.
             
          
           
             THe
             Lord
             is
             my
             light
             and
             my
             deliuerance
             :
             whom
             shall
             I
             feare
             ?
             The
             Lord
             is
             the
             strength
             of
             my
             life
             :
             of
             whom
             should
             I
             be
             afraid
             ?
          
           
             2
             When
             the
             wicked
             ,
             euen
             mine
             enemies
             and
             my
             foes
             came
             vpon
             me
             to
             eate
             vp
             my
             flesh
             ,
             they
             stumbled
             and
             fell
             .
          
           
             3
             Though
             an
             host
             pitched
             against
             me
             ,
             mine
             heart
             should
             not
             be
             afraid
             :
             though
             warre
             should
             be
             raised
             against
             me
             ,
             I
             would
             trust
             in
             this
             .
          
           
           
             4
             One
             thing
             haue
             I
             desired
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             the
             same
             I
             doe
             require
             ,
             euen
             that
             I
             may
             dwell
             in
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Lord
             al
             the
             daies
             of
             my
             life
             ,
             to
             behold
             the
             beautie
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             to
             visit
             his
             Temple
             .
          
           
             5
             For
             in
             the
             time
             of
             trouble
             he
             hideth
             me
             in
             his
             Tabernacle
             :
             in
             the
             secret
             place
             of
             his
             pauilion
             he
             hideth
             me
             :
             he
             setteth
             me
             vpon
             a
             rocke
             .
          
           
             6
             And
             now
             is
             my
             head
             lifted
             vp
             aboue
             my
             enemies
             who
             are
             round
             about
             me
             .
             I
             will
             offer
             in
             his
             Tabernacle
             sacrifices
             of
             ioy
             :
             I
             will
             sing
             and
             praise
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             7
             Hearken
             vnto
             my
             voyce
             (
             O
             Lord
             )
             when
             I
             crie
             :
             haue
             mercie
             also
             vpon
             me
             and
             heare
             me
             .
          
           
             8
             Mine
             heart
             saith
             vnto
             me
             as
             from
             thee
             :
             Seeke
             ye
             my
             face
             .
             O
             Lord
             ,
             I
             seeke
             thy
             face
             .
          
           
             9
             Hide
             not
             thy
             face
             from
             me
             ,
             nor
             cast
             thy
             seruant
             away
             in
             displeasure
             :
             thou
             hast
             been
             my
             succour
             ,
             leaue
             me
             not
             ,
             neither
             forsake
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             of
             my
             deliuerance
             .
          
           
             10
             For
             my
             father
             and
             mother
             forsake
             me
             :
             but
             let
             the
             Lord
             gather
             me
             vp
             .
          
           
             11
             Teach
             me
             thy
             way
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             and
             leade
             me
             through
             the
             right
             path
             ,
             because
             of
             such
             as
             obserue
             me
             .
          
           
             12
             Deliuer
             me
             not
             vnto
             the
             lust
             of
             mine
             aduersaries
             :
             for
             there
             are
             false
             witnesses
             risen
             vp
             against
             me
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             breathe
             violence
             .
          
           
             13
             I
             should
             haue
             fainted
             ,
             except
             I
             had
             beleeued
             that
             I
             should
             see
             the
             goodnes
             of
             the
             Lord
             in
             the
             land
             of
             the
             liuing
             .
          
           
             14
             Waite
             on
             the
             Lord
             :
             be
             strong
             ,
             and
             he
             shall
             comfort
             thine
             heart
             :
             yea
             waite
             on
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               27.
               
            
             
               The
               Subiect
               of
               this
               Psalme
               is
               an
               humble
               sute
               presented
               by
               the
               Prophet
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               namely
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   deliuer
                   him
                   from
                   his
                   enemies
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     7.9.11.12
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophets
               sute
               is
               first
               set
               downe
               ,
               ver
               .
               7
               :
               and
               then
               repeated
               ,
               vers
               .
               9.11
               .
               and
               12.
               
               Whereas
               he
               saith
               ,
               
                 Heare
                 me
                 and
                 
                 haue
                 mercie
                 on
                 me
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               7.
               
               Again
               ,
               
                 Hide
                 not
                 thy
                 face
                 from
                 me
                 ,
                 and
                 forsake
                 not
                 thy
                 seruant
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               9.
               
               Againe
               ,
               
                 Teach
                 me
                 thy
                 way
                 ,
                 and
                 guide
                 me
                 through
                 the
                 right
                 path
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               11.
               
               Againe
               ,
               
                 Deliuer
                 me
                 not
                 to
                 my
                 enemies
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               12.
               
               All
               these
               speeches
               ,
               which
               he
               hath
               in
               this
               varietie
               of
               termes
               expressed
               ,
               carrie
               this
               interpretation
               and
               sense
               :
               
                 Abandon
                 me
                 not
                 ,
                 O
                 Lord
                 ,
                 to
                 mine
                 enemies
                 ,
                 but
                 deliuer
                 me
                 from
                 them
                 .
              
               The
               hearing
               desired
               ,
               vers
               .
               7.
               is
               an
               hearing
               to
               deliuerance
               :
               and
               the
               mercie
               to
               be
               shewed
               ,
               is
               mercie
               in
               the
               act
               of
               deliuerance
               .
               So
               verse
               9.
               
               Gods
               not
               hiding
               his
               face
               from
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               and
               his
               not
               forsaking
               him
               ,
               is
               Gods
               fauourable
               countenance
               towards
               him
               and
               readines
               for
               his
               deliuerance
               .
               So
               vers
               .
               11.
               the
               way
               he
               would
               be
               taught
               ,
               and
               the
               right
               path
               he
               would
               be
               guided
               through
               ,
               is
               the
               way
               and
               path
               of
               his
               deliuerance
               :
               neither
               must
               we
               conceiue
               that
               he
               desires
               a
               bare
               knowledge
               of
               this
               way
               ,
               but
               an
               actuall
               setting
               of
               him
               in
               the
               path
               of
               preseruation
               and
               libertie
               .
               So
               vers
               .
               12.
               not
               to
               be
               deliuered
               to
               the
               appetite
               of
               his
               enemies
               :
               what
               doth
               it
               import
               but
               a
               motion
               for
               his
               deliuerance
               from
               them
               ?
            
             
               Now
               to
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               to
               a
               gracious
               regard
               of
               his
               sute
               for
               deliuerance
               from
               his
               enemies
               :
               first
               he
               maketh
               profession
               of
               his
               secure
               dependance
               vpon
               him
               in
               the
               sixe
               former
               verses
               of
               the
               Psalme
               :
               And
               then
               in
               the
               verses
               following
               vnto
               the
               13.
               he
               soliciteth
               the
               grant
               of
               his
               said
               sute
               by
               sundrie
               other
               arguments
               .
            
             
               Out
               of
               the
               profession
               of
               his
               dependance
               on
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               concludeth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   Who
                   resteth
                   securely
                   on
                   thee
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   for
                   deliuerance
                   :
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   to
                   deliuer
                   him
                   from
                   his
                   enemies
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   am
                   one
                   who
                   doth
                   rest
                   securely
                   on
                   thee
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   for
                   deliuerance
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     Where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     twice
                     setteth
                     downe
                     this
                     sentence
                     vnder
                     an
                     interrogatorie
                     forme
                     of
                     speech
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   Of
                   whom
                   should
                   I
                   be
                   afraid
                   ?
                   
                     As
                     if
                     hee
                     should
                     say
                     :
                     I
                     feare
                     not
                     man
                     ,
                     but
                     rest
                     securely
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   It
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   therefore
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   to
                   deliuer
                   me
                   from
                   mine
                   enemies
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     7.9.11.12
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Assumption
               he
               cleereth
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     acquainting
                     vs
                     with
                     the
                     ground
                     of
                     his
                     secure
                     dependance
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     comparison
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     to
                     the
                     lesse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     answering
                     an
                     exception
                     that
                     may
                     be
                     taken
                     against
                     the
                     said
                     Assumption
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               ground
               of
               his
               resolute
               dependance
               on
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               the
               experience
               he
               hath
               had
               of
               the
               Lords
               gratious
               proceeding
               with
               him
               heretofore
               in
               deliuering
               him
               from
               trouble
               .
               Vpon
               which
               ground
               he
               reasoneth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     hath
                     in
                     former
                     times
                     deliuered
                     mee
                     from
                     trouble
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Where
                   vnder
                   the
                   termes
                   of
                   
                     light
                     ,
                     deliuerance
                     ,
                     strength
                     of
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   he
                   ascribeth
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   the
                   honour
                   of
                   deliuering
                   him
                   from
                   trouble
                   .
                   As
                   by
                   darknes
                   the
                   Scripture
                   noteth
                   aduersitie
                   :
                   so
                   by
                   light
                   it
                   noteth
                   deliuerance
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     doe
                     I
                     securely
                     rest
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   
                     Of
                     whom
                     should
                     I
                     be
                     afraid
                     ?
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               ,
               which
               containes
               the
               said
               experience
               of
               the
               Lords
               speciall
               fauour
               towards
               him
               in
               the
               time
               of
               his
               trouble
               ,
               he
               doth
               make
               apparant
               vnto
               vs
               by
               giuing
               this
               instance
               thereof
               :
               
                 
                   When
                   mine
                   enemies
                   were
                   vpon
                   the
                   point
                   of
                   ruining
                   me
                   ,
                   the
                   Lord
                   confounded
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   deliuered
                   me
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     2.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   in
                   former
                   times
                   deliuered
                   me
                   from
                   trouble
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Comparison
               ,
               whereby
               the
               said
               Assumption
               is
               further
               illustrated
               ,
               is
               deliuered
               in
               the
               3.
               verse
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     mightie
                     armies
                     should
                     enuiron
                     me
                     and
                     conspire
                     my
                     destruction
                     ,
                     yet
                     would
                     I
                     rest
                     securely
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Where
                   hee
                   expresseth
                   his
                   secure
                   dependance
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   first
                   by
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   
                     Mine
                     heart
                     should
                     not
                     feare
                  
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   by
                   this
                   forme
                   of
                   speech
                   :
                   
                     I
                     would
                     trust
                     in
                     this
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   readines
                   and
                   power
                   to
                   helpe
                   and
                   deliuer
                   me
                   ,
                   whereof
                   he
                   hath
                   had
                   experience
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     Therefore
                     in
                     the
                     case
                     of
                     a
                     lesser
                     perill
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     this
                     is
                     wherein
                     I
                     am
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     faile
                     to
                     rest
                     securely
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               Now
               touching
               the
               Exception
               that
               may
               be
               taken
               against
               the
               said
               Assumption
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     What
                     the
                     exception
                     is
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     What
                     is
                     the
                     answere
                     thereto
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Exception
               is
               not
               comprised
               and
               set
               downe
               seuerally
               by
               it selfe
               in
               a
               formall
               and
               distinct
               speech
               ,
               but
               is
               left
               to
               bee
               conceiued
               and
               gathered
               by
               vs
               out
               of
               the
               Answere
               thereto
               .
               The
               Answere
               implieth
               the
               said
               exception
               to
               be
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   (
                   notwithstanding
                   thy
                   request
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   confidence
                   in
                   him
                   for
                   thy
                   returne
                   vnto
                   his
                   Sanctuarie
                   )
                   thou
                   remaine
                   as
                   yet
                   banished
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   :
                   thou
                   doest
                   then
                   in
                   vaine
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   thy
                   request
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   confidence
                   in
                   him
                   for
                   thy
                   returne
                   vnto
                   his
                   Sanctuarie
                   ,
                   thou
                   remainest
                   as
                   yet
                   banished
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   thou
                   doest
                   in
                   vaine
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
              
            
             
               In
               answere
               to
               this
               exception
               :
               The
               Prophet
               doth
               speake
               first
               vnto
               the
               Assumption
               :
               and
               then
               to
               the
               Proposition
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               he
               acknowledgeth
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     His
                     tendering
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     request
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     His
                     present
                     separation
                     from
                     the
                     Lords
                     house
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   The
                   said
                   request
                   for
                   his
                   returne
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lords
                   Sanctuarie
                   ,
                   he
                   setteth
                   foorth
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     
                       By
                       comparing
                       it
                       with
                       a
                       like
                       request
                       of
                       his
                       made
                       at
                       other
                       times
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     thus
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           As
                           I
                           haue
                           at
                           other
                           times
                           desired
                           this
                           one
                           thing
                           of
                           the
                           Lord
                           ,
                           namely
                           ,
                           that
                           I
                           might
                           enioy
                           the
                           opportunitie
                           and
                           comfort
                           of
                           being
                           in
                           his
                           Sanctuarie
                           all
                           my
                           daies
                           :
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           So
                           at
                           this
                           present
                           I
                           doe
                           craue
                           the
                           same
                           fauour
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     2.
                     
                     
                       By
                       imparting
                       with
                       vs
                       the
                       ends
                       ,
                       for
                       which
                       he
                       maketh
                       the
                       said
                       request
                       .
                       The
                       ends
                       are
                       these
                       :
                    
                     
                       
                       
                         1.
                         
                         
                           That
                           he
                           might
                           be
                           at
                           rest
                           ,
                           and
                           not
                           compelled
                           to
                           any
                           longer
                           peregrination
                           and
                           wandring
                           ,
                        
                         verse
                         4.
                         in
                         the
                         middest
                         .
                         Where
                         by
                         
                           dwelling
                           in
                           the
                           Lords
                           house
                        
                         ,
                         he
                         acquaints
                         vs
                         with
                         this
                         his
                         desire
                         of
                         being
                         at
                         rest
                         ,
                         and
                         freed
                         from
                         further
                         wandring
                         .
                      
                       
                         2.
                         
                         
                           That
                           hee
                           might
                           imploy
                           himselfe
                           in
                           the
                           exercises
                           of
                           the
                           Lords
                           worship
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         4.
                         in
                         the
                         latter
                         part
                         .
                         Where
                         vnder
                         the
                         termes
                         of
                         
                           beholding
                           the
                           Lords
                           beautie
                           and
                           visiting
                           his
                           temple
                           ,
                        
                         he
                         letteth
                         vs
                         vnderstand
                         the
                         desire
                         he
                         hath
                         to
                         performe
                         vnto
                         God
                         in
                         his
                         Tabernacle
                         the
                         seuerall
                         duties
                         of
                         his
                         worshippe
                         there
                         .
                         The
                         beautie
                         of
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         that
                         is
                         ,
                         his
                         power
                         ,
                         wisedome
                         ,
                         mercie
                         and
                         iustie
                         ,
                         we
                         behold
                         in
                         the
                         word
                         of
                         the
                         Lord
                         read
                         and
                         expounded
                         in
                         the
                         Sanctuarie
                         ,
                         as
                         also
                         in
                         the
                         sacrifices
                         of
                         the
                         Law
                         and
                         Sacraments
                         of
                         the
                         Gospell
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   His
                   present
                   separation
                   and
                   banishment
                   from
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   ,
                   which
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   request
                   the
                   Prophet
                   acknowledgeth
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   was
                   then
                   apparant
                   to
                   all
                   Israel
                   ,
                   so
                   is
                   it
                   implied
                   and
                   signified
                   vnder
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   The
                   same
                   do
                   I
                   require
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                
                 4.
                 
                 
                   Now
                   the
                   fauour
                   required
                   by
                   him
                   ,
                   is
                   his
                   returne
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   he
                   would
                   not
                   haue
                   required
                   at
                   the
                   Lord
                   hands
                   ,
                   had
                   hee
                   not
                   at
                   that
                   time
                   stood
                   depriued
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               thus
               spoken
               to
               the
               Assumption
               of
               the
               said
               exception
               :
               he
               now
               taketh
               in
               hand
               to
               answere
               the
               Proposition
               thereof
               :
               which
               he
               accordingly
               performeth
               ,
               vers
               .
               5.6
               .
               His
               answer
               is
               founded
               vpon
               a
               deniall
               of
               the
               said
               Proposition
               .
               Which
               deniall
               ,
               though
               it
               be
               not
               deliuered
               in
               expresse
               and
               distinct
               termes
               :
               yet
               out
               of
               that
               which
               is
               set
               downe
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               conceiue
               it
               to
               be
               to
               this
               effect
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Howsoeuer
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   my
                   said
                   request
                   ,
                   I
                   remaine
                   confined
                   from
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   :
                   yet
                   doth
                   it
                   not
                   thereupon
                   follow
                   that
                   I
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   in
                   vaine
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               his
               deniall
               of
               the
               said
               Proposition
               he
               doth
               iustifie
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   Notwithstanding
                   my
                   inforced
                   discontinuance
                   from
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   :
                   I
                   haue
                   been
                   euer
                   protected
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   I
                   do
                   participate
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   solemne
                   worship
                   ,
                   though
                   not
                   personally
                   ,
                   yet
                   by
                   faith
                   and
                   affection
                   of
                   heart
                   :
                   And
                   I
                   shall
                   actually
                   hereafter
                   and
                   in
                   person
                   communicate
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   howsoeuer
                   I
                   remaine
                   in
                   bodie
                   debarred
                   from
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   ,
                   yet
                   I
                   rest
                   not
                   in
                   vaine
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               the
               Prophets
               answere
               for
               conuincing
               the
               said
               Proposition
               ,
               consisteth
               of
               three
               seuerall
               branches
               .
               Whereof
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     first
                     concerning
                     the
                     Lords
                     daily
                     protection
                     of
                     the
                     Prophet
                     ,
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                     vers
                     .
                  
                   5.
                   
                   Where
                   by
                   auouching
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     the
                     Lord
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     trouble
                     hideth
                     him
                     and
                     setteth
                     him
                     vpon
                     a
                     rocke
                     ,
                  
                   he
                   sheweth
                   ,
                   that
                   notwithstanding
                   his
                   absence
                   from
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   ,
                   hee
                   is
                   euer
                   protected
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   the
                   Lord
                   being
                   vnto
                   him
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   a
                   place
                   of
                   sure
                   retrait
                   and
                   a
                   rock
                   of
                   defence
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     second
                     touching
                     his
                     present
                     participation
                     in
                     the
                     Lords
                     solemne
                     worship
                     by
                     faith
                     and
                     affection
                     of
                     hart
                     ,
                  
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   sixt
                   verse
                   :
                   where
                   by
                   glorying
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     now
                     his
                     head
                     is
                     lifted
                     vp
                     aboue
                     his
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   he
                   plainly
                   testifieth
                   ,
                   that
                   hee
                   is
                   (
                   though
                   not
                   personally
                   ,
                   yet
                   by
                   reach
                   of
                   his
                   faith
                   and
                   affection
                   of
                   heart
                   )
                   present
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   his
                   enemies
                   enuiron
                   and
                   oppresse
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     third
                     concerning
                     the
                     certaintie
                     of
                     his
                     future
                     and
                     personall
                     communication
                     in
                     the
                     Lords
                     worship
                     performed
                     in
                     the
                     Sanctuarie
                     ,
                  
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   latter
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   sixt
                   verse
                   :
                   where
                   by
                   glorying
                   in
                   like
                   sort
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     he
                     will
                     offer
                     in
                     his
                     Tabernacle
                     sacrifices
                     of
                     ioy
                     :
                     that
                     
                     he
                     will
                     sing
                     and
                     praise
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                  
                   he
                   doth
                   tell
                   vs
                   that
                   he
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   the
                   malice
                   of
                   his
                   enemies
                   ,
                   be
                   in
                   person
                   actually
                   partaker
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   solemne
                   worship
                   in
                   his
                   Tabernacle
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               hath
               the
               Prophet
               insisted
               vpon
               the
               profession
               of
               his
               secure
               reposing
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               :
               to
               the
               end
               he
               might
               perswade
               and
               induce
               him
               to
               yeeld
               vnto
               his
               humble
               sute
               for
               deliuerance
               from
               his
               enemies
               .
               He
               doth
               now
               further
               prosecute
               the
               same
               his
               sute
               by
               other
               perswasiue
               arguments
               :
               of
               which
               one
               is
               set
               downe
               ,
               vers
               .
               8.
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Who
                     call
                     vpon
                     thee
                     for
                     helpe
                     against
                     their
                     enemies
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     obedience
                     to
                     thy
                     commandement
                     in
                     that
                     behalfe
                     :
                     it
                     may
                     please
                     thee
                     to
                     giue
                     a
                     gratious
                     eare
                     vnto
                     such
                     for
                     their
                     deliuerance
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     I
                     call
                     vpon
                     thee
                     for
                     helpe
                     against
                     mine
                     enemies
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     obedience
                     to
                     thy
                     commandement
                     in
                     that
                     behalfe
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   verse
                   ,
                   the
                   Lords
                   commandement
                   for
                   
                     seeking
                     his
                     face
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     for
                     calling
                     vpon
                     him
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     trouble
                     ,
                  
                   is
                   distinctly
                   and
                   particularly
                   expressed
                   .
                   And
                   to
                   proue
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   commandeth
                   
                     the
                     seeking
                     of
                     his
                     face
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Prophet
                   produceth
                   the
                   testimonie
                   of
                   his
                   heart
                   :
                   
                     My
                     heart
                  
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   
                     telleth
                     me
                     thus
                     much
                     from
                     God
                     ,
                     That
                     wee
                     should
                     seeke
                     his
                     face
                     .
                  
                   In
                   the
                   latter
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   verse
                   ,
                   the
                   Prophets
                   obedience
                   vnto
                   this
                   commandement
                   is
                   recorded
                   :
                   where
                   hee
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     O
                     Lord
                     ,
                     I
                     seeke
                     thy
                     face
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     it
                     may
                     please
                     thee
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     to
                     giue
                     vnto
                     me
                     a
                     gratious
                     eare
                     for
                     my
                     deliuerance
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               ninth
               verse
               he
               doth
               presse
               the
               grant
               of
               his
               said
               sute
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Thou
                     hast
                     heretofore
                     bin
                     mine
                     aide
                     and
                     deliuerance
                     from
                     mine
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     now
                     likewise
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     deliuer
                     me
                     from
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                   Where
                   this
                   conclusion
                   is
                   expressed
                   foure
                   times
                   in
                   a
                   seuerall
                   &
                   different
                   phrase
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               In
               the
               tenth
               verse
               hee
               perswades
               the
               Lord
               to
               a
               fauourable
               consideration
               of
               his
               petition
               ,
               by
               propounding
               vnto
               him
               the
               present
               state
               and
               condition
               wherein
               he
               was
               .
               His
               perswasion
               is
               in
               this
               forme
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     If
                     I
                     rest
                     altogether
                     helplesse
                     on
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     I
                     pray
                     thee
                     let
                     me
                     finde
                     helpe
                     and
                     protection
                     at
                     thy
                     hands
                     against
                     mine
                     enemies
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     I
                     rest
                     altogether
                     helplesse
                     on
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10
                   :
                   where
                   hee
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     his
                     father
                     and
                     mother
                     forsake
                     him
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   he
                   is
                   vtterly
                   destitute
                   of
                   all
                   helpe
                   for
                   his
                   deliuerance
                   on
                   the
                   part
                   of
                   man.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Wherefore
                     I
                     pray
                     thee
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     let
                     me
                     finde
                     help
                     and
                     protection
                     at
                     thy
                     hands
                     against
                     mine
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   (
                   as
                   Tremellius
                   translates
                   it
                   )
                   the
                   Prophet
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     Let
                     the
                     Lord
                     receiue
                     me
                     ,
                     or
                     gather
                     me
                     vp
                     .
                  
                   Which
                   words
                   doe
                   containe
                   the
                   Prophets
                   sute
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   protection
                   against
                   his
                   aduersaries
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               11.
               verse
               he
               pleades
               for
               his
               deliuerance
               ,
               by
               presenting
               vnto
               the
               Lords
               remembrance
               what
               discouragement
               will
               grow
               vnto
               the
               godly
               by
               his
               remaining
               in
               trouble
               :
               and
               how
               occasion
               will
               thereupon
               be
               offered
               vnto
               the
               wicked
               to
               triumph
               and
               blaspheme
               the
               Lord
               ,
               as
               if
               he
               were
               not
               faithfull
               in
               his
               promises
               .
               For
               this
               I
               take
               to
               be
               the
               meaning
               of
               these
               words
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               said
               verse
               :
               
                 Because
                 of
                 such
                 as
                 obserue
                 me
                 :
              
               as
               Tremellius
               translates
               it
               .
               The
               Prophet
               did
               discerne
               that
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               with
               him
               was
               obserued
               both
               by
               the
               godly
               and
               by
               the
               wicked
               :
               the
               godly
               obseruing
               to
               their
               discouragement
               the
               continuance
               of
               an
               heauie
               affliction
               vpon
               him
               :
               the
               wicked
               obseruing
               it
               with
               ioy
               and
               triumph
               .
               And
               therefore
               he
               pleades
               with
               the
               Lord
               for
               deliuerance
               by
               an
               argument
               taken
               from
               the
               issue
               ,
               which
               his
               continuance
               in
               trouble
               will
               draw
               with
               it
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Arg.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     My
                     remaining
                     in
                     trouble
                     will
                     discourage
                     thy
                     people
                     ,
                     and
                     occasion
                     the
                     wicked
                     to
                     triumph
                     and
                     blaspheme
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     deliuer
                     me
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     calling
                     vnto
                     thee
                     for
                     helpe
                     against
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   hee
                   prayeth
                   the
                   Lord
                   to
                   make
                   knowne
                   vnto
                   him
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   his
                   deliuerance
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   set
                   his
                   feete
                   actually
                   in
                   the
                   direct
                   path
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               12.
               verse
               he
               grounds
               his
               mediation
               with
               the
               Lord
               for
               this
               fauour
               of
               deliuerance
               ,
               vpon
               the
               end
               and
               intention
               of
               his
               enemies
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     My
                     enemies
                     would
                     depriue
                     me
                     of
                     my
                     good
                     name
                     and
                     of
                     my
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   distinguishing
                   his
                   enemies
                   into
                   slanderers
                   and
                   murderers
                   ,
                   he
                   noteth
                   their
                   end
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   ouerthrow
                   of
                   his
                   good
                   name
                   and
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Wherefore
                     suffer
                     me
                     not
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     to
                     rest
                     exposed
                     vnto
                     their
                     malice
                     ,
                     but
                     deliuer
                     me
                     from
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               hitherto
               with
               so
               many
               important
               motiues
               accompanied
               his
               humble
               petition
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               deliuerance
               :
               hee
               doth
               in
               the
               two
               last
               verses
               of
               the
               Psalme
               (
               out
               of
               an
               assured
               perswasion
               to
               preuaile
               with
               the
               Lord
               )
               encourage
               himselfe
               to
               rest
               confidently
               vpon
               him
               :
               and
               so
               returneth
               to
               a
               further
               inlargement
               of
               the
               first
               argument
               alleaged
               by
               him
               to
               perswade
               his
               deliuerance
               .
               He
               reasoneth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   my
                   confident
                   perswasion
                   touching
                   the
                   accomplishment
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   promised
                   blessing
                   towards
                   me
                   before
                   my
                   death
                   ,
                   hath
                   hitherto
                   supported
                   and
                   intertained
                   me
                   in
                   breath
                   and
                   life
                   :
                   then
                   ought
                   I
                   still
                   to
                   depend
                   securely
                   on
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   my
                   confident
                   perswasion
                   touching
                   the
                   accomplishment
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   promised
                   blessing
                   towards
                   me
                   before
                   my
                   death
                   ,
                   hath
                   hitherto
                   supported
                   and
                   intertained
                   me
                   in
                   breath
                   and
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   
                   Therefore
                   ought
                   I
                   still
                   to
                   depend
                   securely
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     
                     Where
                     this
                     conclusion
                     is
                     deliuered
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     an
                     exhortation
                     vnto
                     himselfe
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               set
               downe
               vers
               .
               13.
               in
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 I
                 should
                 haue
                 fainted
                 ,
                 except
                 I
                 had
                 beleeued
                 that
                 I
                 should
                 see
                 the
                 goodnes
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 in
                 the
                 land
                 of
                 the
                 liuing
                 .
              
               Where
               by
               the
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               meaneth
               his
               deliuerance
               from
               trouble
               ,
               and
               the
               enioying
               of
               a
               successor
               to
               his
               Crowne
               out
               of
               his
               owne
               loynes
               .
               By
               the
               land
               of
               the
               liuing
               ,
               he
               vnderstandeth
               this
               present
               life
               .
            
             
               The
               Conclusion
               (
               as
               hath
               been
               noted
               )
               is
               vers
               .
               14
               :
               where
               it
               is
               further
               inforced
               to
               improoue
               and
               aduance
               his
               dependance
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               ,
               by
               shewing
               what
               effect
               it
               worketh
               on
               Gods
               part
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Lord
                   will
                   supplie
                   all
                   grace
                   and
                   comfort
                   to
                   the
                   hearts
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   rest
                   confidently
                   vpon
                   him
                   :
                   doe
                   thou
                   (
                   O
                   my
                   soule
                   )
                   rest
                   strongly
                   and
                   confidently
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   Lord
                   will
                   supplie
                   all
                   grace
                   and
                   comfort
                   to
                   the
                   hearts
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   rest
                   confidently
                   vpon
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   doe
                   thou
                   (
                   O
                   my
                   soule
                   )
                   rest
                   strongly
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     verse
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             34.
             
             ¶
             A
             Psalme
             of
             Dauid
             ,
             after
             he
             had
             changed
             his
             behauiour
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             Abimelech
             ,
             and
             departed
             ,
             being
             expelled
             by
             him
             .
          
           
             I
             Will
             at
             all
             times
             giue
             thankes
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             :
             his
             praise
             shall
             be
             in
             my
             mouth
             continually
             .
          
           
             2
             My
             soule
             shall
             glorie
             in
             the
             Lord
             :
             the
             meeke
             shall
             heare
             it
             and
             be
             glad
             .
          
           
             3
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord
             with
             me
             ,
             and
             let
             vs
             magnifie
             his
             name
             together
             .
          
           
           
             5
             I
             sought
             the
             Lord
             and
             he
             heard
             me
             :
             and
             he
             deliuered
             me
             out
             of
             all
             my
             feares
             .
          
           
             6
             They
             shall
             looke
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             flocke
             vnto
             him
             :
             and
             their
             faces
             shall
             not
             be
             ashamed
             .
          
           
             7
             This
             poore
             man
             cried
             and
             the
             Lord
             heard
             him
             :
             and
             saued
             him
             out
             of
             all
             his
             distresses
             .
          
           
             8
             The
             Angell
             of
             the
             Lord
             pitcheth
             round
             about
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             ,
             and
             deliuereth
             them
             .
          
           
             9
             Taste
             yee
             and
             see
             how
             gratious
             the
             Lord
             is
             .
             Blessed
             is
             the
             man
             that
             trusteth
             in
             him
             .
          
           
             10
             Feare
             the
             Lord
             ye
             Saints
             of
             his
             .
             For
             nothing
             wanteth
             to
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           
             11
             The
             young
             lions
             do
             lack
             and
             suffer
             hunger
             :
             but
             they
             who
             seeke
             the
             Lord
             ,
             shall
             want
             nothing
             that
             is
             good
             .
          
           
             12
             Come
             my
             sonnes
             ,
             hearken
             vnto
             me
             :
             I
             will
             teach
             you
             the
             feare
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             13
             What
             man
             is
             he
             that
             desireth
             life
             ,
             and
             loueth
             long
             daies
             to
             see
             good
             ?
          
           
             14
             Keepe
             thy
             tongue
             from
             euill
             ,
             and
             thy
             lips
             that
             they
             speake
             no
             guile
             .
          
           
             15
             Eschew
             euill
             and
             doe
             good
             :
             seeke
             peace
             and
             follow
             after
             it
             .
          
           
             16
             The
             eyes
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             vpon
             the
             righteous
             ,
             and
             his
             eares
             are
             open
             to
             their
             crie
             .
          
           
             17
             The
             face
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             against
             them
             that
             doe
             euill
             ,
             to
             cut
             off
             their
             remembrance
             from
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             18
             The
             righteous
             crie
             and
             the
             Lord
             heareth
             them
             ,
             and
             deliuereth
             them
             out
             of
             all
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           
             19
             The
             Lord
             is
             neere
             vnto
             them
             that
             are
             broken
             in
             heart
             ,
             and
             saueth
             such
             as
             are
             brused
             in
             spirit
             .
          
           
             20
             Many
             are
             the
             troubles
             of
             the
             righteous
             :
             but
             the
             Lord
             deliuereth
             him
             out
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             21
             He
             keepeth
             all
             his
             bones
             :
             not
             one
             of
             them
             is
             broken
             .
          
           
             22
             But
             malice
             shall
             slay
             the
             wicked
             :
             and
             they
             that
             hate
             the
             righteous
             shall
             perish
             .
          
           
             23
             The
             Lord
             redeemeth
             the
             soules
             of
             his
             seruants
             :
             and
             none
             that
             trust
             in
             him
             shall
             perish
             .
          
           
             
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               34.
               
            
             
               We
               are
               first
               to
               consider
               of
               the
               title
               of
               this
               Psalme
               :
               and
               then
               of
               the
               Psalme
               it selfe
               .
            
             
               The
               title
               doth
               acquaint
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     With
                     the
                     author
                     of
                     the
                     Psalm
                     :
                     who
                     is
                     the
                     Prophet
                     Dauid
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     With
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     inditing
                     thereof
                     :
                     which
                     was
                     vpon
                     his
                     escape
                     from
                     Achis
                     King
                     of
                     the
                     Philistins
                     :
                     who
                     is
                     by
                     a
                     name
                     common
                     to
                     the
                     Kings
                     of
                     that
                     people
                     intitled
                     Abimelech
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     With
                     the
                     occasion
                     of
                     inditing
                     the
                     said
                     Psalme
                     :
                     which
                     was
                     the
                     Prophets
                     safe
                     escape
                     and
                     deliuerance
                     from
                     so
                     capitall
                     an
                     enemie
                     as
                     King
                     Achis
                     .
                     This
                     his
                     escape
                     is
                     set
                     foorth
                     by
                     noting
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     meane
                     vsed
                     for
                     effecting
                     the
                     same
                     :
                     which
                     was
                     Dauids
                     changing
                     of
                     his
                     ordinarie
                     cariage
                     and
                     behauiour
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     his
                     counterfeiting
                     the
                     losse
                     of
                     his
                     wit
                     and
                     sense
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Lord
                     did
                     by
                     his
                     prouidence
                     so
                     order
                     the
                     Prophets
                     disguising
                     in
                     this
                     behalfe
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     made
                     way
                     for
                     his
                     deliuerance
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Psalme
               it selfe
               is
               a
               thankfull
               acknowledgement
               on
               Dauids
               part
               of
               the
               Lords
               gratious
               deliuerance
               of
               him
               from
               the
               imminent
               perill
               wherein
               he
               was
               ,
               being
               in
               the
               Court
               of
               Achis
               ,
               and
               within
               the
               reach
               of
               his
               authoritie
               .
               The
               historie
               hereof
               you
               may
               reade
               ,
               1.
               
               Sam.
               21.
               
            
             
               This
               gratefull
               acknowledgement
               of
               his
               deliuerance
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               propoundeth
               and
               testifieth
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     his
                     owne
                     personall
                     magnifying
                     the
                     Lord
                     for
                     the
                     said
                     deliuerance
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   and
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     double
                     exhortation
                     vnto
                     others
                     .
                     For
                     he
                     inuiteth
                     others
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         To
                         concurre
                         with
                         him
                         in
                         this
                         dutie
                         of
                         magnifying
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         To
                         hold
                         a
                         course
                      
                       
                         
                           
                             Partly
                             of
                             meditating
                             on
                             the
                             Lords
                             goodnes
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           9.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             Partly
                             of
                             fearing
                             the
                             Lord
                          
                           ,
                           vers
                           .
                           10.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Prophets
               personall
               magnifying
               the
               Lord
               for
               his
               deliuerance
               is
               amplified
               ,
               by
               noting
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     time
                     ,
                     when
                     he
                     will
                     doe
                     it
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     will
                     at
                     all
                     times
                     magnifie
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     instrument
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     he
                     will
                     performe
                     this
                     action
                     of
                     magnifying
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   
                     I
                     will
                     praise
                     him
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     with
                     my
                     mouth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     affection
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     he
                     will
                     accompanie
                     this
                     dutie
                     of
                     extolling
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   
                     My
                     soule
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     shall
                     glorie
                     in
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     with
                     a
                     sincere
                     and
                     vnfained
                     affection
                     extoll
                     the
                     Lords
                     goodnes
                     towards
                     me
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     with
                     my
                     tongue
                     only
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     The
                     effect
                     wrought
                     in
                     others
                     by
                     performing
                     this
                     dutie
                     of
                     praise
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   
                     For
                     (
                     saith
                     the
                     Prophet
                     )
                     the
                     meeke
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     children
                     of
                     God
                     hearing
                     this
                     my
                     thankefull
                     acknowledgement
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     mercie
                     to
                     me
                     ,
                     will
                     thereupon
                     reioyce
                     and
                     be
                     occasioned
                     to
                     praise
                     the
                     Lord
                     with
                     me
                     .
                     This
                     reioycing
                     and
                     praising
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     effect
                     wrought
                     in
                     others
                     by
                     Dauids
                     performing
                     this
                     dutie
                     of
                     magnifying
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               point
               ,
               whereby
               hee
               testifieth
               his
               gratefull
               acknowledgement
               of
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               towards
               him
               in
               his
               deliuerance
               ,
               is
               his
               exhortation
               vnto
               others
               ,
               that
               they
               would
               concurre
               with
               him
               in
               this
               dutie
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lord.
               He
               perswadeth
               them
               hereto
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   God
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   me
                   from
                   the
                   imminent
                   perill
                   wherein
                   I
                   was
                   ,
                   being
                   amongst
                   the
                   Philistins
                   :
                   praise
                   him
                   together
                   with
                   me
                   for
                   this
                   blessing
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   God
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   me
                   from
                   the
                   imminent
                   perill
                   wherein
                   I
                   was
                   ,
                   being
                   amongst
                   the
                   Philistins
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     5.
                     and
                     7.
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     hath
                     deliuered
                     him
                     from
                     all
                     his
                     feares
                     and
                     distresses
                     :
                     meaning
                     the
                     feares
                     and
                     distresses
                     in
                     which
                     he
                     was
                     ,
                     during
                     his
                     abode
                     in
                     the
                     presence
                     of
                     King
                  
                   Achis
                   
                     and
                     the
                     Philistins
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   praise
                   ye
                   
                     y
                     e
                  
                   Lord
                   with
                   me
                   for
                   this
                   blessing
                   ,
                   
                     v.
                     4.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               cleered
               by
               declaring
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Lords
                     gratious
                     proceeding
                     in
                     generall
                     with
                     his
                     children
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     effect
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     mercie
                     in
                     the
                     deliuerance
                     of
                     Dauid
                     worketh
                     in
                     others
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Out
               of
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               Lords
               gratious
               proceeding
               with
               his
               children
               in
               generall
               ,
               he
               cleereth
               the
               said
               Assumption
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Such
                     as
                     call
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     heart
                     fearing
                     him
                     ,
                     are
                     protected
                     and
                     deliuered
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   Where
                   for
                   a
                   further
                   manifesting
                   of
                   the
                   truth
                   of
                   this
                   sentence
                   ,
                   he
                   specifieth
                   the
                   instruments
                   vsed
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   in
                   working
                   the
                   deliuerance
                   of
                   his
                   children
                   .
                   These
                   instruments
                   are
                   the
                   Angels
                   :
                   by
                   whose
                   action
                   of
                   incamping
                   about
                   vs
                   ,
                   he
                   doth
                   implie
                   and
                   signifie
                   all
                   other
                   seruices
                   done
                   by
                   them
                   in
                   fauour
                   of
                   Gods
                   children
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     I
                     Dauid
                     called
                     on
                     the
                     Lord
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     heart
                     fearing
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   and
                   7.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   5.
                   verse
                   he
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     I
                     sought
                     the
                     Lord
                  
                   ,
                   namely
                   ,
                   
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     heart
                     fearing
                     him
                     .
                  
                   In
                   the
                   seuenth
                   verse
                   ,
                   changing
                   the
                   person
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   forme
                   vsuall
                   in
                   Scripture
                   )
                   hee
                   repeateth
                   his
                   seeking
                   and
                   calling
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   vnder
                   these
                   termes
                   :
                   
                     This
                     poore
                     man
                     cried
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     Dauid
                     who
                     was
                     in
                     a
                     poore
                     and
                     distressed
                     case
                     ,
                     cried
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     for
                     help
                     against
                     the
                     perill
                     wherein
                     I
                     was
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     was
                     I
                     protected
                     and
                     deliuered
                     by
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   and
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               effect
               growing
               from
               the
               obseruation
               of
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               in
               the
               deliuerance
               of
               Dauid
               ,
               is
               ,
               
                 The
                 recourse
                 that
                 others
                 shall
                 make
                 vnto
                 the
                 Lord
                 by
                 humble
                 petition
                 in
                 the
                 day
                 of
                 their
                 trouble
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               6.
               where
               he
               saith
               :
               
                 They
                 shall
                 looke
                 vnto
                 the
                 Lord
                 and
                 flock
                 vnto
                 him
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               They
               obseruing
               how
               mercifully
               the
               Lord
               hath
               proceeded
               with
               me
               in
               deliuering
               me
               from
               the
               danger
               of
               death
               ,
               shall
               thereupon
               bee
               moued
               in
               the
               day
               of
               trouble
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               to
               runne
               vnto
               
               the
               Lord
               for
               help
               by
               way
               of
               supplication
               .
               Now
               this
               their
               recourse
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               by
               way
               of
               humble
               petition
               ,
               is
               recommended
               vnto
               vs
               by
               noting
               the
               blessed
               issue
               following
               thereupon
               .
               The
               issue
               is
               ,
               that
               vpon
               such
               their
               recourse
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               helpe
               ,
               
                 their
                 faces
                 shall
                 not
                 be
                 ashamed
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               they
               shall
               find
               fauour
               in
               the
               Lords
               sight
               for
               grant
               of
               their
               requests
               .
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               thus
               exhorted
               others
               to
               a
               concurrence
               with
               him
               in
               magnifying
               the
               Lord
               :
               he
               now
               perswadeth
               them
               to
               a
               performance
               of
               two
               other
               duties
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     of
                     meditating
                     on
                     the
                     goodnes
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     they
                     may
                     repose
                     vpon
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     of
                     fearing
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               dutie
               is
               recommended
               and
               pressed
               by
               this
               argument
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     they
                     be
                     blessed
                     who
                     trust
                     in
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                     then
                     ought
                     we
                     to
                     meditate
                     on
                     his
                     goodnes
                     ,
                     that
                     we
                     may
                     thereupon
                     be
                     moued
                     to
                     trust
                     in
                     him
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     they
                     are
                     blessed
                     who
                     trust
                     in
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     ought
                     wee
                     to
                     meditate
                     on
                     the
                     goodnes
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     that
                     wee
                     may
                     thereupon
                     be
                     mooued
                     to
                     trust
                     in
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   tasting
                   and
                   seeing
                   how
                   gratious
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   take
                   to
                   bee
                   meant
                   not
                   a
                   bare
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   goodnes
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   serious
                   meditation
                   accompanying
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   as
                   may
                   perswade
                   our
                   hearts
                   to
                   a
                   confident
                   dependance
                   on
                   him
                   .
                   Which
                   point
                   of
                   dependance
                   and
                   trust
                   in
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   mentioned
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   9.
                   verse
                   ,
                   which
                   presenteth
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   exhortation
                   of
                   meditating
                   on
                   the
                   goodnes
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   yet
                   must
                   we
                   conceiue
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   there
                   in
                   effect
                   &
                   sense
                   :
                   as
                   if
                   the
                   Prophet
                   had
                   said
                   ,
                   Taste
                   and
                   see
                   how
                   gratious
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   thereupon
                   you
                   may
                   bee
                   drawne
                   to
                   trust
                   in
                   him
                   .
                   For
                   blessed
                   is
                   the
                   man
                   who
                   trusteth
                   in
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               other
               dutie
               ,
               whereto
               the
               Prophet
               perswadeth
               vs
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   we
                   should
                   feare
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   should
                   serue
                   and
                   honour
                   him
                   in
                   the
                   cariage
                   of
                   our
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               dutie
               is
               inforced
               and
               perswaded
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   Such
                   as
                   feare
                   the
                   Lord
                   want
                   nothing
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   feare
                   the
                   Lord
                   ye
                   Saints
                   of
                   his
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               handled
               by
               a
               comparison
               :
               wherein
               is
               shewed
               the
               different
               proceeding
               held
               by
               the
               Lord
               towards
               such
               as
               feare
               him
               ,
               and
               towards
               such
               as
               being
               of
               a
               proud
               spirit
               and
               reposing
               on
               their
               owne
               strength
               haue
               reiected
               all
               feare
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               and
               these
               hee
               calleth
               
                 young
                 lions
              
               .
               The
               comparison
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Young
                     lions
                     are
                     in
                     want
                     and
                     hunger
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     such
                     as
                     feare
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     want
                     no
                     good
                     thing
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   and
                   11.
                   
                   Here
                   in
                   the
                   11.
                   verse
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   feare
                   the
                   Lord
                   are
                   noted
                   vnto
                   vs
                   by
                   a
                   particular
                   action
                   of
                   theirs
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     To
                     seeke
                     the
                     Lord
                     by
                     prayer
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Now
               in
               the
               12.
               verse
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               by
               way
               of
               preuention
               offereth
               to
               satisfie
               a
               question
               that
               may
               be
               demanded
               touching
               this
               feare
               ,
               namely
               :
               
                 What
                 this
                 feare
                 is
                 ,
                 whereto
                 the
                 Prophet
                 perswadeth
                 ,
                 and
                 which
                 is
                 accompanied
                 with
                 the
                 happines
                 spoken
                 of
                 in
                 the
              
               10.
               and
               11.
               verse
               .
               Before
               he
               resolue
               this
               question
               :
               he
               doth
               (
               because
               the
               matter
               is
               of
               moment
               ,
               and
               draweth
               with
               it
               an
               happie
               life
               )
               solicite
               his
               auditors
               to
               an
               attentiue
               hearing
               of
               him
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     an
                     argument
                     drawne
                     from
                     a
                     circumstance
                     of
                     their
                     persons
                     :
                     in
                     that
                     he
                     calleth
                     them
                     by
                     the
                     sweete
                     title
                     of
                     Sonnes
                     :
                     a
                     title
                     which
                     the
                     Prophets
                     bestowed
                     vpon
                     their
                     disciples
                     ,
                     to
                     testifie
                     their
                     speciall
                     loue
                     and
                     kindnes
                     vnto
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     vnto
                     them
                     the
                     worthines
                     of
                     the
                     subiect
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     knowledge
                     wherof
                     he
                     would
                     informe
                     them
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     feare
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     remembring
                     vnto
                     them
                     ,
                     the
                     desire
                     that
                     is
                     in
                     euerie
                     
                     of
                     them
                     of
                     an
                     happie
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   
                   Where
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   an
                   interrogation
                   hee
                   aduertiseth
                   them
                   that
                   this
                   desire
                   of
                   enioying
                   happines
                   is
                   in
                   euery
                   man.
                   For
                   the
                   Prophet
                   demaunding
                   this
                   question
                   ,
                   
                     (
                     What
                     man
                     is
                     he
                     that
                     desireth
                     life
                     ?
                     )
                  
                   doth
                   in
                   effect
                   and
                   sense
                   speake
                   thus
                   :
                   Sure
                   I
                   am
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   man
                   who
                   doth
                   not
                   affect
                   and
                   desire
                   an
                   happie
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               These
               motiues
               ,
               whereby
               hee
               induceth
               his
               auditors
               to
               an
               attentiue
               and
               carefull
               hearing
               of
               him
               ,
               are
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   You
                   are
                   my
                   disciples
                   whom
                   I
                   loue
                   as
                   my
                   sonnes
                   :
                   the
                   point
                   of
                   doctrine
                   ,
                   wherein
                   I
                   will
                   informe
                   you
                   ,
                   concernes
                   the
                   feare
                   of
                   the
                   eternall
                   God
                   :
                   and
                   euery
                   of
                   you
                   desires
                   the
                   happines
                   which
                   doth
                   accompanie
                   this
                   feare
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12.
                     and
                     13.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Hearken
                   therefore
                   vnto
                   me
                   ,
                   who
                   am
                   readie
                   to
                   instruct
                   you
                   in
                   this
                   point
                   of
                   doctrine
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hauing
               solicited
               his
               disciples
               to
               this
               attention
               in
               hearing
               him
               ,
               hee
               proceedes
               to
               resolue
               them
               what
               this
               feare
               is
               ,
               whereto
               he
               exhorteth
               them
               .
               To
               performe
               this
               ,
               he
               setteth
               downe
               the
               particulars
               ,
               wherein
               this
               feare
               of
               the
               Lord
               consisteth
               .
               He
               sheweth
               that
               it
               consisteth
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     In
                     a
                     religious
                     vse
                     of
                     the
                     tongue
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   14.
                   
                   Where
                   forbidding
                   the
                   abuse
                   thereof
                   ,
                   he
                   doth
                   withall
                   prescribe
                   the
                   lawfull
                   and
                   holy
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     In
                     forbearance
                     of
                     sinfull
                     actions
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     doing
                     of
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     iust
                     and
                     good
                     before
                     God
                     and
                     man
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   15.
                   
                   Where
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   verse
                   ,
                   that
                   generall
                   of
                   doing
                   good
                   ,
                   is
                   declared
                   by
                   mentioning
                   two
                   speciall
                   actions
                   that
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   whereof
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         one
                         is
                         ,
                         the
                         seeking
                         after
                         peace
                         and
                         concord
                         with
                         men
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         The
                         other
                         is
                         ,
                         the
                         intertaining
                         of
                         it
                         when
                         it
                         is
                         found
                         and
                         procured
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Now
               to
               raise
               vp
               in
               his
               said
               disciples
               a
               care
               to
               practise
               the
               aboue
               mentioned
               particulars
               of
               obedience
               to
               the
               law
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               presseth
               them
               with
               an
               argument
               
               taken
               from
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               Lords
               gratious
               proceeding
               towards
               those
               who
               in
               the
               cariage
               of
               their
               life
               do
               labour
               to
               put
               in
               practise
               the
               said
               particulars
               .
               The
               argument
               perswading
               hereto
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   practise
                   the
                   said
                   particulars
                   of
                   obedience
                   to
                   the
                   law
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   the
                   Lord
                   ministreth
                   a
                   continuall
                   supplie
                   of
                   his
                   gratious
                   fauours
                   :
                   then
                   ought
                   you
                   to
                   practise
                   the
                   said
                   particulars
                   of
                   obedience
                   to
                   the
                   law
                   of
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   practise
                   the
                   said
                   particulars
                   of
                   obedience
                   to
                   the
                   law
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   the
                   Lord
                   ministreth
                   a
                   continuall
                   supplie
                   of
                   his
                   gratious
                   fauours
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                     
                     Where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     by
                     particulating
                     these
                     two
                     actions
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     namely
                     ,
                  
                   His
                   beholding
                   of
                   the
                   righteous
                   with
                   the
                   eye
                   of
                   his
                   prouidence
                   for
                   their
                   protection
                   :
                   and
                   ,
                   His
                   hearing
                   of
                   their
                   crie
                   with
                   the
                   eare
                   of
                   commiseration
                   for
                   their
                   deliuerance
                   from
                   trouble
                   :
                   
                     the
                     Prophet
                     (
                     I
                     say
                     )
                     vnder
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     speciall
                     actions
                     ,
                     doth
                     implie
                     and
                     signifie
                     the
                     Lords
                     gratious
                     proceeding
                     in
                     euery
                     respect
                     with
                     the
                     righteous
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     with
                     such
                     as
                     performe
                     obedience
                     to
                     his
                     law
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   ought
                   you
                   to
                   practise
                   the
                   said
                   particulars
                   of
                   obedience
                   to
                   the
                   law
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     and
                     15.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               :
               To
               the
               end
               it
               may
               appeare
               what
               speciall
               acknowledgement
               we
               owe
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               in
               regard
               of
               this
               course
               of
               fauour
               he
               holdeth
               with
               vs
               for
               our
               protection
               and
               deliuerance
               :
               the
               Prophet
               setteth
               vpon
               the
               said
               Assumption
               an
               illustration
               taken
               from
               the
               different
               and
               vnlike
               proceeding
               he
               holdeth
               with
               the
               wicked
               .
               The
               illustration
               ,
               wherein
               the
               Lords
               fauourable
               course
               with
               the
               righteous
               is
               set
               foorth
               by
               his
               different
               proceeding
               with
               the
               wicked
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   doth
                   execute
                   his
                   wrath
                   vpon
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                     and
                     22.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   godly
                   he
                   doth
                   protect
                   from
                   perils
                   ,
                   and
                   deliuereth
                   thē
                   from
                   all
                   their
                   troubles
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.18.19.20.21.23
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               former
               sentence
               of
               this
               illustration
               is
               presented
               vnto
               vs
               by
               the
               Prophet
               vnder
               these
               two
               particular
               actions
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               whereof
               ,
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     one
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     Lords
                     rooting
                     from
                     out
                     the
                     earth
                     the
                     memorie
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   17.
                   which
                   is
                   an
                   euident
                   execution
                   of
                   his
                   wrath
                   vpon
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     other
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     Lords
                     ordering
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     to
                     be
                     instruments
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     destruction
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   22.
                   which
                   is
                   another
                   reall
                   and
                   apparant
                   execution
                   of
                   his
                   iustice
                   vpon
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               sentence
               of
               the
               said
               illustration
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               we
               may
               rest
               assured
               of
               the
               Lords
               fauour
               ,
               and
               euer
               depend
               vpon
               him
               ,
               is
               in
               varietie
               of
               termes
               expounded
               and
               iterated
               in
               so
               many
               verses
               ,
               as
               I
               haue
               quoted
               :
               in
               each
               of
               which
               verses
               the
               Lords
               action
               of
               protecting
               or
               deliuering
               is
               mentioned
               .
            
             
               
                 In
                 the
                 16.
                 verse
                 ,
                 both
                 actions
                 are
                 noted
                 ,
                 as
                 hath
                 been
                 declared
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 18.
                 verse
                 ,
                 his
                 action
                 of
                 deliuerance
                 is
                 signified
                 by
                 his
                 gratious
                 hearing
                 and
                 deliuering
                 of
                 them
                 out
                 of
                 distresse
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 19.
                 verse
                 ,
                 his
                 action
                 of
                 deliuerance
                 is
                 not
                 only
                 recorded
                 ,
                 but
                 improoued
                 also
                 and
                 magnified
                 by
                 noting
                 the
                 extremitie
                 of
                 the
                 distresse
                 ,
                 from
                 which
                 the
                 godly
                 are
                 deliuered
                 .
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 said
                 in
                 this
                 verse
                 to
                 this
                 effect
                 :
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 is
                 neere
                 vnto
                 the
                 godly
                 ,
                 and
                 saueth
                 them
                 euen
                 then
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 faint
                 and
                 are
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 at
                 the
                 last
                 gaspe
                 through
                 the
                 greatnes
                 of
                 their
                 affliction
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 20.
                 verse
                 ,
                 his
                 action
                 of
                 deliuerance
                 is
                 specified
                 and
                 recommended
                 by
                 aduertising
                 vs
                 that
                 the
                 number
                 of
                 the
                 troubles
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 which
                 the
                 iust
                 is
                 deliuered
                 ,
                 is
                 great
                 .
                 Which
                 argueth
                 the
                 greatnes
                 of
                 the
                 mercie
                 and
                 power
                 of
                 the
                 Deliuerer
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 21.
                 verse
                 ,
                 his
                 action
                 of
                 protection
                 is
                 remembred
                 :
                 it
                 being
                 there
                 said
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 hath
                 that
                 care
                 of
                 preseruing
                 the
                 iust
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 cannot
                 receiue
                 hurt
                 in
                 
                 any
                 one
                 bone
                 without
                 his
                 prouidence
                 and
                 will.
                 
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 23.
                 verse
                 ,
                 his
                 action
                 of
                 deliuerance
                 is
                 comprised
                 both
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 and
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 verse
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 verse
                 the
                 godly
                 are
                 described
                 :
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     Vnder
                     the
                     title
                     of
                     being
                     the
                     Lords
                     seruants
                     .
                  
                   
                     2.
                     
                     By
                     their
                     dependance
                     on
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             37.
             
          
           
             A
             Psalme
             of
             Dauid
             .
             Fret
             not
             thy selfe
             because
             of
             the
             wicked
             men
             :
             neither
             enuie
             at
             the
             euill
             doers
             .
          
           
             2
             For
             they
             shall
             soone
             be
             cut
             downe
             like
             grasse
             ,
             and
             shall
             wither
             as
             the
             greene
             herbe
             .
          
           
             3
             Trust
             thou
             in
             the
             Lord
             and
             doe
             good
             .
             Thou
             shalt
             inhabite
             the
             earth
             and
             be
             fed
             assuredly
             .
          
           
             4
             And
             delight
             thy selfe
             in
             the
             Lord
             :
             and
             he
             shall
             giue
             thee
             thy
             hearts
             desire
             .
          
           
             5
             Commit
             thy
             way
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             trust
             in
             him
             .
             For
             he
             shall
             bring
             it
             to
             passe
             .
          
           
             6
             And
             he
             shall
             bring
             foorth
             thy
             righteousnes
             as
             the
             light
             ,
             and
             thy
             right
             as
             the
             noone
             day
             .
          
           
             7
             Waite
             patiently
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             and
             hope
             in
             him
             :
             fret
             not
             thy selfe
             for
             him
             who
             prospereth
             in
             his
             way
             :
             for
             the
             man
             (
             I
             say
             )
             who
             bringeth
             his
             enterprises
             to
             passe
             .
          
           
             8
             Cease
             from
             anger
             and
             leaue
             off
             wrath
             :
             fret
             not
             thy selfe
             ,
             at
             least
             to
             doe
             euill
             .
          
           
             9
             For
             euill
             doers
             shall
             be
             cut
             off
             :
             but
             they
             that
             waite
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             ,
             shall
             by
             inheritance
             possesse
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             10
             Yet
             a
             little
             while
             ,
             and
             the
             wicked
             shall
             not
             appeare
             :
             and
             thou
             shalt
             looke
             after
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             he
             shall
             not
             be
             found
             .
          
           
             11
             But
             the
             meeke
             shall
             by
             inheritance
             possesse
             the
             earth
             :
             and
             shall
             haue
             their
             delight
             in
             the
             multitude
             of
             peace
             .
          
           
             12
             The
             wicked
             practiseth
             against
             the
             iust
             ,
             and
             gnasheth
             his
             teeth
             against
             him
             .
          
           
             13
             The
             Lord
             laugheth
             him
             to
             scorne
             :
             for
             he
             seeth
             that
             his
             day
             is
             comming
             .
          
           
           
             14
             The
             wicked
             haue
             drawne
             their
             sword
             ,
             and
             haue
             bent
             their
             bow
             to
             cast
             downe
             the
             poore
             and
             the
             needie
             :
             and
             to
             slay
             such
             as
             be
             of
             vpright
             conuersation
             .
          
           
             15
             But
             their
             sword
             shall
             enter
             into
             their
             owne
             heart
             :
             and
             their
             bowes
             shall
             be
             broken
             .
          
           
             16
             A
             small
             thing
             is
             better
             vnto
             the
             iust
             man
             ,
             than
             great
             riches
             to
             the
             wicked
             and
             mightie
             .
          
           
             17
             For
             the
             armes
             of
             the
             wicked
             shal
             be
             broken
             :
             but
             the
             Lord
             vpholdeth
             the
             iust
             men
             .
          
           
             18
             The
             Lord
             knoweth
             the
             daies
             of
             vpright
             men
             :
             and
             their
             possession
             shall
             be
             perpetuall
             .
          
           
             19
             They
             shall
             not
             be
             confounded
             in
             the
             perillous
             time
             :
             and
             in
             the
             daies
             of
             famine
             they
             shall
             haue
             enough
             :
          
           
             20
             Whilest
             the
             wicked
             perish
             ,
             and
             the
             enemies
             of
             the
             Lord
             as
             the
             fat
             of
             lambes
             :
             as
             this
             consumeth
             vanishing
             into
             smoke
             ,
             so
             they
             consume
             .
          
           
             21
             The
             wicked
             borroweth
             and
             cannot
             repay
             :
             but
             the
             righteous
             is
             mercifull
             and
             giueth
             .
          
           
             22
             For
             such
             as
             be
             blessed
             of
             God
             ,
             doe
             by
             right
             of
             inheritance
             possesse
             the
             earth
             :
             but
             they
             that
             be
             cursed
             of
             him
             ,
             shall
             be
             cut
             off
             .
          
           
             23
             The
             steps
             of
             the
             man
             ,
             with
             whose
             way
             the
             Lord
             is
             delighted
             ,
             are
             established
             by
             him
             .
          
           
             24
             When
             he
             falleth
             ,
             he
             is
             not
             vtterly
             cast
             down
             :
             for
             the
             Lord
             vpholdeth
             his
             hand
             .
          
           
             25
             I
             haue
             been
             young
             ,
             and
             now
             am
             old
             :
             yet
             I
             neuer
             saw
             the
             righteous
             forsaken
             ,
             nor
             his
             seede
             begging
             bread
             .
          
           
             26
             He
             is
             euer
             mercifull
             and
             lendeth
             :
             and
             his
             seede
             enioyeth
             the
             blessing
             .
          
           
             27
             Depart
             from
             euill
             ,
             and
             doe
             good
             :
             and
             thou
             shalt
             dwell
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             28
             For
             the
             Lord
             loueth
             righteousnes
             ,
             and
             forsaketh
             not
             his
             Saints
             :
             they
             are
             preserued
             for
             euer
             :
             but
             the
             seede
             of
             the
             wicked
             is
             cut
             off
             .
          
           
             29
             The
             righteous
             man
             shall
             by
             right
             of
             inheritance
             possesse
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             dwell
             therein
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             30
             The
             mouth
             of
             the
             righteous
             speaketh
             of
             wisedome
             ,
             and
             his
             tongue
             talketh
             of
             iudgement
             .
          
           
           
             31
             The
             law
             of
             his
             God
             is
             in
             his
             heart
             :
             and
             his
             foote
             slideth
             not
             in
             his
             steps
             .
          
           
             32
             The
             wicked
             watcheth
             the
             righteous
             and
             seeketh
             to
             slay
             him
             .
          
           
             33
             But
             the
             Lord
             will
             not
             leaue
             him
             in
             his
             hand
             :
             nor
             suffer
             him
             to
             be
             condemned
             when
             he
             is
             iudged
             .
          
           
             34
             Waite
             thou
             on
             the
             Lord
             and
             keepe
             his
             way
             :
             and
             he
             shall
             exalt
             thee
             that
             thou
             maist
             by
             inheritance
             possesse
             the
             land
             :
             thou
             shalt
             see
             the
             destruction
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           
             35
             I
             haue
             seene
             the
             wicked
             strong
             ,
             and
             spreading
             himselfe
             like
             a
             greene
             bay
             tree
             .
          
           
             36
             Afterward
             he
             passed
             away
             :
             and
             loe
             ,
             he
             is
             no
             more
             :
             and
             I
             sought
             him
             ,
             but
             he
             could
             not
             be
             found
             .
          
           
             37
             Marke
             the
             vpright
             man
             ,
             and
             behold
             the
             iust
             :
             the
             end
             of
             that
             man
             is
             peace
             :
          
           
             38
             Whereas
             the
             transgressors
             be
             destroyed
             together
             :
             and
             the
             end
             of
             the
             wicked
             is
             cut
             off
             .
          
           
             39
             The
             deliuerance
             of
             the
             righteous
             is
             from
             the
             Lord
             :
             he
             is
             their
             strength
             in
             the
             time
             of
             trouble
             .
          
           
             40
             And
             the
             Lord
             helpeth
             them
             and
             deliuereth
             them
             :
             he
             deliuereth
             them
             from
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             saueth
             them
             ,
             because
             they
             trust
             on
             him
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               37.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               in
               this
               37.
               
               Psalme
               imparteth
               with
               vs
               a
               direction
               how
               to
               carrie
               our selues
               in
               the
               case
               of
               the
               prosperity
               of
               the
               wicked
               and
               our
               owne
               particular
               distresse
               :
               and
               consequently
               ,
               a
               remedie
               against
               such
               temptations
               as
               doe
               grow
               from
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               said
               prosperitie
               and
               distresse
               .
               To
               which
               purpose
               he
               disputeth
               this
               question
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   godly
                   are
                   without
                   grieuing
                   at
                   the
                   prosperitie
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   walke
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Before
               we
               proceede
               to
               lay
               foorth
               the
               Prophets
               demonstration
               of
               this
               question
               :
               forasmuch
               as
               the
               branches
               of
               it
               be
               
               diuers
               and
               dispersed
               into
               sundrie
               verses
               ,
               in
               some
               of
               them
               ioyntly
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               of
               them
               singly
               :
               it
               shall
               not
               be
               amisse
               to
               obserue
               briefly
               how
               and
               where
               they
               be
               set
               downe
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               (
               as
               we
               see
               )
               three
               branches
               of
               the
               said
               question
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Not
                     to
                     grieue
                     at
                     the
                     prosperitie
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     To
                     rest
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     To
                     walke
                     obediently
                     before
                     him
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               branch
               is
               vers
               .
               1.7
               .
               and
               8.
               
            
             
               The
               second
               and
               third
               branch
               are
               ioyntly
               and
               cleerely
               comprised
               ,
               vers
               .
               3.
               in
               the
               beginning
               ,
               and
               vers
               .
               34.
               in
               the
               beginning
               .
               It
               is
               said
               ,
               vers
               .
               3.
               
               
                 Trust
                 in
                 the
                 Lord
                 and
                 doe
                 good
                 .
              
               So
               is
               it
               said
               ,
               vers
               .
               34.
               
               
                 Waite
                 on
                 the
                 Lord
                 and
                 keepe
                 his
                 way
                 .
              
               In
               which
               verses
               ,
               by
               
                 doing
                 good
              
               ,
               and
               by
               
                 keeping
                 the
                 Lords
                 way
              
               ,
               is
               meant
               an
               obedient
               and
               holy
               walking
               before
               him
               .
            
             
               All
               three
               branches
               are
               in
               the
               4.
               verse
               ,
               though
               somewhat
               obscurely
               ,
               noted
               vnder
               this
               forme
               of
               speech
               :
               
                 Delight
                 thy selfe
                 in
                 the
                 Lord.
              
               Whereby
               is
               meant
               ,
               that
               we
               should
               without
               grieuing
               at
               the
               Lords
               proceedings
               rest
               satisfied
               with
               his
               good
               pleasure
               declared
               by
               them
               ,
               and
               so
               conforme
               our
               will
               to
               his
               will
               by
               depending
               on
               him
               ,
               and
               by
               pleasing
               him
               in
               the
               traine
               of
               our
               life
               .
               To
               doe
               this
               ,
               is
               to
               take
               delight
               and
               contentment
               in
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               In
               some
               other
               verses
               one
               of
               the
               said
               branches
               onely
               is
               specified
               :
               as
               ,
               
                 
                   
                     Vers.
                     5.
                     and
                     7.
                  
                   
                   Our
                   resting
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   mentioned
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Vers.
                     27.
                  
                   
                   Our
                   walking
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   is
                   remembred
                   .
                
              
            
             
               But
               forasmuch
               as
               these
               branches
               are
               in
               other
               verses
               ioyned
               together
               ,
               and
               made
               the
               principall
               and
               maine
               scope
               of
               the
               Prophets
               dispute
               in
               this
               Psalme
               :
               we
               must
               ,
               where
               we
               finde
               them
               seuered
               ,
               conceiue
               notwithstanding
               that
               by
               noting
               one
               part
               ,
               the
               other
               parts
               are
               implied
               and
               signified
               .
            
             
               Now
               the
               demonstration
               of
               the
               said
               question
               ,
               comprising
               in
               generall
               whatsoeuer
               is
               in
               this
               Psalme
               deduced
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Lord
                   proceede
                   with
                   the
                   wicked
                   to
                   their
                   ruine
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   godly
                   to
                   their
                   good
                   :
                   then
                   ought
                   the
                   godly
                   without
                   grieuing
                   at
                   the
                   wicked
                   to
                   rest
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   walke
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   Lord
                   proceedeth
                   with
                   the
                   wicked
                   to
                   their
                   ruine
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   godly
                   to
                   their
                   good
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   ought
                   the
                   godly
                   without
                   grieuing
                   at
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   walke
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               is
               omitted
               :
               but
               being
               thus
               supplied
               ,
               it
               will
               the
               better
               informe
               our
               iudgement
               in
               discerning
               and
               waighing
               the
               conclusion
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               Assumption
               there
               be
               two
               parts
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Lords
                     proceeding
                     with
                     the
                     wicked
                     to
                     their
                     ruine
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     Lords
                     proceeding
                     with
                     the
                     godly
                     to
                     their
                     good
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               the
               Assumption
               concerning
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               with
               the
               wicked
               to
               their
               ruine
               ,
               is
               declared
               in
               the
               second
               verse
               ,
               by
               obseruing
               the
               circumstance
               of
               the
               short
               time
               that
               they
               are
               to
               florish
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   wicked
                   shall
                   
                     (
                     saith
                     the
                     Psalmist
                  
                   )
                   be
                   quickly
                   cut
                   down
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               their
               short
               florishing
               and
               speedie
               fall
               is
               made
               euident
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               by
               comparing
               it
               to
               the
               speedie
               withering
               of
               grasse
               ,
               and
               any
               other
               greene
               herbe
               .
               The
               comparison
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   As
                   grasse
                   and
                   any
                   other
                   greene
                   herbe
                   doth
                   quickly
                   wither
                   and
                   vanish
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   shall
                   the
                   wicked
                   speedily
                   fall
                   &
                   be
                   reduced
                   to
                   nought
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               part
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               touching
               the
               ruine
               of
               the
               wicked
               ,
               is
               repeated
               vers
               .
               9
               :
               and
               the
               circumstance
               of
               the
               short
               time
               allotted
               to
               their
               florishing
               ,
               rementioned
               v.
               10.
               
            
             
               The
               second
               part
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               with
               the
               godly
               to
               their
               good
               ,
               is
               not
               in
               these
               generall
               termes
               deliuered
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               but
               may
               sensibly
               be
               collected
               from
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               particular
               blessings
               ,
               which
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               sprinkled
               in
               sundrie
               parts
               of
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               he
               might
               
               by
               shewing
               how
               gratious
               the
               Lord
               is
               towards
               his
               children
               ,
               thereby
               induce
               them
               to
               a
               dependance
               on
               him
               ,
               and
               to
               a
               course
               of
               pietie
               in
               their
               life
               .
               Let
               vs
               see
               then
               what
               these
               particulars
               are
               ,
               and
               how
               by
               them
               he
               disputeth
               this
               question
               
                 of
                 resting
                 vpon
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 and
                 walking
                 obediently
                 before
                 him
                 ,
                 without
                 grieuing
                 at
                 the
                 prosperitie
                 of
                 the
                 wicked
                 .
              
            
             
               His
               first
               argument
               for
               the
               perswading
               hereof
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   Thou
                   shalt
                   by
                   thy
                   dependance
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   walking
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   enioy
                   for
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   a
                   safe
                   and
                   comfortable
                   estate
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     And
                     repeated
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                     
                     &
                     11.
                     
                     And
                     vers
                     .
                     27.
                     
                     &
                     34.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   walke
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     Also
                     vers
                     .
                     27.
                     and
                     34.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               deliuered
               in
               the
               third
               verse
               vnder
               these
               words
               :
               
                 Inhabite
                 thou
              
               ,
               or
               ,
               
                 Thou
                 shalt
                 inhabite
                 the
                 earth
                 and
                 be
                 fed
                 assuredly
                 .
              
               And
               in
               the
               9.
               and
               the
               11.
               verse
               vnder
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 They
                 shall
                 by
                 inheritance
                 possesse
                 the
                 earth
                 .
              
               Hereby
               is
               promised
               vnto
               the
               godly
               man
               that
               he
               shall
               be
               preserued
               on
               the
               earth
               a
               long
               time
               ,
               and
               supplied
               with
               the
               comforts
               of
               this
               life
               ,
               as
               being
               by
               the
               gratious
               ordinance
               and
               fauour
               of
               God
               in
               Christ
               ,
               the
               right
               owner
               and
               Lord
               of
               the
               earth
               .
            
             
               Further
               ,
               this
               reposing
               on
               the
               Lord
               and
               this
               sanctified
               cariage
               of
               life
               ,
               is
               solicited
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   Thou
                   shalt
                   by
                   this
                   religious
                   course
                   of
                   life
                   obtaine
                   at
                   the
                   hands
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   the
                   requests
                   of
                   thine
                   heart
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   rest
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   liue
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                     That
                     this
                     is
                     the
                     interpretation
                     and
                     sense
                     of
                     these
                     words
                     :
                  
                   Delight
                   in
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   
                     is
                     shewed
                     before
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               His
               perswasion
               to
               the
               said
               dependance
               and
               holines
               of
               conuersation
               ,
               is
               in
               the
               5.
               verse
               framed
               and
               tendered
               after
               this
               forme
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   By
                   this
                   course
                   of
                   dependance
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   and
                   holines
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   succeede
                   well
                   with
                   thee
                   in
                   all
                   thy
                   affaires
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     5.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   The
                   
                   Lord
                   shall
                   bring
                   it
                   to
                   passe
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                  
                   ,
                   Blesse
                   and
                   prosper
                   thee
                   in
                   thy
                   proceedings
                   .
                
                 
                   Rest
                   therefore
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   walke
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     5.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     :
                     where
                     vnder
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     one
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     question
                     ,
                     both
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               sentence
               of
               this
               perswasion
               being
               such
               as
               may
               be
               excepted
               vnto
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               in
               the
               6.
               verse
               preuent
               and
               satisfie
               the
               exception
               that
               may
               be
               taken
               against
               it
               .
               The
               exception
               is
               not
               in
               distinct
               termes
               expressed
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               answere
               thereto
               we
               may
               conceiue
               it
               to
               be
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   life
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   doth
                   rest
                   exposed
                   to
                   sundrie
                   calumnies
                   and
                   oppressions
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   not
                   well
                   with
                   him
                   in
                   all
                   his
                   affaires
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophets
               answere
               to
               this
               exception
               is
               such
               ,
               as
               if
               hee
               should
               directly
               say
               :
               
                 That
                 ,
                 howsoeuer
                 the
                 godly
                 man
                 is
                 exposed
                 to
                 calumnies
                 and
                 oppressions
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 followeth
                 not
                 ,
                 that
                 therefore
                 it
                 succeedeth
                 ill
                 with
                 him
                 in
                 his
                 particular
                 .
              
               This
               deniall
               of
               the
               sequell
               presented
               in
               the
               said
               exception
               ,
               as
               if
               it
               were
               expresly
               set
               downe
               (
               as
               it
               is
               out
               of
               congruitie
               to
               be
               vnderstood
               )
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               iustifie
               by
               acquainting
               vs
               with
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               in
               this
               case
               on
               the
               behalfe
               of
               the
               godly
               .
               For
               he
               giues
               vs
               to
               vnderstand
               in
               the
               6.
               verse
               ,
               
                 That
                 howsoeuer
                 the
                 innocencie
                 of
                 the
                 godly
                 be
                 at
                 sometime
                 couered
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 with
                 a
                 thicke
                 and
                 darke
                 mist
                 of
                 slander
                 and
                 oppression
                 ,
                 yet
                 the
                 Lord
                 will
                 in
                 his
                 good
                 time
                 scatter
                 and
                 dissolue
                 this
                 mist
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 make
                 the
                 innocencie
                 of
                 the
                 godly
                 apparant
                 and
                 cleere
                 to
                 the
                 world
                 .
              
               For
               thus
               saith
               the
               Prophet
               touching
               this
               point
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   will
                   bring
                   foorth
                   thy
                   righteousnes
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                  
                   ,
                   make
                   thy
                   innocencie
                   knowne
                   to
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   any
                   mist
                   of
                   slanders
                   cast
                   vpon
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   therefore
                   it
                   followeth
                   not
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   case
                   of
                   slanderous
                   imputations
                   laid
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   ill
                   with
                   theee
                   in
                   thy
                   affaires
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Now
               the
               cleerenes
               which
               the
               Lord
               will
               set
               vpon
               the
               innocencie
               
               of
               the
               godly
               man
               ,
               is
               notified
               vnto
               vs
               by
               a
               double
               comparison
               .
               For
               it
               is
               compared
               first
               in
               generall
               with
               the
               light
               of
               the
               Sunne
               :
               then
               in
               particular
               with
               the
               light
               of
               the
               Sunne
               at
               noone
               day
               .
               As
               if
               he
               said
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   light
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   is
                   great
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   light
                   and
                   cleerenes
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   shall
                   set
                   vpon
                   the
                   innocencie
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   shall
                   equall
                   it
                   :
                   nay
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   equall
                   the
                   brightnes
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   at
                   noone
                   day
                   .
                
              
            
             
               These
               verses
               following
               (
               viz.
               the
               7.8.9.10.11
               .
               )
               doe
               repeate
               that
               which
               hath
               bin
               afore
               deliuered
               .
               In
               the
               7.
               and
               8.
               verses
               the
               generall
               and
               maine
               question
               is
               contained
               .
               The
               first
               part
               of
               the
               9.
               verse
               ,
               with
               the
               whole
               tenth
               ,
               pertaine
               to
               the
               first
               part
               of
               the
               generall
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               with
               the
               wicked
               to
               their
               ruine
               .
               And
               y
               e
               second
               part
               of
               the
               9.
               verse
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               11
               ,
               do
               remember
               vnto
               vs
               that
               ,
               which
               is
               propounded
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               third
               verse
               ,
               as
               the
               first
               particular
               argument
               perswading
               dependance
               on
               the
               Lord
               ,
               and
               a
               sanctified
               cariage
               of
               life
               .
            
             
               Thus
               you
               see
               how
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               concluded
               the
               maine
               question
               by
               three
               particulars
               ,
               importing
               the
               Lords
               gratious
               proceeding
               with
               the
               godly
               to
               their
               good
               .
               Before
               he
               proceede
               further
               :
               he
               incountreth
               and
               refelleth
               three
               obiections
               made
               against
               this
               fauourable
               proceeding
               held
               by
               the
               Lord
               towards
               his
               children
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               obiection
               is
               vers
               .
               12.
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Obi.
                   1.
                   v.
                   12.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   wicked
                   are
                   suffered
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   to
                   plot
                   and
                   practise
                   against
                   the
                   iust
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     declared
                     by
                     noting
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     plotting
                     ,
                     namely
                     ,
                     their
                     malice
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     implied
                     and
                     signified
                     by
                     that
                     effect
                     of
                  
                   gnashing
                   their
                   teeth
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   seemeth
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   proceedeth
                   not
                   so
                   gratiously
                   with
                   the
                   godlie
                   ,
                   as
                   hath
                   been
                   remembred
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               answere
               to
               this
               obiection
               is
               vers
               .
               13.
               by
               imparting
               with
               vs
               the
               frustration
               and
               dissuccesse
               of
               the
               sayd
               plotting
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Answer
                   .
                   v.
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Their
                     plotting
                     against
                     the
                     iust
                     is
                     vaine
                     and
                     without
                     successe
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   ascribing
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   the
                   action
                   of
                   laughing
                   ,
                   doth
                   thereby
                   shew
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   holdeth
                   such
                   proiects
                   and
                   practises
                   ,
                   at
                   which
                   he
                   laugheth
                   ,
                   for
                   succeslesse
                   and
                   vaine
                   .
                   For
                   ,
                   were
                   they
                   to
                   take
                   effect
                   ,
                   it
                   could
                   not
                   with
                   any
                   congruity
                   be
                   said
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   laugheth
                   at
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     the
                     plotting
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     against
                     the
                     iust
                     hindreth
                     not
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     may
                     be
                     said
                     to
                     hold
                     notwithstanding
                     a
                     gratious
                     proceeding
                     with
                  
                   y
                   e
                   iust
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               answere
               touching
               the
               miscariage
               and
               failing
               of
               the
               wicked
               in
               their
               plots
               and
               practises
               ,
               is
               cleered
               by
               aduertising
               vnto
               vs
               the
               cause
               of
               the
               said
               failing
               :
               which
               is
               ,
               
                 a
                 determination
                 on
                 the
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 to
                 dispatch
                 the
                 wicked
                 ere
                 they
                 execute
                 their
                 designes
                 .
              
               The
               conclusion
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     doth
                     by
                     the
                     eye
                     of
                     his
                     prouidence
                     direct
                     to
                     a
                     reall
                     issue
                     his
                     determined
                     dispatch
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                     ere
                     they
                     execute
                     their
                     designe
                     against
                     the
                     iust
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   :
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     seeth
                     the
                     day
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   appointed
                   and
                   decreed
                   ruine
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   to
                   be
                   at
                   hand
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   Lords
                   seeing
                   the
                   approch
                   hereof
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   not
                   an
                   idle
                   beholding
                   ,
                   but
                   an
                   actual
                   directing
                   to
                   issue
                   on
                   the
                   Lords
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   determined
                   dispatch
                   and
                   ruine
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     the
                     plotting
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     against
                     the
                     godly
                     is
                     vaine
                     and
                     without
                     successe
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   begin
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               obiection
               is
               vers
               .
               14.
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Obi.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   wicked
                   attempt
                   the
                   destruction
                   of
                   the
                   godlie
                   :
                   which
                   the
                   Prophet
                   signifieth
                   by
                   two
                   particular
                   actions
                   of
                   theirs
                   :
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   drawing
                   their
                   sword
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   of
                   bending
                   their
                   bow
                   against
                   the
                   iust
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   therefore
                   it
                   may
                   seeme
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   suffering
                   this
                   attempt
                   against
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   proceedeth
                   not
                   so
                   gratiously
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   hath
                   been
                   mentioned
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               answere
               hereto
               is
               vers
               .
               15
               :
               where
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               though
               not
               in
               formall
               and
               expresse
               termes
               ,
               yet
               in
               sense
               and
               effect
               denieth
               the
               sequell
               deduced
               in
               this
               obiection
               .
               For
               he
               telleth
               vs
               that
               howsoeuer
               the
               wicked
               attempt
               against
               the
               godly
               ,
               yet
               his
               attempt
               is
               such
               as
               is
               not
               to
               be
               regarded
               :
               it
               being
               in
               the
               issue
               thereof
               not
               only
               frustrated
               and
               disappointed
               ,
               but
               of
               a
               fatall
               and
               pernitious
               consequence
               to
               the
               vtter
               ouerthrow
               of
               himselfe
               .
               As
               if
               the
               Prophet
               should
               frame
               his
               answere
               to
               the
               said
               obiection
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Answer
                   .
                   v.
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   attempts
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   are
                   frustrated
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   the
                   meanes
                   of
                   their
                   owne
                   destruction
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   notwithstanding
                   their
                   attempts
                   suffered
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   iustly
                   be
                   said
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   proceedeth
                   gratiously
                   with
                   his
                   children
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               obiection
               is
               not
               set
               downe
               ,
               but
               preuented
               by
               an
               answere
               thereto
               in
               the
               16.
               verse
               .
               The
               obiection
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Obi.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   godly
                   hath
                   little
                   :
                   whereas
                   the
                   wicked
                   abound
                   in
                   wealth
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   therefore
                   it
                   seemeth
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   gratious
                   in
                   his
                   proceeding
                   with
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   remembred
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               answere
               to
               this
               third
               obiection
               is
               comprised
               in
               the
               16.
               and
               17.
               verse
               .
               The
               Prophet
               in
               the
               16.
               verse
               tendreth
               this
               answere
               :
               
                 
                   Ans.
                   v.
                   16
                   and
                   17
                
                 
                   The
                   little
                   pittance
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   furnisheth
                   vnto
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   great
                   vse
                   and
                   comfort
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   therefore
                   it
                   cannot
                   vpon
                   any
                   such
                   regard
                   as
                   is
                   noted
                   in
                   the
                   obiection
                   ,
                   be
                   inferred
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   proceedeth
                   not
                   gratiously
                   with
                   his
                   children
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               branch
               of
               this
               answere
               is
               cleered
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     comparing
                     the
                     little
                     pittance
                     of
                     the
                     godly
                     with
                     the
                     wealth
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     quantitie
                     of
                     the
                     present
                     vse
                     and
                     comfort
                     yeelded
                     by
                     each
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   16.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     comparing
                     the
                     said
                     little
                     pittance
                     with
                     the
                     wealth
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     lasting
                     and
                     continuance
                     incident
                     to
                     each
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   17.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               first
               comparison
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   wealth
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   wicked
                   in
                   the
                   world
                   heaped
                   together
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   of
                   great
                   comfort
                   and
                   vse
                   to
                   any
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   :
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   little
                   pittance
                   furnished
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   vnto
                   one
                   godly
                   man
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   man
                   of
                   farre
                   greater
                   vse
                   and
                   comfort
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               comparison
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     wealth
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     doth
                     vanish
                     and
                     perish
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   17.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   :
                   where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   expresseth
                   and
                   deliuereth
                   this
                   sentence
                   by
                   saying
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   armes
                   or
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   (
                   which
                   consisteth
                   in
                   their
                   wealth
                   )
                   shall
                   be
                   broken
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     the
                     substance
                     and
                     reliefe
                     of
                     the
                     godly
                     doth
                     last
                     and
                     remaine
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   17.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     vpholdeth
                     the
                     iust
                  
                   :
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   supporting
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   and
                   intertainment
                   allotted
                   to
                   the
                   iust
                   .
                   For
                   there
                   being
                   in
                   this
                   17.
                   verse
                   a
                   comparison
                   ,
                   wherein
                   things
                   are
                   compared
                   in
                   a
                   different
                   and
                   vnlike
                   qualitie
                   :
                   the
                   analogie
                   betwixt
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   latter
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   comparision
                   will
                   not
                   hold
                   good
                   without
                   some
                   such
                   interpretation
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   comparison
                   doth
                   touch
                   the
                   perishing
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   mans
                   person
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   his
                   wealth
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   the
                   second
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   comparison
                   ,
                   must
                   proportionably
                   concerne
                   not
                   the
                   iust
                   mans
                   person
                   ,
                   but
                   his
                   intertainment
                   and
                   substance
                   .
                   Besides
                   ,
                   this
                   17.
                   verse
                   being
                   an
                   answere
                   to
                   an
                   obiection
                   ,
                   which
                   importeth
                   the
                   substance
                   and
                   reliefe
                   of
                   the
                   godlie
                   to
                   be
                   very
                   little
                   :
                   the
                   sense
                   of
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   sutable
                   with
                   y
                   e
                   obiection
                   ,
                   vnlesse
                   it
                   be
                   expounded
                   as
                   hath
                   been
                   said
                   .
                   This
                   exposition
                   is
                   likewise
                   confirmed
                   by
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   deliuered
                   in
                   the
                   18.
                   verse
                   :
                   where
                   the
                   Psalmist
                   proueth
                   that
                   the
                   possession
                   of
                   the
                   iust
                   remaineth
                   for
                   euer
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   iust
                   shall
                   neuer
                   faile
                   of
                   intertainment
                   and
                   reliefe
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               in
               this
               sort
               answered
               the
               said
               third
               obiection
               ,
               he
               doth
               thereupon
               take
               an
               occasion
               to
               dispute
               and
               determine
               this
               excellent
               and
               comfortable
               question
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   supplieth
                   vnto
                   the
                   godly
                   continuall
                   reliefe
                   and
                   maintenance
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                     
                     &
                     18.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               said
               question
               is
               set
               downe
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               17.
               and
               18.
               verses
               .
               In
               the
               17.
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 supporteth
                 the
                 iust
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 hath
                 that
                 regard
                 to
                 their
                 substance
                 and
                 reliefe
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 neuer
                 faileth
                 them
                 .
              
               In
               the
               18.
               it
               is
               auouched
               that
               
                 their
                 possession
                 lasteth
                 for
                 euer
              
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               Lord
               doth
               alwaies
               relieue
               and
               feede
               them
               .
            
             
               Let
               vs
               now
               see
               how
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               handle
               and
               iustifie
               this
               his
               assertion
               .
               The
               first
               argument
               for
               the
               cleering
               thereof
               ,
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   Of
                   whom
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   a
                   speciall
                   regard
                   and
                   care
                   ,
                   to
                   them
                   their
                   intertainment
                   and
                   reliefe
                   neuer
                   faileth
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   a
                   speciall
                   regard
                   and
                   care
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     18.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     :
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   knoweth
                   the
                   daies
                   of
                   the
                   vpright
                   men
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                  
                   ,
                   The
                   Lord
                   is
                   carefull
                   that
                   it
                   succeede
                   well
                   with
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   to
                   the
                   godly
                   their
                   intertainment
                   and
                   reliefe
                   neuer
                   faileth
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               proofe
               vsed
               by
               the
               Psalmist
               for
               the
               deciding
               of
               the
               question
               in
               hand
               ,
               is
               a
               comparison
               of
               this
               nature
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   reliefe
                   faile
                   vnto
                   the
                   godlie
                   at
                   any
                   time
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   in
                   all
                   likelihood
                   faile
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   famine
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   reliefe
                   shall
                   not
                   faile
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   famine
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     19.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   reliefe
                   shall
                   not
                   faile
                   vnto
                   the
                   godly
                   at
                   any
                   time
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               set
               out
               vnto
               vs
               by
               three
               seuerall
               illustrations
               :
               whereof
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     first
                     serueth
                     to
                     distinguish
                     betwixt
                     that
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     famine
                     befalleth
                     vnto
                     the
                     godly
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     which
                     happeneth
                     not
                     vnto
                     them
                     .
                     The
                     argument
                     of
                     distinction
                     is
                     this
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         godly
                         shall
                         not
                         be
                         distressed
                         with
                         want
                         in
                         the
                         time
                         of
                         publike
                         famine
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       19.
                       in
                       the
                       begin
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         in
                         such
                         a
                         time
                         they
                         shall
                         be
                         filled
                         and
                         satisfied
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       19.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     2.
                     
                     
                       The
                       second
                       is
                       a
                       comparison
                       ,
                       wherein
                       is
                       shewed
                       how
                       differently
                       in
                       the
                       time
                       of
                       famine
                       it
                       succeedeth
                       with
                       the
                       wicked
                       and
                       the
                       godly
                       :
                       thus
                       ,
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           The
                           wicked
                           shall
                           perish
                           in
                           the
                           time
                           of
                           famine
                           for
                           want
                           of
                           reliefe
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         20.
                         
                      
                       
                         
                           But
                           to
                           the
                           godly
                           reliefe
                           shall
                           not
                           faile
                           in
                           such
                           a
                           time
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         19.
                         
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     former
                     part
                     of
                     this
                     comparison
                     is
                     thus
                     declared
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           Euen
                           as
                           the
                           fat
                           of
                           tender
                           lambes
                           in
                           sacrifices
                           consumeth
                           away
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         20.
                         in
                         the
                         midst
                         :
                      
                       
                         
                           So
                           the
                           wicked
                           waste
                           and
                           perish
                           in
                           the
                           time
                           of
                           famine
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         20.
                         in
                         the
                         beginning
                         and
                         end
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     third
                     illustration
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Assumption
                     is
                     this
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         godly
                         man
                         doth
                         in
                         the
                         time
                         of
                         famine
                         giue
                         vnto
                         others
                         for
                         their
                         reliefe
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       21.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         the
                         godly
                         man
                         hath
                         at
                         that
                         time
                         wherewithall
                         to
                         relieue
                         himselfe
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       19.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               sentence
               of
               the
               said
               third
               illustration
               is
               made
               manifest
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               by
               noting
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     different
                     course
                     held
                     by
                     the
                     wicked
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     famine
                     :
                     thus
                     ,
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         wicked
                         borrow
                         for
                         their
                         reliefe
                         in
                         the
                         time
                         of
                         famine
                         ,
                         and
                         repay
                         not
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       21.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         godly
                         giue
                         and
                         are
                         helpfull
                         vnto
                         others
                         in
                         that
                         time
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       21.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     cause
                     and
                     meanes
                     whereby
                     the
                     godly
                     are
                     inabled
                     to
                     giue
                     and
                     to
                     be
                     helpfull
                     vnto
                     others
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                     
                       
                         Who
                         by
                         the
                         blessing
                         of
                         the
                         Lord
                         doe
                         possesse
                         the
                         earth
                         with
                         the
                         commodities
                         of
                         it
                         as
                         the
                         right
                         owners
                         of
                         the
                         same
                         ,
                         they
                         are
                         inabled
                         to
                         giue
                         vnto
                         others
                         in
                         the
                         time
                         of
                         famine
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         godly
                         by
                         the
                         blessing
                         of
                         the
                         Lord
                         do
                         possesse
                         the
                         earth
                         with
                         the
                         commodities
                         of
                         it
                         ,
                         as
                         the
                         right
                         owners
                         of
                         the
                         same
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       22.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         the
                         godly
                         are
                         inabled
                         to
                         giue
                         vnto
                         others
                         for
                         their
                         reliefe
                         in
                         th●
                         time
                         of
                         famine
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       21.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               amplified
               by
               a
               comparison
               of
               things
               different
               and
               vnlike
               amongst
               themselues
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   wicked
                   being
                   accursed
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   cut
                   from
                   the
                   earth
                   and
                   the
                   commodities
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     22.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   godly
                   being
                   blessed
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   doe
                   and
                   shall
                   possesse
                   the
                   earth
                   with
                   the
                   commodities
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   right
                   owners
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     22.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               the
               second
               argument
               ,
               to
               proue
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 godly
                 shall
                 neuer
                 want
                 reliefe
                 and
                 intertainment
                 ,
              
               hath
               been
               handled
               .
               The
               third
               followeth
               vnder
               this
               forme
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   doth
                   settle
                   and
                   fortifie
                   the
                   state
                   of
                   the
                   godlie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                     
                     Where
                     these
                     words
                  
                   (
                   The
                   man
                   with
                   whose
                   way
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   delighted
                   )
                   
                     containe
                     a
                     description
                     of
                     a
                     godly
                     man.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   godly
                   cannot
                   want
                   reliefe
                   and
                   intertainment
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               Antecedent
               of
               this
               third
               argument
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               added
               by
               way
               of
               anticipation
               ,
               an
               answer
               to
               an
               obiection
               ,
               which
               may
               be
               made
               against
               the
               said
               Antecedent
               .
               The
               obiection
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   godly
                   falleth
                   from
                   his
                   condition
                   .
                
                 
                   How
                   therefore
                   can
                   it
                   be
                   said
                   that
                   his
                   condition
                   standeth
                   established
                   and
                   fortified
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   ?
                
              
            
             
               The
               answere
               to
               this
               obiection
               is
               from
               a
               distinction
               of
               falles
               ,
               vers
               .
               24
               :
               where
               the
               Prophet
               distinguisheth
               betwixt
               falles
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   The
                   fall
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   is
                   not
                   an
                   vtter
                   deiection
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   recouerable
                   fall
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   therefore
                   notwithstanding
                   a
                   fall
                   of
                   this
                   kinde
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   truly
                   be
                   auouched
                   that
                   he
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   setled
                   and
                   fortified
                   estate
                   and
                   condition
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               answere
               importing
               the
               fall
               of
               the
               godly
               to
               be
               recouerable
               ,
               is
               amplified
               from
               the
               cause
               of
               this
               recouerie
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   doth
                   hold
                   the
                   godly
                   from
                   vtter
                   deiection
                   ,
                   and
                   raiseth
                   him
                   from
                   the
                   fall
                   wherein
                   he
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     24.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   when
                   the
                   godly
                   falleth
                   from
                   his
                   estate
                   ,
                   he
                   recouers
                   himselfe
                   againe
                   thereto
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     24.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               fourth
               reason
               ,
               whereby
               to
               cleere
               the
               question
               
                 of
                 the
                 perpetuall
                 reliefe
                 and
                 intertainment
                 supplied
                 to
                 the
                 godly
                 man
                 ,
              
               is
               drawne
               from
               a
               testimonie
               of
               the
               Prophets
               particular
               experience
               and
               obseruation
               :
               which
               is
               double
               :
               the
               one
               ,
               of
               neuer
               seeing
               the
               godly
               man
               goe
               from
               doore
               to
               doore
               a
               begging
               ,
               vers
               .
               25
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               of
               obseruing
               him
               to
               be
               helpfull
               vnto
               others
               ,
               and
               blessed
               in
               his
               children
               ,
               vers
               .
               26.
               
               The
               conclusion
               grounded
               on
               these
               two
               particular
               obseruations
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   haue
                   not
                   at
                   any
                   time
                   seene
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   of
                   his
                   posteritie
                   begge
                   their
                   bread
                   from
                   doore
                   to
                   doore
                   :
                   but
                   I
                   haue
                   obserued
                   him
                   to
                   be
                   helpfull
                   vnto
                   others
                   ,
                   and
                   blessed
                   in
                   his
                   children
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     25.
                     and
                     26.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Whereupon
                   I
                   may
                   reasonably
                   inferre
                   that
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   endures
                   not
                   want
                   of
                   reliefe
                   and
                   intertainment
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Prophets
               obseruation
               in
               this
               behalfe
               :
               wee
               must
               vnderstand
               that
               the
               profession
               and
               state
               of
               begging
               was
               prohibited
               by
               the
               law
               of
               God
               and
               accursed
               by
               him
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               is
               credible
               that
               no
               godly
               man
               would
               so
               carrie
               himselfe
               as
               to
               be
               forced
               to
               offend
               against
               the
               sayd
               law
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               incurre
               the
               curse
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               who
               is
               alwaies
               at
               the
               right
               hand
               of
               his
               children
               to
               guide
               and
               support
               them
               .
            
             
             
               Hitherto
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               disputed
               and
               cleered
               three
               obiections
               made
               against
               the
               
                 fauourable
                 and
                 gratious
                 proceeding
                 held
                 by
                 the
                 Lord
                 towards
                 his
                 children
                 .
              
               To
               which
               dispute
               he
               hath
               likewise
               added
               the
               discussing
               of
               this
               worthy
               and
               comfortable
               Assertion
               ,
               concerning
               
                 The
                 Lords
                 supplying
                 of
                 reliefe
                 from
                 time
                 to
                 time
                 vnto
                 the
                 godly
                 .
              
            
             
               Now
               therefore
               hauing
               shewed
               not
               onely
               in
               the
               former
               part
               of
               the
               Psalme
               ,
               but
               in
               handling
               the
               said
               obiections
               and
               Assertion
               added
               thereto
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 proceedeth
                 with
                 the
                 wicked
                 to
                 their
                 ruine
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 the
                 godly
                 to
                 their
                 good
                 :
              
               he
               doth
               returne
               in
               the
               27.
               verse
               to
               his
               maine
               and
               principall
               exhortation
               
                 of
                 resting
                 vpon
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 and
                 walking
                 obediently
                 before
                 him
                 .
              
            
             
               To
               perswade
               hereto
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               vers
               .
               27.
               repeateth
               and
               againe
               presenteth
               vnto
               vs
               the
               conclusion
               propounded
               in
               the
               3.
               verse
               .
               The
               conclusion
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     By
                     this
                     course
                     of
                     resting
                     on
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     and
                     walking
                     obediently
                     before
                     him
                     ,
                     the
                     godly
                     shall
                     enioy
                     a
                     long
                     ,
                     safe
                     and
                     comfortable
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   27.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Wherefore
                     rest
                     on
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     and
                     walke
                     obediently
                     before
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   27.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   the
                   later
                   branch
                   of
                   this
                   conclusion
                   which
                   concernes
                   holie
                   obedience
                   of
                   life
                   is
                   onely
                   mentioned
                   :
                   but
                   vnder
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   conceiue
                   likewise
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   as
                   set
                   downe
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Now
               to
               make
               it
               appeare
               vnto
               vs
               that
               this
               repetition
               of
               the
               said
               conclusion
               is
               not
               idle
               and
               out
               of
               want
               of
               other
               matter
               ,
               but
               of
               speciall
               moment
               and
               vse
               :
               the
               Prophet
               drawes
               into
               discourse
               and
               consideration
               the
               doctrine
               comprised
               in
               the
               Antecedent
               of
               the
               said
               conclusion
               ,
               amplifying
               and
               cleering
               the
               same
               by
               sundrie
               arguments
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     enioying
                     so
                     happie
                     and
                     comfortable
                     an
                     estate
                     of
                     life
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Whom
                         the
                         Lord
                         loueth
                         and
                         neuer
                         forsaketh
                         ,
                         they
                         shall
                         enioy
                         a
                         long
                         ,
                         safe
                         ,
                         and
                         comfortable
                         life
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         godlie
                         are
                         those
                         whom
                         the
                         Lord
                         loueth
                         
                         and
                         neuer
                         forsaketh
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       28.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         the
                         godly
                         shall
                         enioy
                         a
                         long
                         ,
                         safe
                         ,
                         and
                         comfortable
                         life
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       27.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       ,
                       and
                       vers
                       .
                       28.
                       in
                       the
                       midst
                       ,
                       and
                       vers
                       .
                       29.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     imparting
                     with
                     vs
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     comparison
                     ,
                     the
                     Lords
                     vnlike
                     &
                     different
                     proceeding
                     with
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         wicked
                         are
                         cut
                         off
                         by
                         the
                         Lord
                         from
                         the
                         enioyance
                         of
                         this
                         happie
                         and
                         comfortable
                         life
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       28.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                       Where
                       by
                       an
                       argument
                       from
                       the
                       greater
                       to
                       the
                       lesse
                       ,
                       hee
                       sheweth
                       ,
                       
                         That
                         not
                         only
                         the
                         wicked
                         ,
                         but
                         their
                         seede
                         also
                         and
                         posteritie
                         shall
                         be
                         cut
                         off
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         godlie
                         shall
                         enioy
                         the
                         said
                         happie
                         life
                         .
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       27.28.29
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     describing
                     vnto
                     vs
                     a
                     iust
                     and
                     godly
                     man
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   30.
                   and
                   31.
                   
                   The
                   description
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         He
                         is
                         a
                         godly
                         man
                         who
                         conformeth
                         himself
                         to
                         the
                         law
                         of
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                      
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           
                             In
                             his
                             speech
                          
                           ,
                           ver
                           .
                           30.
                           
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           
                             In
                             his
                             heart
                          
                           ,
                           ver
                           .
                           31.
                           
                        
                         
                           3.
                           
                           
                             In
                             his
                             life
                             &
                             actions
                          
                           ,
                           vers
                           .
                           31.
                           in
                           the
                           end
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     By
                     answering
                     an
                     obiection
                     made
                     against
                     the
                     enioyance
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     happie
                     life
                     promised
                     to
                     the
                     godly
                     man
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     antecedent
                     of
                     the
                     aboue
                     named
                     conclusion
                     .
                  
                   The
                   obiection
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         wicked
                         watcheth
                         the
                         righteous
                         and
                         seeketh
                         to
                         kill
                         him
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       32.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         How
                         therefore
                         shall
                         the
                         godlie
                         man
                         enioy
                         the
                         happie
                         life
                         promised
                         vnto
                         him
                         ?
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               answere
               hereto
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   deliuereth
                   the
                   righteous
                   from
                   the
                   hand
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   .
                   
                     This
                     action
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     33.
                     verse
                     noted
                     by
                     these
                     two
                     particulars
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     of
                     not
                     leauing
                     the
                     iust
                     in
                     the
                     hands
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     of
                     not
                     suffering
                     him
                     to
                     be
                     iudicially
                     at
                     the
                     appetite
                     
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     condemned
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   howsoeuer
                   the
                   wicked
                   seeke
                   the
                   dispatch
                   of
                   the
                   iust
                   ,
                   yet
                   shall
                   the
                   iust
                   enioy
                   the
                   happie
                   life
                   promised
                   vnto
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               we
               see
               how
               the
               Prophet
               to
               presse
               his
               maine
               exhortation
               ,
               
                 of
                 resting
                 on
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 and
                 walking
                 obediently
                 before
                 him
                 ,
              
               hath
               in
               the
               27.
               verse
               not
               onely
               repeated
               the
               conclusion
               deliuered
               in
               the
               3.
               verse
               ,
               but
               hath
               also
               set
               vpon
               the
               antecedent
               part
               thereof
               foure
               worthie
               illustrations
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               28.
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               33.
               verse
               .
               Now
               in
               the
               34.
               verse
               ,
               before
               he
               fall
               to
               a
               fresh
               prosecution
               of
               the
               said
               exhortation
               ,
               hee
               doth
               (
               out
               of
               a
               purpose
               to
               imprint
               in
               our
               hearts
               and
               memories
               a
               doctrine
               of
               so
               excellent
               vse
               and
               comfort
               )
               recommend
               again
               vnto
               vs
               the
               said
               conclusion
               offered
               in
               the
               third
               verse
               .
               And
               then
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               34
               ,
               he
               vrgeth
               and
               inforceth
               the
               said
               exhortation
               of
               
                 resting
                 on
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 and
                 walking
                 obediently
                 before
                 him
                 ,
              
               by
               this
               argument
               :
               which
               is
               in
               number
               the
               fourth
               ,
               whereby
               the
               principall
               question
               of
               the
               Psalme
               is
               concluded
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   By
                   this
                   course
                   of
                   resting
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   walking
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   thou
                   shalt
                   obtaine
                   this
                   further
                   mercie
                   at
                   his
                   hands
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   be
                   an
                   eye
                   witnesse
                   of
                   the
                   execution
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   iustice
                   vpon
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     34.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   rest
                   vpon
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   walke
                   obediently
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     34.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
               To
               the
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               added
               a
               declaration
               from
               two
               comparisons
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 The
                 first
                 is
                 this
                 ,
                 carying
                 with
                 it
                 a
                 testimonie
                 of
                 experience
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       I
                       obserued
                       and
                       discerned
                       the
                       wicked
                       to
                       vanish
                       and
                       perish
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     36.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                       Wherefore
                       obserue
                       and
                       thou
                       also
                       shalt
                       see
                       him
                       vanish
                       and
                       perish
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     34.38
                     .
                     
                       
                         The
                         first
                         sentence
                         of
                         this
                         comparison
                         is
                         amplified
                         by
                         the
                         like
                         obseruation
                         made
                         of
                         the
                         wicked
                         mans
                         contrarie
                         estate
                         ,
                         thus
                         :
                         
                           
                           
                             
                               I
                               saw
                               the
                               wicked
                               florish
                            
                             ,
                             vers
                             .
                             35.
                             
                             Where
                             this
                             florishing
                             of
                             the
                             wicked
                             is
                             resembled
                             to
                             the
                             spreading
                             and
                             florishing
                             of
                             a
                             Bay
                             tree
                             .
                          
                           
                             
                               So
                               I
                               obserued
                               and
                               discerned
                               him
                               to
                               vanish
                               and
                               perish
                               ,
                            
                             vers
                             .
                             36.
                             
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 The
                 second
                 comparison
                 ,
                 whereby
                 to
                 shew
                 that
                 the
                 
                   iust
                   shall
                   see
                   with
                   his
                   eye
                   the
                   ruine
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                
                 and
                 wherein
                 is
                 noted
                 vnto
                 vs
                 the
                 obseruation
                 of
                 a
                 contrarie
                 euent
                 in
                 the
                 godly
                 ,
                 is
                 set
                 downe
                 in
                 this
                 sort
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       Obserue
                       the
                       godly
                       man
                       ,
                       and
                       thou
                       shalt
                       see
                       how
                       he
                       endeth
                       his
                       daies
                       in
                       peace
                       and
                       prosperitie
                       ,
                    
                     ver
                     .
                     37.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                       Obserue
                       in
                       like
                       manner
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       and
                       thou
                       shalt
                       aswell
                       see
                       how
                       he
                       endeth
                       in
                       miserie
                       and
                       destruction
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     34.38
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               That
               part
               of
               the
               second
               comparison
               which
               concernes
               
                 the
                 peaceable
                 and
                 prosperous
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 iust
                 ,
              
               is
               thus
               argued
               :
               
                 
                   Whom
                   the
                   Lord
                   euer
                   helpeth
                   and
                   deliuereth
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   affliction
                   ,
                   their
                   end
                   must
                   needes
                   be
                   peaceable
                   and
                   happie
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   godly
                   are
                   they
                   whom
                   the
                   Lord
                   euer
                   helpeth
                   and
                   deliuereth
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   affliction
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     39.
                     and
                     40.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   godlie
                   men
                   must
                   needes
                   bee
                   peaceable
                   and
                   happie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     37.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               made
               knowne
               and
               euident
               by
               this
               reason
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   so
                   repose
                   their
                   trust
                   in
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   deliuerance
                   in
                   time
                   of
                   affliction
                   ,
                   them
                   the
                   Lord
                   euer
                   helpeth
                   and
                   deliuereth
                   at
                   such
                   time
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   godly
                   are
                   they
                   who
                   repose
                   their
                   trust
                   in
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   deliuerance
                   in
                   time
                   of
                   affliction
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   godly
                   are
                   euer
                   holpen
                   and
                   deliuered
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   at
                   such
                   time
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               is
               omitted
               ,
               as
               being
               the
               Lords
               knowne
               promise
               .
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               vers
               .
               40.
               in
               the
               end
               .
            
             
               The
               Conclusion
               is
               vers
               .
               39.
               and
               40.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             PSALM
             .
             39.
             
          
           
             TO
             Ieduthun
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Quier
             ,
             a
             Psalme
             of
             Dauid
             .
          
           
             2
             I
             said
             :
             I
             will
             take
             heede
             to
             my
             waies
             ,
             that
             I
             sinne
             not
             with
             my
             tongue
             :
             I
             will
             keepe
             my
             mouth
             brideled
             while
             the
             wicked
             is
             in
             my
             sight
             .
          
           
             3
             I
             was
             dumbe
             and
             spake
             nothing
             :
             I
             kept
             silence
             euen
             from
             good
             :
             but
             my
             sorrow
             was
             more
             stirred
             .
          
           
             4
             Mine
             heart
             was
             hote
             within
             me
             :
             and
             the
             fire
             kindled
             in
             my
             meditation
             .
             Whereupon
             I
             spake
             with
             my
             tongue
             saying
             :
          
           
             5
             Lord
             ,
             let
             me
             know
             mine
             end
             ,
             and
             the
             measure
             of
             my
             daies
             what
             it
             is
             :
             let
             me
             know
             how
             long
             I
             am
             to
             liue
             .
          
           
             6
             Behold
             :
             thou
             hast
             made
             my
             daies
             as
             an
             hand
             bredth
             :
             and
             the
             time
             of
             my
             life
             is
             before
             thee
             as
             nothing
             :
             surely
             euery
             man
             is
             altogether
             vanitie
             ,
             though
             neuer
             so
             strongly
             setled
             .
             Selah
             .
          
           
             7
             Doubtlesse
             man
             walketh
             in
             a
             shadow
             :
             doubtlesse
             he
             maketh
             great
             adoe
             for
             nought
             :
             he
             heapeth
             vp
             riches
             ,
             and
             cannot
             tell
             who
             shall
             gather
             them
             .
          
           
             8
             But
             now
             Lord
             ,
             what
             waite
             I
             for
             ?
             mine
             hope
             is
             in
             thee
             .
          
           
             9
             Deliuer
             me
             from
             all
             my
             transgressions
             :
             and
             make
             me
             not
             a
             reproch
             vnto
             the
             foolish
             .
          
           
             10
             I
             hold
             my
             peace
             :
             I
             open
             not
             my
             mouth
             :
             because
             thou
             didst
             it
             .
          
           
             11
             Remoue
             from
             me
             thy
             wound
             :
             for
             I
             faint
             by
             the
             stroke
             of
             thy
             hand
             .
          
           
             12
             Assoone
             as
             thou
             doest
             chastise
             man
             ,
             rebuking
             him
             for
             his
             iniquitie
             :
             thou
             doest
             dissolue
             his
             excellencie
             as
             a
             moth
             .
             Surely
             euery
             man
             is
             meerely
             vanitie
             .
             Selah
             .
          
           
             13
             Heare
             my
             prayer
             O
             Lord
             ,
             and
             hearken
             vnto
             my
             crie
             :
             be
             not
             deaffe
             vnto
             my
             teares
             .
             For
             I
             am
             a
             stranger
             before
             thee
             ,
             and
             a
             seiourner
             as
             all
             my
             fathers
             .
          
           
             14
             Stay
             thine
             hand
             from
             me
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             refresh
             my selfe
             ,
             before
             I
             goe
             hence
             and
             be
             not
             .
          
           
             
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               39.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               being
               vnder
               the
               afflicting
               hand
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               doth
               in
               this
               Psalme
               relate
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     combat
                     he
                     had
                     betwixt
                     the
                     spirit
                     and
                     the
                     flesh
                     .
                  
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   verse
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   seuenth
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     issue
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     combat
                     .
                  
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   8.
                   verse
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   14.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               combat
               is
               described
               by
               setting
               downe
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     actions
                     of
                     the
                     spirit
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   2.3
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     incounter
                     of
                     the
                     flesh
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   and
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               actions
               of
               the
               Spirit
               in
               the
               Prophet
               Dauid
               ,
               are
               two
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     His
                     resolution
                     not
                     to
                     let
                     fall
                     any
                     passionate
                     words
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     performance
                     of
                     this
                     resolution
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
               His
               resolution
               to
               be
               silent
               and
               to
               forbeare
               all
               distempered
               and
               impatient
               speeches
               ,
               is
               set
               out
               vnto
               vs
               by
               implying
               the
               ende
               hee
               aymeth
               at
               therein
               :
               which
               is
               to
               preuent
               and
               take
               from
               the
               wicked
               ,
               who
               obserued
               the
               cariage
               of
               the
               Lords
               children
               ,
               al
               occasion
               of
               traducing
               and
               reproching
               the
               profession
               of
               fearing
               the
               Lord.
               This
               end
               is
               not
               in
               distinct
               and
               expresse
               termes
               particulated
               ,
               but
               necessarilie
               and
               sensibly
               implied
               in
               the
               second
               verse
               vnder
               these
               words
               :
               
                 While
                 the
                 wicked
                 is
                 before
                 me
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               while
               the
               wicked
               obserueth
               me
               &
               watcheth
               an
               occasion
               to
               deride
               and
               scandalize
               the
               cariage
               and
               profession
               of
               the
               godly
               .
               Now
               what
               the
               wicked
               would
               obserue
               and
               traduce
               ,
               to
               preuent
               that
               the
               Prophet
               voweth
               silence
               .
               But
               the
               cariage
               and
               profession
               of
               the
               godly
               is
               that
               which
               the
               wicked
               would
               obserue
               and
               traduce
               .
               Therefore
               to
               preuent
               and
               disappoint
               the
               wicked
               herein
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               resolued
               with
               himselfe
               to
               refraine
               his
               tongue
               .
            
             
             
               
                 The
                 performance
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 resolution
                 to
                 be
                 silent
                 ,
              
               is
               amplified
               by
               a
               comparison
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   spared
                   to
                   speake
                   that
                   which
                   would
                   haue
                   serued
                   to
                   my
                   speciall
                   aduantage
                   and
                   good
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   I
                   might
                   iustly
                   haue
                   pleaded
                   in
                   my
                   defence
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   No
                   marueile
                   then
                   if
                   I
                   spared
                   my
                   tongue
                   otherwise
                   ,
                   
                     verse
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               incounter
               of
               the
               flesh
               is
               likewise
               set
               forth
               vnto
               vs
               by
               these
               two
               actions
               of
               the
               flesh
               :
               whereof
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     is
                     a
                     further
                     prouocation
                     and
                     increase
                     of
                     the
                     Prophets
                     passion
                     ,
                     growing
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     indeauour
                     vsed
                     by
                     him
                     to
                     suppresse
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   and
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     is
                     an
                     actuall
                     interruption
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     resolution
                     to
                     be
                     silent
                     :
                     which
                     the
                     flesh
                     wrought
                     in
                     him
                     by
                     stirring
                     and
                     prouoking
                     his
                     passion
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   For
                   his
                   passion
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   he
                   indeuoured
                   to
                   qualifie
                   and
                   restraine
                   it
                   ,
                   being
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   he
                   doth
                   out
                   of
                   an
                   impatient
                   humour
                   and
                   to
                   shew
                   the
                   greatnes
                   of
                   the
                   miserie
                   hee
                   endured
                   ,
                   breake
                   his
                   resolution
                   of
                   silence
                   by
                   tendering
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord
                   this
                   passionate
                   and
                   inconsiderate
                   request
                   :
                   namely
                   ,
                   
                     
                       That
                       the
                       Lord
                       would
                       be
                       pleased
                       to
                       take
                       him
                       presently
                       out
                       of
                       this
                       life
                       ,
                       
                         vers
                         .
                         5.
                      
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               This
               request
               for
               present
               death
               is
               deliuered
               in
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 Let
                 me
                 know
                 my
                 end
                 :
                 and
                 the
                 measure
                 of
                 my
                 daies
                 what
                 it
                 is
                 :
                 and
                 how
                 long
                 I
                 am
                 to
                 liue
              
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               :
               let
               me
               by
               an
               actuall
               experiment
               of
               death
               in
               mine
               owne
               person
               feele
               and
               discerne
               the
               vtmost
               period
               and
               reach
               of
               my
               daies
               :
               which
               in
               effect
               is
               nought
               else
               than
               a
               request
               ,
               That
               he
               may
               die
               .
               Now
               he
               doth
               not
               onely
               propound
               this
               sute
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               end
               he
               may
               obteyne
               at
               the
               Lords
               hands
               a
               grant
               therof
               ,
               he
               doth
               accompany
               it
               with
               certaine
               motiues
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   If
                   my
                   life
                   by
                   thine
                   owne
                   ordinance
                   be
                   exceeding
                   short
                   and
                   likewise
                   subiect
                   to
                   vanitie
                   :
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   ,
                   verifie
                   on
                   my
                   person
                   the
                   truth
                   and
                   effect
                   of
                   this
                   thy
                   ordinance
                   in
                   cutting
                   off
                   this
                   my
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   my
                   life
                   by
                   thine
                   owne
                   ordinance
                   is
                   exceeding
                   short
                   and
                   likewise
                   subiect
                   to
                   vanitie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     6.
                     and
                     7.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   execute
                   on
                   my
                   person
                   the
                   truth
                   and
                   effect
                   of
                   this
                   thine
                   ordinance
                   in
                   cutting
                   off
                   my
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     5.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               of
               the
               Assumption
               concernes
               the
               shortnes
               of
               the
               Prophets
               life
               .
               
                 That
                 his
                 life
                 is
                 exceeding
                 short
                 ,
              
               hee
               sheweth
               by
               two
               comparisons
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     In
                     the
                     one
                     he
                     compareth
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     his
                     life
                     to
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     a
                     spanne
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     In
                     the
                     other
                     he
                     resembleth
                     his
                     life
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     nothing
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               member
               of
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               importeth
               the
               vanity
               of
               his
               life
               ,
               is
               not
               in
               particularity
               expressed
               :
               but
               in
               liew
               of
               it
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               set
               downe
               this
               demonstration
               thereof
               :
               
                 
                   Euery
                   man
                   ,
                   though
                   neuer
                   so
                   strongly
                   founded
                   in
                   his
                   estate
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   meere
                   vanitie
                   :
                   and
                   likewise
                   all
                   his
                   indeuors
                   and
                   trauels
                   are
                   meerely
                   vaine
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   therefore
                   ,
                   considering
                   I
                   am
                   a
                   man
                   ,
                   my
                   life
                   can
                   be
                   nought
                   else
                   but
                   a
                   meere
                   vanitie
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               the
               Antecedent
               is
               vers
               .
               6.
               in
               the
               end
               .
            
             
               The
               later
               part
               of
               the
               said
               Antecedent
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               vanity
               of
               all
               the
               indeuours
               and
               trauels
               of
               man
               ,
               is
               vers
               .
               7.
               in
               the
               middest
               .
               Where
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               
                 man
                 maketh
                 great
                 ado
                 for
                 nought
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               he
               spends
               his
               indeuours
               and
               trauels
               in
               vaine
               .
               Now
               this
               generall
               ,
               namely
               ,
               
                 That
                 man
                 spendeth
                 his
                 indeuours
                 and
                 trauels
                 in
                 vaine
                 ,
              
               is
               amplified
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     comparison
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   7.
                   verse
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     allegation
                     of
                     a
                     particular
                     instance
                     ,
                  
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   7.
                   verse
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               comparison
               ,
               wherein
               the
               vanity
               of
               mans
               indeuour
               and
               trauell
               is
               shewed
               ,
               being
               laid
               forth
               in
               her
               parts
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   
                     As
                     a
                     bare
                     shew
                     or
                     vanishing
                     image
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     substance
                     or
                     vse
                     :
                  
                
                 
                   
                     So
                     neither
                     are
                     the
                     indeuours
                     or
                     trauels
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   it
                   is
                   affirmed
                   that
                   man
                   walketh
                   in
                   a
                   shadow
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   imployeth
                   himselfe
                   about
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   nought
                   else
                   but
                   a
                   bare
                   shew
                   and
                   vanishing
                   image
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               particular
               instance
               alleaged
               to
               argue
               and
               witnesse
               the
               vanitie
               of
               mans
               indeuours
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Man
                     gathereth
                     riches
                     he
                     knoweth
                     not
                     for
                     whom
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Vpon
                   this
                   instance
                   (
                   it
                   being
                   supposed
                   by
                   the
                   Prophet
                   that
                   all
                   other
                   actions
                   and
                   imployments
                   of
                   man
                   are
                   in
                   nature
                   and
                   vse
                   like
                   to
                   the
                   said
                   instance
                   )
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   inferred
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     indeuours
                     of
                     man
                     are
                     vaine
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               of
               the
               Combat
               ,
               which
               the
               Prophet
               sustained
               betwixt
               the
               spirit
               and
               the
               flesh
               :
               the
               flesh
               preuailing
               so
               farre
               with
               him
               ,
               as
               that
               it
               drew
               from
               him
               ,
               being
               not
               able
               to
               containe
               himselfe
               within
               limits
               of
               patience
               and
               moderation
               ,
               the
               making
               of
               an
               vnaduised
               motion
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               present
               death
               .
            
             
               The
               issue
               of
               the
               Combat
               followeth
               in
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               verses
               of
               this
               Psalme
               :
               namely
               ,
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               8.
               ver
               .
               to
               the
               ende
               of
               the
               14.
               
               
                 The
                 said
                 issue
                 is
              
               (
               as
               shall
               appeare
               )
               
                 a
                 plaine
                 and
                 absolute
                 defeate
                 giuen
                 in
                 this
                 combat
                 by
                 the
                 Spirit
                 vnto
                 the
                 flesh
                 .
              
               For
               after
               the
               Prophet
               had
               for
               a
               while
               out
               of
               his
               passionate
               and
               impatient
               humor
               solicited
               the
               Lord
               to
               retire
               him
               out
               of
               this
               life
               :
               he
               doth
               vpon
               better
               aduisement
               suggested
               from
               the
               Spirit
               ,
               correct
               and
               checke
               himselfe
               by
               calling
               to
               minde
               the
               folly
               and
               vanity
               of
               the
               motion
               he
               tendered
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               death
               .
               And
               therefore
               he
               reclaymeth
               himselfe
               thus
               in
               the
               8.
               verse
               :
               
                 
                   But
                   now
                   Lord
                   ,
                   what
                   waite
                   I
                   for
                   ?
                   
                     As
                     if
                     he
                     should
                     say
                  
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   in
                   vayne
                   that
                   I
                   present
                   this
                   inconsiderate
                   request
                   vnto
                   thee
                   :
                   I
                   cannot
                   expect
                   ought
                   from
                   it
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Now
               hereupon
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               changing
               his
               former
               note
               (
               the
               Spirit
               hauing
               obteyned
               victory
               against
               the
               incounters
               of
               
               the
               flesh
               )
               he
               becommeth
               an
               humble
               suter
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               namely
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   remoue
                   from
                   him
                   his
                   present
                   affliction
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11.13.14
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               sute
               for
               the
               remoue
               of
               the
               affliction
               presently
               vpon
               him
               ,
               is
               the
               issue
               of
               the
               combat
               aboue
               mentioned
               and
               described
               .
            
             
               To
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               to
               giue
               him
               satisfaction
               by
               the
               grant
               of
               the
               said
               sute
               ,
               he
               pleadeth
               by
               sundry
               arguments
               .
               The
               first
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   My
                   hope
                   and
                   confidence
                   for
                   mercie
                   and
                   deliuerance
                   is
                   in
                   thee
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   withdraw
                   ,
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   ,
                   thy
                   afflicting
                   hand
                   from
                   me
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11.13.14
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               sequell
               of
               this
               reason
               hath
               for
               the
               warrant
               and
               ground
               thereof
               ,
               
                 the
                 Lords
                 promise
                 to
                 deliuer
                 those
                 who
                 rest
                 vpon
                 him
                 :
              
               which
               promise
               is
               the
               proposition
               of
               this
               first
               conclusion
               :
               but
               omitted
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               as
               a
               matter
               alreadie
               being
               in
               the
               publike
               knowledge
               of
               all
               .
            
             
               Here
               ,
               before
               the
               Prophet
               proceede
               to
               a
               further
               pressing
               of
               his
               humble
               sute
               :
               forasmuch
               as
               his
               conscience
               tels
               him
               that
               his
               sinnes
               haue
               originally
               drawne
               vpon
               him
               his
               present
               affliction
               :
               least
               the
               consideration
               of
               them
               should
               on
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Lord
               be
               a
               bar
               to
               his
               said
               sute
               ;
               he
               doth
               for
               this
               regard
               
                 humbly
                 intreate
                 ,
                 in
                 the
              
               9.
               
                 verse
                 a
                 remission
                 of
                 all
                 his
                 transgressions
                 :
              
               iustly
               apprehending
               that
               the
               cause
               being
               remoued
               ,
               the
               effect
               also
               will
               determine
               .
               This
               motion
               doth
               carrie
               with
               it
               a
               confession
               of
               his
               sinne
               against
               God
               ,
               and
               an
               acknowledgement
               of
               the
               desert
               thereof
               :
               which
               is
               a
               reason
               of
               moment
               to
               induce
               the
               Lord
               to
               remit
               sinne
               .
               As
               this
               clause
               of
               the
               said
               9.
               verse
               ,
               
                 Deliuer
                 me
                 from
                 all
                 my
                 transgressions
                 ,
              
               doth
               aptly
               receiue
               the
               exposition
               &
               sense
               I
               haue
               set
               downe
               :
               so
               may
               it
               not
               vnfitly
               and
               with
               good
               warrant
               be
               expounded
               
                 of
                 the
                 remoue
                 of
                 the
                 present
                 crosse
                 which
                 the
                 Prophet
                 endured
                 as
                 a
                 punishment
                 due
                 to
                 his
                 transgressions
                 .
              
               Which
               interpretation
               being
               allowed
               of
               ,
               the
               said
               clause
               must
               then
               serue
               as
               a
               conclusion
               to
               the
               first
               argument
               ,
               
               and
               to
               all
               other
               the
               motiues
               presented
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               
                 for
                 deliuerance
                 from
                 the
                 present
                 trouble
                 wherein
                 he
                 was
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               second
               argument
               ,
               whereby
               hee
               mediateth
               with
               the
               Lord
               the
               
                 remoue
                 of
                 his
                 present
                 affliction
              
               ,
               doth
               remember
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               the
               euent
               and
               inconuenience
               that
               will
               ensue
               vpon
               the
               said
               affliction
               ,
               in
               case
               it
               be
               continued
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   the
                   affliction
                   that
                   is
                   presently
                   vpon
                   me
                   ,
                   will
                   expose
                   me
                   and
                   my
                   profession
                   of
                   thy
                   name
                   as
                   a
                   scorne
                   vnto
                   the
                   wicked
                   :
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   remooue
                   it
                   from
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   affliction
                   that
                   is
                   presently
                   vpon
                   me
                   ,
                   wil
                   expose
                   me
                   and
                   my
                   profession
                   of
                   thy
                   name
                   as
                   a
                   scorne
                   vnto
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   Make
                   me
                   not
                   a
                   reproch
                   vnto
                   the
                   foolish
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     withdraw
                     this
                     affliction
                     from
                     me
                     ,
                     least
                     the
                     continuance
                     thereof
                     occasion
                     the
                     foolish
                     and
                     wicked
                     to
                     traduce
                     and
                     reproch
                     my
                     profession
                     of
                     thy
                     name
                     .
                     So
                     as
                     in
                     this
                     later
                     clause
                     of
                     the
                     ninth
                     verse
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     folded
                     vp
                     and
                     included
                     aswell
                     the
                     Prophets
                     sute
                     as
                     the
                     argument
                     to
                     perswade
                     it
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   remoue
                   the
                   said
                   affliction
                   from
                   me
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               presented
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               who
               is
               iealous
               of
               his
               owne
               honour
               and
               euer
               ready
               to
               giue
               proofe
               how
               highly
               hee
               doth
               valew
               it
               ,
               the
               remembrance
               of
               the
               imputation
               and
               scandall
               ,
               that
               may
               be
               throwne
               vpon
               the
               profession
               of
               his
               name
               ,
               in
               case
               of
               the
               continuance
               of
               the
               said
               affliction
               :
               he
               doth
               in
               the
               10.
               verse
               adde
               hereto
               a
               speciall
               inducement
               grounded
               vpon
               the
               Lords
               gracious
               nature
               and
               promise
               to
               help
               those
               who
               with
               patience
               submit
               themselues
               to
               his
               good
               pleasure
               .
               The
               inducement
               is
               of
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   I
                   doe
                   now
                   in
                   all
                   patience
                   and
                   reuerence
                   humble
                   my selfe
                   before
                   thee
                   ,
                   submitting
                   my selfe
                   wholy
                   to
                   thy
                   good
                   pleasure
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     part
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   It
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   therefore
                   O
                   Lord
                   to
                   haue
                   mercie
                   on
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   deliuer
                   me
                   from
                   my
                   present
                   trouble
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11.13.14
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               sentence
               of
               this
               reason
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               Prophets
               submittance
               of
               himselfe
               in
               al
               humilitie
               and
               patience
               vnto
               the
               Lords
               good
               pleasure
               ,
               is
               amplifyed
               by
               drawing
               into
               consideration
               the
               principall
               efficient
               and
               author
               of
               the
               affliction
               laid
               vpon
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   do
                   acknowledge
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   thou
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   who
                   hast
                   laid
                   this
                   present
                   affliction
                   vpon
                   me
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   doe
                   I
                   in
                   all
                   patience
                   and
                   reuerence
                   humble
                   my selfe
                   before
                   thee
                   ,
                   and
                   submit
                   my selfe
                   wholy
                   to
                   thy
                   good
                   pleasure
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               giuing
               the
               Lord
               no
               rest
               till
               hee
               find
               rest
               from
               his
               trouble
               ,
               doth
               by
               a
               fourth
               argument
               solicite
               his
               preuailing
               with
               the
               Lord
               in
               his
               sute
               :
               thus
               ,
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   4.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     I
                     quaile
                     and
                     faint
                     vnder
                     the
                     burden
                     of
                     this
                     my
                     affliction
                     ,
                     it
                     being
                     farre
                     surpassing
                     my
                     strength
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   11
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     It
                     may
                     please
                     thee
                     therefore
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     to
                     remoue
                     it
                     from
                     me
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   maketh
                   his
                   request
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   
                     Remoue
                     from
                     me
                     thy
                     wound
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   affliction
                   laid
                   vpon
                   me
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   my
                   person
                   and
                   state
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   wound
                   vnto
                   my
                   bodie
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               ground
               of
               this
               fourth
               reason
               is
               a
               consideration
               of
               the
               Lords
               most
               wise
               and
               gracious
               proceeding
               :
               who
               doth
               proportion
               out
               afflictions
               to
               the
               measure
               of
               strength
               in
               his
               children
               :
               and
               will
               not
               suffer
               the
               rod
               of
               the
               vngodlie
               to
               rest
               on
               his
               Saints
               ,
               least
               they
               also
               should
               reach
               out
               their
               hand
               to
               iniquitie
               .
            
             
               To
               the
               Antecedent
               of
               this
               fourth
               reason
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               yeelded
               this
               illustration
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     no
                     man
                     be
                     of
                     sufficient
                     strength
                     to
                     endure
                     thy
                     afflicting
                     hand
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     I
                     needes
                     faint
                     vnder
                     it
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     no
                     man
                     is
                     of
                     sufficient
                     strength
                     to
                     endure
                     thy
                     afflicting
                     hand
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   sheweth
                   ,
                   
                   that
                   man
                   is
                   no
                   more
                   able
                   to
                   beare
                   the
                   burden
                   of
                   affliction
                   ,
                   than
                   a
                   moth
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   endure
                   a
                   bruse
                   offered
                   vnto
                   it
                   by
                   ones
                   hand
                   .
                   But
                   assoone
                   as
                   the
                   Lord
                   afflicteth
                   him
                   for
                   his
                   sinne
                   ,
                   hee
                   melteth
                   and
                   dissolueth
                   as
                   being
                   of
                   no
                   strength
                   to
                   beare
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     must
                     I
                     needes
                     faint
                     vnder
                     it
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               amplified
               by
               three
               seuerall
               arguments
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     efficient
                     cause
                     mouing
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     inflict
                     punishments
                     :
                  
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   iniquitie
                   of
                   man
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   part
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     comparison
                  
                   :
                   wherein
                   man
                   and
                   whatsoeuer
                   is
                   of
                   strength
                   and
                   excellencie
                   in
                   man
                   ,
                   is
                   compared
                   in
                   weaknes
                   to
                   a
                   moth
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         moth
                         is
                         so
                         exceedingly
                         brittle
                         ,
                         as
                         that
                         with
                         a
                         touch
                         of
                         the
                         finger
                         it
                         is
                         presently
                         dissolued
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         man
                         and
                         whatsoeuer
                         is
                         of
                         strength
                         and
                         excellency
                         in
                         man
                         is
                         so
                         weake
                         ,
                         that
                         it
                         cannot
                         endure
                         the
                         touch
                         of
                         the
                         Lords
                         afflicting
                         finger
                         ,
                         without
                         being
                         reduced
                         to
                         nought
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       in
                       the
                       middest
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     imparting
                     with
                     vs
                     the
                     nature
                     and
                     condition
                     of
                     man
                     :
                  
                   he
                   being
                   in
                   his
                   nature
                   &
                   condition
                   nought
                   else
                   but
                   a
                   meere
                   vanitie
                   .
                   Out
                   of
                   which
                   consideration
                   he
                   thus
                   concludeth
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         Nothing
                         meerely
                         vanity
                         is
                         of
                         sufficient
                         strength
                         to
                         endure
                         the
                         afflicting
                         hand
                         of
                         God.
                         
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Euery
                         man
                         is
                         meerely
                         vanitie
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         no
                         man
                         is
                         of
                         sufficient
                         strength
                         to
                         endure
                         the
                         afflicting
                         hand
                         of
                         God
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       in
                       the
                       former
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       verse
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               thus
               dilated
               vpon
               the
               fourth
               argument
               ,
               he
               returnes
               to
               solicite
               his
               maine
               sute
               ,
               remembring
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               the
               qualitie
               and
               condition
               of
               his
               life
               ,
               as
               a
               reason
               whereby
               to
               draw
               the
               Lord
               to
               a
               mercifull
               regard
               of
               his
               said
               sute
               .
               His
               conclusion
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Arg.
                   5.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   my
                   abode
                   in
                   this
                   life
                   be
                   very
                   short
                   ,
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   whilest
                   opportunitie
                   is
                   offered
                   of
                   shewing
                   mercie
                   vnto
                   me
                   ,
                   shew
                   it
                   in
                   deliuering
                   me
                   from
                   my
                   present
                   trouble
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   my
                   abode
                   in
                   this
                   life
                   is
                   very
                   short
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   whilest
                   opportunitie
                   is
                   offered
                   of
                   shewing
                   mercie
                   vnto
                   me
                   ,
                   shew
                   it
                   in
                   deliuering
                   me
                   from
                   my
                   present
                   trouble
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               not
               expressed
               in
               these
               very
               termes
               :
               but
               in
               steed
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               ,
               the
               illustration
               thereof
               is
               set
               downe
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   am
                   a
                   pilgrim
                   and
                   a
                   seiourner
                   here
                   vpon
                   earth
                   ,
                   as
                   my
                   predecessors
                   were
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   am
                   I
                   of
                   a
                   short
                   abode
                   here
                   vpon
                   earth
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               conclusion
               of
               the
               5.
               argument
               being
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               13.
               verse
               ,
               is
               there
               amplified
               by
               acquainting
               vs
               with
               the
               manner
               and
               forme
               of
               offering
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               this
               petition
               for
               deliuerance
               from
               the
               said
               affliction
               .
               The
               manner
               and
               forme
               here
               vsed
               ,
               is
               
                 The
                 petitioners
                 extraordinarie
                 vehemencie
                 and
                 earnestnes
                 in
                 pressing
                 the
                 Lord
                 to
                 a
                 grant
                 of
                 the
                 petition
                 offered
                 .
              
               This
               extraordinary
               vehemencie
               in
               the
               petitioner
               ,
               is
               expressed
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     iterations
                     of
                     calling
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     heare
                     him
                     .
                  
                   For
                   he
                   doth
                   thrice
                   call
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   to
                   heare
                   him
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   and
                   middest
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     petitioners
                     crying
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     effusion
                     of
                     his
                     teares
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               vehemency
               and
               earnestnesse
               of
               the
               petitioner
               with
               the
               Lord
               ,
               expressed
               by
               the
               particulars
               mentioned
               ,
               may
               serue
               for
               a
               motiue
               whereby
               to
               preuaile
               with
               the
               Lord
               in
               this
               sute
               for
               deliuerance
               .
               For
               this
               earnestnes
               and
               importtunacie
               in
               our
               praiers
               proceeding
               frō
               a
               true
               sense
               of
               our
               wants
               and
               accompanied
               with
               faith
               in
               the
               Lords
               promises
               ,
               is
               a
               thing
               commaunded
               by
               him
               and
               such
               as
               wherein
               hee
               taketh
               
               speciall
               contentment
               :
               and
               for
               that
               regard
               of
               great
               force
               with
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               bin
               thus
               extraordinarily
               earnest
               with
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               13
               verse
               :
               hee
               doth
               in
               the
               14.
               and
               last
               verse
               close
               vp
               and
               conclude
               his
               sute
               ,
               by
               propounding
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               the
               end
               for
               which
               he
               beggeth
               deliuerance
               from
               the
               present
               crosse
               which
               lieth
               so
               heauily
               vpon
               him
               .
               His
               perswasion
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   6.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   thy
                   afflicting
                   hand
                   continue
                   vpon
                   me
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   haue
                   no
                   time
                   before
                   I
                   die
                   of
                   refreshing
                   and
                   fitting
                   my selfe
                   to
                   doe
                   thee
                   honour
                   and
                   seruice
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   I
                   would
                   most
                   willingly
                   haue
                   some
                   time
                   before
                   I
                   die
                   of
                   refreshing
                   and
                   fitting
                   my selfe
                   to
                   doe
                   thee
                   honour
                   and
                   seruice
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     later
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     verse
                     .
                     Where
                     vnto
                     these
                     words
                  
                   (
                   That
                   I
                   may
                   refresh
                   my selfe
                   before
                   I
                   depart
                   hence
                   )
                   
                     I
                     take
                     the
                     exposition
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     haue
                     set
                     down
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     most
                     agreeable
                     ,
                     and
                     suting
                     with
                     the
                     Prophets
                     intention
                     in
                     this
                     last
                     argument
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   let
                   not
                   thy
                   afflicting
                   hand
                   continue
                   vpon
                   me
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                     Where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     intreateth
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     stay
                     his
                     hand
                     from
                     him
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                  
                   to
                   desist
                   from
                   afflicting
                   him
                   any
                   longer
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             49.
             
          
           
             TO
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Quier
             amongst
             the
             sonnes
             of
             Corah
             ,
             a
             Psalme
             committed
             to
             be
             sung
             .
          
           
             2
             Heare
             this
             all
             ye
             people
             :
             giue
             eare
             all
             ye
             that
             dwell
             in
             the
             world
             :
          
           
             3
             Aswell
             low
             as
             high
             ,
             the
             rich
             aswell
             as
             the
             poore
             .
          
           
             4
             My
             mouth
             shall
             deliuer
             manifold
             wisedome
             :
             and
             the
             meditation
             of
             my
             heart
             manifold
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             5
             I
             will
             incline
             mine
             eare
             to
             a
             parable
             :
             I
             will
             vtter
             my
             worthie
             sentence
             on
             the
             harpe
             .
          
           
           
             6
             Wherefore
             should
             I
             feare
             in
             the
             euill
             daies
             ,
             when
             the
             wicked
             shall
             compasse
             me
             about
             ,
             as
             at
             my
             heeles
             ?
          
           
             7
             Namely
             ,
             such
             as
             trust
             in
             their
             goods
             ,
             and
             boast
             in
             the
             multitude
             of
             their
             riches
             .
          
           
             8
             A
             man
             can
             by
             no
             meanes
             redeeme
             his
             brother
             :
             he
             cannot
             giue
             his
             ransome
             to
             God
             :
          
           
             9
             (
             For
             the
             redemption
             of
             their
             life
             is
             ouer
             deere
             :
             and
             shall
             neuer
             be
             compassed
             .
             )
          
           
             10
             That
             he
             may
             liue
             still
             for
             euer
             ,
             and
             not
             see
             the
             graue
             .
          
           
             11
             For
             it
             is
             seene
             that
             the
             wise
             doe
             die
             :
             and
             likewise
             that
             the
             ignorant
             and
             foolish
             doe
             perish
             :
             and
             leaue
             their
             riches
             for
             others
             .
          
           
             12
             Their
             intention
             is
             that
             their
             houses
             and
             their
             habitations
             shall
             continue
             for
             euer
             ,
             euen
             from
             generation
             to
             generation
             :
             in
             that
             they
             call
             them
             by
             their
             names
             vpon
             earth
             .
          
           
             13
             Yet
             man
             shall
             not
             continue
             in
             honour
             .
             He
             is
             like
             the
             beasts
             that
             die
             .
          
           
             14
             This
             their
             way
             sheweth
             their
             follie
             :
             yet
             their
             posteritie
             doe
             greatly
             approoue
             their
             course
             .
          
           
             15
             Like
             sheep
             they
             shall
             lie
             in
             the
             graue
             :
             death
             shall
             deuoure
             them
             :
             and
             the
             righteous
             shall
             haue
             dominion
             ouer
             them
             in
             the
             morning
             :
             and
             hell
             shall
             consume
             their
             forme
             being
             raised
             from
             out
             the
             house
             thereof
             .
          
           
             16
             But
             God
             will
             deliuer
             my
             soule
             from
             the
             power
             of
             the
             graue
             :
             and
             he
             will
             receiue
             me
             to
             himselfe
             .
          
           
             17
             Be
             not
             thou
             afraide
             therefore
             ,
             when
             one
             is
             made
             rich
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             glorie
             of
             his
             house
             is
             increased
             .
          
           
             18
             For
             he
             shall
             take
             nothing
             away
             with
             him
             when
             he
             dieth
             :
             neither
             shall
             his
             pompe
             descend
             after
             him
             :
          
           
             19
             Though
             he
             blessed
             his
             soule
             in
             his
             life
             :
             and
             men
             praise
             thee
             ,
             in
             that
             thou
             makest
             much
             of
             thy selfe
             .
          
           
             20
             Howsoeuer
             they
             come
             euen
             to
             the
             age
             of
             their
             fathers
             :
             yet
             shall
             they
             neuer
             enioy
             the
             light
             .
          
           
             21
             A
             man
             in
             honour
             hauing
             no
             vnderstanding
             ,
             is
             made
             like
             to
             the
             beasts
             that
             perish
             .
          
           
             
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               49.
               
            
             
               The
               position
               debated
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               I
               take
               to
               be
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   godly
                   should
                   not
                   feare
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   though
                   abounding
                   in
                   riches
                   and
                   glorying
                   in
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               That
               this
               is
               the
               position
               handled
               here
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               may
               appeare
               by
               comparing
               the
               17.
               verse
               with
               the
               6.
               and
               7
               :
               where
               the
               Prophet
               professing
               this
               much
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               no
               cause
               why
               himself
               should
               feare
               the
               wicked
               ,
               namely
               ,
               
                 such
                 as
                 repose
                 on
                 their
                 wealth
                 and
                 boast
                 in
                 the
                 multitude
                 of
                 their
                 riches
                 ,
                 though
                 they
                 beset
                 him
                 on
                 each
                 side
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 at
                 his
                 heeles
                 ready
                 to
                 surprize
                 him
                 .
              
               After
               he
               hath
               at
               large
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               8.
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               16.
               set
               downe
               an
               illustration
               and
               proofe
               of
               that
               which
               he
               so
               professeth
               of
               himselfe
               :
               he
               doth
               in
               the
               17.
               verse
               direct
               his
               speech
               to
               all
               godly
               men
               in
               generall
               ,
               concluding
               by
               way
               of
               exhortation
               out
               of
               the
               argument
               and
               profession
               deliuered
               in
               the
               said
               6.
               and
               7.
               verse
               ,
               
                 That
                 none
                 of
                 them
                 ought
                 to
                 feare
                 the
                 wicked
                 ,
                 though
                 abounding
                 in
                 riches
                 and
                 glorying
                 in
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
               This
               particle
               of
               the
               position
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               glorying
               of
               the
               wicked
               in
               their
               wealth
               ,
               is
               not
               in
               the
               17.
               verse
               expressed
               in
               formall
               and
               distinct
               termes
               :
               but
               forasmuch
               as
               it
               is
               added
               by
               the
               Prophet
               to
               the
               argument
               vsed
               in
               the
               6.
               and
               7.
               for
               proofe
               of
               the
               17
               :
               we
               must
               conceiue
               it
               to
               be
               a
               part
               of
               the
               position
               couched
               in
               the
               said
               17.
               verse
               .
            
             
               Now
               before
               he
               proceede
               to
               a
               reall
               discussing
               of
               the
               said
               position
               :
               forasmuch
               as
               it
               containes
               no
               vulgar
               and
               meane
               point
               of
               knowledge
               ,
               but
               such
               a
               doctrine
               as
               is
               worthie
               of
               all
               regard
               ,
               howsoeuer
               it
               may
               seeme
               in
               the
               eye
               of
               the
               carnall
               man
               a
               contemptible
               paradoxe
               :
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               thought
               meete
               to
               honour
               it
               with
               a
               preface
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               preface
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Summoneth
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     his
                     auditors
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Soliciteth
                     audience
                     and
                     attention
                     at
                     their
                     hands
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               summons
               is
               performed
               by
               him
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     In
                     generall
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     In
                     particular
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               generall
               summons
               ,
               all
               people
               and
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               earth
               indistinctly
               are
               cited
               .
               But
               least
               any
               should
               thinke
               themselues
               priuiledged
               and
               exempted
               from
               tendering
               their
               appearance
               vpon
               this
               generall
               summons
               :
               hee
               doth
               in
               the
               3.
               verse
               particulate
               the
               seuerall
               estates
               and
               degrees
               of
               persons
               ,
               that
               are
               cited
               to
               appeare
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 The
                 vulgar
                 people
                 ,
                 the
                 noble
                 ,
                 the
                 rich
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 poore
                 .
              
               And
               these
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               all
               equally
               and
               without
               partialitie
               summoned
               :
               so
               are
               they
               all
               indifferentlie
               and
               without
               personall
               regard
               bound
               to
               become
               auditors
               of
               the
               doctrine
               to
               bee
               propounded
               .
            
             
               His
               soliciting
               of
               audience
               and
               attention
               at
               the
               hands
               of
               all
               people
               of
               what
               degree
               and
               qualitie
               soeuer
               is
               performed
               by
               presenting
               vnto
               their
               consideration
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     excellencie
                     and
                     worthines
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     doctrine
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   Where
                   to
                   note
                   the
                   singular
                   value
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   instruction
                   it
                   doth
                   minister
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   intitled
                   by
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   wisedome
                   and
                   knowledge
                   :
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   5.
                   verse
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   a
                   parable
                   and
                   sentence
                   most
                   worthie
                   to
                   be
                   obserued
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     His
                     readines
                     to
                     concurre
                     with
                     them
                     in
                     a
                     serious
                     meditation
                     thereof
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   5.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   he
                   professeth
                   that
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   excellencie
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   doctrine
                   ,
                   he
                   will
                   incline
                   his
                   eare
                   thereto
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   withall
                   care
                   and
                   reuerence
                   meditate
                   thereon
                   together
                   with
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     manner
                     and
                     forme
                     of
                     tendring
                     and
                     publishing
                     the
                     said
                     doctrine
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   will
                   deliuer
                   and
                   publish
                   it
                   on
                   his
                   harpe
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   such
                   forme
                   and
                   manner
                   as
                   is
                   very
                   pleasing
                   and
                   delightfull
                   .
                
              
            
             
               These
               particular
               motiues
               vsed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               to
               solicite
               and
               
               draw
               all
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               earth
               to
               an
               attentiue
               hearing
               of
               the
               said
               doctrine
               ,
               are
               thus
               concluded
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   doctrine
                   I
                   propound
                   ,
                   containe
                   matter
                   of
                   excellent
                   wisedome
                   :
                   if
                   my selfe
                   shall
                   in
                   person
                   readily
                   concurre
                   with
                   all
                   men
                   in
                   the
                   serious
                   meditation
                   of
                   it
                   :
                   if
                   I
                   shall
                   publish
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   pleasing
                   forme
                   and
                   sort
                   :
                   then
                   let
                   all
                   men
                   attentiuely
                   heare
                   the
                   said
                   doctrine
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   doctrine
                   I
                   propound
                   ,
                   containes
                   matter
                   of
                   excellent
                   wisedome
                   :
                   my selfe
                   shall
                   in
                   person
                   readily
                   concurre
                   with
                   all
                   men
                   in
                   the
                   serious
                   meditation
                   thereof
                   :
                   I
                   shall
                   publish
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   pleasing
                   forme
                   and
                   sort
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.5
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   let
                   all
                   men
                   attentiuely
                   heare
                   the
                   said
                   doctrine
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     2.3
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               thus
               summoned
               and
               solicited
               each
               condition
               and
               sort
               of
               people
               to
               the
               hearing
               of
               the
               said
               doctrine
               :
               hee
               doth
               now
               proceede
               to
               a
               particular
               and
               actuall
               demonstration
               of
               the
               same
               .
               The
               doctrine
               to
               bee
               demonstrated
               ,
               is
               the
               position
               aboue
               remembred
               ,
               namely
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   should
                   not
                   feare
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   though
                   abounding
                   in
                   riches
                   and
                   glorying
                   in
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               demonstration
               of
               this
               position
               is
               twofold
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   one
                   from
                   an
                   instance
                   in
                   the
                   Prophets
                   one
                   person
                   ,
                   deliuered
                   in
                   a
                   comparison
                   of
                   paritie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     6.
                     and
                     7.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   other
                   is
                   from
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   wretched
                   condition
                   whereto
                   the
                   wicked
                   are
                   subiect
                   at
                   their
                   death
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     18.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               instance
               taken
               from
               the
               Prophets
               owne
               person
               for
               cleering
               the
               said
               position
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   the
                   Prophet
                   feare
                   not
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   though
                   abounding
                   in
                   wealth
                   and
                   glorying
                   in
                   the
                   strength
                   thereof
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     6.7
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   let
                   no
                   other
                   godly
                   man
                   feare
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               ,
               which
               containes
               the
               instance
               taken
               from
               the
               Prophets
               owne
               person
               ,
               is
               cleered
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   If
                   the
                   wicked
                   notwithstanding
                   their
                   wealth
                   dye
                   in
                   their
                   owne
                   persons
                   :
                   in
                   the
                   memorie
                   and
                   honour
                   of
                   their
                   names
                   :
                   and
                   likewise
                   in
                   the
                   persons
                   of
                   their
                   posteritie
                   :
                   then
                   is
                   there
                   no
                   iust
                   cause
                   why
                   I
                   the
                   Prophet
                   should
                   feare
                   them
                   ,
                   though
                   glorying
                   in
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   their
                   wealth
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   their
                   wealth
                   ,
                   die
                   in
                   their
                   owne
                   persons
                   :
                   they
                   die
                   in
                   the
                   memorie
                   and
                   honour
                   of
                   their
                   names
                   :
                   they
                   die
                   also
                   in
                   the
                   persons
                   of
                   their
                   posteritie
                   .
                   
                     The
                     first
                     branch
                     of
                     this
                     Assumption
                     is
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                     &
                     10
                     :
                     the
                     second
                     is
                     vers
                     .
                     12.
                     and
                     13
                     :
                     the
                     third
                     is
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   iust
                   cause
                   why
                   I
                   the
                   Prophet
                   should
                   feare
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   though
                   glorying
                   in
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   their
                   wealth
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     6.
                     and
                     7.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               branch
               of
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               dying
               of
               the
               wicked
               in
               their
               owne
               persons
               ,
               notwithstanding
               the
               strength
               of
               their
               wealth
               ,
               is
               expressed
               ver
               .
               8.
               
               &
               10.
               
               Where
               it
               is
               confidently
               auerred
               ,
               that
               out
               of
               the
               strength
               of
               riches
               there
               cannot
               be
               presented
               vnto
               God
               a
               sufficient
               price
               whereby
               to
               deliuer
               the
               wicked
               from
               death
               into
               a
               state
               of
               immortalitie
               in
               this
               life
               .
               Which
               in
               summe
               and
               effect
               is
               all
               one
               ,
               as
               if
               it
               were
               said
               :
               The
               wicked
               are
               vndoubtedly
               to
               dye
               in
               their
               owne
               persons
               ,
               notwithstanding
               the
               strength
               of
               their
               wealth
               wherein
               they
               trust
               .
               Now
               this
               first
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               is
               proued
               by
               two
               seuerall
               arguments
               :
               whereof
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     one
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     other
                     is
                     deliuered
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 In
                 the
                 9.
                 verse
                 ,
                 the
                 argument
                 prouing
                 that
                 the
                 wicked
                 ,
                 notwithstanding
                 their
                 riches
                 ,
                 die
                 in
                 their
                 owne
                 persons
                 ,
                 is
                 concluded
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       If
                       it
                       be
                       impossible
                       out
                       of
                       riches
                       to
                       present
                       vnto
                       the
                       Lord
                       a
                       sufficient
                       value
                       whereby
                       to
                       deliuer
                       the
                       wicked
                       from
                       death
                       :
                       then
                       are
                       they
                       ,
                       notwihhstanding
                       their
                       riches
                       ,
                       assuredly
                       to
                       die
                       in
                       their
                       owne
                       persons
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                     
                       But
                       it
                       is
                       impossible
                       out
                       of
                       riches
                       to
                       present
                       vnto
                       the
                       Lord
                       a
                       sufficient
                       value
                       whereby
                       to
                       deliuer
                       the
                       wicked
                       from
                       death
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                       Therfore
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       notwithstanding
                       their
                       riches
                       ,
                       are
                       assuredly
                       to
                       die
                       in
                       their
                       owne
                       persons
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                     and
                     10.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 11.
                 verse
                 ,
                 the
                 proofe
                 that
                 the
                 wicked
                 ,
                 notwithstanding
                 their
                 riches
                 ,
                 are
                 to
                 die
                 in
                 their
                 own
                 persons
                 ,
                 is
                 this
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       All
                       men
                       ,
                       aswell
                       the
                       wise
                       as
                       the
                       foolish
                       ,
                       doe
                       in
                       person
                       die
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     11.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                       The
                       wicked
                       are
                       in
                       the
                       number
                       of
                       the
                       wise
                       ,
                       or
                       the
                       foolish
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       Therfore
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       notwithstanding
                       their
                       riches
                       ,
                       doe
                       in
                       person
                       die
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                     and
                     10.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               proposition
               is
               confirmed
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     testimonie
                     from
                     common
                     experience
                     and
                     obseruation
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     it
                     is
                     seene
                     and
                     obserued
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     wise
                     and
                     the
                     foolish
                     die
                     :
                     and
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     out
                     of
                     question
                     that
                     they
                     die
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     speciall
                     act
                     of
                     leauing
                     their
                     goods
                     to
                     others
                     either
                     by
                     testament
                     and
                     gift
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     other
                     conueiance
                     .
                  
                   The
                   conclusion
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         They
                         leaue
                         their
                         wealth
                         to
                         others
                         by
                         way
                         of
                         testament
                         ,
                         or
                         other
                         conueiance
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       11.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                       But
                       in
                       case
                       they
                       had
                       an
                       immortalitie
                       on
                       earth
                       ;
                       they
                       would
                       not
                       leaue
                       or
                       abandon
                       that
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       the
                       intertainment
                       of
                       their
                       life
                       and
                       the
                       strength
                       they
                       repose
                       on
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         it
                         is
                         apparant
                         that
                         they
                         are
                         subiect
                         to
                         death
                         ,
                      
                       ver
                       .
                       11.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               branch
               of
               the
               aboue
               mentioned
               Assumption
               importing
               the
               
                 dying
                 of
                 the
                 wicked
                 in
                 the
                 memory
                 and
                 honour
                 of
                 their
                 names
                 ,
              
               is
               recorded
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               13.
               verse
               .
               Where
               it
               is
               said
               :
               
                 Yet
                 man
                 shall
                 not
                 continue
                 in
                 honor
                 :
              
               
               that
               is
               :
               he
               cannot
               make
               the
               memorie
               and
               honor
               of
               his
               name
               immortall
               :
               but
               the
               memory
               of
               his
               name
               shall
               perish
               .
               In
               this
               exposition
               ,
               as
               being
               most
               sutable
               with
               the
               sense
               of
               the
               12.
               verse
               immediately
               proceeding
               ,
               I
               follow
               the
               French.
               
            
             
               
                 That
                 the
                 wicked
                 die
                 in
                 the
                 memorie
                 and
                 honour
                 of
                 their
                 names
                 ,
              
               the
               Prophet
               sheweth
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     Diuersitie
                  
                   :
                   wherein
                   hee
                   imparteth
                   with
                   vs
                   ,
                   first
                   the
                   end
                   which
                   the
                   wicked
                   propound
                   vnto
                   themselues
                   ,
                   namely
                   the
                   immortalitie
                   of
                   their
                   names
                   amongst
                   men
                   :
                   secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   meanes
                   vsed
                   by
                   them
                   for
                   attaining
                   to
                   this
                   end
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   building
                   of
                   magnificall
                   houses
                   ,
                   and
                   intitling
                   them
                   with
                   their
                   names
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   said
                   argument
                   is
                   thus
                   set
                   downe
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         intention
                         of
                         the
                         wicked
                         is
                         to
                         eternize
                         the
                         memorie
                         of
                         their
                         names
                         ,
                         by
                         building
                         faire
                         houses
                         and
                         calling
                         them
                         by
                         their
                         names
                         vpon
                         earth
                         :
                      
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       amongst
                       men
                       in
                       the
                       world
                       ,
                       v.
                       12.
                       
                       Where
                       by
                       particulating
                       this
                       meanes
                       of
                       giuing
                       immortalitie
                       to
                       their
                       names
                       ,
                       he
                       vnderstandeth
                       all
                       other
                       meanes
                       to
                       this
                       purpose
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Yet
                         shall
                         they
                         not
                         make
                         their
                         memorie
                         and
                         honour
                         of
                         their
                         names
                         immortall
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       13.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     Similitude
                  
                   :
                   which
                   being
                   laid
                   foorth
                   in
                   her
                   parts
                   ,
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         brute
                         beasts
                         perish
                         ,
                         and
                         together
                         with
                         thē
                         the
                         remembrance
                         of
                         thē
                         ,
                      
                       ver
                       .
                       13.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         the
                         wicked
                         who
                         glorie
                         in
                         their
                         riches
                         shall
                         perish
                         ,
                         without
                         leauing
                         any
                         memorie
                         of
                         their
                         names
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       13.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       ,
                       and
                       end
                       also
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               and
               last
               branch
               of
               the
               aforesaid
               Assumption
               ,
               concerning
               the
               
                 dying
                 of
                 the
                 wicked
                 in
                 the
                 persons
                 of
                 their
                 posterity
                 ,
              
               is
               deliuered
               in
               the
               15.
               verse
               :
               where
               it
               is
               auouched
               
               that
               the
               posteritie
               of
               the
               wicked
               shall
               lie
               in
               the
               graue
               and
               be
               deuoured
               by
               death
               .
               But
               before
               he
               proceed
               to
               a
               particular
               declaratiō
               of
               this
               point
               ,
               he
               brandeth
               their
               posteritie
               in
               the
               14.
               verse
               with
               a
               note
               of
               extreame
               madnes
               :
               in
               that
               discerning
               the
               folly
               and
               vanity
               of
               their
               ancesters
               proceedings
               ,
               they
               doe
               notwithstanding
               approoue
               and
               follow
               them
               .
               Hereupon
               in
               the
               15.
               verse
               the
               Prophet
               inferreth
               that
               it
               succedeth
               with
               them
               as
               with
               their
               predecessors
               .
               For
               
                 death
                 seazeth
                 vpon
                 them
                 and
                 consumeth
                 them
                 .
              
               The
               truth
               of
               this
               third
               branch
               the
               Prophet
               maketh
               evident
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 
                   By
                   a
                   Similitude
                   ,
                   thus
                
                 ,
                 vers
                 .
                 15.
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 .
                 
                   
                     
                       As
                       death
                       seazeth
                       vpon
                       cattell
                       and
                       consumeth
                       them
                       to
                       nought
                       :
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       So
                       death
                       seazeth
                       vpon
                       the
                       posteritie
                       of
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       and
                       consumeth
                       thē
                       in
                       the
                       graue
                       to
                       dust
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 
                   By
                   a
                   comparison
                   from
                   the
                   greater
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Hell
                       shall
                       seaze
                       vpon
                       them
                       and
                       eternally
                       torment
                       their
                       persons
                       raised
                       from
                       out
                       the
                       graue
                       :
                    
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     day
                     of
                     iudgement
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                       No
                       marueile
                       then
                       if
                       corporall
                       death
                       seaze
                       on
                       them
                       ,
                       and
                       consume
                       them
                       in
                       their
                       graues
                       ,
                    
                     v.
                     15
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               this
               comparison
               from
               the
               greater
               ,
               is
               amplified
               by
               a
               Dissimilitude
               ,
               wherein
               the
               condition
               of
               miserie
               prepared
               and
               reserued
               for
               the
               wicked
               in
               that
               day
               of
               the
               general
               resurrection
               ,
               is
               set
               forth
               vnto
               vs
               by
               notifying
               the
               different
               estate
               ordained
               for
               the
               righteous
               in
               the
               said
               day
               .
               The
               Dissimilitude
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   righteous
                   shall
                   in
                   that
                   day
                   of
                   the
                   generall
                   resurrection
                   eternally
                   raigne
                   in
                   heauen
                   ouer
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     .
                     Where
                     the
                     said
                     day
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Morning
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   But
                   hell
                   shall
                   eternally
                   torment
                   the
                   wicked
                   at
                   the
                   same
                   day
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               former
               sentence
               of
               the
               said
               Dissimilitude
               there
               is
               yeelded
               this
               proofe
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Vndoubtedly
                   I
                   the
                   Prophet
                   shall
                   in
                   the
                   last
                   day
                   by
                   the
                   mightie
                   power
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   both
                   rise
                   and
                   be
                   receiued
                   into
                   heauen
                   to
                   raigne
                   in
                   glorie
                   ouer
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   all
                   other
                   righteous
                   men
                   likewise
                   shall
                   in
                   that
                   day
                   both
                   rise
                   and
                   raigne
                   in
                   glorie
                   ouer
                   the
                   wicked
                   .
                   
                     For
                     what
                     appertaineth
                     vnto
                     the
                     Prophet
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     his
                     faith
                     in
                     the
                     Messias
                     ,
                     whereby
                     he
                     is
                     righteous
                     :
                     the
                     same
                     belongeth
                     to
                     each
                     other
                     man
                     that
                     hath
                     the
                     same
                     faith
                     ,
                     whereby
                     he
                     is
                     iustified
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               hitherto
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               vers
               .
               6
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               17.
               demonstrated
               the
               maine
               position
               of
               this
               Psalme
               by
               propounding
               and
               debating
               an
               instance
               taken
               from
               his
               owne
               person
               :
               hee
               doth
               now
               in
               the
               18.
               verse
               proceed
               to
               a
               further
               illustration
               of
               the
               said
               positiō
               ,
               by
               drawing
               into
               consideration
               the
               wretched
               condition
               whereto
               the
               wicked
               are
               subiect
               at
               their
               death
               .
               Hee
               reasoneth
               vpon
               this
               ground
               after
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   wicked
                   shall
                   at
                   their
                   death
                   rest
                   naked
                   and
                   stripped
                   of
                   all
                   their
                   wealth
                   and
                   glorie
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   most
                   miserable
                   case
                   :
                   the
                   godly
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   feare
                   them
                   though
                   they
                   abound
                   and
                   glorie
                   in
                   their
                   wealth
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   wicked
                   shall
                   at
                   their
                   death
                   rest
                   naked
                   and
                   stripped
                   of
                   all
                   their
                   wealth
                   and
                   glorie
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   most
                   miserable
                   case
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     18.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   feare
                   them
                   though
                   they
                   abound
                   and
                   glorie
                   in
                   their
                   wealth
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               amplified
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     Diuersitie
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Though
                         they
                         liue
                         an
                         happie
                         life
                         in
                         the
                         world
                         ,
                         both
                         in
                         their
                         owne
                         flattering
                         conceit
                         ,
                         and
                         in
                         the
                         opinion
                         of
                         others
                         who
                         doe
                         applaud
                         them
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       19.
                       
                       Thus
                       doth
                       this
                       verse
                       (
                       according
                       to
                       the
                       French
                       )
                       cohere
                       with
                       the
                       18
                       :
                       and
                       is
                       thus
                       expounded
                       by
                       Caluin
                       and
                       Marlo
                       .
                       It
                       is
                       said
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       wicked
                       blesseth
                       his
                       soule
                       in
                       his
                       life
                       :
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       he
                       flattereth
                       himselfe
                       
                       with
                       a
                       conceit
                       that
                       hee
                       enioyeth
                       an
                       happie
                       life
                       in
                       following
                       his
                       pleasures
                       and
                       commodities
                       :
                       
                         yet
                         shall
                         they
                         at
                         their
                         death
                         rest
                         naked
                         and
                         stripped
                         of
                         all
                         their
                         wealth
                         and
                         glorie
                         ,
                         and
                         so
                         be
                         in
                         a
                         most
                         wretched
                         case
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       18.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     comparison
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         After
                         this
                         life
                         ,
                         though
                         neuer
                         so
                         long
                         ,
                         they
                         shall
                         be
                         excluded
                         from
                         eternall
                         life
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       20.
                       
                       So
                       I
                       expound
                       this
                       verse
                       according
                       to
                       Tremell
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         No
                         marueile
                         then
                         if
                         at
                         their
                         death
                         they
                         rest
                         naked
                         and
                         stripped
                         of
                         their
                         wealth
                         and
                         glorie
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       18.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               the
               said
               comparison
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               exclusion
               of
               the
               wicked
               from
               eternall
               life
               ,
               is
               cleared
               by
               a
               Similitude
               :
               wherein
               ,
               touching
               this
               point
               of
               vncapablenes
               of
               eternall
               glory
               ,
               they
               are
               resembled
               vnto
               brute
               beasts
               .
               The
               said
               Similitude
               distinguished
               into
               her
               parts
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     As
                     the
                     brute
                     beasts
                     die
                     and
                     rest
                     vncapable
                     of
                     eternall
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     So
                     shall
                     the
                     wicked
                     die
                     and
                     rest
                     vncapable
                     of
                     eternall
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   20.21
                   .
                   Whereas
                   in
                   this
                   21.
                   verse
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   :
                   
                     A
                     man
                     in
                     honour
                     hauing
                     no
                     vnderstanding
                     :
                  
                   we
                   must
                   take
                   it
                   for
                   a
                   description
                   onely
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   which
                   haue
                   bin
                   spoken
                   of
                   throughout
                   this
                   Psalm
                   .
                   But
                   withall
                   it
                   containes
                   the
                   cause
                   that
                   maketh
                   the
                   wicked
                   vncapable
                   of
                   eternall
                   life
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     the
                     knowledge
                     and
                     feare
                     of
                     God
                     :
                  
                   which
                   being
                   in
                   the
                   wealthie
                   and
                   honourable
                   wicked
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   barre
                   betwixt
                   heauen
                   and
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             50.
             
          
           
             A
             Psalme
             deliuered
             to
             Asaph
             .
             The
             mightie
             God
             ,
             the
             God
             Iehoua
             hath
             spoken
             and
             called
             the
             earth
             from
             the
             rising
             vp
             of
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             to
             the
             going
             downe
             thereof
             .
          
           
             2
             Out
             of
             Sion
             a
             place
             of
             most
             perfit
             beautie
             God
             shineth
             .
          
           
             3
             Our
             God
             will
             come
             and
             will
             not
             keepe
             silence
             .
             There
             shall
             
             be
             a
             deuouring
             fire
             before
             him
             ,
             and
             a
             mightie
             tempest
             round
             about
             him
             .
          
           
             4
             He
             calleth
             vpon
             the
             heauens
             aboue
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             deliuer
             vnto
             his
             people
             what
             is
             law
             ,
             saying
             :
          
           
             5
             Gather
             vnto
             me
             those
             who
             are
             my
             welbeloued
             ,
             who
             haue
             made
             a
             couenant
             with
             me
             by
             sacrifice
             :
          
           
             6
             When
             the
             heauens
             declared
             his
             righteousnes
             ,
             and
             God
             to
             be
             a
             soueraigne
             Iudge
             .
          
           
             7
             Heare
             O
             my
             people
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             and
             I
             will
             speake
             :
             heare
             O
             Israel
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             contest
             with
             thee
             :
             I
             am
             God
             ,
             euen
             thy
             God.
             
          
           
             8
             I
             will
             not
             reprooue
             thee
             for
             thy
             sacrifices
             ,
             or
             thy
             burnt
             offrings
             ,
             though
             they
             were
             not
             continually
             before
             me
             .
          
           
             9
             I
             will
             take
             no
             bullocke
             out
             of
             thine
             house
             ,
             nor
             goates
             out
             of
             thy
             foldes
             .
          
           
             10
             For
             all
             beasts
             of
             the
             forrest
             are
             mine
             ,
             and
             the
             beasts
             on
             a
             thousand
             mountaines
             .
          
           
             11
             I
             know
             all
             the
             fowles
             of
             the
             mountaines
             :
             and
             the
             wilde
             beasts
             of
             the
             field
             are
             mine
             .
          
           
             12
             If
             I
             should
             be
             hungrie
             ,
             I
             would
             not
             tell
             thee
             :
             for
             the
             world
             is
             mine
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             therein
             is
             .
          
           
             13
             Will
             I
             eate
             the
             flesh
             of
             buls
             ,
             or
             drinke
             the
             blood
             of
             goates
             ?
          
           
             14
             Offer
             vnto
             God
             praise
             :
             and
             pay
             thy
             vowes
             vnto
             the
             most
             high
             :
          
           
             15
             And
             call
             vpon
             me
             in
             the
             day
             of
             trouble
             :
             I
             will
             deliuer
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             maist
             glorifie
             me
             .
          
           
             16
             But
             vnto
             the
             wicked
             ,
             saith
             God
             :
             What
             hast
             thou
             to
             doe
             to
             declare
             mine
             ordinances
             ,
             and
             to
             take
             my
             couenant
             in
             thy
             mouth
             ?
          
           
             17
             Seeing
             thou
             hatest
             correction
             ,
             and
             hast
             cast
             my
             words
             behinde
             thee
             .
          
           
             18
             When
             thou
             seest
             a
             theefe
             ,
             thou
             runnest
             with
             him
             :
             and
             thou
             art
             partaker
             with
             the
             adulterers
             .
          
           
             19
             Thou
             giuest
             thy
             mouth
             to
             euill
             ,
             and
             with
             thy
             tongue
             thou
             forgest
             deceit
             .
          
           
             20
             Thou
             sittest
             and
             speakest
             against
             thy
             brother
             :
             and
             slanderest
             thy
             mothers
             sonne
             .
          
           
             21
             Thou
             diddest
             these
             things
             :
             and
             because
             I
             held
             my
             tongue
             ,
             thou
             thoughtest
             that
             I
             was
             like
             thee
             .
             But
             I
             will
             reprooue
             thee
             ,
             
             and
             set
             them
             in
             order
             before
             thine
             eyes
             .
          
           
             22
             Consider
             now
             this
             ,
             ye
             that
             forget
             God
             :
             least
             I
             teare
             you
             in
             peeces
             ,
             and
             there
             be
             none
             to
             deliuer
             you
             .
          
           
             23
             He
             that
             offereth
             praise
             ,
             doth
             glorifie
             me
             :
             and
             who
             composeth
             his
             way
             ,
             him
             will
             I
             cause
             to
             enioy
             the
             saluation
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               50.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               in
               this
               Psalme
               representeth
               vnto
               vs
               the
               Lord
               our
               God
               in
               the
               quality
               of
               a
               Iudge
               sitting
               in
               his
               throne
               of
               Maiestie
               ,
               &
               assisted
               with
               a
               most
               solemne
               assembly
               and
               presence
               of
               all
               creatures
               in
               heauen
               and
               earth
               :
               before
               whom
               as
               witnesses
               of
               his
               vpright
               and
               equall
               proceeding
               ,
               hee
               disputeth
               and
               determineth
               a
               cause
               in
               controuersie
               betwixt
               himselfe
               and
               his
               people
               of
               Israel
               .
               The
               controuersie
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   What
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   wherein
                   the
                   true
                   worship
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   consisteth
                   :
                   whether
                   it
                   be
                   the
                   ceremoniall
                   action
                   of
                   sacrificing
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   spirituall
                   conformitie
                   of
                   the
                   heart
                   to
                   the
                   Lords
                   will.
                   
                
              
            
             
               That
               we
               may
               the
               better
               conceiue
               what
               is
               deliuered
               in
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               wee
               are
               to
               consider
               that
               there
               bee
               two
               parts
               thereof
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     one
                     ,
                     a
                     preface
                  
                   :
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   verse
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   seuenth
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     other
                     ,
                     the
                     Lords
                     contestation
                     with
                     his
                     people
                     about
                     the
                     said
                     controuersie
                     :
                  
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   8.
                   verse
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   23.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               preface
               :
               the
               scope
               thereof
               is
               to
               shew
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               iust
               cause
               why
               the
               Israelites
               ought
               with
               al
               attention
               and
               reuerence
               to
               heare
               the
               Lord
               ,
               while
               he
               debateth
               this
               question
               of
               his
               worship
               with
               them
               .
               To
               induce
               them
               to
               this
               duty
               of
               all
               carefull
               and
               respectiue
               hearing
               ,
               there
               are
               exhibited
               in
               the
               said
               preface
               two
               arguments
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     ,
                     a
                     description
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     Prophet
                     of
                     the
                     Maiestie
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     the
                     Lords
                     comming
                     into
                     his
                     most
                     royall
                     Court
                     to
                     define
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     controuersie
                     ,
                     is
                     accompanied
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.2.3.4.5.6
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     second
                     is
                     ,
                     a
                     motiue
                     propounded
                     ,
                     ver
                     .
                  
                   7.
                   
                     by
                     the
                     Lord
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     singular
                     mercie
                     shewed
                     by
                     him
                     vnto
                     the
                     Israelites
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Maiesty
               of
               the
               Lords
               comming
               into
               his
               iudiciall
               Court
               for
               the
               purpose
               mentioned
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               Prophet
               set
               forth
               vnto
               vs
               by
               sundrie
               particulars
               ,
               namely
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     summarie
                     report
                     of
                     his
                     nature
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Where
                   he
                   ,
                   who
                   commeth
                   as
                   Iudge
                   in
                   this
                   cause
                   ,
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     mightie
                     God
                     ,
                     the
                     God
                     Iehoua
                     :
                  
                   and
                   therefore
                   of
                   infinite
                   Maiestie
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     his
                     action
                     of
                     summoning
                     the
                     solemne
                     assemblie
                     that
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     present
                     at
                     this
                     iudgement
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Where
                   by
                   these
                   words
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     hath
                     spoken
                     and
                     called
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                  
                   the
                   Prophet
                   implieth
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   himself
                   doth
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   in
                   person
                   solemnely
                   summon
                   the
                   said
                   assemblie
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     greatnes
                     of
                     this
                     assembly
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   and
                   4.
                   
                   Where
                   it
                   appeareth
                   that
                   all
                   creatures
                   on
                   earth
                   and
                   in
                   heauen
                   also
                   are
                   summoned
                   to
                   furnish
                   this
                   solemne
                   presence
                   :
                   that
                   they
                   might
                   be
                   witnesses
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   proceeding
                   with
                   his
                   people
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     magnificencie
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     to
                     sit
                     as
                     Iudge
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     shine
                     in
                     his
                     glorie
                     .
                  
                   This
                   place
                   is
                   Sion
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   :
                   
                     That
                     out
                     of
                     Sion
                     God
                     shineth
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Sion
                   is
                   the
                   place
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   hee
                   speaketh
                   ,
                   and
                   where
                   he
                   sheweth
                   himselfe
                   for
                   the
                   sentencing
                   of
                   the
                   cause
                   in
                   question
                   .
                   That
                   Sion
                   is
                   a
                   place
                   of
                   magnificencie
                   ,
                   it
                   appeareth
                   by
                   this
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   ,
                   
                     a
                     place
                     of
                     most
                     perfit
                     beautie
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   a
                   place
                   which
                   had
                   the
                   word
                   and
                   ordinances
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   beautie
                   of
                   his
                   holinesse
                   ,
                   power
                   ,
                   wisedome
                   ,
                   mercie
                   and
                   iustice
                   was
                   discerned
                   and
                   beheld
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   5.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     his
                     comming
                     as
                     Iudge
                     in
                     this
                     cause
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   and
                   4.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   third
                   verse
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     will
                     come
                     and
                     not
                     be
                     silent
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   will
                   reproue
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   and
                   deliuer
                   vnto
                   them
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ver
                   .
                   4.
                   )
                   what
                   is
                   law
                   in
                   the
                   cause
                   controuersed
                   .
                
                 
                   6.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     glorie
                     of
                     his
                     power
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Where
                   ,
                   by
                   these
                   words
                   
                     (
                     there
                     shall
                     be
                     a
                     deuouring
                     fire
                     before
                     him
                     and
                     a
                     mightie
                     tempest
                     )
                  
                   is
                   expressed
                   the
                   mightie
                   power
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   whereby
                   he
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   reuenge
                   himselfe
                   vpon
                   the
                   contempt
                   of
                   his
                   Maiestie
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   frustrate
                   all
                   opposition
                   against
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   7.
                   
                   
                     By
                     imparting
                     with
                     vs
                     the
                     formall
                     course
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Lord
                     holdeth
                     in
                     citing
                     the
                     parties
                     ,
                     namely
                     ,
                     the
                     Israelites
                     ,
                     with
                     whom
                     he
                     is
                     to
                     deale
                     in
                     this
                     controuersie
                     .
                  
                   The
                   course
                   he
                   taketh
                   for
                   citing
                   the
                   said
                   parties
                   ,
                   doth
                   consist
                   :
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         In
                         the
                         summons
                         made
                         by
                         himselfe
                         of
                         the
                         apparitors
                         ,
                         whom
                         he
                         is
                         to
                         imploy
                         in
                         this
                         proper
                         seruice
                         of
                         citing
                         the
                         said
                         parties
                         .
                         The
                         apparitors
                         imployed
                         in
                         this
                         seruice
                         ,
                         are
                         the
                         creatures
                         in
                         heauen
                         and
                         earth
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       4.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         In
                         the
                         charge
                         and
                         commission
                         giuen
                         by
                         the
                         Lord
                         to
                         the
                         said
                         apparitors
                         for
                         the
                         seruice
                         they
                         are
                         to
                         performe
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       5.
                       
                       Where
                       their
                       commission
                       and
                       charge
                       is
                       noted
                       to
                       bee
                       this
                       ,
                       namely
                       :
                       to
                       cite
                       and
                       draw
                       together
                       his
                       people
                       to
                       an
                       appearance
                       before
                       him
                       .
                       And
                       least
                       the
                       said
                       apparitors
                       should
                       faile
                       in
                       the
                       performance
                       of
                       their
                       charge
                       by
                       mistaking
                       and
                       citing
                       one
                       people
                       for
                       another
                       :
                       the
                       Lord
                       doth
                       describe
                       vnto
                       them
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       5.
                       the
                       people
                       that
                       are
                       to
                       be
                       cited
                       .
                       The
                       description
                       is
                       this
                       :
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           
                             They
                             are
                             such
                             ,
                             whom
                             the
                             Lord
                             hath
                             honoured
                             with
                             the
                             title
                             of
                             his
                             welbeloued
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           5.
                           
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           
                             They
                             are
                             such
                             ,
                             as
                             made
                             a
                             couenant
                             
                             with
                             the
                             Lord
                             ,
                             and
                             confirmed
                             it
                             by
                             interposing
                             and
                             offering
                             of
                             sacrifice
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           5.
                           
                           Now
                           these
                           actions
                           of
                           making
                           and
                           confirming
                           the
                           said
                           couenant
                           ,
                           are
                           vers
                           .
                           6.
                           declared
                           and
                           distinguished
                           by
                           noting
                           the
                           time
                           whē
                           they
                           were
                           performed
                           :
                           which
                           was
                           foorthwith
                           vpon
                           the
                           publication
                           of
                           the
                           law
                           :
                           
                             When
                             the
                             heauens
                             did
                             yeeld
                             vnto
                             the
                             Lord
                             this
                             testimonie
                             ,
                             that
                             hee
                             was
                             a
                             righteous
                             God
                             and
                             the
                             soueraigne
                             Iudge
                             of
                             the
                             world
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           6.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               you
               see
               the
               Description
               made
               by
               the
               Prophet
               of
               the
               Maiestie
               of
               the
               Lords
               comming
               to
               sit
               in
               iudgement
               vpon
               the
               cause
               in
               controuersie
               betwixt
               him
               and
               his
               people
               .
               And
               this
               is
               the
               first
               argument
               whereby
               to
               raise
               vp
               in
               the
               Israelites
               all
               attentiue
               and
               reuerent
               hearing
               of
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               The
               second
               argument
               for
               this
               end
               and
               purpose
               ,
               is
               a
               motiue
               propounded
               by
               the
               Lord
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   who
                   speake
                   vnto
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Israel
                   )
                   am
                   be
                   ,
                   who
                   hath
                   couenanted
                   with
                   thee
                   to
                   bee
                   a
                   God
                   of
                   infinite
                   mercie
                   and
                   fauour
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     7.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   I
                   am
                   God
                   ,
                   euen
                   thy
                   God.
                   
                     Which
                     words
                     doe
                     import
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     hath
                     couenanted
                     with
                     his
                     people
                     to
                     bestow
                     vpon
                     them
                     the
                     blessings
                     of
                     this
                     and
                     the
                     future
                     life
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   thou
                   oughtest
                   in
                   dutie
                   to
                   heare
                   me
                   with
                   all
                   attention
                   and
                   reuerence
                   ,
                   while
                   I
                   contest
                   with
                   thee
                   and
                   decide
                   the
                   cause
                   in
                   question
                   betwixt
                   vs
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     7.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               of
               the
               preface
               of
               this
               Psalme
               .
               There
               followeth
               now
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               The
               Lords
               contestation
               with
               the
               Israelites
               about
               this
               questiō
               of
               his
               worship
               .
               Of
               the
               Lords
               contestation
               in
               this
               behalfe
               there
               be
               two
               parts
               :
               
                 
                 
                   
                     The
                     one
                     ,
                     a
                     refutation
                     of
                     their
                     colourable
                     pretences
                     and
                     allegations
                     .
                  
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   8.
                   verse
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   13
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   16.
                   verse
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     other
                     ,
                     a
                     pronouncing
                     of
                     sentence
                     vpon
                     the
                     cause
                     in
                     controuersie
                     :
                     first
                     interlocutorily
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   14.
                   and
                   15
                   :
                   
                     and
                     then
                     definitiuely
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   23.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               refutation
               made
               by
               the
               Lord
               of
               their
               colourable
               pretences
               &
               allegations
               in
               this
               questiō
               of
               his
               worship
               by
               sacrifices
               :
               to
               the
               end
               we
               may
               the
               better
               discerne
               and
               iudge
               how
               the
               Lord
               manageth
               the
               same
               :
               wee
               must
               vnfold
               and
               lay
               to
               open
               view
               the
               said
               allegations
               and
               pretences
               :
               they
               being
               not
               here
               expressed
               ,
               but
               implied
               and
               left
               to
               our
               collection
               by
               the
               answere
               that
               is
               made
               vnto
               them
               .
               The
               first
               pretence
               on
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Israelites
               for
               the
               iustifying
               of
               the
               worship
               they
               performe
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               in
               offering
               of
               sacrifices
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   worship
                   we
                   tender
                   vnto
                   thee
                   in
                   offring
                   our
                   sacrifices
                   be
                   hypocriticall
                   and
                   worthie
                   of
                   censure
                   :
                   thou
                   wilt
                   not
                   reprooue
                   our
                   failing
                   to
                   offer
                   them
                   as
                   often
                   as
                   is
                   in
                   thy
                   law
                   prescribed
                   .
                   
                     For
                     the
                     omission
                     of
                     a
                     sinfull
                     act
                     is
                     not
                     reprouable
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   But
                   thou
                   wilt
                   reprooue
                   our
                   failing
                   to
                   offer
                   sacrifices
                   as
                   often
                   as
                   is
                   in
                   thy
                   law
                   prescribed
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   worship
                   we
                   tender
                   vnto
                   thee
                   in
                   offring
                   our
                   sacrifices
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   hypocriticall
                   and
                   worthie
                   of
                   censure
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Lords
               answere
               hereto
               is
               deliuered
               in
               the
               8.
               verse
               :
               where
               by
               way
               of
               contradiction
               he
               doth
               publikely
               protest
               against
               the
               Assumption
               of
               this
               their
               first
               pretence
               ,
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   (
                   saith
                   the
                   Lord
                   )
                   reprooue
                   thee
                   for
                   thy
                   sacrifices
                   ,
                   or
                   thy
                   burnt
                   offrings
                   ,
                   though
                   they
                   were
                   not
                   continually
                   before
                   me
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     as
                     often
                     as
                     is
                     prescribed
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               This
               his
               protestation
               against
               the
               Assumption
               of
               the
               Israelites
               first
               pretence
               ,
               the
               Lord
               by
               force
               of
               argument
               doth
               make
               good
               and
               iustifie
               after
               this
               manner
               :
               
                 
                 
                   If
                   I
                   should
                   reprooue
                   thy
                   failing
                   in
                   this
                   behalfe
                   ,
                   it
                   might
                   seeme
                   I
                   had
                   neede
                   to
                   demaund
                   and
                   take
                   sacrifices
                   at
                   thy
                   hands
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   I
                   haue
                   no
                   neede
                   to
                   demaund
                   and
                   take
                   sacrifices
                   at
                   thy
                   hands
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                     
                     That
                     of
                     this
                     ninth
                     verse
                     the
                     sense
                     is
                     such
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     set
                     downe
                     ,
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     proofe
                     thereof
                     added
                     in
                     the
                     two
                     verses
                     immediatly
                     following
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   reprooue
                   thy
                   failing
                   in
                   this
                   behalfe
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               contained
               in
               this
               answere
               made
               by
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               cleared
               by
               him
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     First
                     by
                     this
                     conclusion
                  
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         Who
                         is
                         the
                         Lord
                         and
                         owner
                         of
                         each
                         sacrificeable
                         creature
                         in
                         the
                         world
                         ,
                         hee
                         needes
                         not
                         to
                         demaund
                         and
                         take
                         sacrifices
                         at
                         thy
                         hands
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         I
                         Iehoua
                         am
                         the
                         Lord
                         and
                         owner
                         of
                         each
                         sacrificeable
                         creature
                         in
                         the
                         world
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       10.11
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         I
                         neede
                         not
                         to
                         demaund
                         and
                         take
                         sacrifices
                         at
                         thy
                         hands
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       9.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     by
                     preuenting
                     and
                     refelling
                     an
                     exception
                     that
                     may
                     be
                     taken
                     by
                     the
                     Israelites
                     to
                     the
                     said
                     Assumption
                     .
                  
                   For
                   whereas
                   the
                   Lord
                   professeth
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   hath
                   no
                   need
                   to
                   demand
                   and
                   take
                   sacrifices
                   at
                   their
                   hands
                   ,
                   they
                   may
                   replie
                   vpon
                   him
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         Thou
                         desirest
                         sacrifices
                         ,
                         and
                         takest
                         contentment
                         in
                         them
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         it
                         is
                         probable
                         that
                         thou
                         wouldest
                         be
                         supplied
                         with
                         them
                         at
                         our
                         hands
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Lord
               in
               answere
               to
               this
               exception
               and
               replie
               of
               theirs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     sheweth
                     the
                     inconsequence
                     presented
                     by
                     the
                     Israelites
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     replie
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     he
                     doth
                     vtterly
                     disclaime
                     the
                     antecedent
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     replie
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Touching
                 the
                 inconsequēce
                 :
                 the
                 Lord
                 discouereth
                 and
                 laieth
                 open
                 the
                 same
                 by
                 an
                 argument
                 of
                 Diuersitie
                 ,
                 propounded
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 12.
                 verse
                 ,
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       If
                       I
                       desired
                       sacrifices
                       and
                       took
                       contentment
                       in
                       them
                       :
                       yet
                       should
                       I
                       not
                       need
                       to
                       demand
                       and
                       take
                       a
                       supplie
                       of
                       them
                       at
                       thy
                       hands
                       ,
                    
                     v.
                     12.
                     
                     Where
                     by
                     the
                     word
                     ,
                     hungring
                     ,
                     is
                     signified
                     the
                     affection
                     of
                     desiring
                     sacrifices
                     :
                     and
                     by
                     saying
                     ,
                     
                       I
                       would
                       not
                       tell
                       thee
                    
                     ,
                     is
                     implied
                     a
                     resolution
                     on
                     the
                     Lords
                     part
                     not
                     to
                     demaund
                     any
                     sacrifices
                     of
                     them
                     .
                     So
                     as
                     hee
                     maketh
                     the
                     Israelites
                     see
                     hereby
                     ,
                     that
                     howsoeuer
                     he
                     should
                     desire
                     sacrifices
                     ,
                     yet
                     it
                     followeth
                     not
                     that
                     he
                     would
                     demand
                     any
                     at
                     their
                     hands
                     .
                  
                   
                     But
                     now
                     to
                     make
                     this
                     euident
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     though
                     he
                     desired
                     sacrifices
                     ,
                     yet
                     neede
                     not
                     to
                     demand
                     them
                     of
                     the
                     Israelites
                     :
                     he
                     addeth
                     and
                     repeateth
                     vers
                     .
                     12
                     ,
                     the
                     reason
                     which
                     was
                     before
                     mentioned
                     in
                     the
                     10.
                     and
                     11.
                     verse
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     this
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           The
                           soueraigne
                           Lord
                           of
                           the
                           earth
                           and
                           absolute
                           commander
                           of
                           al
                           the
                           creatures
                           therein
                           ,
                           neede
                           not
                           take
                           a
                           supplie
                           of
                           sacrifices
                           at
                           thy
                           hands
                           ,
                           though
                           he
                           desired
                           them
                           .
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           But
                           I
                           am
                           the
                           soueraigne
                           Lord
                           of
                           the
                           earth
                           ,
                           and
                           absolute
                           commander
                           of
                           all
                           the
                           creatures
                           therein
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         end
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           Therefore
                           I
                           neede
                           not
                           take
                           a
                           supplie
                           of
                           sacrifices
                           from
                           thee
                           ,
                           though
                           I
                           desired
                           them
                           ,
                        
                         ver
                         .
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         beginning
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 Touching
                 the
                 Lords
                 disclaiming
                 the
                 Antecedent
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 replie
                 :
                 he
                 performeth
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 13.
                 verse
                 vnder
                 this
                 interrogatorie
                 forme
                 of
                 speech
                 ,
                 deliuered
                 with
                 a
                 shew
                 of
                 disdaine
                 and
                 detestation
                 :
                 
                   Will
                   I
                
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 
                   eate
                   the
                   flesh
                   of
                   buls
                   ,
                   or
                   drinke
                   the
                   blood
                   of
                   goates
                   ?
                
                 In
                 which
                 words
                 ,
                 the
                 Lord
                 styleth
                 and
                 calleth
                 
                   his
                   supposed
                   desire
                   of
                   sacrifices
                   and
                   taking
                   contentment
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   eating
                   bullocks
                   flesh
                   ,
                   and
                   drinking
                   
                   of
                   goates
                   blood
                   :
                
                 shewing
                 hereby
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 doth
                 no
                 lesse
                 abhorre
                 the
                 desire
                 of
                 sacrifices
                 and
                 taking
                 delight
                 in
                 them
                 ,
                 than
                 he
                 doth
                 the
                 eating
                 of
                 bullocks
                 flesh
                 ,
                 and
                 drinking
                 the
                 blood
                 of
                 goates
                 .
                 And
                 thus
                 he
                 peremptorily
                 denieth
                 and
                 renounceth
                 the
                 antecedent
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 replie
                 and
                 exception
                 made
                 by
                 the
                 Israelites
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 most
                 prophane
                 and
                 grosse
                 conceit
                 of
                 him
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Lord
               hauing
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               8.
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               13
               refuted
               som
               part
               of
               the
               Israelits
               allegations
               in
               defence
               of
               their
               sacrificing
               :
               he
               doth
               in
               the
               14.
               and
               15.
               vers
               .
               deliuer
               and
               pronounce
               his
               interlocutorie
               sentence
               :
               shewing
               what
               that
               is
               ,
               wherein
               his
               true
               worship
               consisteth
               :
               which
               in
               generall
               is
               
                 The
                 Spirituall
                 conformitie
                 of
                 our
                 hart
                 and
                 life
                 to
                 the
                 Lords
                 will.
              
               The
               parts
               thereof
               here
               specified
               are
               these
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     An
                     acknowledgement
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     blessings
                     ,
                     made
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         By
                         tendering
                         praise
                         vnto
                         him
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       14.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         By
                         performance
                         of
                         vowes
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       14.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     A
                     calling
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     in
                     the
                     day
                     of
                     trouble
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   15.
                   
                   Now
                   to
                   this
                   particular
                   dutie
                   of
                   inuocation
                   ,
                   the
                   Lord
                   perswadeth
                   vs
                   by
                   his
                   sweete
                   and
                   gratious
                   promise
                   of
                   helpe
                   and
                   deliuerance
                   ,
                   concluded
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         If
                         by
                         calling
                         on
                         me
                         thou
                         shalt
                         receiue
                         deliuerance
                         from
                         thy
                         trouble
                         :
                         then
                         faile
                         not
                         to
                         call
                         vpon
                         me
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         by
                         calling
                         on
                         mee
                         thou
                         shalt
                         receiue
                         at
                         my
                         hands
                         deliuerance
                         from
                         thy
                         trouble
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       15.
                       in
                       the
                       middest
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         faile
                         not
                         to
                         call
                         vpon
                         me
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       15.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               containes
               the
               Lords
               comfortable
               promise
               of
               deliuerance
               ,
               hath
               an
               illustration
               by
               noting
               the
               end
               of
               this
               deliuerance
               :
               which
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   person
                   deliuered
                   may
                   (
                   to
                   testifie
                   his
                   gratefull
                   acknowledgement
                   
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   a
                   blessing
                   )
                   praise
                   and
                   magnifie
                   the
                   power
                   ,
                   wisedome
                   ,
                   mercie
                   and
                   fidelitie
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   shewed
                   in
                   his
                   deliuerance
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     it
                     which
                     is
                     meant
                     by
                     that
                     action
                     of
                  
                   glorifying
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               interlocutorie
               sentence
               being
               thus
               pronounced
               :
               the
               Israelites
               notwithstanding
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               rested
               yet
               vnsatisfied
               in
               the
               question
               of
               the
               Lords
               worship
               ;
               replie
               againe
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               behalfe
               of
               their
               sacrificing
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   alloweth
                   our
                   profession
                   of
                   obedience
                   and
                   pietie
                   ,
                   must
                   needes
                   allow
                   our
                   sacrifices
                   whereby
                   the
                   said
                   profession
                   is
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   thou
                   canst
                   not
                   but
                   allow
                   our
                   profession
                   of
                   obedience
                   and
                   pietie
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   thou
                   must
                   needes
                   allow
                   our
                   sacrifices
                   whereby
                   the
                   said
                   profession
                   is
                   made
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               answere
               hereto
               ,
               the
               Lord
               disavoweth
               the
               Assumption
               of
               this
               reply
               and
               reiecteth
               it
               as
               absolutely
               vntrue
               ,
               protesting
               vnto
               the
               hypocriticall
               Isralites
               ,
               v.
               16
               :
               
                 That
                 their
                 profession
                 of
                 pietie
                 and
                 obedience
                 is
                 very
                 odious
                 in
                 his
                 sight
                 .
              
               And
               this
               I
               take
               to
               be
               the
               true
               meaning
               of
               the
               expostulation
               deliuered
               in
               the
               said
               16.
               verse
               :
               where
               the
               Lord
               doth
               by
               way
               of
               detestation
               reprooue
               the
               Israelites
               ,
               in
               that
               they
               being
               of
               a
               prophane
               and
               impious
               heart
               ,
               doe
               notwithstanding
               in
               words
               and
               in
               the
               outward
               obseruances
               of
               sacrificing
               pretend
               great
               pietie
               :
               speaking
               with
               such
               respect
               and
               reuerence
               of
               the
               Lords
               word
               and
               couenant
               ,
               as
               if
               their
               harts
               were
               free
               from
               all
               thought
               of
               impiety
               ,
               and
               their
               actions
               of
               sacrificing
               conformable
               to
               the
               law
               of
               the
               Lord.
               Now
               why
               their
               profession
               of
               pietie
               and
               obedience
               should
               bee
               odious
               in
               his
               sight
               ,
               the
               Lord
               rendreth
               this
               reason
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   carrieth
                   himselfe
                   wickedly
                   in
                   the
                   traine
                   of
                   his
                   life
                   ,
                   his
                   profession
                   of
                   pietie
                   is
                   odious
                   in
                   my
                   sight
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   thou
                   ,
                   O
                   Israel
                   ,
                   carriest
                   thy selfe
                   wickedly
                   in
                   the
                   traine
                   of
                   thy
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     21.
                     
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   Thou
                   diddest
                   these
                   things
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     thou
                     hast
                     imployed
                     
                     thy selfe
                     in
                     these
                     wicked
                     actions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   thou
                   art
                   he
                   whose
                   profession
                   of
                   pietie
                   is
                   odious
                   in
                   my
                   sight
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               cleared
               by
               the
               Lord
               ,
               by
               laying
               forth
               in
               particularity
               sundry
               wicked
               actions
               committed
               by
               this
               hypocriticall
               crew
               of
               Israelites
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   canst
                   not
                   (
                   saith
                   the
                   Lord
                   )
                   endure
                   reproofe
                   :
                   and
                   thou
                   contemnest
                   mine
                   holy
                   word
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17
                  
                   :
                   Thou
                   doest
                   consort
                   with
                   theeues
                   and
                   adulterers
                   ,
                   partaking
                   in
                   their
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     18
                  
                   :
                   Thy
                   speech
                   is
                   wicked
                   and
                   deceitfull
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     19
                  
                   :
                   Thou
                   doest
                   not
                   spare
                   to
                   slander
                   euen
                   thine
                   owne
                   brother
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     20
                  
                   :
                   Thou
                   imaginest
                   me
                   the
                   eternall
                   Lord
                   to
                   patronize
                   and
                   allow
                   this
                   thy
                   wickednes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     21.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   thou
                   carriest
                   thy selfe
                   wickedly
                   in
                   the
                   traine
                   of
                   thy
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     21.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               last
               particular
               sin
               ,
               wherewith
               in
               the
               antecedent
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               ,
               the
               Lord
               chargeth
               the
               said
               hypocritical
               crew
               ,
               being
               set
               downe
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               21.
               verse
               ,
               is
               there
               amplified
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     that
                     impious
                     imagination
                     in
                     the
                     wicked
                     .
                  
                   Now
                   the
                   cause
                   which
                   moueth
                   the
                   wicked
                   man
                   to
                   imagine
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   fauoureth
                   and
                   alloweth
                   his
                   wickednes
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Lords
                   long
                   patience
                   and
                   delay
                   of
                   punishment
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   21.
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   
                     Because
                     I
                     held
                     my
                     tongue
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   because
                   I
                   spared
                   thee
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   and
                   forbare
                   to
                   punish
                   thee
                   :
                   therefore
                   thou
                   thoughtest
                   that
                   I
                   was
                   like
                   thee
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   concurring
                   with
                   thee
                   in
                   the
                   approbation
                   of
                   thy
                   wickednes
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     setting
                     downe
                     the
                     euent
                     and
                     issue
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     said
                     imagination
                     and
                     this
                     abuse
                     on
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     long
                     sufferance
                     ,
                     draweth
                     with
                     it
                     .
                     The
                     said
                     euent
                     and
                     issue
                     is
                     this
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                  
                   The
                   Lords
                   proceeding
                   in
                   his
                   good
                   time
                   to
                   a
                   reall
                   punishment
                   of
                   their
                   wickednes
                   .
                   This
                   action
                   the
                   Lord
                   expresseth
                   by
                   threatning
                   vnto
                   the
                   wicked
                   such
                   a
                   reproofe
                   
                   and
                   visible
                   detection
                   of
                   their
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   such
                   a
                   representation
                   and
                   ranking
                   of
                   them
                   before
                   their
                   eyes
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   shall
                   be
                   forced
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   them
                   without
                   replying
                   ought
                   in
                   their
                   defence
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   then
                   performed
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Lord
                   doth
                   actually
                   execute
                   his
                   iustice
                   on
                   the
                   wicked
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               8.
               verse
               to
               the
               ende
               of
               the
               21.
               (
               the
               14.
               verse
               and
               15.
               onely
               excepted
               ,
               where
               the
               said
               interlocutorie
               sentence
               is
               recorded
               )
               hath
               the
               Lord
               deliuered
               his
               refutation
               of
               such
               colorable
               pretences
               and
               allegations
               ,
               as
               the
               Israelites
               vsed
               in
               defence
               of
               the
               worship
               they
               performed
               in
               offering
               sacrifices
               .
            
             
               There
               followeth
               now
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               to
               definitiue
               sentence
               .
               But
               before
               the
               pronouncing
               thereof
               ,
               hee
               addresseth
               vnto
               the
               Israelites
               an
               exhortation
               to
               obserue
               and
               consider
               seriously
               both
               what
               hath
               been
               already
               deliuered
               ,
               and
               what
               the
               determination
               is
               hee
               makes
               of
               this
               question
               touching
               his
               worship
               .
               The
               said
               exhortation
               is
               inforced
               by
               the
               Lord
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   You
                   shall
                   perish
                   ,
                   in
                   case
                   the
                   cariage
                   of
                   the
                   worship
                   you
                   are
                   to
                   present
                   vnto
                   me
                   be
                   disagreeable
                   to
                   the
                   sentence
                   pronounced
                   thereon
                   by
                   me
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     22.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     :
                     where
                     their
                     perishing
                     is
                     expressed
                     vnder
                     these
                     termes
                     :
                  
                   Least
                   I
                   teare
                   you
                   in
                   peeces
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   be
                   none
                   to
                   deliuer
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   obserue
                   and
                   consider
                   seriously
                   the
                   determination
                   I
                   make
                   of
                   this
                   question
                   touching
                   my
                   worship
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     22.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               This
               exhortation
               being
               premised
               :
               the
               
                 Definitiue
                 sentence
              
               followeth
               in
               the
               23.
               verse
               ,
               in
               these
               words
               :
               
                 
                   He
                   that
                   offereth
                   prayse
                   ,
                   doth
                   glorifie
                   me
                   :
                   and
                   who
                   composeth
                   his
                   way
                   ,
                   him
                   will
                   I
                   cause
                   to
                   enioy
                   the
                   saluation
                   of
                   God.
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               definitiue
               sentence
               comprizeth
               a
               declaration
               of
               the
               particular
               ,
               wherein
               the
               true
               worship
               of
               the
               Lord
               consisteth
               .
               To
               the
               end
               therefore
               that
               none
               might
               pretend
               ignorance
               in
               this
               question
               of
               the
               said
               worship
               :
               the
               Lord
               
               doth
               here
               as
               cleerely
               distinguish
               and
               define
               wherein
               the
               said
               worship
               standeth
               ,
               as
               if
               hee
               should
               pronounce
               and
               deliuer
               his
               definitiue
               sentence
               vnder
               this
               formall
               conclusion
               :
               
                 
                   Whereby
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   truly
                   worshipped
                   ,
                   and
                   whereto
                   hee
                   promiseth
                   eternall
                   happines
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   the
                   true
                   worship
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   consisteth
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   by
                   the
                   sacrifice
                   of
                   praise
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   truly
                   worshipped
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   the
                   conformitie
                   of
                   our
                   heart
                   and
                   life
                   vnto
                   his
                   will
                   eternall
                   happines
                   is
                   promised
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   in
                   the
                   sacrifice
                   of
                   praise
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   conformitie
                   of
                   our
                   heart
                   and
                   life
                   vnto
                   his
                   will
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   worship
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   consisteth
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     it
                     ,
                     whereto
                     the
                     Lord
                     aimeth
                     in
                     his
                     whole
                     dispute
                     with
                     the
                     Israelites
                     in
                     this
                     Psalme
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Whereas
               in
               the
               definitiue
               sentence
               it
               is
               auouched
               and
               notified
               ,
               that
               the
               Lord
               is
               truly
               honoured
               by
               the
               offer
               and
               sacrifice
               of
               praise
               :
               we
               are
               vnder
               the
               name
               of
               this
               one
               part
               of
               the
               Lords
               worship
               ,
               to
               conceiue
               as
               meant
               ,
               each
               other
               part
               and
               duty
               of
               spirituall
               obedience
               vnto
               God
               ,
               whereby
               we
               doe
               him
               this
               honor
               ,
               as
               to
               confesse
               and
               acknowledge
               to
               the
               glory
               of
               his
               name
               that
               he
               is
               the
               God
               ,
               by
               whom
               all
               things
               in
               heauen
               and
               earth
               are
               disposed
               and
               ordered
               in
               wisedome
               ,
               power
               ,
               mercy
               and
               iustice
               :
               and
               that
               in
               regard
               thereof
               we
               owe
               vnto
               him
               all
               reuerent
               acknowledgement
               and
               seruice
               whatsoeuer
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             51.
             
          
           
             1
             TO
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Quier
             ,
             a
             Psalme
             of
             Dauid
             :
          
           
             2
             When
             the
             Prophet
             Nathan
             had
             been
             with
             him
             ,
             after
             his
             entrance
             into
             Bathshebah
             .
          
           
             3
             Haue
             mercie
             vpon
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             according
             to
             thy
             louing
             kindnes
             :
             according
             to
             the
             greatnes
             of
             thy
             compassions
             ,
             blot
             out
             mine
             iniquities
             .
          
           
           
             4
             Wash
             me
             throughly
             from
             mine
             iniquitie
             ,
             and
             clense
             me
             from
             my
             sinne
             .
          
           
             5
             For
             I
             acknowledge
             mine
             iniquities
             :
             and
             my
             sinne
             is
             alway
             before
             me
             .
          
           
             6
             Against
             thee
             ,
             against
             thee
             onely
             haue
             I
             sinned
             and
             done
             euill
             in
             thy
             sight
             :
             that
             thou
             maist
             be
             knowne
             to
             be
             iust
             in
             thy
             speaking
             ,
             and
             pure
             when
             thou
             iudgest
             .
          
           
             7
             Behold
             ,
             I
             was
             formed
             in
             iniquitie
             :
             and
             in
             sinne
             hath
             my
             mother
             conceiued
             me
             .
          
           
             8
             Behold
             ,
             thou
             louest
             truth
             in
             the
             inward
             affections
             :
             and
             thou
             hast
             taught
             me
             wisedome
             in
             the
             secret
             of
             mine
             heart
             .
          
           
             9
             Purge
             me
             with
             hyssope
             and
             I
             shall
             be
             cleane
             :
             wash
             me
             and
             I
             shall
             be
             whiter
             than
             snow
             .
          
           
             10
             Make
             me
             to
             heare
             ioy
             and
             gladnes
             :
             that
             the
             bones
             ,
             which
             thou
             hast
             broken
             ,
             may
             reioyce
             .
          
           
             11
             Hide
             thy
             face
             frō
             my
             sins
             ,
             &
             rase
             out
             all
             mine
             iniquities
             .
          
           
             12
             Create
             in
             me
             a
             cleane
             heart
             ,
             O
             God
             :
             and
             renew
             a
             constant
             spirit
             within
             me
             .
          
           
             13
             Cast
             me
             not
             away
             from
             thy
             face
             :
             and
             take
             not
             thine
             holy
             spirit
             from
             me
             :
          
           
             14
             Restore
             vnto
             me
             the
             ioy
             of
             thy
             saluation
             :
             and
             support
             me
             with
             thy
             free
             spirit
             .
          
           
             15
             I
             will
             teach
             thy
             waies
             vnto
             the
             wicked
             ,
             that
             sinners
             may
             be
             conuerted
             vnto
             thee
             .
          
           
             16
             Deliuer
             me
             from
             blood
             O
             God
             ,
             the
             God
             of
             my
             saluation
             :
             and
             my
             tongue
             shall
             sing
             ioyfully
             thy
             righteousnes
             .
          
           
             17
             Thou
             shalt
             open
             my
             lips
             O
             Lord
             :
             and
             my
             mouth
             shall
             shew
             foorth
             thy
             praise
             .
          
           
             18
             For
             thou
             delightest
             not
             in
             sacrifice
             :
             otherwise
             would
             I
             giue
             it
             :
             thou
             delightest
             not
             in
             burnt
             offring
             .
          
           
             19
             The
             sacrifices
             of
             God
             are
             a
             contrite
             spirit
             :
             a
             contrite
             and
             broken
             heart
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             thou
             despisest
             not
             .
          
           
             20
             Be
             fauourable
             vnto
             Sion
             according
             to
             thy
             good
             will
             :
             build
             the
             walles
             of
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           
             21
             Then
             shalt
             thou
             take
             pleasure
             in
             the
             sacrifices
             of
             righteousnes
             ,
             the
             burnt
             offring
             and
             oblation
             :
             then
             shall
             they
             offer
             calues
             vpon
             thine
             altar
             .
          
           
             
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               51.
               
            
             
               The
               inscription
               of
               this
               Psalme
               doth
               particularlie
               aduertise
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     author
                     thereof
                     ,
                     namely
                     ,
                     Dauid
                     :
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     person
                     ,
                     vnto
                     whose
                     charge
                     it
                     was
                     committed
                     to
                     order
                     the
                     singing
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     the
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         time
                         when
                         the
                         said
                         Psalme
                         was
                         indited
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         occasion
                         whereupon
                         the
                         said
                         Psalme
                         was
                         indited
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               time
               of
               inditing
               the
               said
               Psalme
               ,
               was
               shortly
               after
               the
               Lord
               had
               addressed
               the
               Prophet
               Nathan
               vnto
               Dauid
               ,
               to
               reprooue
               and
               conuince
               him
               of
               his
               adultery
               with
               Bathshebah
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               murther
               in
               the
               person
               of
               Vriah
               .
            
             
               The
               occasion
               of
               inditing
               it
               ,
               was
               the
               reproofe
               and
               conuiction
               performed
               by
               the
               said
               Prophet
               .
               For
               Dauid
               being
               drawne
               thereby
               to
               a
               serious
               consideration
               of
               the
               sayd
               sinnes
               :
               to
               the
               end
               he
               might
               leaue
               to
               the
               Church
               of
               God
               a
               testimony
               of
               his
               repentance
               ,
               and
               a
               direction
               both
               to
               Prince
               and
               subiect
               how
               to
               demeane
               themselues
               in
               the
               case
               of
               any
               their
               transgressions
               against
               the
               Lord
               :
               thought
               meete
               to
               indite
               and
               divulge
               this
               most
               worthie
               Psalme
               .
            
             
               Now
               in
               the
               said
               Psalme
               the
               Prophet
               Dauid
               tendereth
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               his
               humble
               sute
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     For
                     himselfe
                  
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   3.
                   verse
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   19.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     For
                     the
                     Church
                     and
                     common-wealth
                     of
                     Israel
                     ,
                  
                   verse
                   20.21
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               sute
               he
               maketh
               for
               himselfe
               ,
               is
               partly
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     For
                     pardon
                     of
                     his
                     sins
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   3.4.9.11.16
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     For
                     restitution
                     to
                     his
                     former
                     estate
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Of
                         inward
                         grace
                         and
                         sanctification
                      
                       ,
                       v.
                       12.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         Of
                         outward
                         fauors
                         &
                         prerogatiues
                      
                       ,
                       v.
                       13.14
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               These
               seuerall
               sutes
               he
               maketh
               for
               himselfe
               ,
               he
               tendreth
               first
               singly
               ,
               and
               soliciteth
               each
               of
               them
               in
               a
               peculiar
               sort
               :
               
               then
               hee
               propoundeth
               them
               ioyntly
               ,
               and
               pleadeth
               in
               common
               for
               the
               grant
               of
               them
               all
               ,
               vers
               .
               15.16.17.18.19
               .
            
             
               The
               request
               he
               maketh
               for
               pardon
               of
               his
               sinnes
               ,
               is
               expressed
               in
               these
               different
               formes
               of
               speech
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Be
                     mercifull
                     vnto
                     me
                     in
                     blotting
                     out
                     mine
                     iniquities
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     booke
                     of
                     debt
                     and
                     account
                     ,
                     wherein
                     thou
                     hast
                     recorded
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Wash
                     and
                     clense
                     me
                     from
                     my
                     sin
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   to
                   note
                   that
                   sinne
                   is
                   meerly
                   pollution
                   and
                   filthines
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     Purge
                     me
                     from
                     my
                     sinne
                     with
                     hyssope
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   blood
                   of
                   the
                   Messias
                   :
                   the
                   sprinkling
                   wherof
                   vpon
                   vs
                   for
                   the
                   purgation
                   of
                   our
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   was
                   represented
                   by
                   the
                   ceremonial
                   sprinkling
                   of
                   hyssope
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     Hide
                     thy
                     face
                     from
                     my
                     sinne
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   
                     Deliuer
                     mee
                     from
                     blood
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   16.
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   guilt
                   of
                   my
                   bloodie
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   the
                   particular
                   punishment
                   due
                   vnto
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Howsoeuer
               it
               hath
               pleased
               the
               Prophet
               to
               deliuer
               his
               sute
               for
               the
               
                 remission
                 of
                 his
                 iniquities
              
               ,
               in
               this
               varietie
               of
               phrase
               :
               we
               must
               know
               that
               he
               doth
               in
               each
               of
               them
               comprehend
               this
               sense
               :
               
                 
                   Be
                   mercifull
                   vnto
                   me
                   for
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   my
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.4.9.11.16
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Let
               vs
               now
               see
               how
               hee
               pleadeth
               with
               the
               Lord
               for
               the
               graunt
               of
               this
               pardon
               .
               To
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               hereto
               ,
               he
               vseth
               sundrie
               arguments
               .
               The
               first
               whereof
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1
                
                 
                   Thou
                   art
                   O
                   Lord
                   of
                   a
                   nature
                   gratious
                   ,
                   and
                   abounding
                   in
                   compassion
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   accordingly
                   thereto
                   be
                   mercifull
                   vnto
                   me
                   for
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   my
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hauing
               remembred
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               the
               exceeding
               goodnes
               and
               gratiousnesse
               of
               his
               nature
               ,
               with
               request
               that
               the
               Lord
               would
               answerably
               thereto
               proceede
               with
               him
               :
               now
               least
               some
               exception
               might
               be
               taken
               against
               him
               for
               impenitencie
               and
               disacknowledgement
               of
               his
               offence
               :
               the
               
               Prophet
               doth
               acquaint
               the
               Lord
               how
               hee
               demeaneth
               himselfe
               in
               this
               behalfe
               :
               namely
               ,
               that
               he
               doth
               with
               griefe
               of
               heart
               humbly
               confesse
               and
               acknowledge
               his
               iniquities
               .
               Which
               confession
               he
               maketh
               as
               hauing
               a
               speciall
               eye
               and
               regard
               to
               the
               Lords
               promise
               of
               mercie
               in
               the
               case
               of
               our
               returne
               vnto
               him
               by
               vnfained
               confession
               and
               humiliation
               .
               Out
               of
               this
               argument
               hee
               pleadeth
               thus
               with
               the
               Lord
               for
               remission
               of
               his
               sinnes
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   Who
                   with
                   a
                   sensible
                   feeling
                   and
                   griefe
                   for
                   his
                   sinnes
                   doth
                   humbly
                   confesse
                   and
                   acknowledge
                   them
                   :
                   vnto
                   him
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   to
                   be
                   mercifull
                   in
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   his
                   sins
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     Lords
                     promise
                     in
                     effect
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   But
                   I
                   with
                   a
                   sensible
                   feeling
                   and
                   griefe
                   for
                   my
                   sins
                   ,
                   do
                   humbly
                   confesse
                   and
                   acknowledge
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     5.6
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   to
                   be
                   mercifull
                   vnto
                   me
                   in
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.4
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               by
               the
               Prophet
               amplified
               diuersly
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     this
                     his
                     confession
                     :
                  
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   thereby
                   appeare
                   how
                   iustly
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   proceeded
                   with
                   Dauid
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   reproouing
                   him
                   for
                   his
                   sinne
                   by
                   the
                   Prophet
                   Nathan
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   punishing
                   him
                   by
                   the
                   death
                   of
                   his
                   child
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   later
                   part
                   :
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   :
                   
                     That
                     thou
                     maist
                     be
                     knowne
                     to
                     be
                     iust
                     in
                     thy
                     speaking
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   thy
                   reproofe
                   of
                   me
                   made
                   by
                   Nathan
                   :
                   and
                   
                     pure
                     when
                     thou
                     iudgest
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   found
                   vpright
                   in
                   thy
                   proceeding
                   with
                   me
                   ,
                   when
                   thou
                   diddest
                   punish
                   me
                   in
                   the
                   person
                   of
                   my
                   childe
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     setting
                     downe
                     the
                     very
                     roote
                     and
                     spring
                     of
                     the
                     sinnes
                     confessed
                     by
                     him
                     :
                  
                   namely
                   ,
                   the
                   originall
                   corruption
                   of
                   his
                   nature
                   :
                   whereof
                   he
                   confesseth
                   himselfe
                   guiltie
                   ,
                   euen
                   then
                   when
                   he
                   was
                   formed
                   and
                   cherished
                   in
                   the
                   wombe
                   of
                   his
                   mother
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     declaring
                     the
                     forme
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     committing
                     the
                     sinnes
                     confessed
                     :
                     which
                     was
                     wittingly
                     and
                     with
                     knowledge
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   to
                   aggrauate
                   his
                   sinne
                   ,
                   acknowledgeth
                   ,
                   
                     
                     
                       
                         That
                         the
                         Lord
                         not
                         onely
                         requireth
                         at
                         his
                         hands
                         an
                         vpright
                         cariage
                         of
                         life
                         ,
                         as
                         things
                         which
                         he
                         loueth
                         and
                         delighteth
                         in
                         (
                         which
                         is
                         expressed
                         by
                         saying
                         ,
                         that
                         the
                         Lord
                         loueth
                         truth
                         in
                         the
                         inward
                         affections
                         ,
                         that
                         is
                         ,
                         hee
                         loueth
                         and
                         requireth
                         the
                         integritie
                         of
                         the
                         heart
                         ,
                         and
                         a
                         cariage
                         answerable
                         thereto
                         .
                         )
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         had
                         also
                         acquainted
                         him
                         with
                         the
                         knowledge
                         of
                         that
                         which
                         he
                         loueth
                         and
                         requireth
                         .
                         For
                         the
                         wisedome
                         which
                         the
                         Lord
                         taught
                         him
                         in
                         the
                         secret
                         of
                         his
                         heart
                         ,
                         was
                         the
                         knowledge
                         hereof
                         :
                         namely
                         ,
                      
                       that
                       the
                       Lord
                       required
                       at
                       his
                       hands
                       a
                       forbearance
                       of
                       all
                       sinfull
                       actions
                       ,
                       and
                       particularly
                       of
                       murder
                       and
                       adulterie
                       :
                       as
                       also
                       a
                       performance
                       of
                       such
                       holie
                       duties
                       as
                       are
                       commaunded
                       in
                       the
                       lawe
                       .
                       Now
                       the
                       Prophets
                       confession
                       of
                       his
                       knowledge
                       in
                       this
                       behalfe
                       ,
                       doth
                       necessarilie
                       implie
                       a
                       like
                       confession
                       of
                       committing
                       wittingly
                       and
                       wilfully
                       the
                       sinnes
                       ,
                       for
                       the
                       pardon
                       whereof
                       he
                       is
                       an
                       humble
                       suter
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Dauid
               hauing
               added
               to
               the
               acknowledgement
               of
               his
               sinnes
               in
               generall
               ,
               a
               partticular
               confession
               of
               the
               ende
               ,
               for
               which
               he
               acknowledgeth
               them
               :
               of
               the
               roote
               and
               fountaine
               ,
               from
               whence
               they
               issued
               :
               of
               the
               forme
               and
               manner
               also
               of
               committing
               them
               :
               doth
               further
               in
               all
               humblenes
               inforce
               his
               sute
               for
               the
               remission
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   If
                   by
                   thy
                   remitting
                   of
                   my
                   sinnes
                   I
                   shall
                   subsist
                   before
                   thee
                   in
                   a
                   condition
                   and
                   estate
                   of
                   righteousnesse
                   :
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   let
                   me
                   finde
                   fauour
                   at
                   thy
                   hands
                   for
                   the
                   remission
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   by
                   thy
                   remitting
                   of
                   my
                   sinnes
                   I
                   shall
                   subsist
                   before
                   thee
                   in
                   a
                   condition
                   and
                   estate
                   of
                   righteousnes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                     
                     Where
                     in
                     saying
                     ,
                     that
                  
                   being
                   purged
                   and
                   washed
                   from
                   his
                   sinne
                   ,
                   he
                   shall
                   be
                   cleane
                   and
                   whiter
                   than
                   snow
                   :
                   
                     he
                     noteth
                     the
                     estate
                     and
                     condition
                     that
                     succeedeth
                     and
                     followeth
                     the
                     remoue
                     and
                     pardon
                     of
                     our
                     vnrighteousnes
                     .
                     And
                     
                     this
                     estate
                     in
                     the
                     account
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     who
                     vnto
                     the
                     true
                     beleeuer
                     imputeth
                     no
                     sin
                     ,
                     but
                     holdeth
                     him
                     for
                     righteous
                     in
                     Christ
                     ,
                     is
                     an
                     estate
                     of
                     righteousnes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   let
                   me
                   finde
                   fauour
                   at
                   thy
                   hands
                   for
                   the
                   remission
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.4.9
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               Assumption
               there
               is
               yeelded
               this
               declaration
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     efficient
                     cause
                     both
                     of
                     the
                     pardon
                     desired
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     righteousnesse
                     ensuing
                     thereupon
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     sprinkling
                     of
                     the
                     blood
                     of
                     the
                     Messias
                     ,
                     figured
                     by
                     the
                     ceremoniall
                     sprinkling
                     of
                     hyssope
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     From
                     a
                     double
                     comparison
                     :
                     for
                     in
                     the
                     said
                  
                   9.
                   verse
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         First
                         ,
                         he
                         compareth
                         the
                         righteousnes
                         spoken
                         of
                         ,
                         to
                         the
                         puritie
                         and
                         beautie
                         that
                         followeth
                         vpon
                         purging
                         and
                         clensing
                         .
                      
                       The
                       comparison
                       being
                       in
                       her
                       parts
                       laid
                       foorth
                       ,
                       is
                       this
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             As
                             he
                             that
                             is
                             purged
                             and
                             washed
                             becommeth
                             cleane
                             and
                             faire
                             :
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             So
                             I
                             the
                             Prophet
                             being
                             purged
                             from
                             my
                             sin
                             ,
                             shall
                             become
                             righteous
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Secondly
                         ,
                         he
                         compareth
                         the
                         said
                         righteousnes
                         to
                         the
                         whitenes
                         of
                         snow
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       9.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       :
                       where
                       hee
                       maketh
                       the
                       degree
                       of
                       perfection
                       in
                       the
                       sayd
                       righteousnesse
                       to
                       exceede
                       the
                       perfection
                       of
                       whitenes
                       in
                       snow
                       .
                       The
                       comparison
                       is
                       this
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             The
                             perfection
                             of
                             whitenes
                             in
                             snow
                             is
                             in
                             a
                             very
                             high
                             degree
                             :
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             But
                             the
                             perfection
                             of
                             the
                             righteousnesse
                             ,
                             which
                             will
                             befall
                             vnto
                             me
                             vpon
                             the
                             remoue
                             of
                             my
                             sinne
                             from
                             me
                             ,
                             will
                             be
                             in
                             an
                             higher
                             degree
                             and
                             measure
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               being
               exceedinglie
               afflicted
               aswell
               with
               griefe
               in
               that
               he
               had
               displeased
               the
               Lord
               ,
               as
               with
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               iudgements
               denounced
               by
               Nathan
               against
               his
               sinnes
               :
               and
               being
               desirous
               to
               be
               relieued
               in
               this
               behalfe
               out
               of
               some
               special
               knowledge
               and
               assurance
               in
               his
               
               heart
               ,
               that
               the
               Lord
               is
               reconciled
               vnto
               him
               :
               doth
               by
               way
               of
               amplifying
               the
               sute
               for
               remission
               of
               his
               sins
               ,
               accompanie
               the
               same
               in
               the
               10.
               verse
               with
               interposing
               this
               request
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   not
                   onely
                   to
                   be
                   reconciled
                   vnto
                   him
                   ,
                   but
                   assure
                   him
                   likewise
                   hereof
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               motion
               for
               some
               assurance
               in
               his
               heart
               ,
               that
               the
               Lord
               hath
               remitted
               his
               iniquities
               ,
               is
               propounded
               and
               deliuered
               in
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 Make
                 me
                 to
                 heare
                 ioy
                 and
                 gladnes
                 .
              
               As
               by
               hearing
               ,
               he
               meaneth
               such
               a
               knowledge
               as
               may
               assure
               him
               :
               so
               by
               ioy
               and
               gladnes
               ,
               hee
               vnderstandeth
               the
               pardon
               and
               reconcilement
               it selfe
               ,
               whereof
               he
               is
               desirous
               to
               bee
               assured
               .
               This
               reconcilement
               he
               calleth
               by
               the
               name
               of
               ioy
               and
               gladnes
               ,
               to
               note
               the
               comfortable
               effect
               ,
               which
               it
               worketh
               in
               the
               heart
               of
               an
               humbled
               and
               penitent
               sinner
               .
            
             
               Now
               this
               motion
               for
               assurance
               in
               his
               heart
               of
               pardon
               and
               reconcilement
               on
               the
               Lords
               part
               ,
               hee
               enlargeth
               and
               vrgeth
               in
               the
               10.
               verse
               by
               a
               consideration
               taken
               from
               this
               particular
               end
               thereof
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   That
                   as
                   hee
                   hath
                   been
                   deiected
                   and
                   broken
                   both
                   with
                   griefe
                   for
                   his
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   feare
                   of
                   the
                   iudgements
                   denounced
                   against
                   him
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   he
                   may
                   vpon
                   assurance
                   in
                   his
                   heart
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   reconcilement
                   with
                   him
                   ,
                   take
                   speciall
                   ioy
                   and
                   comfort
                   in
                   his
                   ancient
                   loue
                   and
                   fauour
                   towards
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     
                     Where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     resembleth
                     the
                     breaking
                     of
                     his
                     heart
                     with
                     griefe
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     breaking
                     of
                     his
                     bones
                     by
                     any
                     force
                     and
                     violence
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               3
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               11
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               by
               sundrie
               reasons
               mediated
               with
               the
               Lord
               the
               pardon
               of
               his
               sinnes
               .
               Now
               followeth
               the
               humble
               motion
               he
               maketh
               for
               restitution
               vnto
               his
               former
               estate
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     inward
                     grace
                     and
                     sanctification
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     outward
                     fauours
                     and
                     prerogatiues
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               For
               restitution
               vnto
               his
               former
               estate
               of
               sanctification
               ,
               hee
               
               deliuereth
               his
               motion
               vnder
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 
                   Create
                   in
                   me
                   a
                   cleane
                   heart
                   O
                   God
                   :
                   and
                   renew
                   within
                   me
                   a
                   constant
                   spirit
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               thing
               requested
               in
               this
               motion
               ,
               is
               a
               reuiuing
               of
               his
               former
               holy
               desire
               and
               care
               to
               serue
               the
               Lord
               euer
               after
               in
               obedience
               of
               hart
               &
               life
               .
               This
               reuiuing
               of
               the
               said
               desire
               and
               care
               he
               calleth
               the
               
                 creating
                 of
                 a
                 cleane
                 heart
              
               in
               the
               first
               part
               of
               the
               verse
               :
               and
               
                 the
                 renewing
                 of
                 a
                 constant
                 spirit
              
               in
               the
               latter
               part
               thereof
               .
               Dauid
               had
               vpon
               his
               fall
               so
               little
               sense
               and
               feeling
               of
               the
               grace
               of
               sanctification
               ,
               as
               that
               hee
               speakes
               as
               if
               he
               had
               vtterly
               lost
               it
               ,
               and
               so
               stood
               in
               need
               of
               a
               new
               infusion
               and
               creation
               thereof
               :
               whereas
               it
               was
               not
               vtterly
               extinguished
               ,
               but
               exceedingly
               impayred
               and
               decayed
               onely
               :
               as
               may
               appeare
               in
               that
               by
               way
               of
               interpretation
               he
               calleth
               it
               in
               the
               latter
               patt
               of
               the
               verse
               ,
               
                 a
                 renouation
                 and
                 raising
                 thereof
                 to
                 the
                 same
                 degree
                 wherein
                 it
                 was
                 in
                 former
                 time
                 .
              
            
             
               This
               reuiuing
               of
               his
               former
               holie
               desire
               and
               care
               to
               serue
               the
               Lord
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               describeth
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     principall
                     efficient
                     and
                     author
                     thereof
                     :
                     who
                     is
                     God.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     declaring
                     the
                     subiect
                     ,
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     the
                     heart
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     implying
                     the
                     forme
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     working
                     it
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     course
                     of
                     purging
                     and
                     clensing
                     the
                     heart
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     By
                     shewing
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     would
                     haue
                     this
                     grace
                     of
                     renouation
                     (
                     which
                     he
                     calleth
                     a
                     constant
                     spirit
                     )
                     permanent
                     and
                     firme
                     ,
                     not
                     subiect
                     to
                     alteration
                     .
                     So
                     as
                     here
                     withall
                     is
                     implied
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     renouation
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     That
                     he
                     may
                     euer
                     without
                     defection
                     honor
                     God.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               His
               petition
               to
               bee
               restored
               vnto
               his
               former
               estate
               of
               outward
               fauours
               and
               prerogatiues
               ,
               is
               conteined
               verse
               13.
               and
               14.
               in
               these
               words
               :
               
                 
                   Cast
                   me
                   not
                   away
                   from
                   thy
                   face
                   :
                   and
                   take
                   not
                   thine
                   holie
                   spirit
                   from
                   me
                   :
                   but
                   restore
                   vnto
                   me
                   the
                   ioy
                   of
                   thy
                   saluation
                   ,
                   and
                   support
                   me
                   with
                   thy
                   free
                   spirit
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.14
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               It
               seemes
               that
               in
               presenting
               of
               this
               motion
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               had
               a
               reference
               to
               the
               Lords
               proceeding
               with
               Saul
               ,
               whō
               he
               cast
               off
               ,
               and
               from
               whom
               he
               retyred
               the
               graces
               of
               his
               spirit
               .
               And
               therefore
               by
               these
               words
               (
               
                 thy
                 face
                 ,
                 thy
                 holy
                 spirit
                 ,
                 the
                 ioy
                 of
                 thy
                 saluation
              
               )
               I
               take
               to
               be
               meant
               the
               outward
               testimonies
               and
               prerogatiues
               of
               the
               Lords
               kinde
               and
               fauourable
               proceeding
               with
               Dauid
               ,
               in
               which
               hee
               was
               wont
               to
               reioyce
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     worship
                     ,
                     whereto
                     he
                     resorted
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     continuance
                     of
                     the
                     Scepter
                     in
                     his
                     person
                     and
                     the
                     line
                     of
                     his
                     posteritie
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     His
                     abilitie
                     to
                     manage
                     the
                     duties
                     of
                     his
                     calling
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     Scepter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     The
                     loue
                     and
                     obedience
                     of
                     his
                     subiects
                     towards
                     him
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   
                     Good
                     successe
                     in
                     the
                     courses
                     held
                     by
                     him
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   6.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Lords
                     protection
                     of
                     him
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               These
               graces
               and
               fauours
               are
               
                 the
                 Lords
                 face
                 ,
                 the
                 Lords
                 spirit
                 ,
                 the
                 ioy
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 saluation
                 :
              
               which
               the
               Prophet
               by
               desert
               on
               his
               part
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               rule
               of
               iustice
               on
               the
               Lords
               part
               ,
               had
               forfeited
               and
               lost
               :
               howsoeuer
               in
               act
               and
               by
               the
               Lords
               most
               gratious
               sufferance
               ,
               he
               enioyed
               them
               as
               yet
               .
               And
               therefore
               discerning
               in
               his
               heart
               of
               the
               forfeiture
               he
               had
               made
               in
               this
               behalfe
               ,
               prayeth
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               thirteenth
               verse
               :
               
                 That
                 neither
                 himselfe
                 may
                 be
                 remoued
                 from
                 them
                 ,
                 nor
                 they
                 withdrawne
                 from
                 him
                 :
                 But
                 that
                 the
                 Lord
                 would
                 be
                 pleased
              
               (
               as
               he
               prayes
               ,
               vers
               .
               14.
               )
               
                 to
                 restore
                 and
                 confirme
                 vnto
                 him
                 his
                 former
                 title
                 and
                 interest
                 in
                 them
                 :
                 and
                 so
                 by
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 his
                 spirit
                 support
                 him
                 in
                 the
                 comfortable
                 and
                 free
                 enioyance
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 prerogatiues
                 .
              
            
             
               Hereby
               we
               plainly
               discerne
               what
               is
               the
               subiect
               of
               the
               Prophets
               petition
               in
               this
               place
               :
               namely
               ,
               That
               whereas
               in
               desert
               on
               his
               part
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               law
               of
               iustice
               on
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               had
               forfeited
               the
               said
               fauours
               and
               prerogatiues
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   notwithstanding
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   reconfirme
                   vnto
                   him
                   his
                   former
                   title
                   and
                   interest
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   support
                   him
                   in
                   the
                   enioyance
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               This
               sute
               he
               handleth
               and
               amplifieth
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     Diuersitie
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Remoue
                         me
                         not
                         from
                         the
                         said
                         fauours
                         and
                         prerogatiues
                         ,
                         nor
                         retire
                         them
                         from
                         me
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         reconfirme
                         vnto
                         me
                         my
                         former
                         interest
                         in
                         them
                         ,
                         and
                         support
                         me
                         in
                         the
                         enioyance
                         of
                         them
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       14.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     efficient
                     cause
                     ,
                     whereby
                     this
                     reconfirmation
                     and
                     support
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     performed
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     the
                     free
                     ,
                     cheerefull
                     ,
                     and
                     comfortable
                     spirit
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                     which
                     doth
                     infranchise
                     vs
                     into
                     the
                     state
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     children
                     ,
                     and
                     doth
                     intertaine
                     vs
                     therein
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               singly
               and
               in
               seuerall
               made
               tender
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               of
               his
               humble
               sute
               ,
               first
               for
               pardon
               of
               his
               sin
               :
               and
               then
               ,
               that
               he
               may
               be
               restored
               and
               reinuested
               into
               his
               former
               estate
               aswell
               of
               inward
               grace
               and
               sanctification
               ,
               as
               of
               outward
               fauours
               and
               prerogatiues
               :
               he
               doth
               now
               ioyntly
               and
               in
               common
               plead
               for
               graunt
               of
               the
               whole
               sute
               he
               maketh
               for
               himselfe
               in
               this
               Psalme
               .
               His
               sute
               for
               himselfe
               considered
               ioyntly
               in
               all
               the
               parts
               thereof
               ,
               is
               now
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   grant
                   him
                   both
                   pardon
                   of
                   his
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   restitution
                   also
                   into
                   his
                   former
                   estate
                   aswell
                   of
                   inward
                   grace
                   as
                   outward
                   fauours
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               ioynt
               sute
               for
               these
               three
               particulars
               I
               take
               to
               be
               specially
               meant
               and
               deliuered
               in
               the
               16.
               verse
               .
               For
               whereas
               he
               saith
               :
               
                 Deliuer
                 me
                 O
                 God
                 from
                 blood
                 :
              
               his
               sute
               may
               well
               be
               interpreted
               to
               be
               this
               ;
               That
               the
               Lord
               would
               not
               onely
               remit
               vnto
               him
               his
               sinne
               :
               but
               remit
               likewise
               this
               particular
               punishment
               due
               vnto
               his
               sinne
               :
               namely
               ,
               the
               forfeiture
               he
               hath
               made
               aswell
               of
               the
               measure
               he
               had
               of
               inward
               grace
               ,
               as
               of
               the
               outward
               prerogatiues
               aboue
               remembred
               .
            
             
               To
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               to
               yeeld
               him
               contentment
               herein
               ;
               the
               Prophet
               acquaints
               him
               with
               a
               double
               resolution
               hee
               hath
               in
               his
               heart
               ,
               wherby
               to
               glorifie
               him
               .
               For
               vpon
               grant
               of
               this
               whole
               sute
               ,
               he
               professeth
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     That
                     he
                     will
                     further
                     the
                     instruction
                     and
                     conuersion
                     of
                     others
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     That
                     he
                     will
                     publish
                     and
                     magnifie
                     the
                     Lords
                     fidelitie
                     in
                     keeping
                     promise
                     with
                     his
                     children
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   16.17
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               duty
               which
               he
               professeth
               to
               performe
               for
               glorifying
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   vpon
                   obtaining
                   mercie
                   at
                   thy
                   hands
                   for
                   pardon
                   of
                   my
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   restitution
                   into
                   my
                   said
                   former
                   estate
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   be
                   drawne
                   to
                   glorifie
                   thee
                   by
                   furthering
                   the
                   instruction
                   and
                   conuersion
                   of
                   others
                   vnto
                   thee
                   :
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   to
                   graunt
                   vnto
                   me
                   the
                   pardon
                   and
                   restitution
                   desired
                   by
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   vpon
                   obtaining
                   mercie
                   at
                   thy
                   hands
                   for
                   pardon
                   of
                   my
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   restitution
                   into
                   my
                   said
                   former
                   estate
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   and
                   will
                   glorifie
                   thee
                   by
                   furthering
                   the
                   instruction
                   and
                   conuersion
                   of
                   others
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     v.
                     15.
                     
                     Where
                     the
                     conuersion
                     of
                     others
                     to
                     the
                     profession
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     name
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                     as
                     an
                     end
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     instruction
                     of
                     others
                     as
                     a
                     special
                     meane
                     wherby
                     to
                     attaine
                     vnto
                     the
                     said
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   to
                   grant
                   vnto
                   me
                   the
                   pardon
                   and
                   restitution
                   desired
                   by
                   me
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               duty
               he
               professeth
               to
               performe
               ,
               and
               by
               performance
               whereof
               he
               would
               moue
               the
               Lord
               to
               a
               compassionate
               regard
               of
               his
               sute
               ,
               hath
               this
               conclusion
               :
               
                 
                   In
                   case
                   thou
                   shew
                   mercie
                   vnto
                   me
                   for
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   my
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   restitution
                   into
                   my
                   said
                   former
                   estate
                   :
                   thou
                   shalt
                   thereby
                   open
                   my
                   lips
                   to
                   publish
                   and
                   magnifie
                   thy
                   fidelitie
                   in
                   keeping
                   promise
                   with
                   thy
                   children
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                     and
                     17.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   to
                   shew
                   mercie
                   vnto
                   me
                   for
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   my
                   sinne
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   restitution
                   into
                   my
                   said
                   former
                   estate
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                     in
                     the
                     begin
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               ,
               which
               containes
               a
               profession
               on
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               of
               setting
               forth
               the
               praise
               of
               the
               Lords
               fidelitie
               in
               keeping
               promise
               with
               his
               children
               ,
               is
               handled
               and
               enlarged
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   
                     I
                     will
                     ,
                     in
                     case
                     thou
                     shew
                     vnto
                     me
                     the
                     mercie
                     desired
                     ,
                     offer
                     vnto
                     thee
                     either
                     sacrifice
                     or
                     praise
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     offer
                     sacrifice
                     vnto
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   18.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   .
                   Where
                   he
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     Otherise
                     would
                     I
                     giue
                     sacrifice
                     vnto
                     thee
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Forasmuch
                   as
                   thou
                   delightest
                   not
                   in
                   sacrifice
                   ,
                   but
                   doest
                   reiect
                   it
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   offer
                   no
                   sacrifice
                   vnto
                   thee
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     will
                     I
                     offer
                     praise
                     vnto
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   16.
                   and
                   17.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   16.
                   he
                   affirmeth
                   that
                   his
                   tongue
                   shall
                   sing
                   the
                   Lords
                   righteousnes
                   and
                   fidelitie
                   in
                   keeping
                   promise
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   17.
                   he
                   professeth
                   that
                   he
                   wil
                   open
                   his
                   lips
                   and
                   set
                   foorth
                   the
                   Lords
                   praise
                   in
                   this
                   behalfe
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               cleered
               by
               this
               argument
               :
               
                 
                   Sacrifice
                   is
                   not
                   pleasing
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     18.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   offer
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     18.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               Antecedent
               of
               this
               reason
               there
               is
               yeelded
               this
               euidence
               :
               
                 
                   
                     That
                     which
                     in
                     thy
                     seruice
                     is
                     pleasing
                     vnto
                     thee
                     ,
                     is
                     accompanied
                     with
                     an
                     humble
                     and
                     contrite
                     heart
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   19
                   Where
                   this
                   sentence
                   is
                   twice
                   expressed
                   :
                   thereby
                   to
                   assure
                   vs
                   that
                   a
                   contrite
                   heart
                   is
                   pleasing
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lord.
                   And
                   whereas
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     sacrifices
                     of
                     God
                  
                   :
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   note
                   the
                   worthines
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   excellent
                   measure
                   it
                   hath
                   of
                   pleasing
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     sacrifice
                     is
                     not
                     accompanied
                     with
                     an
                     humble
                     and
                     contrite
                     heart
                     .
                  
                   This
                   sentence
                   is
                   not
                   here
                   set
                   down
                   :
                   but
                   omitted
                   as
                   a
                   sinne
                   knowne
                   and
                   obserued
                   as
                   well
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   practise
                   in
                   those
                   daies
                   on
                   the
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   prophane
                   and
                   hypocriticall
                   Israelites
                   ,
                   as
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   publike
                   reproofe
                   and
                   reiection
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   of
                   the
                   ordinarie
                   sacrifices
                   presented
                   vnto
                   him
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   odious
                   in
                   his
                   sight
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     sacrifice
                     is
                     not
                     pleasing
                     vnto
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   18.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               vers
               .
               3.
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               19
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               been
               an
               humble
               and
               affectionate
               petitioner
               
               for
               himselfe
               .
               Now
               he
               becomes
               an
               earnest
               suter
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               the
               Church
               and
               common
               wealth
               of
               Israel
               .
               The
               effect
               of
               his
               sute
               is
               this
               :
               that
               whereas
               the
               heinousnes
               of
               his
               transgressions
               had
               iustly
               occasioned
               the
               Lord
               in
               iustice
               to
               withdraw
               his
               fauour
               from
               the
               people
               vnder
               Dauids
               gouernement
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   his
                   sinnes
                   ,
                   to
                   aduance
                   the
                   publike
                   good
                   of
                   the
                   Church
                   and
                   common
                   wealth
                   of
                   Israel
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     20.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Whether
               this
               publike
               good
               desired
               by
               the
               Prophet
               vnder
               these
               formes
               of
               speech
               (
               
                 be
                 fauourable
                 vnto
                 Sion
                 :
                 build
                 the
                 walles
                 of
                 Ierusalem
              
               )
               be
               the
               raysing
               vp
               and
               furnishing
               of
               a
               setled
               place
               for
               the
               Lords
               worship
               ,
               or
               a
               gracious
               protection
               of
               the
               Church
               and
               common
               wealth
               ,
               or
               a
               supplying
               of
               either
               of
               them
               with
               carefull
               officers
               ,
               is
               not
               agreed
               vpon
               .
               It
               shal
               be
               sufficient
               to
               know
               that
               the
               Prophet
               is
               in
               generall
               a
               suter
               that
               the
               state
               of
               the
               Church
               and
               common
               wealth
               may
               prosper
               and
               flourish
               ,
               through
               a
               supply
               made
               by
               the
               Lord
               of
               all
               needfull
               blessings
               .
               To
               induce
               the
               Lord
               hereto
               the
               Prophet
               alleageth
               two
               arguments
               :
            
             
               The
               first
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Thou
                     art
                     of
                     a
                     nature
                     gratious
                     ,
                     and
                     abounding
                     in
                     mercie
                     towards
                     thy
                     people
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   20.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   
                     According
                     to
                     thy
                     good
                     will
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Forasmuch
                   as
                   thou
                   art
                   in
                   nature
                   most
                   gratiouslie
                   and
                   fauourably
                   disposed
                   :
                   therefore
                   be
                   gratious
                   vnto
                   Sion
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Wherefore
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     aduance
                     the
                     publike
                     good
                     of
                     thy
                     people
                     both
                     in
                     the
                     Church
                     and
                     common-wealth
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   20.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   and
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   Sion
                   wee
                   may
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   Church
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Ierusalem
                   the
                   Common-wealth
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               argument
               ,
               whereby
               to
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               in
               this
               behalfe
               ,
               is
               drawne
               from
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               effect
               ,
               which
               will
               ensue
               vpon
               the
               Lords
               gracious
               proceeding
               with
               the
               Church
               and
               common
               wealth
               .
               And
               it
               is
               indeede
               a
               profession
               and
               vow
               on
               King
               Dauids
               part
               ,
               to
               
               take
               order
               that
               the
               people
               vnder
               his
               gouernement
               shall
               present
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               such
               worship
               and
               seruice
               ,
               as
               shall
               be
               pleasing
               and
               acceptable
               in
               his
               sight
               .
               His
               mediation
               with
               the
               Lord
               by
               force
               of
               this
               argument
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     vpon
                     thy
                     aduancing
                     of
                     the
                     publike
                     good
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     and
                     common-wealth
                     ,
                     the
                     honour
                     and
                     worship
                     of
                     thy
                     name
                     shall
                     withall
                     be
                     promoted
                     :
                     then
                     it
                     may
                     please
                     thee
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     to
                     aduance
                     the
                     publike
                     good
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     and
                     common-wealth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     vpon
                     thy
                     aduancing
                     of
                     the
                     publike
                     good
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     and
                     common-wealth
                     ,
                     the
                     honour
                     and
                     worship
                     of
                     thy
                     name
                     shall
                     withall
                     be
                     promoted
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   21.
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   said
                   honour
                   and
                   worship
                   is
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   righteous
                   sacrifices
                   ,
                   burnt
                   offrings
                   ,
                   oblation
                   ,
                   offring
                   of
                   calues
                   .
                   Now
                   when
                   this
                   honour
                   and
                   worship
                   is
                   such
                   as
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   pleased
                   and
                   delighted
                   therewith
                   :
                   it
                   is
                   apparant
                   that
                   then
                   the
                   seruice
                   and
                   worship
                   of
                   his
                   name
                   is
                   greatlie
                   aduanced
                   .
                   So
                   as
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   saith
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   shall
                   then
                   take
                   pleasure
                   in
                   sacrifices
                   ,
                   accompanied
                   with
                   the
                   vprightnes
                   and
                   integritie
                   of
                   the
                   heart
                   :
                   his
                   purpose
                   thereby
                   is
                   to
                   notifie
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   that
                   then
                   the
                   Lords
                   worship
                   and
                   seruice
                   shall
                   be
                   much
                   promoted
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     it
                     may
                     please
                     thee
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     to
                     aduance
                     the
                     publike
                     good
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     &
                     common
                     wealth
                     .
                  
                   v.
                   20.
                   
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             73.
             
          
           
             
               1
               A
            
             Psalme
             of
             Asaph
             .
             Yet
             God
             is
             good
             to
             Israel
             :
             euen
             to
             the
             pure
             in
             heart
             .
          
           
             2
             As
             for
             me
             :
             my
             feete
             were
             almost
             gone
             :
             my
             steps
             had
             well
             neere
             slipt
             .
          
           
             3
             For
             I
             fretted
             at
             the
             foolish
             ,
             when
             I
             saw
             the
             prosperitie
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           
           
             4
             For
             there
             are
             no
             knots
             euen
             vnto
             their
             death
             :
             but
             they
             are
             lustie
             and
             strong
             .
          
           
             5
             They
             are
             not
             in
             trouble
             as
             other
             men
             :
             neither
             are
             they
             beaten
             with
             other
             men
             .
          
           
             6
             Therefore
             pride
             doth
             compasse
             them
             as
             a
             chaine
             :
             and
             crueltie
             couereth
             them
             as
             a
             garment
             .
          
           
             7
             Their
             eyes
             stand
             out
             for
             fatnes
             .
             The
             thoughts
             of
             their
             hart
             doe
             passe
             throughout
             .
          
           
             8
             They
             are
             pernicious
             :
             and
             speake
             maliciously
             of
             oppressing
             :
             they
             speake
             as
             from
             on
             high
             .
          
           
             9
             They
             set
             their
             mouth
             against
             heauen
             :
             and
             their
             tongue
             walketh
             through
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             10
             Therefore
             his
             people
             come
             to
             this
             point
             ,
             when
             waters
             of
             a
             full
             cup
             are
             wrung
             out
             vnto
             them
             :
          
           
             11
             That
             they
             say
             :
             How
             ?
             doth
             the
             mightie
             God
             know
             this
             ?
             or
             is
             there
             knowledge
             in
             the
             most
             high
             ?
          
           
             12
             Behold
             these
             wicked
             men
             :
             how
             being
             at
             their
             ease
             in
             this
             world
             ,
             they
             encrease
             in
             riches
             .
          
           
             13
             Certainly
             ,
             in
             vaine
             haue
             I
             clensed
             my
             heart
             and
             washed
             my
             hands
             in
             innocencie
             :
          
           
             14
             Sith
             I
             am
             daily
             punished
             ,
             and
             chastned
             euery
             morning
             .
          
           
             15
             But
             if
             I
             say
             :
             I
             will
             thus
             speake
             thereof
             :
             behold
             ,
             I
             shall
             be
             found
             disloyall
             to
             the
             generation
             of
             thy
             children
             .
          
           
             16
             If
             I
             endeuoured
             to
             know
             this
             :
             it
             seemed
             vnto
             me
             a
             verie
             hard
             thing
             :
          
           
             17
             Vntill
             I
             entred
             into
             the
             Sanctuarie
             of
             the
             mightie
             God
             ,
             and
             there
             vnderstood
             their
             end
             .
          
           
             18
             Surely
             ,
             thou
             hast
             set
             them
             in
             slipperie
             places
             :
             thou
             doest
             cast
             them
             downe
             into
             desolation
             .
          
           
             19
             How
             suddenly
             are
             they
             destroyed
             ,
             perished
             and
             consumed
             fearfully
             ?
          
           
             20
             They
             are
             as
             a
             dreame
             when
             one
             awaketh
             .
             O
             Lord
             ,
             when
             thou
             awakest
             ,
             thou
             contemnest
             their
             image
             .
          
           
             21
             When
             my
             heart
             was
             vexed
             ,
             and
             I
             tormented
             my selfe
             in
             my
             reines
             ,
          
           
             22
             Then
             was
             I
             foolish
             :
             when
             I
             was
             ignorant
             ,
             I
             was
             as
             a
             beast
             before
             thee
             .
          
           
           
             23
             Therefore
             will
             I
             be
             alway
             with
             thee
             .
             Thou
             hast
             held
             me
             by
             my
             right
             hand
             .
          
           
             24
             Thou
             wilt
             guide
             me
             by
             thy
             counsell
             ,
             and
             after
             receiue
             me
             into
             glorie
             .
          
           
             25
             Whom
             haue
             I
             in
             heauen
             but
             thee
             ?
             and
             I
             delight
             in
             none
             on
             earth
             besides
             thee
             .
          
           
             26
             When
             my
             flesh
             and
             my
             heart
             faile
             ,
             God
             is
             the
             strength
             of
             mine
             heart
             ,
             and
             my
             portion
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             27
             For
             behold
             :
             they
             that
             withdraw
             themselues
             from
             thee
             ,
             shall
             perish
             :
             thou
             cuttest
             off
             all
             those
             that
             goe
             a
             whoring
             from
             thee
             .
          
           
             28
             As
             for
             me
             :
             to
             draw
             neere
             vnto
             God
             ,
             it
             is
             my
             happines
             .
             I
             doe
             put
             my
             trust
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             declare
             all
             thy
             workes
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               73.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               doth
               recount
               vnto
               vs
               in
               this
               Psalme
               the
               issue
               of
               a
               conflict
               and
               dispute
               he
               had
               betwixt
               the
               Spirit
               and
               the
               flesh
               .
               The
               question
               disputed
               was
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Whether
                   God
                   were
                   good
                   to
                   Israel
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   expounded
                   )
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   sanctified
                   heart
                   desire
                   to
                   honour
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               issue
               of
               the
               said
               conflict
               and
               dispute
               ,
               is
               a
               double
               conclusion
               inferred
               by
               the
               Spirit
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   one
                   :
                   that
                   God
                   is
                   good
                   to
                   Israel
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   other
                   :
                   a
                   profession
                   of
                   perpetuall
                   dependance
                   on
                   God
                   in
                   regard
                   thereof
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   Therefore
                   will
                   I
                   be
                   alway
                   with
                   thee
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     thy
                     gratious
                     proceeding
                     with
                     thy
                     children
                     ,
                     euer
                     rest
                     vpon
                     thee
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               former
               conclusion
               :
               The
               Prophet
               doth
               grace
               the
               very
               front
               of
               this
               Psalme
               therewith
               :
               And
               afterward
               he
               setteth
               downe
               the
               reason
               and
               ground
               thereof
               .
               But
               before
               hee
               impart
               with
               vs
               the
               ground
               of
               this
               first
               issue
               and
               conclusion
               ;
               he
               reporteth
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     discourse
                     of
                     the
                     flesh
                  
                   :
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   2.
                   verse
                   vnto
                   the
                   15.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     course
                     held
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     whereby
                     he
                     was
                     resolued
                     touching
                     the
                     point
                     in
                     question
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   15.16.17
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               discourse
               made
               by
               the
               flesh
               ,
               hee
               deliuereth
               vnto
               vs
               these
               two
               effects
               thereof
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     That
                     himselfe
                     was
                     almost
                     drawne
                     to
                     hold
                     the
                     negatiue
                     of
                     the
                     question
                     aboue
                     mentioned
                     .
                  
                   For
                   shewing
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   that
                   his
                   feete
                   had
                   almost
                   slipt
                   ,
                   he
                   meaneth
                   that
                   his
                   heart
                   had
                   almost
                   slipt
                   into
                   this
                   prophane
                   conceit
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     was
                     not
                     good
                     to
                     Israel
                     :
                  
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   negatiue
                   of
                   the
                   question
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     That
                     many
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     children
                     did
                     actually
                     hold
                     the
                     negatiue
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     question
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     That
                     God
                     was
                     not
                     good
                     to
                     Israel
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Concerning
               this
               point
               :
               That
               himselfe
               was
               almost
               drawne
               to
               hold
               the
               negatiue
               of
               the
               said
               question
               ,
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     How
                     the
                     Prophet
                     expresseth
                     his
                     readie
                     inclination
                     thereto
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     ground
                     and
                     inducement
                     of
                     his
                     holding
                     the
                     said
                     negatiue
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               His
               ready
               inclination
               to
               apprehend
               ,
               
                 that
                 the
                 Lord
                 is
                 not
                 good
                 to
                 Israel
                 ,
              
               hee
               expresseth
               by
               certaine
               borowed
               formes
               of
               speech
               carrying
               a
               comparison
               ,
               which
               being
               vnfolded
               and
               distinguished
               into
               his
               parts
               ,
               will
               be
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Euen
                   as
                   he
                   who
                   treadeth
                   on
                   a
                   slipperie
                   place
                   ,
                   hardly
                   staieth
                   his
                   steps
                   from
                   slipping
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   in
                   this
                   question
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   kindnes
                   and
                   regard
                   to
                   his
                   children
                   ,
                   my
                   heart
                   had
                   almost
                   slipt
                   into
                   this
                   impious
                   apprehension
                   ,
                   That
                   hee
                   was
                   not
                   gratious
                   and
                   good
                   vnto
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     2.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               ground
               and
               inducement
               of
               holding
               this
               negatiue
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 doth
                 not
                 in
                 mercie
                 regard
                 his
                 Israel
                 ,
              
               is
               this
               particular
               discourse
               intertained
               by
               the
               flesh
               ,
               and
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   
                     If
                     the
                     wicked
                     alwaies
                     enioy
                     prosperitie
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     godly
                     endure
                     affliction
                     :
                     it
                     may
                     hereby
                     appeare
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     not
                     good
                     vnto
                     his
                     children
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     they
                     honour
                     and
                     serue
                     him
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     the
                     wicked
                     alway
                     enioy
                     prosperitie
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     godly
                     endure
                     affliction
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.4.5
                   .
                   As
                   in
                   each
                   of
                   these
                   verses
                   the
                   prosperitie
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   is
                   noted
                   :
                   so
                   in
                   the
                   5
                   ,
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   prosperitie
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   set
                   downe
                   the
                   affliction
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   :
                   who
                   are
                   there
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   trouble
                   and
                   to
                   bee
                   beaten
                   :
                   whereas
                   the
                   wicked
                   are
                   free
                   from
                   this
                   lot
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     it
                     may
                     hereby
                     appeare
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     not
                     good
                     vnto
                     his
                     children
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     they
                     honour
                     and
                     serue
                     him
                     .
                  
                   This
                   conclusion
                   is
                   implied
                   in
                   the
                   second
                   verse
                   .
                   For
                   that
                   conceit
                   whereinto
                   the
                   Prophet
                   had
                   almost
                   slipt
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   ,
                   that
                   God
                   was
                   not
                   good
                   vnto
                   Israel
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   conclusion
                   made
                   and
                   deduced
                   by
                   the
                   flesh
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               of
               this
               discourse
               ,
               namely
               the
               former
               branch
               thereof
               which
               concernes
               the
               prosperitie
               of
               the
               wicked
               ,
               is
               diuersly
               amplified
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     effect
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     sayd
                     prosperitie
                     wrought
                     in
                     the
                     Prophet
                     .
                     The
                     effect
                     was
                     ,
                     the
                     Prophets
                     grieuing
                     thereat
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     laying
                     foorth
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     prosperitie
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     these
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         The
                         perpetuall
                         tenor
                         of
                         health
                         in
                         the
                         wicked
                         to
                         their
                         last
                         gaspe
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       4.
                       
                       Where
                       this
                       part
                       of
                       prosperitie
                       is
                       represented
                       vnto
                       vs
                       by
                       a
                       comparison
                       included
                       in
                       this
                       word
                       ,
                       knots
                       or
                       tyings
                       .
                       The
                       comparison
                       is
                       this
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             As
                             a
                             web
                             or
                             thred
                             drawn
                             into
                             length
                             by
                             the
                             weauer
                             without
                             knot
                             or
                             breach
                             :
                             so
                             is
                             their
                             health
                             carried
                             vnto
                             the
                             end
                             of
                             their
                             daies
                             without
                             any
                             interruption
                             by
                             diseases
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                       2.
                       
                       
                         The
                         vigor
                         and
                         strength
                         of
                         their
                         bodie
                         ioyned
                         to
                         their
                         health
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       4.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         Their
                         freedome
                         from
                         the
                         discomforts
                         and
                         miseries
                         ,
                         whereto
                         the
                         godly
                         are
                         subiect
                         ,
                      
                       ver
                       .
                       5.
                       
                       Hereby
                       is
                       implied
                       their
                       enioyance
                       of
                       all
                       other
                       parts
                       of
                       prosperitie
                       ,
                       viz.
                       worldlie
                       peace
                       ,
                       reputation
                       amongst
                       men
                       ,
                       honours
                       and
                       offices
                       ,
                       plentie
                       of
                       wealth
                       and
                       delicacies
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     relating
                     the
                     effects
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     said
                     prosperitie
                     hath
                     wrought
                     in
                     the
                     heart
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     :
                     by
                     particulating
                     whereof
                     there
                     is
                     presented
                     vnto
                     vs
                     a
                     liuely
                     description
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         In
                         generall
                         ,
                         by
                         noting
                         their
                         excesse
                         in
                         pride
                         and
                         crueltie
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         In
                         speciall
                         ,
                         by
                         declaring
                         the
                         effects
                         of
                         their
                         pride
                         and
                         crueltie
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Their
               excesse
               in
               pride
               and
               cruelty
               is
               recorded
               v.
               6.
               and
               in
               the
               first
               part
               of
               the
               7.
               
               In
               these
               verses
               their
               excesse
               in
               these
               two
               great
               sinnes
               is
               laid
               open
               vnto
               vs
               by
               seuerall
               comparisons
               :
               
                 
                   First
                   ,
                   the
                   greatnes
                   of
                   their
                   pride
                   is
                   noted
                   by
                   comparing
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   chaine
                   of
                   gold
                   or
                   precious
                   stones
                   ,
                   partly
                   in
                   the
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   exceeding
                   lustre
                   &
                   glittering
                   the
                   chaine
                   hath
                   :
                   and
                   partly
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   large
                   reach
                   and
                   compassing
                   that
                   the
                   chaine
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   make
                   .
                
                 
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   greatnes
                   of
                   their
                   crueltie
                   is
                   noted
                   ,
                   by
                   comparing
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   goodly
                   garment
                   that
                   couers
                   the
                   whole
                   bodie
                   .
                
                 
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   the
                   swelling
                   of
                   their
                   heart
                   with
                   pride
                   and
                   crueltie
                   ,
                   is
                   compared
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   to
                   a
                   face
                   swollen
                   and
                   puft
                   with
                   fatnes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               By
               these
               comparisons
               the
               Prophet
               would
               make
               it
               appeare
               that
               the
               pride
               and
               crueltie
               of
               the
               wicked
               is
               in
               so
               great
               a
               measure
               ,
               as
               that
               a
               man
               can
               discerne
               nought
               else
               in
               them
               but
               pride
               and
               cruelty
               .
            
             
               The
               description
               of
               the
               wicked
               in
               speciall
               from
               the
               effects
               of
               their
               pride
               and
               cruelty
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     In
                     their
                     thoughts
                     and
                     wishes
                     they
                     embrace
                     and
                     appropriate
                     to
                     themselues
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     They
                     worke
                     ruine
                     vnto
                     others
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     subiect
                     of
                     their
                     speech
                     is
                     ,
                     how
                     they
                     may
                     maliciously
                     plot
                     the
                     oppression
                     of
                     others
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     They
                     speake
                     bigly
                     and
                     pontifically
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     would
                     terrifie
                     all
                     men
                     with
                     their
                     thundring
                     orations
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   
                     They
                     disgorge
                     blasphemies
                     against
                     God
                     ,
                     and
                     contumelies
                     against
                     men
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     would
                     domineere
                     ouer
                     heauen
                     and
                     earth
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               2.
               verse
               to
               the
               ende
               of
               the
               9
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               shewed
               that
               himselfe
               had
               almost
               slipt
               into
               this
               prophane
               conceit
               of
               the
               Lords
               disregard
               and
               neglect
               of
               his
               children
               ,
               being
               led
               thereto
               by
               the
               discourse
               intertained
               by
               the
               wisedome
               of
               the
               flesh
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               now
               vers
               .
               10.
               to
               aduertise
               vs
               of
               that
               other
               effect
               ,
               which
               the
               discourse
               of
               the
               flesh
               hath
               wrought
               in
               many
               other
               the
               Lords
               children
               ,
               who
               also
               are
               drawen
               thereby
               to
               apprehend
               and
               hold
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 is
                 not
                 gracious
                 to
                 Israel
                 ,
                 but
                 hath
                 cast
                 off
                 all
                 care
                 and
                 regard
                 of
                 such
                 as
                 sincerely
                 worship
                 him
                 .
              
               For
               in
               the
               10.
               and
               11.
               verse
               it
               is
               said
               to
               this
               effect
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lords
                   people
                   also
                   are
                   come
                   to
                   this
                   point
                   (
                   when
                   they
                   drink
                   of
                   the
                   cup
                   of
                   affliction
                   that
                   is
                   reached
                   vnto
                   them
                   )
                   that
                   they
                   say
                   :
                   The
                   mightie
                   God
                   taketh
                   no
                   knowledge
                   or
                   care
                   how
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   with
                   men
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               ground
               of
               this
               apprehension
               in
               the
               Lords
               children
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               setteth
               downe
               to
               be
               this
               discourse
               of
               the
               flesh
               :
               which
               in
               effect
               is
               the
               same
               with
               the
               discourse
               aboue
               remembred
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Lord
                   tooke
                   notice
                   and
                   care
                   how
                   it
                   succeeded
                   with
                   vs
                   ,
                   the
                   wicked
                   who
                   hate
                   him
                   should
                   not
                   enioy
                   prosperitie
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   godly
                   who
                   loue
                   him
                   lose
                   their
                   labour
                   in
                   seruing
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   But
                   the
                   wicked
                   who
                   hate
                   him
                   enioy
                   prosperitie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12
                  
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   godly
                   who
                   loue
                   him
                   lose
                   their
                   labour
                   in
                   seruing
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lord
                   doth
                   not
                   take
                   notice
                   or
                   care
                   how
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   with
                   vs
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11
                     :
                     where
                     this
                     conclusion
                     is
                     deliuered
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     an
                     interrogation
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               latter
               part
               of
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               supposed
               losse
               of
               labour
               in
               seruing
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               manifested
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Whom
                   the
                   Lord
                   doth
                   daily
                   afflict
                   ,
                   they
                   lose
                   their
                   labour
                   in
                   seruing
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   godly
                   are
                   daily
                   afflicted
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     
                     This
                     is
                     touched
                     likewise
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     10.
                     verse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   godlie
                   lose
                   their
                   labour
                   in
                   seruing
                   him
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               second
               verse
               to
               the
               15
               ,
               deliuered
               vnto
               vs
               y
               e
               discourse
               of
               the
               flesh
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               effect
               wrought
               thereby
               aswell
               in
               himselfe
               as
               in
               sundrie
               other
               the
               Lords
               children
               :
               doth
               now
               verse
               15.16.17
               .
               acquaint
               vs
               with
               the
               course
               hee
               held
               ,
               whereby
               to
               resolue
               himselfe
               touching
               the
               maine
               point
               in
               question
               ,
               namely
               :
               
                 Whether
                 the
                 Lord
                 were
                 good
                 vnto
                 his
                 children
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               course
               held
               by
               the
               Spirite
               for
               resolution
               in
               the
               said
               maine
               question
               of
               the
               Lords
               affection
               to
               his
               people
               ,
               was
               the
               Prophets
               recourse
               vnto
               the
               Sanctuarie
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               to
               the
               Lords
               holy
               word
               laid
               vp
               and
               reserued
               in
               the
               Sanctuarie
               ,
               verse
               .
               17
               :
               where
               hee
               doth
               apparantly
               confesse
               these
               two
               things
               :
               the
               one
               ,
               his
               entrance
               into
               the
               Sanctuarie
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               information
               receiued
               there
               how
               the
               Lord
               stood
               affected
               both
               to
               the
               wicked
               and
               to
               the
               godly
               :
               to
               the
               wicked
               as
               a
               seuere
               Iudge
               :
               to
               the
               godly
               as
               a
               kind
               and
               gracious
               father
               ,
               euer
               regarding
               their
               good
               .
               Of
               this
               nature
               and
               reach
               must
               we
               conceiue
               the
               said
               information
               to
               bee
               (
               as
               may
               appeare
               by
               the
               verses
               going
               before
               and
               following
               )
               howsoeuer
               it
               seeme
               to
               concerne
               the
               wicked
               only
               ,
               in
               that
               they
               alone
               are
               mentioned
               in
               the
               17.
               verse
               .
            
             
             
               Now
               this
               course
               of
               repairing
               vnto
               the
               Sanctuary
               ,
               there
               to
               be
               resolued
               in
               the
               said
               question
               of
               the
               Lords
               affection
               to
               his
               people
               ,
               had
               this
               discourse
               in
               the
               hart
               of
               the
               Prophet
               for
               the
               ground
               thereof
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   must
                   iudge
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   affection
                   to
                   his
                   people
                   either
                   by
                   his
                   outward
                   proceedings
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   the
                   light
                   of
                   his
                   word
                   in
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   not
                   by
                   his
                   outward
                   proceedings
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     v.
                     15.16
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   by
                   the
                   light
                   of
                   his
                   word
                   in
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     17.
                     
                     Vpon
                     this
                     discourse
                     as
                     vpon
                     a
                     good
                     warrant
                     and
                     ground
                     ,
                     he
                     repaireth
                     vnto
                     the
                     Sanctuary
                     for
                     the
                     purpose
                     aforesaid
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               In
               liew
               of
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               in
               the
               15.
               and
               16.
               verse
               substituted
               the
               proofe
               thereof
               by
               two
               seueral
               arguments
               ,
               whereby
               this
               course
               of
               iudging
               is
               disclaimed
               and
               found
               vnworthie
               to
               be
               held
               ,
               aswell
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               preiudice
               and
               wrong
               which
               would
               ensue
               thereupon
               to
               the
               Lords
               children
               ,
               as
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               lost
               labour
               therein
               or
               impossibility
               to
               attaine
               therby
               vnto
               the
               true
               and
               certaine
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Lords
               affection
               towards
               his
               people
               .
               He
               concludeth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     to
                     iudge
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     affection
                     to
                     his
                     people
                     by
                     his
                     outward
                     proceedings
                     with
                     them
                     would
                     be
                     both
                     a
                     wrong
                     to
                     the
                     profession
                     of
                     his
                     children
                     ,
                     and
                     likewise
                     a
                     lost
                     labour
                     :
                     I
                     will
                     forbeare
                     to
                     iudge
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     affection
                     to
                     his
                     people
                     by
                     his
                     outward
                     proceedings
                     with
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     to
                     iudge
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     affection
                     to
                     his
                     people
                     by
                     his
                     outward
                     proceedings
                     with
                     them
                     ,
                     would
                     bee
                     both
                     a
                     wrong
                     to
                     the
                     profession
                     of
                     his
                     children
                     ,
                     and
                     likewise
                     a
                     lost
                     labour
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   15.
                   and
                   16.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   15.
                   verse
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   case
                   he
                   should
                   thus
                   speake
                   thereof
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   thus
                   interpret
                   the
                   Lords
                   affection
                   to
                   his
                   people
                   by
                   the
                   outward
                   euents
                   of
                   prosperitie
                   and
                   aduersitie
                   ,
                   hee
                   should
                   betray
                   the
                   profession
                   of
                   his
                   children
                   ,
                   by
                   exposing
                   it
                   to
                   disreputation
                   and
                   contempt
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   once
                   apprehended
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   regardeth
                   the
                   wicked
                   aswell
                   as
                   the
                   godly
                   :
                   
                   who
                   will
                   hold
                   in
                   any
                   recommendation
                   and
                   accompt
                   this
                   profession
                   of
                   worshipping
                   the
                   Lord
                   ?
                   In
                   the
                   16.
                   verse
                   affirming
                   that
                   it
                   seemed
                   vnto
                   him
                   an
                   hard
                   thing
                   to
                   be
                   resolued
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   question
                   :
                   he
                   meaneth
                   that
                   the
                   difficultie
                   was
                   such
                   as
                   all
                   indeuours
                   to
                   that
                   purpose
                   became
                   vaine
                   and
                   fruitlesse
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     will
                     I
                     forbeare
                     to
                     iudge
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     affection
                     to
                     his
                     people
                     by
                     his
                     outward
                     proceedings
                     with
                     them
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               you
               see
               what
               the
               direction
               and
               course
               is
               which
               the
               Spirit
               held
               for
               resolution
               in
               the
               said
               maine
               question
               of
               the
               Lords
               affection
               towards
               his
               people
               :
               so
               as
               the
               dispute
               betwixt
               the
               Spirit
               and
               the
               flesh
               touching
               this
               question
               ,
               was
               drawne
               vnto
               this
               issue
               and
               conclusion
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   his
                   prospering
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   and
                   his
                   afflicting
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   is
                   good
                   vnto
                   Israel
                   .
                
              
            
             
               We
               are
               now
               to
               vnderstand
               from
               the
               Prophet
               being
               thus
               particularly
               and
               soundly
               informed
               out
               of
               the
               Sanctuary
               ,
               the
               ground
               and
               reason
               of
               the
               said
               issue
               and
               conclusion
               :
               which
               in
               summe
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   ordained
                   for
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   they
                   florish
                   ,
                   iudgement
                   and
                   destruction
                   :
                   and
                   for
                   the
                   godlie
                   an
                   happie
                   issue
                   from
                   out
                   their
                   trouble
                   :
                   then
                   is
                   God
                   good
                   to
                   Israel
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   ordained
                   for
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   they
                   florish
                   ,
                   iudgement
                   and
                   destruction
                   :
                   and
                   for
                   the
                   godly
                   a
                   blessed
                   issue
                   from
                   out
                   their
                   trouble
                   .
                   
                     From
                     the
                     18.
                     verse
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     Psalme
                     .
                     Also
                     this
                     blessed
                     issue
                     is
                     implied
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   God
                   is
                   good
                   to
                   Israel
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               the
               Assumption
               concerning
               the
               destruction
               of
               the
               wicked
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               Prophet
               cleered
               and
               set
               forth
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     comparing
                     their
                     deiecting
                     with
                     their
                     setting
                     vp
                     .
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   18.
                   
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         thou
                         hast
                         placed
                         them
                         in
                         a
                         slipperie
                         estate
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         doest
                         thou
                         deiect
                         them
                         from
                         the
                         same
                         into
                         vtter
                         desolation
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     their
                     destruction
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     sudden
                     and
                     fearfull
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   
                   Where
                   is
                   implied
                   also
                   for
                   cleering
                   this
                   point
                   a
                   testimonie
                   from
                   experience
                   and
                   obseruation
                   :
                   as
                   if
                   the
                   Prophet
                   should
                   say
                   :
                   
                     Behold
                     ,
                     wee
                     see
                     with
                     our
                     eyes
                     how
                     they
                     are
                     in
                     a
                     moment
                     deiected
                     and
                     destroyed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     resembling
                     their
                     vanishing
                     to
                     a
                     dreame
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   20.
                   
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         dreame
                         vanisheth
                         when
                         we
                         awake
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         vanish
                         the
                         wicked
                         and
                         their
                         prosperitie
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     By
                     declaring
                     the
                     efficient
                     cause
                     of
                     their
                     destruction
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   20.
                   in
                   the
                   later
                   part
                   .
                   Where
                   
                     the
                     Lords
                     awaking
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   displaying
                   of
                   his
                   power
                   to
                   doe
                   iustice
                   on
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   is
                   noted
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   cause
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   whereof
                   ,
                   
                     their
                     image
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   their
                   outward
                   flourishing
                   estate
                   is
                   made
                   contemptible
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   nought
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               part
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               which
               importes
               the
               happie
               issue
               of
               the
               godly
               from
               out
               their
               trouble
               ,
               is
               not
               in
               these
               distinct
               termes
               expressed
               .
               But
               forasmuch
               as
               the
               Word
               which
               discloseth
               the
               Lords
               iustice
               to
               the
               wicked
               ,
               doth
               withall
               discouer
               his
               loue
               &
               compassion
               to
               the
               godly
               ,
               we
               must
               conceiue
               it
               as
               set
               downe
               in
               expresse
               termes
               :
               as
               indeede
               we
               find
               this
               point
               of
               happines
               on
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Lords
               children
               ,
               insinuated
               and
               comprehended
               as
               in
               the
               first
               verse
               ,
               so
               likewise
               in
               the
               latter
               part
               of
               the
               Psalme
               ,
               which
               containes
               the
               Prophets
               solemne
               profession
               of
               perpetually
               depending
               vpon
               the
               Lord.
               Which
               profession
               of
               his
               beginneth
               vers
               .
               23.
               and
               so
               continueth
               to
               the
               ende
               of
               the
               Psalme
               .
            
             
               The
               ground
               of
               the
               said
               maine
               issue
               and
               conclusion
               being
               thus
               laid
               forth
               :
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               verse
               21.
               and
               22.
               added
               thereto
               a
               confession
               and
               censure
               of
               the
               brutish
               conceit
               
               whereinto
               hee
               was
               readie
               to
               slip
               ,
               touching
               the
               Lords
               affection
               to
               his
               people
               .
               His
               censure
               is
               propounded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   When
                   I
                   grieued
                   at
                   the
                   prosperitie
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   the
                   affliction
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   I
                   was
                   foolish
                   and
                   senselesse
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     21.
                     and
                     the
                     first
                     part
                     of
                     vers
                     .
                     22.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   When
                   I
                   was
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   affection
                   to
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   I
                   grieued
                   at
                   the
                   prosperitie
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   the
                   affliction
                   of
                   the
                   godly
                   .
                   Omitted
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   when
                   I
                   was
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   affection
                   to
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   I
                   was
                   foolish
                   and
                   senselesse
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     22.
                     in
                     the
                     later
                     part
                     .
                     Where
                     he
                     expresseth
                     this
                     imputation
                     and
                     marke
                     of
                     foolishnes
                     ,
                     by
                     comparing
                     himselfe
                     vnto
                     a
                     beast
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               the
               first
               and
               maine
               issue
               of
               the
               dispute
               betwixt
               the
               Spirit
               and
               the
               flesh
               hath
               been
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               reason
               and
               ground
               thereof
               ,
               related
               vnto
               vs
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 That
                 God
                 is
                 good
                 to
                 Israel
                 .
              
               Now
               the
               second
               issue
               being
               a
               conclusion
               deduced
               vpon
               the
               former
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               imparted
               with
               vs.
               
            
             
               This
               second
               issue
               of
               the
               said
               dispute
               ,
               is
               the
               Prophets
               profession
               of
               his
               perpetual
               dependance
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               ,
               ver
               .
               23.
               in
               the
               former
               part
               .
               Where
               the
               Prophets
               protestation
               of
               euer
               being
               with
               the
               Lord
               ,
               I
               interprete
               as
               meant
               of
               adhering
               and
               cleauing
               alway
               vnto
               him
               by
               a
               liuely
               and
               constant
               faith
               in
               his
               promises
               :
               it
               being
               faith
               which
               first
               worketh
               and
               after
               intertaineth
               our
               spirituall
               and
               real
               vnion
               with
               him
               .
               Besides
               ,
               it
               was
               a
               defect
               in
               the
               Prophets
               faith
               which
               made
               ouerture
               to
               this
               dispute
               betwixt
               the
               Spirit
               and
               the
               flesh
               :
               and
               therefore
               to
               shew
               how
               he
               hath
               profited
               by
               the
               victorie
               of
               the
               Spirit
               ,
               and
               how
               ready
               he
               is
               to
               eschew
               hereafter
               the
               like
               fault
               of
               distrust
               in
               the
               Lord
               ,
               hee
               solemnely
               professeth
               that
               he
               will
               euer
               rest
               and
               relie
               vpon
               him
               .
               Lastlie
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               arguments
               alleaged
               to
               perswade
               and
               confirme
               his
               perpetual
               being
               with
               the
               Lord
               ,
               doth
               best
               sute
               with
               the
               said
               interpretation
               and
               point
               of
               perpetuall
               dependance
               vpon
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               This
               second
               issue
               then
               of
               the
               conflict
               aboue
               remembred
               ,
               
               being
               a
               consequent
               of
               the
               first
               and
               maine
               issue
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               Prophet
               inferred
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   finde
                   in
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   that
                   as
                   God
                   is
                   a
                   seuere
                   Iudge
                   to
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   so
                   hee
                   is
                   gratious
                   and
                   good
                   to
                   Israel
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   professe
                   that
                   I
                   will
                   euer
                   depend
                   vpon
                   him
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               But
               for
               a
               further
               encouragement
               of
               his
               hart
               herein
               ,
               and
               that
               it
               may
               appeare
               he
               hath
               other
               good
               warrant
               for
               this
               his
               profession
               ,
               he
               doth
               to
               the
               reason
               already
               alleaged
               adde
               sundry
               excellent
               inducements
               ,
               whereby
               to
               perswade
               the
               withdrawing
               of
               his
               confidence
               from
               al
               worldly
               meanes
               ,
               and
               the
               reposing
               thereof
               wholy
               vpon
               the
               Lord.
               His
               second
               reason
               therefore
               to
               this
               purpose
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   diddest
                   support
                   me
                   in
                   this
                   temptation
                   and
                   conflict
                   by
                   the
                   direction
                   and
                   power
                   of
                   thy
                   spirit
                   and
                   word
                   ,
                   
                     verse
                     23.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   hauing
                   this
                   experience
                   of
                   thy
                   assistance
                   and
                   fauour
                   towards
                   me
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   euer
                   depend
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               inducement
               of
               this
               his
               profession
               ,
               is
               of
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   wilt
                   guide
                   me
                   ,
                   in
                   case
                   I
                   depend
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   addresse
                   and
                   light
                   of
                   thy
                   word
                   in
                   the
                   way
                   to
                   eternall
                   glorie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     24.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   will
                   I
                   euer
                   rest
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               fourth
               argument
               perswading
               this
               dependance
               ,
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   I
                   will
                   depend
                   vpon
                   any
                   other
                   besides
                   thee
                   ,
                   then
                   is
                   there
                   some
                   in
                   heauen
                   or
                   earth
                   whom
                   I
                   honor
                   and
                   serue
                   besides
                   thee
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   there
                   is
                   none
                   in
                   heauen
                   or
                   earth
                   whom
                   I
                   honour
                   and
                   serue
                   besides
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     25.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   will
                   I
                   not
                   depend
                   vpon
                   any
                   other
                   besides
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               stayeth
               not
               here
               ,
               but
               proceedeth
               on
               to
               a
               fift
               reason
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Who
                   is
                   euer
                   vnto
                   me
                   ,
                   in
                   whatsoeuer
                   my
                   distresses
                   ,
                   a
                   compleat
                   sufficiencie
                   of
                   all
                   comfort
                   ,
                   strength
                   and
                   happines
                   :
                   on
                   him
                   will
                   I
                   euer
                   depend
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   euer
                   to
                   me
                   ,
                   in
                   whatsoeuer
                   my
                   distresses
                   ,
                   a
                   compleat
                   sufficiencie
                   of
                   all
                   comfort
                   ,
                   strength
                   and
                   happines
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     26.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   hee
                   ,
                   on
                   whom
                   I
                   will
                   euer
                   depend
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               He
               yet
               ceaseth
               not
               :
               but
               to
               aduance
               his
               confidence
               and
               reposing
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               draweth
               into
               muster
               a
               sixt
               motiue
               ,
               disputed
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   they
                   who
                   leaue
                   and
                   abandon
                   thee
                   ,
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   others
                   ,
                   shall
                   certainly
                   perish
                   :
                   then
                   will
                   I
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   euer
                   depend
                   vpon
                   thee
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   they
                   who
                   leaue
                   and
                   abandon
                   thee
                   ,
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   others
                   ,
                   shall
                   certainly
                   perish
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     27.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   resolue
                   euer
                   to
                   depend
                   vpon
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               For
               a
               further
               warrant
               and
               reinforcement
               of
               the
               profession
               he
               maketh
               to
               rely
               only
               and
               wholy
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               tendereth
               vnto
               vs
               this
               conclusion
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   my
                   happines
                   consist
                   in
                   resting
                   onely
                   and
                   wholy
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   I
                   professe
                   and
                   resolue
                   euer
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   my
                   happines
                   consisteth
                   in
                   resting
                   wholy
                   and
                   onelie
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   professe
                   and
                   resolue
                   euer
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23
                     :
                     and
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               close
               and
               shut
               vp
               this
               his
               profession
               ,
               he
               doth
               in
               the
               last
               period
               of
               the
               last
               verse
               of
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               acquaint
               vs
               with
               the
               end
               of
               his
               perpetuall
               dependance
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               :
               which
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   hee
                   may
                   (
                   the
                   Lord
                   honouring
                   this
                   his
                   dependance
                   with
                   continuall
                   fauours
                   and
                   blessings
                   vpon
                   him
                   )
                   haue
                   alwaies
                   cause
                   to
                   declare
                   and
                   magnifie
                   the
                   Lords
                   gratious
                   proceedings
                   towards
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             PSALM
             .
             84.
             
          
           
             1
             TO
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Quier
             amongst
             the
             children
             of
             Corah
             ,
             a
             Psalme
             deliuered
             to
             be
             sung
             vpon
             Gittith
             .
          
           
             2
             O
             Lord
             of
             hostes
             :
             how
             amiable
             are
             thy
             Tabernacles
             ?
          
           
             3
             My
             soule
             longeth
             ,
             yea
             fainteth
             also
             for
             the
             courts
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             mine
             heart
             and
             my
             flesh
             crie
             out
             with
             longing
             to
             come
             to
             the
             mightie
             and
             liuing
             God.
             
          
           
             4
             Yea
             the
             sparrow
             findeth
             an
             house
             ,
             and
             the
             swallow
             a
             nest
             for
             her selfe
             ,
             where
             she
             may
             lay
             her
             young
             .
             But
             thy
             altars
             ,
             O
             Lord
             of
             hostes
             ,
             my
             King
             and
             my
             God.
             
          
           
             5
             Blessed
             are
             they
             that
             dwell
             in
             thine
             house
             ,
             who
             praise
             thee
             continually
             .
             Selah
             .
          
           
             6
             Blessed
             is
             the
             man
             ,
             who
             hath
             in
             thee
             power
             to
             goe
             in
             thy
             paths
             according
             to
             his
             heart
             .
          
           
             7
             They
             going
             through
             the
             vale
             of
             Mulberies
             ,
             make
             it
             a
             fountaine
             .
             The
             raine
             also
             of
             blessings
             couereth
             them
             .
          
           
             8
             They
             goe
             from
             strength
             to
             strength
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             appeare
             before
             God
             in
             Sion
             .
          
           
             9
             O
             Lord
             God
             of
             hostes
             heare
             my
             prayer
             :
             hearken
             O
             God
             of
             Iacob
             .
             Selah
             .
          
           
             10
             O
             God
             our
             shield
             ,
             behold
             me
             and
             looke
             vpon
             the
             face
             of
             thine
             annoynted
             .
          
           
             11
             For
             one
             day
             in
             thy
             courts
             is
             better
             than
             a
             thousand
             elsewhere
             .
             I
             had
             rather
             be
             a
             doore-keeper
             in
             the
             house
             of
             my
             God
             ,
             than
             to
             dwell
             in
             the
             tabernacles
             of
             wickednes
             .
          
           
             12
             For
             the
             Lord
             God
             is
             a
             Sunne
             and
             shield
             vnto
             vs
             :
             The
             Lord
             giueth
             grace
             and
             glorie
             :
             no
             good
             thing
             doth
             he
             withhold
             from
             them
             that
             walke
             vprightly
             .
          
           
             13
             O
             Lord
             of
             hostes
             :
             blessed
             is
             the
             man
             that
             trusteth
             vpon
             thee
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               84.
               
            
             
               The
               inscription
               nameth
               not
               the
               author
               of
               the
               Psalme
               :
               it
               noteth
               onely
               the
               person
               to
               whose
               charge
               it
               was
               committed
               
               to
               be
               sung
               :
               and
               the
               instrument
               called
               Gittith
               on
               which
               it
               was
               to
               be
               sung
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Psalme
               it selfe
               :
               the
               argument
               is
               this
               .
               The
               Prophet
               Dauid
               being
               through
               the
               practise
               and
               tyrannie
               of
               his
               enemies
               barred
               from
               all
               accesse
               vnto
               the
               place
               of
               the
               Lords
               publike
               worship
               and
               seruice
               (
               which
               place
               is
               called
               vers
               .
               2.
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Tabernacles
               :
               in
               the
               3.
               verse
               
                 the
                 courts
                 of
                 Iehoua
              
               :
               in
               the
               4
               ,
               Altars
               :
               in
               the
               5.
               and
               11
               ,
               
                 the
                 house
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
              
               )
               maketh
               this
               humble
               sute
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   he
                   may
                   find
                   fauour
                   with
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   his
                   returne
                   vnto
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   his
                   publike
                   worship
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               That
               this
               motion
               here
               set
               downe
               ,
               is
               the
               particular
               solicited
               and
               vrged
               in
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               may
               appeare
               by
               conferring
               the
               9.
               verse
               with
               the
               3.
               and
               the
               11.
               
               For
               what
               he
               longeth
               for
               in
               the
               3.
               and
               magnifieth
               in
               the
               11
               :
               the
               grant
               of
               that
               hee
               doth
               without
               doubt
               earnestly
               sue
               for
               and
               presse
               in
               the
               9
               :
               there
               being
               in
               the
               whole
               Psalme
               no
               other
               subiect
               ,
               wherewith
               his
               intercession
               can
               properly
               sort
               and
               agree
               .
               But
               in
               the
               3.
               he
               longeth
               for
               his
               returne
               vnto
               the
               Courts
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               and
               in
               the
               11
               ,
               he
               esteemeth
               his
               presence
               in
               them
               ,
               though
               it
               were
               but
               for
               a
               day
               and
               in
               the
               qualitie
               of
               a
               doore
               keeper
               ,
               a
               matter
               of
               the
               greatest
               happines
               .
               It
               is
               therefore
               his
               repaire
               againe
               vnto
               the
               place
               of
               the
               Lords
               publike
               worship
               ,
               for
               which
               he
               is
               an
               humble
               suter
               .
            
             
               Now
               the
               grant
               of
               this
               sute
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               perswade
               by
               sundry
               arguments
               :
               the
               first
               whereof
               doth
               represent
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               how
               passionatly
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               long
               for
               his
               returne
               vnto
               the
               tabernacle
               :
               out
               of
               a
               perswasion
               on
               the
               Prophets
               part
               ,
               that
               the
               Lord
               will
               not
               suffer
               to
               rest
               vnsatisfied
               so
               holy
               and
               religious
               a
               longing
               of
               his
               poore
               seruant
               .
               The
               conclusion
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   I
                   doe
                   passionatly
                   long
                   to
                   repaire
                   againe
                   vnto
                   thy
                   Tabernacle
                   ,
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   let
                   me
                   finde
                   fauour
                   in
                   thy
                   sight
                   for
                   my
                   repaire
                   thereto
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   I
                   doe
                   passionatly
                   long
                   to
                   repaire
                   againe
                   vnto
                   thy
                   tabernacle
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   let
                   me
                   finde
                   fauour
                   in
                   thy
                   sight
                   for
                   my
                   repaire
                   thereto
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               deliuered
               and
               recorded
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               the
               third
               verse
               :
               where
               he
               protesteth
               in
               expresse
               termes
               ,
               that
               his
               desire
               to
               returne
               vnto
               the
               place
               of
               the
               Lords
               worship
               (
               which
               place
               he
               there
               calleth
               
                 the
                 courts
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
              
               ,
               and
               likewise
               by
               the
               name
               of
               the
               
                 Mightie
                 and
                 liuing
                 God
              
               )
               is
               such
               as
               is
               very
               passionate
               and
               accompanied
               with
               an
               extraordinarie
               fainting
               of
               his
               soule
               :
               yea
               such
               as
               draweth
               his
               heart
               and
               flesh
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               his
               whole
               person
               into
               an
               extremitie
               of
               inward
               and
               outward
               crying
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               obtaining
               contentment
               in
               the
               sute
               he
               maketh
               .
            
             
               The
               said
               Assumption
               is
               amplified
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     recommending
                     the
                     Lords
                     Tabernacle
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     admiration
                     ,
                     as
                     most
                     worthie
                     of
                     all
                     loue
                     and
                     regard
                     :
                  
                   it
                   being
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   his
                   presence
                   ,
                   and
                   where
                   he
                   acquainted
                   his
                   people
                   with
                   his
                   mercie
                   to
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   Messiah
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   his
                   iustice
                   against
                   sinne
                   .
                   From
                   this
                   argument
                   he
                   reasoneth
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         Thy
                         Tabernacle
                         (
                         O
                         Lord
                         )
                         is
                         most
                         worthie
                         of
                         all
                         loue
                         and
                         regard
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       2.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         doe
                         I
                         exceedingly
                         long
                         to
                         returne
                         vnto
                         it
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       3.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     two
                     effects
                     ,
                     which
                     doe
                     accompanie
                     this
                     his
                     passionate
                     longing
                     to
                     returne
                     .
                  
                   With
                   these
                   he
                   acquainteth
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   the
                   rather
                   to
                   procure
                   from
                   him
                   satisfaction
                   in
                   his
                   request
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         one
                         ,
                         is
                         a
                         fainting
                         and
                         consuming
                         of
                         his
                         heart
                         with
                         griefe
                         during
                         his
                         discontinuance
                         from
                         the
                         Lords
                         house
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       3.
                       in
                       the
                       former
                       part
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         The
                         other
                         ,
                         is
                         the
                         crying
                         of
                         his
                         whole
                         person
                         vnto
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         aswell
                         inwardly
                         with
                         his
                         hart
                         ,
                         as
                         outwardly
                         by
                         his
                         voyce
                         and
                         some
                         humble
                         gesture
                         of
                         body
                         for
                         obtaining
                         a
                         grant
                         of
                         his
                         sute
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       3.
                       in
                       the
                       later
                       part
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     imparting
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     the
                     miserie
                     and
                     vnhappines
                     of
                     his
                     present
                     condition
                     :
                  
                   the
                   consideration
                   whereof
                   wrought
                   in
                   the
                   heart
                   of
                   the
                   Prophet
                   a
                   longing
                   for
                   some
                   change
                   and
                   alteration
                   in
                   his
                   present
                   estate
                   ,
                   
                   by
                   repayring
                   againe
                   vnto
                   the
                   holie
                   assemblies
                   .
                   As
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   thus
                   say
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         My
                         present
                         condition
                         is
                         altogether
                         vnhappie
                         and
                         miserable
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         No
                         marueile
                         therfore
                         if
                         I
                         long
                         for
                         a
                         change
                         thereof
                         by
                         my
                         returne
                         vnto
                         the
                         Lords
                         house
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               not
               in
               direct
               termes
               expressed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               :
               but
               in
               steed
               thereof
               he
               hath
               yeelded
               and
               set
               downe
               a
               cleare
               proofe
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               containing
               such
               a
               description
               of
               happines
               as
               is
               incompatible
               with
               the
               Prophets
               present
               estate
               .
               The
               proofe
               containing
               the
               said
               description
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     They
                     are
                     happie
                     who
                     haue
                     the
                     libertie
                     of
                     accesse
                     to
                     thy
                     tabernacle
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   and
                   6.
                   
                   These
                   two
                   verses
                   affoord
                   vnto
                   vs
                   from
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   particularities
                   comprised
                   in
                   them
                   this
                   generall
                   sense
                   and
                   description
                   of
                   happines
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   5.
                   verse
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   held
                   for
                   happy
                   who
                   haue
                   the
                   libertie
                   of
                   dwelling
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   6.
                   verse
                   ,
                   hee
                   is
                   reputed
                   happie
                   who
                   hath
                   in
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   the
                   power
                   and
                   libertie
                   of
                   treading
                   and
                   walking
                   in
                   those
                   paths
                   which
                   leade
                   vnto
                   the
                   tabernacle
                   .
                   Which
                   paths
                   are
                   called
                   the
                   Lords
                   paths
                   :
                   because
                   they
                   are
                   the
                   way
                   to
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     I
                     haue
                     not
                     the
                     libertie
                     of
                     accesse
                     to
                     thy
                     tabernacle
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   I
                   expound
                   that
                   interrupted
                   speech
                   
                     (
                     Thy
                     altars
                     O
                     Lord
                  
                   )
                   in
                   this
                   sort
                   :
                   
                     Thy
                     altars
                  
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   by
                   naming
                   one
                   part
                   for
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   Thy
                   tabernacle
                   is
                   the
                   place
                   from
                   whence
                   I
                   rest
                   banished
                   ,
                   and
                   whereto
                   I
                   haue
                   not
                   libertie
                   of
                   accesse
                   .
                   Which
                   exposition
                   doth
                   fitly
                   answere
                   the
                   comparison
                   of
                   little
                   birds
                   (
                   as
                   after
                   shall
                   appeare
                   )
                   deliuered
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   verse
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     I
                     am
                     not
                     happie
                  
                   .
                   This
                   conclusion
                   is
                   omitted
                   as
                   a
                   matter
                   so
                   apparant
                   and
                   palpable
                   vpon
                   the
                   setting
                   downe
                   of
                   the
                   premisses
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   needes
                   not
                   any
                   particular
                   expressing
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               Of
               this
               syllogisme
               ,
               which
               containes
               the
               Prophets
               deploration
               of
               his
               present
               vnhappy
               and
               distressed
               condition
               ,
               the
               Assumption
               is
               first
               handled
               :
               and
               then
               the
               Proposition
               .
               The
               Assumption
               is
               cleared
               by
               a
               comparison
               of
               Dissimilitude
               :
               wherein
               is
               shewed
               how
               the
               present
               estate
               of
               the
               Prophet
               is
               different
               and
               vnlike
               to
               that
               of
               the
               little
               birds
               who
               are
               allowed
               liberty
               to
               flie
               vnto
               the
               tabernacle
               ,
               there
               to
               rest
               and
               breede
               .
               The
               Dissimilititude
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     sparrow
                     and
                     the
                     swallow
                     finde
                     by
                     thy
                     prouidence
                     libertie
                     of
                     accesse
                     to
                     thy
                     tabernacle
                     ,
                     there
                     to
                     rest
                     and
                     breede
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     thy
                     tabernacle
                     is
                     the
                     place
                     whereto
                     I
                     can
                     haue
                     no
                     accesse
                     ,
                     but
                     rest
                     banished
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   later
                   part
                   .
                   You
                   may
                   see
                   hereby
                   how
                   aptly
                   the
                   said
                   interrupt
                   speech
                   serueth
                   as
                   a
                   reddition
                   to
                   the
                   comparison
                   deliuered
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   verse
                   .
                   Neither
                   neede
                   wee
                   feare
                   that
                   any
                   absurditie
                   will
                   follow
                   ,
                   in
                   case
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   4.
                   verse
                   be
                   interpreted
                   as
                   is
                   set
                   downe
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   tabernacle
                   being
                   spacious
                   and
                   large
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   composition
                   thereof
                   such
                   as
                   it
                   was
                   distinguished
                   into
                   sundrie
                   parts
                   :
                   no
                   marueile
                   if
                   little
                   birds
                   did
                   find
                   the
                   commoditie
                   of
                   resting
                   and
                   breeding
                   in
                   some
                   parts
                   thereof
                   ,
                   though
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   Sanctuarie
                   or
                   neere
                   the
                   Altar
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               of
               the
               said
               syllogisme
               is
               amplified
               ,
               by
               noting
               two
               seuerall
               kindes
               of
               persons
               to
               whom
               the
               said
               description
               of
               happines
               doth
               agree
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     first
                     kinde
                     is
                     of
                     Priests
                     and
                     Leuites
                     :
                  
                   who
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   are
                   defined
                   to
                   be
                   such
                   as
                   daily
                   reside
                   in
                   the
                   tabernacle
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   there
                   imployed
                   in
                   the
                   seruice
                   of
                   worshipping
                   and
                   praising
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     second
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     Israelites
                     ,
                     who
                     repayred
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     countrey
                     to
                     appeare
                     before
                     the
                     tabernacle
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   6
                   :
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   haue
                   liberty
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   hearts
                   desire
                   to
                   tread
                   the
                   Lords
                   paths
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   paths
                   which
                   leade
                   vnto
                   the
                   Lords
                   house
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               These
               countrie
               Israelites
               ,
               who
               tendered
               their
               appearance
               before
               the
               Lord
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               statute
               enacted
               in
               that
               behalfe
               ,
               Exod.
               23.17
               .
               and
               Deut.
               16.16
               :
               these
               Isralites
               (
               I
               say
               )
               are
               by
               the
               Prophet
               described
               by
               setting
               out
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Their
                     resolute
                     enduring
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     difficulties
                     and
                     incommodities
                     that
                     accompanied
                     their
                     repaire
                     vnto
                     the
                     tabernacle
                     :
                     as
                     namely
                     the
                     incommoditie
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         thirst
                         .
                         That
                         they
                         endured
                         this
                         ,
                         appeareth
                         hereby
                         :
                         in
                         that
                         they
                         passing
                         through
                         the
                         valley
                         of
                         Mulberies
                         ,
                         a
                         valley
                         very
                         drie
                         and
                         destitute
                         of
                         water
                         ,
                         digged
                         and
                         serched
                         for
                         fountaines
                         ,
                         whereby
                         to
                         relieue
                         their
                         thirst
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       7.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         showers
                         and
                         stormes
                         of
                         raine
                         ,
                      
                       ver
                       .
                       7.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                       Where
                       the
                       raine
                       which
                       falleth
                       on
                       the
                       passengers
                       is
                       called
                       the
                       raine
                       of
                       blessings
                       :
                       because
                       it
                       communicateth
                       the
                       blessing
                       of
                       fertilitie
                       to
                       the
                       earth
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         wearines
                         and
                         faintnes
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       8.
                       
                       Where
                       the
                       enduring
                       of
                       this
                       incommodity
                       is
                       implied
                       hereby
                       ,
                       in
                       that
                       it
                       is
                       said
                       ,
                       
                         They
                         goe
                         from
                         strength
                         to
                         strength
                         :
                      
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       with
                       an
                       affectionate
                       desire
                       and
                       courage
                       to
                       entertaine
                       themselues
                       in
                       some
                       measure
                       of
                       strength
                       ,
                       and
                       to
                       encounter
                       with
                       patience
                       all
                       sense
                       of
                       wearines
                       .
                       This
                       interpretation
                       ,
                       considering
                       the
                       question
                       is
                       of
                       trauellers
                       and
                       of
                       difficulties
                       endured
                       by
                       them
                       ,
                       seemeth
                       most
                       notable
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     end
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     they
                     did
                     so
                     resolutely
                     endure
                     the
                     said
                     incommodities
                     .
                     This
                     end
                     was
                     that
                     they
                     might
                     present
                     themselues
                     before
                     God
                     in
                     Sion
                     :
                     Sion
                     being
                     the
                     appointed
                     and
                     designed
                     place
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     were
                     to
                     performe
                     worship
                     and
                     seruice
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               hath
               the
               Prophet
               amplified
               and
               pressed
               the
               first
               argument
               ,
               wherby
               he
               would
               perswade
               the
               Lord
               to
               a
               grant
               of
               his
               fate
               for
               returne
               vnto
               the
               tabernacle
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               argument
               to
               this
               purpose
               ,
               and
               the
               third
               also
               
               follow
               in
               the
               10.
               verse
               comprehended
               in
               these
               words
               :
               
                 O
                 God
                 ,
                 who
                 art
                 our
                 shield
                 ,
                 behold
                 me
                 ,
                 and
                 looke
                 on
                 the
                 face
                 of
                 thine
                 annoynted
                 :
              
               That
               is
               ,
               
                 Thou
                 (
                 O
                 God
                 )
                 who
                 hast
                 heretofore
                 protected
                 and
                 deliuered
                 me
                 from
                 trouble
                 :
                 and
                 thou
                 who
                 hast
                 annoynted
                 me
                 King
                 ouer
                 thy
                 people
                 ,
                 and
                 therein
                 to
                 be
                 a
                 type
                 of
                 thy
                 eternall
                 Sonne
                 ,
                 behold
                 me
                 with
                 all
                 fauour
                 and
                 mercie
                 for
                 my
                 returne
                 vnto
                 the
                 place
                 of
                 thy
                 publike
                 worship
                 .
              
            
             
               This
               10.
               verse
               ,
               as
               you
               see
               ,
               containeth
               a
               double
               conclusion
               :
               the
               first
               whereof
               is
               grounded
               vpon
               a
               comparison
               of
               paritie
               accompanied
               with
               a
               testimony
               of
               experience
               .
               The
               conclusion
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   hast
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   heretofore
                   protected
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   deliuered
                   me
                   from
                   a
                   condition
                   of
                   miserie
                   into
                   an
                   estate
                   of
                   comfort
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     these
                     words
                     :
                  
                   O
                   God
                   who
                   art
                   my
                   shield
                   .
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   shew
                   me
                   now
                   the
                   like
                   fauour
                   for
                   my
                   returne
                   from
                   the
                   miserie
                   wherein
                   I
                   am
                   vnto
                   the
                   comfort
                   of
                   thy
                   tabernacle
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     these
                     words
                     :
                  
                   Behold
                   me
                   :
                   
                     namely
                     ,
                     with
                     thy
                     fauourable
                     eye
                     for
                     my
                     returne
                     vnto
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     thy
                     publike
                     worship
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               other
               conclusion
               is
               grounded
               vpon
               a
               comparison
               from
               the
               greater
               to
               the
               lesse
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   hast
                   out
                   of
                   thy
                   loue
                   towards
                   me
                   vouchsafed
                   vnto
                   me
                   this
                   great
                   honour
                   as
                   to
                   annoynt
                   me
                   King
                   ouer
                   thy
                   people
                   ,
                   and
                   withall
                   to
                   bee
                   therein
                   a
                   type
                   of
                   thy
                   eternall
                   Sonne
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   refuse
                   not
                   vnto
                   me
                   this
                   lesser
                   fauour
                   for
                   my
                   returne
                   vnto
                   thy
                   tabernacle
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     10.
                     in
                     these
                     words
                     :
                  
                   Behold
                   me
                   and
                   looke
                   vpon
                   the
                   face
                   of
                   him
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               ceaseth
               not
               here
               :
               but
               pleadeth
               with
               the
               Lord
               by
               a
               fourth
               argument
               for
               his
               returne
               vnto
               the
               Tabernacle
               .
               In
               this
               argument
               he
               doth
               magnifie
               the
               happines
               that
               doth
               accōpanie
               such
               who
               haue
               the
               liberty
               of
               accesse
               vnto
               the
               Lords
               house
               ,
               there
               to
               present
               vnto
               him
               the
               seruice
               and
               worship
               required
               .
               From
               hence
               he
               concludeth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   To
                   be
                   partaker
                   of
                   thy
                   publike
                   worship
                   at
                   thy
                   tabernacle
                   ,
                   though
                   but
                   for
                   a
                   day
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   qualitie
                   of
                   a
                   doore-keeper
                   ,
                   I
                   esteeme
                   the
                   greatest
                   happines
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   refuse
                   me
                   not
                   this
                   fauour
                   of
                   returning
                   thereto
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               part
               of
               this
               fourth
               reason
               is
               diuersly
               amplified
               and
               cleered
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   two
                   comparisons
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   lesse
                   to
                   the
                   greater
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   
                   
                     
                       The
                       former
                       comparison
                       is
                       this
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             To
                             spend
                             the
                             whole
                             terme
                             of
                             my
                             life
                             in
                             the
                             palaces
                             of
                             the
                             prophane
                             and
                             mighty
                             in
                             the
                             world
                             ,
                             I
                             may
                             accompt
                             a
                             matter
                             of
                             great
                             honour
                             and
                             happines
                             .
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             But
                             to
                             spend
                             one
                             day
                             of
                             my
                             whole
                             life
                             in
                             thy
                             tabernacle
                             I
                             hold
                             for
                             a
                             more
                             honourable
                             and
                             happie
                             condition
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       The
                       other
                       comparison
                       is
                       this
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             To
                             enioy
                             an
                             estate
                             and
                             place
                             of
                             eminent
                             dignitie
                             amongst
                             the
                             mightie
                             in
                             the
                             world
                             ,
                             I
                             may
                             repute
                             it
                             a
                             matter
                             of
                             honour
                             and
                             happines
                             .
                          
                        
                         
                           
                             But
                             to
                             hold
                             the
                             meanest
                             roome
                             in
                             thy
                             tabernacle
                             and
                             Church
                             ,
                             I
                             accompt
                             it
                             far
                             more
                             honourable
                             and
                             happie
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     2.
                     
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     particulars
                     wherein
                     the
                     greatest
                     happines
                     consisteth
                     .
                     This
                     argument
                     is
                     thus
                     deduced
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           Who
                           enioy
                           at
                           the
                           hands
                           of
                           the
                           Lord
                           ,
                           prosperitie
                           ,
                           protection
                           ,
                           spirituall
                           grace
                           and
                           eternall
                           glorie
                           ,
                           theirs
                           is
                           the
                           greatest
                           happines
                           .
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           But
                           who
                           sincerely
                           worship
                           at
                           the
                           tabernacle
                           ,
                           they
                           enioy
                           at
                           the
                           hands
                           of
                           the
                           Lord
                           ,
                           prosperitie
                           ,
                           protection
                           ,
                           spirituall
                           grace
                           and
                           eternall
                           glorie
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         12.
                         
                         Where
                         as
                         the
                         two
                         last
                         particulars
                         are
                         set
                         downe
                         in
                         plaine
                         termes
                         :
                         so
                         the
                         two
                         first
                         are
                         expressed
                         by
                         two
                         metaphors
                         :
                         each
                         
                         whereof
                         implieth
                         a
                         seuerall
                         comparison
                         :
                         the
                         one
                         from
                         the
                         Sunne
                         ,
                         by
                         whose
                         light
                         and
                         influence
                         the
                         earth
                         doth
                         prosper
                         and
                         florish
                         :
                         the
                         other
                         ,
                         from
                         a
                         shield
                         ,
                         whereby
                         the
                         bodie
                         is
                         protected
                         against
                         hurts
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           Therefore
                           who
                           sincerely
                           worship
                           at
                           the
                           tabernacle
                           ,
                           theirs
                           is
                           the
                           greatest
                           happines
                           ,
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         11.
                         
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     Assumption
                     hath
                     this
                     proofe
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           Vpon
                           the
                           true
                           worshippers
                           at
                           the
                           tabernacle
                           the
                           Lord
                           doth
                           conferre
                           all
                           good
                           blessings
                           .
                        
                         vers
                         .
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         end
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           Therefore
                           he
                           bestowes
                           on
                           them
                           prosperitie
                           ,
                           protection
                           ,
                           spiritual
                           grace
                           and
                           eternall
                           glorie
                           ,
                        
                         verse
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         beginning
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   By
                   laying
                   foorth
                   the
                   essentiall
                   and
                   proper
                   qualitie
                   of
                   the
                   sincere
                   worshippers
                   at
                   the
                   tabernacle
                   :
                   namely
                   ,
                   their
                   faith
                   and
                   dependance
                   on
                   the
                   Lord.
                   Out
                   of
                   this
                   argument
                   hee
                   inferreth
                   this
                   conclusion
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         Who
                         by
                         a
                         true
                         faith
                         rest
                         on
                         thee
                         (
                         O
                         Lord
                         of
                         hostes
                         )
                         they
                         are
                         in
                         a
                         state
                         of
                         the
                         greatest
                         happines
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       13.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         sincere
                         worshippers
                         at
                         the
                         tabernacle
                         doe
                         by
                         a
                         true
                         faith
                         rest
                         on
                         thee
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         the
                         sincere
                         worshippers
                         at
                         the
                         tabernacle
                         are
                         in
                         a
                         state
                         of
                         the
                         greatest
                         happines
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       11.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             90.
             
          
           
             1
             THe
             prayer
             of
             Moses
             a
             man
             of
             God.
             O
             Lord
             thou
             hast
             been
             our
             habitation
             from
             generation
             to
             generation
             .
          
           
             2
             Before
             the
             mountaines
             were
             made
             ,
             and
             before
             thou
             haddest
             formed
             the
             earth
             and
             the
             world
             :
             euen
             from
             euerlasting
             to
             euerlasting
             thou
             art
             our
             God.
             
          
           
             3
             Thou
             reducest
             man
             to
             this
             point
             of
             being
             brayed
             into
             powder
             ,
             
             saying
             :
             Returne
             ye
             sonnes
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             4
             For
             a
             thousand
             yeeres
             are
             in
             thy
             eyes
             as
             yesterday
             when
             it
             is
             past
             ,
             and
             as
             a
             watch
             in
             the
             night
             .
          
           
             5
             Thou
             cariest
             them
             away
             as
             it
             were
             by
             a
             flood
             :
             they
             are
             as
             a
             dreame
             .
             In
             the
             morning
             they
             are
             as
             an
             herbe
             which
             changeth
             :
          
           
             6
             Which
             florisheth
             in
             the
             morning
             and
             waxeth
             greene
             :
             but
             is
             cut
             downe
             in
             the
             euening
             and
             withereth
             .
          
           
             7
             We
             are
             consumed
             also
             by
             thine
             anger
             :
             and
             by
             thy
             wrath
             are
             we
             troubled
             .
          
           
             8
             Thou
             hast
             set
             our
             iniquities
             before
             thee
             :
             and
             our
             secret
             sinnes
             before
             the
             light
             of
             thy
             face
             .
          
           
             9
             For
             all
             our
             daies
             passe
             away
             through
             thy
             great
             anger
             :
             we
             consume
             our
             yeeres
             as
             a
             thought
             .
          
           
             10
             The
             daies
             of
             our
             life
             are
             threescore
             yeeres
             and
             tenne
             ,
             or
             (
             in
             case
             we
             be
             of
             strength
             )
             fourescore
             yeres
             :
             and
             the
             best
             of
             them
             is
             but
             trouble
             and
             griefe
             :
             yea
             it
             is
             suddenly
             cut
             off
             ,
             and
             we
             flee
             away
             .
          
           
             11
             Who
             acknowledgeth
             the
             power
             of
             thy
             wrath
             ,
             and
             of
             thy
             great
             indignation
             according
             to
             thy
             feare
             ?
          
           
             12
             Teach
             vs
             so
             to
             number
             our
             daies
             ,
             that
             thereby
             wee
             may
             haue
             an
             heart
             of
             wisedome
             .
          
           
             13
             Returne
             O
             Lord
             :
             how
             long
             ?
             and
             be
             pacified
             towards
             thy
             seruants
             .
          
           
             14
             Fill
             vs
             with
             thy
             mercie
             euery
             morning
             :
             so
             shall
             we
             reioyce
             and
             be
             glad
             all
             our
             daies
             .
          
           
             15
             Comfort
             vs
             according
             to
             the
             daies
             that
             thou
             hast
             afflicted
             vs
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             the
             yeeres
             wherein
             we
             haue
             seene
             euill
             .
          
           
             16
             Let
             thy
             worke
             appeare
             vpon
             thy
             seruants
             ,
             and
             thy
             glorie
             vpon
             their
             children
             :
          
           
             17
             And
             let
             the
             beautie
             of
             the
             Lord
             our
             God
             be
             vpon
             vs
             :
             and
             direct
             in
             vs
             the
             worke
             of
             our
             hands
             :
             direct
             (
             I
             say
             )
             the
             worke
             of
             our
             hands
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               90.
               
            
             
               In
               the
               front
               of
               this
               Psalme
               there
               is
               set
               an
               inscription
               to
               informe
               vs
               of
               these
               two
               circumstances
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Of
                     what
                     kinde
                     this
                     Psalme
                     is
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Who
                     is
                     the
                     author
                     thereof
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               circumstance
               doth
               aduertise
               vs
               that
               this
               Psalme
               is
               in
               the
               nature
               of
               an
               humble
               petition
               ,
               as
               may
               appeare
               by
               the
               12.
               and
               13.
               verses
               :
               and
               so
               by
               the
               rest
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Psalme
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               doth
               notify
               that
               Moses
               was
               the
               author
               of
               the
               said
               petition
               .
               And
               to
               the
               end
               we
               might
               hold
               it
               in
               extraordinary
               accompt
               and
               recommendation
               :
               Moses
               the
               inditer
               thereof
               is
               set
               forth
               vnto
               vs
               vnder
               this
               worthie
               and
               honorable
               title
               ,
               
                 That
                 he
                 was
                 a
                 man
                 of
                 God
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 A
                 man
                 both
                 imployed
                 by
                 God
                 as
                 a
                 great
                 Prophet
                 and
                 Commaunder
                 amongst
                 his
                 people
                 ,
                 and
                 likewise
                 pleasing
                 the
                 Lord
                 in
                 the
                 execution
                 of
                 his
                 charge
                 .
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Psalme
               it selfe
               :
               as
               it
               is
               thought
               to
               haue
               been
               then
               indited
               ,
               when
               the
               Lord
               had
               passed
               sentence
               of
               death
               against
               the
               Israelites
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               discontentment
               and
               murmur
               they
               fell
               into
               vpon
               the
               relation
               made
               concerning
               the
               land
               of
               Canaan
               ,
               by
               such
               as
               were
               imployed
               in
               the
               seruice
               of
               discouering
               it
               :
               So
               it
               is
               probable
               that
               the
               occasion
               thereof
               grew
               ,
               in
               that
               Moses
               discerning
               the
               reall
               execution
               of
               the
               said
               sentence
               ,
               and
               the
               peoples
               anxietie
               and
               languishing
               thereupon
               ,
               did
               out
               of
               a
               commiseration
               of
               their
               present
               estate
               ,
               and
               withall
               that
               hee
               might
               furnish
               vnto
               them
               an
               addresse
               how
               to
               demeane
               themselues
               in
               an
               affliction
               of
               this
               qualitie
               ,
               deliuer
               and
               recommend
               vnto
               the
               people
               this
               forme
               of
               prayer
               .
               The
               subiect
               and
               drift
               whereof
               what
               it
               is
               ,
               may
               appeare
               by
               drawing
               into
               consideration
               the
               12.13.14
               .
               and
               15.
               verses
               .
            
             
               
                 Vers.
                 12.
                 
                 Hauing
                 in
                 the
                 precedent
                 verses
                 first
                 remembred
                 vnto
                 the
                 Lord
                 his
                 former
                 gracious
                 proceeding
                 with
                 his
                 people
                 :
                 and
                 then
                 deplored
                 the
                 miserie
                 whereto
                 they
                 were
                 subiect
                 :
                 he
                 doth
                 in
                 the
                 12.
                 verse
                 intreate
                 at
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 such
                 grace
                 and
                 direction
                 ,
                 as
                 whereby
                 they
                 may
                 make
                 a
                 speciall
                 and
                 wise
                 vse
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 miserie
                 .
                 And
                 this
                 he
                 calleth
                 
                   numbring
                   of
                   our
                   daies
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   the
                   hauing
                   
                   of
                   an
                   heart
                   of
                   wisedome
                   .
                
                 Now
                 this
                 numbring
                 of
                 our
                 daies
                 is
                 then
                 performed
                 and
                 this
                 wise
                 hart
                 attained
                 vnto
                 ,
                 when
                 wee
                 seriously
                 examine
                 and
                 calculate
                 all
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 miserie
                 incident
                 to
                 our
                 daies
                 :
                 and
                 so
                 grow
                 to
                 repentance
                 of
                 heart
                 and
                 dependance
                 on
                 God.
                 So
                 as
                 this
                 is
                 one
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 sute
                 made
                 here
                 by
                 the
                 Prophet
                 :
                 namely
                 ,
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   teach
                   the
                   people
                   to
                   make
                   a
                   wise
                   vse
                   of
                   their
                   miserie
                   .
                
              
               
                 Vers.
                 13.
                 
                 In
                 this
                 verse
                 hee
                 compriseth
                 an
                 apparant
                 deprecation
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 displeasure
                 :
                 as
                 if
                 hee
                 should
                 say
                 :
                 
                   Whereas
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   thou
                   hast
                   in
                   displeasure
                   against
                   our
                   sinnes
                   auerted
                   thy
                   louing
                   countenance
                   from
                   vs
                   :
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   now
                   returne
                   againe
                   and
                   shine
                   on
                   vs
                   :
                   change
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   thy
                   proceeding
                   with
                   vs
                   by
                   desisting
                   from
                   further
                   afflicting
                   vs
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   supplying
                   vnto
                   vs
                   a
                   comfortable
                   condition
                   of
                   life
                   .
                
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 other
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 sute
                 exhibited
                 by
                 the
                 Prophet
                 in
                 this
                 Psalme
                 .
              
               
                 Vers.
                 14.
                 
                 He
                 prayeth
                 that
                 the
                 Lord
                 would
                 shew
                 himself
                 good
                 and
                 gracious
                 to
                 his
                 people
                 in
                 some
                 great
                 measure
                 :
                 which
                 he
                 calleth
                 
                   a
                   filling
                   of
                   vs
                   euerie
                   morning
                   with
                   his
                   goodnesse
                   .
                
                 Now
                 this
                 great
                 measure
                 of
                 goodnesse
                 on
                 the
                 Lords
                 part
                 ,
                 consisteth
                 in
                 remouing
                 their
                 present
                 crosse
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 supplying
                 vnto
                 them
                 such
                 an
                 estate
                 of
                 life
                 as
                 is
                 comfortable
                 .
                 So
                 as
                 this
                 14.
                 verse
                 containeth
                 also
                 the
                 second
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 prayer
                 and
                 sute
                 .
              
               
                 Vers.
                 15.
                 
                 He
                 soliciteth
                 at
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 a
                 present
                 recomforting
                 and
                 reioying
                 of
                 his
                 people
                 .
                 Which
                 is
                 one
                 and
                 the
                 same
                 in
                 sense
                 with
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 sued
                 for
                 in
                 the
                 13.
                 and
                 14.
                 verse
                 .
                 For
                 hee
                 meaneth
                 that
                 comfort
                 and
                 ioy
                 of
                 estate
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 to
                 follow
                 vpon
                 the
                 Lords
                 retyring
                 of
                 his
                 afflicting
                 hand
                 ,
                 and
                 yeelding
                 vnto
                 the
                 people
                 other
                 testimonies
                 of
                 his
                 goodnes
                 .
                 So
                 as
                 this
                 verse
                 likewise
                 comprehendeth
                 the
                 second
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Prophets
                 prayer
                 .
              
            
             
             
               By
               examining
               therefore
               and
               weighing
               the
               sense
               of
               the
               said
               verses
               ,
               it
               appeareth
               that
               the
               prayer
               comprised
               in
               this
               Psalme
               by
               the
               Prophet
               Moses
               ,
               is
               in
               summe
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   teach
                   the
                   people
                   to
                   make
                   a
                   wise
                   vse
                   of
                   their
                   miserie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12
                  
                   :
                   and
                   withall
                   supply
                   vnto
                   them
                   a
                   comfortable
                   condition
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.14.15
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               whole
               sute
               is
               first
               solicited
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               Psalme
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               12.
               verse
               :
               and
               then
               ,
               the
               later
               branch
               thereof
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Psalme
               .
               The
               Prophets
               mediation
               with
               the
               Lord
               for
               graunt
               of
               the
               whole
               sute
               ,
               is
               grounded
               vpon
               two
               seuerall
               inducements
               :
               the
               first
               whereof
               is
               taken
               from
               a
               comparison
               of
               parity
               ,
               accompanied
               with
               a
               testimonie
               of
               experience
               ,
               and
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   hast
                   heretofore
                   from
                   age
                   to
                   age
                   successiuelie
                   been
                   gracious
                   vnto
                   our
                   predecessors
                   and
                   vs
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     Where
                     by
                     this
                     word
                     ,
                  
                   Habitation
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     Prophet
                     meaneth
                     the
                     gracious
                     comfort
                     and
                     protection
                     yeelded
                     vnto
                     them
                     by
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   be
                   now
                   likewise
                   gracious
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   namely
                   in
                   teaching
                   vs
                   to
                   make
                   a
                   wise
                   vse
                   of
                   our
                   miserie
                   ,
                   and
                   withall
                   in
                   supplying
                   vnto
                   vs
                   a
                   comfortable
                   condition
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12.13.14.15
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               antecedent
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               hath
               a
               double
               amplification
               :
               the
               one
               from
               a
               Similitude
               :
               the
               other
               from
               a
               comparison
               of
               the
               greater
               to
               the
               lesse
               .
            
             
               The
               Similitude
               is
               folded
               and
               closed
               vp
               in
               that
               word
               ,
               habitation
               :
               but
               being
               disclosed
               and
               laid
               foorth
               in
               his
               parts
               ,
               will
               be
               this
               :
               
                 
                   As
                   the
                   house
                   ,
                   wherein
                   man
                   dwelleth
                   ,
                   doth
                   yeeld
                   vnto
                   him
                   a
                   place
                   of
                   comfort
                   and
                   rest
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   protection
                   against
                   outward
                   iniurie
                   and
                   extremitie
                   .
                
                 
                   So
                   thy
                   fauor
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   towards
                   our
                   predecessors
                   and
                   vs
                   ,
                   who
                   haue
                   had
                   no
                   place
                   of
                   habitatiō
                   ,
                   but
                   haue
                   liued
                   in
                   the
                   quality
                   of
                   Pilgrims
                   ,
                   hath
                   euer
                   furnished
                   both
                   vnto
                   them
                   and
                   vs
                   ,
                   special
                   comfort
                   and
                   protection
                   against
                   trouble
                   and
                   distresse
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Comparison
               from
               the
               greater
               to
               the
               lesse
               is
               in
               the
               second
               verse
               :
               and
               discouereth
               vnto
               vs
               the
               verie
               originall
               and
               roote
               of
               the
               Lords
               fauourable
               proceeding
               with
               his
               people
               .
               The
               Comparison
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Thou
                     hast
                     been
                     gracious
                     vnto
                     vs
                     thy
                     people
                     before
                     the
                     creation
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Where
                   by
                   a
                   gradation
                   from
                   the
                   lesse
                   to
                   the
                   greater
                   hee
                   expresseth
                   the
                   creation
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   :
                   naming
                   first
                   the
                   hils
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   and
                   lastly
                   the
                   whole
                   world
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     No
                     marueile
                     then
                     if
                     since
                     the
                     creation
                     successiuely
                     thou
                     hast
                     so
                     kindly
                     proceeded
                     with
                     vs
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               inducement
               ,
               whereby
               to
               draw
               the
               Lord
               vnto
               a
               commiseration
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               in
               whose
               fauour
               Moses
               is
               become
               an
               humble
               suter
               ,
               is
               such
               as
               wherein
               hee
               doth
               by
               way
               of
               deploration
               of
               their
               present
               miserie
               ,
               represent
               vnto
               the
               Lords
               view
               as
               it
               were
               a
               picture
               of
               the
               condition
               ,
               wherein
               they
               were
               .
               His
               deploration
               doth
               particulate
               the
               seuerall
               parts
               of
               the
               said
               miserie
               ,
               and
               is
               framed
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   We
                   thy
                   people
                   are
                   subiect
                   to
                   death
                   :
                   to
                   exceeding
                   shortnes
                   of
                   life
                   :
                   to
                   suddennes
                   of
                   vanishing
                   :
                   to
                   great
                   calamities
                   :
                   to
                   a
                   senselesnes
                   of
                   apprehending
                   thy
                   powerfull
                   wrath
                   .
                
                 
                   It
                   may
                   therefore
                   please
                   thee
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   to
                   haue
                   a
                   gracious
                   commiseration
                   of
                   vs
                   ,
                   in
                   teaching
                   vs
                   to
                   make
                   an
                   holie
                   vse
                   hereof
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   supplying
                   vnto
                   vs
                   a
                   comfortable
                   estate
                   of
                   life
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               part
               of
               this
               Deploration
               hath
               5.
               branches
               :
               the
               first
               is
               vers
               .
               3
               :
               the
               second
               verse
               4
               :
               the
               third
               vers
               .
               5.
               and
               6
               :
               the
               fourth
               vers
               .
               7.9.10
               :
               the
               fift
               ,
               vers
               .
               11.
               
            
             
               The
               first
               branch
               ,
               namely
               that
               which
               concernes
               the
               mortalitie
               of
               the
               Israelites
               ,
               is
               declared
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     efficient
                     of
                     this
                     mortalitie
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     The
                     Lord
                     and
                     his
                     ordinance
                     enacted
                     to
                     that
                     purpose
                     ,
                  
                   Gen.
                   3.19
                   .
                   
                     Dust
                     thou
                     art
                     ,
                     and
                     into
                     dust
                     thou
                     shalt
                     returne
                     .
                  
                   This
                   statute
                   and
                   the
                   author
                   thereof
                   are
                   signified
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     Similitude
                     implied
                     in
                     this
                     word
                     ,
                     Returne
                     .
                  
                   For
                   hereby
                   it
                   appeareth
                   that
                   the
                   passing
                   of
                   our
                   life
                   is
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   resembled
                   to
                   the
                   wheeling
                   of
                   a
                   thing
                   about
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   circuit
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   returne
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   againe
                   .
                   The
                   comparison
                   therefore
                   being
                   vnfolded
                   and
                   distinguished
                   into
                   his
                   parts
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         that
                         which
                         hath
                         wheeled
                         about
                         from
                         the
                         first
                         point
                         of
                         the
                         circuit
                         to
                         the
                         same
                         againe
                         ,
                         hath
                         fully
                         ended
                         his
                         reuolution
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         man
                         taking
                         the
                         beginning
                         of
                         his
                         circuit
                         in
                         this
                         world
                         from
                         dust
                         ,
                         as
                         from
                         the
                         first
                         point
                         thereof
                         ,
                         doth
                         by
                         returning
                         to
                         the
                         said
                         first
                         point
                         determine
                         his
                         reuolution
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               branch
               touching
               the
               shortnes
               of
               our
               life
               ,
               as
               it
               serueth
               aptly
               to
               resolue
               the
               question
               of
               our
               mortalitie
               :
               so
               to
               assure
               vs
               that
               we
               delude
               and
               flatter
               our selues
               when
               we
               imagine
               a
               length
               in
               life
               ,
               it
               is
               by
               the
               Prophet
               cleered
               by
               a
               Comparison
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   A
                   thousand
                   yeeres
                   are
                   in
                   all
                   true
                   and
                   iust
                   calculation
                   a
                   time
                   of
                   no
                   length
                   or
                   a
                   matter
                   of
                   nothing
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   No
                   marueile
                   then
                   if
                   the
                   ordinarie
                   terme
                   of
                   mans
                   life
                   be
                   exceeding
                   short
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               sentence
               of
               this
               Comparison
               is
               made
               knowne
               vnto
               vs
               by
               two
               seuerall
               Similitudes
               ,
               vers
               .
               4
               :
               
                 
                   
                     In
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     a
                     thousand
                     yeeres
                     is
                     compared
                     to
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     a
                     day
                     alreadie
                     past
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         yesterday
                         ,
                         which
                         is
                         past
                         ,
                         is
                         a
                         space
                         of
                         time
                         for
                         the
                         length
                         thereof
                         not
                         worthy
                         the
                         naming
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         are
                         a
                         thousand
                         yeeres
                         for
                         length
                         as
                         yesterday
                         ,
                         and
                         not
                         worth
                         the
                         naming
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     In
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     a
                     thousand
                     yeeres
                     is
                     resembled
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     farre
                     shorter
                     in
                     length
                     than
                     a
                     day
                     ,
                     namely
                     to
                     a
                     watch
                     in
                     the
                     night
                     ,
                     which
                     consisteth
                     onely
                     of
                     three
                     houres
                     .
                     So
                     as
                     if
                     a
                     thousand
                     yeeres
                     be
                     for
                     length
                     like
                     vnto
                     a
                     watch
                     in
                     the
                     night
                     ,
                     the
                     life
                     of
                  
                   1000.
                   
                     yeres
                     must
                     runne
                     in
                     accompt
                     for
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     nothing
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               third
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               deploration
               imports
               the
               
                 suddennes
                 of
                 our
                 vanishing
              
               together
               with
               the
               shortnes
               of
               our
               aboad
               here
               .
               The
               manifesting
               whereof
               is
               taken
               from
               three
               Comparisons
               ,
               vers
               .
               5.
               and
               6
               :
               
                 
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   :
                   the
                   suddennes
                   of
                   our
                   vanishing
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   shortnes
                   of
                   our
                   life
                   ,
                   it
                   resembled
                   to
                   the
                   sudden
                   transporting
                   of
                   things
                   by
                   a
                   torrent
                   or
                   land
                   flood
                   :
                   the
                   force
                   whereof
                   doth
                   presently
                   carrie
                   away
                   whatsoeuer
                   it
                   incountreth
                   .
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   second
                   :
                   our
                   sudden
                   vanishing
                   is
                   likened
                   to
                   a
                   dreame
                   ,
                   which
                   vanisheth
                   in
                   a
                   moment
                   .
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   third
                   :
                   it
                   is
                   compared
                   to
                   greene
                   grasse
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   cut
                   and
                   withereth
                   almost
                   assoone
                   as
                   it
                   sheweth
                   it selfe
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   ground
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               fourth
               branch
               is
               of
               the
               crosses
               and
               calamities
               incident
               to
               our
               life
               .
               v.
               7.8.9.10
               .
               In
               the
               7.
               and
               9.
               verse
               the
               Prophet
               setteth
               out
               our
               crosses
               and
               calamities
               vnder
               the
               name
               and
               title
               of
               the
               Lords
               consuming
               wrath
               ,
               noting
               by
               the
               efficient
               the
               effect
               wrought
               thereby
               :
               and
               in
               the
               10.
               he
               setteth
               them
               out
               by
               acquainting
               vs
               with
               the
               trouble
               and
               griefe
               that
               accompanie
               our
               best
               and
               happiest
               daies
               .
               So
               as
               ,
               in
               case
               the
               
                 wrath
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               affliction
               laid
               vpon
               vs
               consume
               and
               wast
               vs
               :
               if
               also
               the
               excellentest
               and
               best
               of
               our
               daies
               be
               nought
               else
               but
               vexation
               and
               trouble
               :
               it
               is
               euident
               hereby
               ,
               that
               our
               life
               is
               wasted
               through
               continuall
               crosses
               and
               calamities
               .
               And
               this
               is
               it
               ,
               which
               is
               likewise
               deplored
               by
               the
               Prophet
               .
               Now
               this
               consuming
               of
               our
               dayes
               through
               daily
               afflictions
               ,
               is
               expressed
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     laying
                     foorth
                     the
                     cause
                     thereof
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     our
                     sinnes
                     both
                     secret
                     and
                     apparant
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                  
                   8
                   :
                   
                     where
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     set
                     our
                     sinnes
                     before
                     him
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     to
                     take
                     notice
                     of
                     them
                     and
                     punish
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     sudden
                     vanishing
                     of
                     our
                     daies
                     and
                     the
                     shortnes
                     of
                     them
                     .
                     This
                     point
                     the
                     Prophet
                     doth
                     illustrate
                     and
                     make
                     plaine
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     Similitude
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         thought
                         assoone
                         as
                         it
                         is
                         conceiued
                         ,
                         doth
                         presently
                         vanish
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         doe
                         our
                         daies
                         passe
                         in
                         a
                         moment
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     answering
                     an
                     obiection
                  
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   this
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   the
                   answere
                   thereto
                   :
                   
                     
                       Obi.
                       
                       
                         
                           
                             Man
                             liueth
                             many
                             yeeres
                             ,
                             as
                             to
                          
                           70.
                           or
                           80
                           :
                        
                         
                           
                             And
                             therefore
                             is
                             not
                             in
                             likelihood
                             subiect
                             to
                             such
                             wasting
                             crosses
                             ,
                             nor
                             to
                             that
                             shortnes
                             of
                             daies
                             ,
                             or
                             sudden
                             vanishing
                             ,
                             as
                             is
                             pretēded
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Ans.
                       
                         The
                         Prophet
                         granting
                         vers
                      
                       .
                       10.
                       
                         the
                         antecedent
                         of
                         this
                         obiection
                      
                       :
                       namely
                       ,
                       that
                       a
                       man
                       by
                       the
                       ordinarie
                       course
                       of
                       nature
                       may
                       attaine
                       to
                       the
                       terme
                       of
                       70.
                       yeeres
                       ,
                       yea
                       of
                       80
                       ,
                       in
                       case
                       the
                       constitution
                       of
                       his
                       bodie
                       be
                       vigorous
                       and
                       strong
                       :
                       denieth
                       the
                       consequence
                       deduced
                       thereupon
                       in
                       the
                       sayd
                       obiection
                       .
                       As
                       if
                       he
                       should
                       thus
                       say
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             Let
                             it
                             be
                             true
                             that
                             man
                             liueth
                             to
                          
                           70.
                           or
                           80.
                           yeeres
                           :
                        
                         
                           
                             Yet
                             I
                             denie
                             it
                             as
                             following
                             hereupon
                             ,
                             that
                             he
                             hath
                             either
                             an
                             immunitie
                             frō
                             trouble
                             and
                             vexation
                             ,
                             or
                             any
                             long
                             and
                             constant
                             aboad
                             in
                             this
                             life
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       His
                       deniall
                       of
                       either
                       point
                       the
                       Prophet
                       doth
                       iustifie
                       and
                       cleere
                       by
                       a
                       seuerall
                       comparison
                       .
                       His
                       deniall
                       of
                       immunitie
                       from
                       trouble
                       is
                       warranted
                       in
                       this
                       sort
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             The
                             excellentest
                             and
                             best
                             daies
                             of
                             mans
                             life
                             are
                             vexation
                             and
                             griefe
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           10.
                           in
                           the
                           middest
                           .
                        
                         
                           
                           
                             No
                             marueile
                             then
                             if
                             the
                             ordinary
                             daies
                             of
                             his
                             life
                             be
                             daies
                             of
                             wearines
                             and
                             tribulation
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           7.9
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       His
                       deniall
                       of
                       mans
                       long
                       and
                       constant
                       abode
                       in
                       this
                       life
                       hath
                       this
                       ground
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             The
                             best
                             daies
                             of
                             mans
                             life
                             doe
                             quickly
                             come
                             to
                             their
                             period
                             ,
                             and
                             vanish
                             suddenly
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           10.
                           in
                           the
                           end
                           .
                        
                         
                           
                             No
                             marueile
                             then
                             if
                             the
                             ordinarie
                             and
                             weake
                             daies
                             of
                             his
                             life
                             do
                             quickly
                             and
                             suddenly
                             determine
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           9.
                           in
                           the
                           end
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               There
               remaineth
               the
               5.
               and
               last
               branch
               of
               the
               misery
               deplored
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               contained
               in
               the
               11.
               verse
               :
               where
               Moses
               by
               way
               of
               an
               interrogation
               doth
               acknowledge
               and
               admire
               the
               spirituall
               dulnes
               of
               heart
               in
               the
               people
               ,
               that
               (
               considering
               the
               miserie
               wherein
               they
               were
               ,
               and
               the
               course
               held
               by
               the
               Lord
               to
               reclaime
               them
               from
               wickednesse
               )
               yet
               to
               fill
               vp
               the
               measure
               of
               their
               miserie
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               in
               contempt
               of
               that
               feare
               of
               his
               Maiestie
               which
               the
               Lord
               laboured
               to
               worke
               in
               them
               ,
               they
               added
               thereto
               the
               sinne
               of
               not
               apprehending
               how
               great
               the
               force
               and
               power
               of
               the
               Lords
               wrath
               is
               ,
               when
               hee
               doth
               execute
               it
               vpon
               man.
               
            
             
               Now
               this
               dulnes
               and
               senselesnes
               of
               the
               people
               in
               this
               behalfe
               ,
               is
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               said
               11.
               verse
               amplified
               and
               made
               heinous
               ,
               by
               aduertising
               vnto
               vs
               the
               meanes
               vsed
               by
               the
               Lord
               ▪
               whereby
               to
               worke
               in
               them
               a
               reuerent
               and
               sensible
               regard
               of
               his
               Maiestie
               .
               These
               meanes
               Moses
               calleth
               the
               Lords
               feare
               :
               because
               they
               were
               vsed
               by
               the
               Lord
               as
               instruments
               to
               worke
               a
               feare
               of
               his
               Maiestie
               .
               Of
               this
               nature
               were
               the
               
                 Lords
                 promises
                 and
                 comminations
                 :
                 his
                 signes
                 and
                 wonders
                 :
                 his
                 proceedings
                 in
                 mercy
                 and
                 iustice
                 .
              
               Answerably
               to
               these
               meanes
               vsed
               by
               the
               Lord
               to
               draw
               the
               people
               to
               a
               feare
               of
               his
               Maiestie
               ,
               the
               people
               feared
               him
               not
               :
               and
               therefore
               the
               Prophet
               wondreth
               thereat
               ,
               and
               confesseth
               
               that
               none
               acknowledgeth
               the
               power
               of
               the
               Lords
               wrath
               according
               to
               his
               feare
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               answerably
               to
               the
               meanes
               vsed
               to
               worke
               in
               the
               people
               a
               feare
               of
               his
               Maiestie
               .
            
             
               Hitherto
               from
               verse
               1.
               to
               the
               end
               of
               of
               the
               11
               ,
               the
               Prophets
               whole
               sute
               hath
               been
               solicited
               ,
               partlie
               by
               remembring
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               his
               former
               gracious
               proceeding
               with
               his
               people
               ,
               and
               partlie
               by
               a
               deploration
               of
               the
               peoples
               miserie
               .
            
             
               He
               now
               proceedeth
               to
               a
               seuerall
               solicitation
               of
               the
               second
               branch
               of
               his
               sute
               ,
               which
               concernes
               
                 the
                 deliuerance
                 of
                 the
                 people
                 from
                 their
                 present
                 affliction
                 into
                 a
                 comfortable
                 condition
                 of
                 life
                 .
              
               To
               procure
               fauour
               and
               mercy
               herein
               ,
               hee
               draweth
               his
               plea
               from
               the
               circumstance
               of
               the
               time
               ,
               wherein
               they
               haue
               endured
               calamities
               :
               
                 
                   
                     We
                     haue
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     endured
                     affliction
                     and
                     trouble
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   
                   Where
                   in
                   that
                   interrogatorie
                   speech
                   of
                   
                     How
                     long
                  
                   ?
                   the
                   Prophet
                   complaineth
                   that
                   the
                   people
                   hath
                   felt
                   the
                   Lords
                   afflicting
                   hand
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Wherefore
                     O
                     Lord
                     commiserate
                     our
                     estate
                     ,
                     and
                     supplie
                     vnto
                     vs
                     some
                     comfortable
                     condition
                     of
                     life
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.14.15
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               stayeth
               not
               here
               ,
               but
               presseth
               the
               grant
               of
               his
               petition
               from
               this
               consideration
               which
               the
               people
               propound
               vnto
               themselues
               vpon
               their
               preuailing
               with
               the
               Lord
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   vpon
                   thy
                   gracious
                   commiseration
                   of
                   vs
                   in
                   this
                   behalf
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   honor
                   and
                   magnifie
                   thee
                   with
                   ioy
                   and
                   cheerfulnes
                   all
                   our
                   daies
                   :
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   in
                   regarde
                   hereof
                   to
                   commiserate
                   our
                   estate
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   affoord
                   vs
                   a
                   comfortable
                   condition
                   of
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   vpon
                   thy
                   gracious
                   commiseration
                   of
                   vs
                   in
                   this
                   behalfe
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   honour
                   and
                   magnifie
                   thee
                   with
                   ioy
                   and
                   cheerefulnes
                   all
                   our
                   daies
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   in
                   regard
                   hereof
                   to
                   commiserate
                   our
                   estate
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   affoord
                   vs
                   a
                   comfortable
                   condition
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.14
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               In
               the
               15.
               verse
               he
               repeateth
               the
               argument
               deliuered
               in
               the
               13
               :
               but
               setteth
               on
               it
               a
               new
               force
               and
               strength
               from
               a
               comparison
               of
               parity
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   hast
                   afflicted
                   vs
                   many
                   yeeres
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     and
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Let
                   vs
                   therfore
                   O
                   Lord
                   proportionably
                   thereto
                   see
                   some
                   daies
                   of
                   comfort
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               doth
               in
               the
               16.
               and
               17.
               verse
               ground
               his
               intercession
               with
               the
               Lord
               for
               the
               people
               vpon
               these
               two
               particulars
               :
               whereof
               ,
               
                 the
                 one
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 glorie
                 that
                 the
                 Lord
                 shall
                 gaine
                 by
                 shewing
                 the
                 fauour
                 desired
                 :
                 the
                 other
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 fitnes
                 and
                 disposition
                 that
                 will
                 vpon
                 grant
                 of
                 the
                 sute
                 in
                 hand
                 be
                 wrought
                 in
                 the
                 people
                 to
                 acknowledge
                 the
                 Lords
                 goodnes
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 respect
                 the
                 honor
                 of
                 his
                 name
                 in
                 al
                 their
                 proceedings
                 .
              
               The
               Prophets
               conclusion
               vpon
               the
               said
               particulars
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   vpon
                   thy
                   gracious
                   deliuerance
                   of
                   vs
                   from
                   trouble
                   into
                   a
                   state
                   of
                   comfort
                   ,
                   thou
                   shalt
                   thereby
                   glorifie
                   thy
                   goodnes
                   vpon
                   vs
                   and
                   our
                   children
                   :
                   and
                   withall
                   direct
                   and
                   fit
                   vs
                   to
                   an
                   acknowledgement
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   a
                   respect
                   of
                   thy
                   honour
                   in
                   all
                   our
                   proceedings
                   :
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   O
                   Lord
                   not
                   to
                   refuse
                   to
                   shew
                   mercie
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   in
                   deliuering
                   vs
                   from
                   our
                   afflictions
                   into
                   a
                   condition
                   of
                   ioy
                   and
                   comfort
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   vpon
                   thy
                   gracious
                   deliuerance
                   of
                   vs
                   from
                   trouble
                   into
                   a
                   state
                   of
                   comfort
                   ,
                   thou
                   shalt
                   thereby
                   glorifie
                   thy
                   goodnes
                   vpon
                   vs
                   and
                   our
                   children
                   :
                   and
                   withall
                   thou
                   shalt
                   direct
                   and
                   fit
                   vs
                   to
                   an
                   acknowledgement
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   a
                   respect
                   of
                   thine
                   honour
                   in
                   all
                   our
                   proceedings
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.17
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   O
                   Lord
                   not
                   to
                   refuse
                   to
                   shew
                   mercie
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   in
                   deliuering
                   vs
                   from
                   our
                   afflictions
                   into
                   a
                   condition
                   of
                   ioy
                   and
                   comfort
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.14.15
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               :
               the
               16.
               verse
               imparteth
               with
               vs
               that
               particular
               which
               concerneth
               the
               glorifying
               of
               the
               Lords
               goodnes
               vpon
               the
               people
               and
               their
               children
               .
               This
               goodnes
               is
               in
               the
               said
               verse
               called
               the
               
                 worke
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
              
               ,
               and
               
                 his
                 glory
                 also
              
               .
               But
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               17.
               verse
               this
               
               goodnes
               is
               termed
               
                 the
                 beautie
                 of
                 the
                 Lord.
              
               For
               as
               the
               Lords
               goodnes
               is
               a
               most
               excellent
               worke
               ,
               it
               being
               that
               which
               procureth
               vnto
               him
               great
               glorie
               ,
               and
               that
               whereby
               wee
               inioy
               the
               admirable
               blessings
               of
               this
               and
               the
               future
               life
               :
               So
               ,
               because
               in
               it
               the
               excellencie
               of
               the
               Lords
               nature
               doth
               gloriouslie
               shine
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               by
               it
               wee
               are
               allured
               and
               drawne
               to
               a
               speciall
               loue
               of
               him
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               without
               iust
               reason
               called
               the
               Lords
               beautie
               .
               This
               particular
               then
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               which
               importeth
               
                 the
                 glorifying
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 goodnes
                 vpon
                 the
                 people
                 and
                 their
                 children
                 ,
              
               is
               deliuered
               in
               the
               16
               verse
               ,
               and
               repeated
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               17.
               
               The
               other
               particular
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               ,
               which
               concernes
               
                 the
                 disposition
                 and
                 fitnes
                 that
                 will
                 bee
                 wrought
                 in
                 the
                 people
                 to
                 acknowledge
                 the
                 Lords
                 goodnes
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 respect
                 his
                 honour
                 in
                 their
                 proceedings
                 ,
              
               is
               comprehended
               in
               the
               middest
               and
               end
               of
               the
               17.
               verse
               ,
               in
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 Direct
                 or
                 dispose
                 the
                 worke
                 of
                 our
                 hands
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 thou
                 shalt
              
               (
               the
               future
               being
               meant
               by
               the
               imperatiue
               )
               
                 vpon
                 thy
                 conferring
                 on
                 vs
                 the
                 blessed
                 comfort
                 desired
                 by
                 vs
                 ,
                 thereby
                 direct
                 and
                 fit
                 vs
                 to
                 a
                 gratefull
                 acknowledgement
                 of
                 this
                 thy
                 goodnes
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 duties
                 and
                 actions
                 of
                 our
                 life
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             91.
             
          
           
             WHo
             so
             dwelleth
             in
             the
             couert
             of
             the
             most
             high
             ,
             shal
             lodge
             vnder
             the
             shadow
             of
             the
             Almightie
             .
          
           
             2
             I
             say
             :
             The
             Lord
             is
             my
             retrait
             and
             fortresse
             :
             he
             is
             my
             God
             on
             whom
             I
             trust
             .
          
           
             3
             Surely
             ,
             he
             will
             deliuer
             thee
             from
             the
             snare
             of
             the
             fowler
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             noysome
             pestilence
             .
          
           
             4
             He
             will
             protect
             thee
             with
             his
             wing
             ,
             when
             thou
             shalt
             come
             vnder
             his
             wings
             .
             His
             fidelitie
             shall
             be
             thy
             buckler
             and
             shield
             .
          
           
             5
             Thou
             shalt
             not
             be
             afraid
             of
             the
             feare
             of
             night
             ,
             nor
             of
             the
             arrow
             that
             flieth
             by
             day
             :
          
           
             6
             Nor
             of
             the
             pestilence
             that
             walketh
             in
             the
             darknes
             ,
             nor
             of
             the
             plague
             that
             destroyeth
             at
             noone
             day
             .
          
           
           
             7
             A
             thousand
             shall
             fall
             at
             thy
             side
             ,
             and
             tenne
             thousand
             at
             thy
             right
             hand
             :
             yet
             shall
             it
             not
             come
             neere
             thee
             :
          
           
             8
             Onely
             with
             thine
             eyes
             shalt
             thou
             behold
             ,
             and
             see
             the
             reward
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           
             9
             Sith
             thou
             hast
             set
             the
             Lord
             ,
             the
             God
             of
             my
             retrait
             ,
             the
             most
             high
             to
             be
             thy
             dwelling
             place
             :
          
           
             10
             There
             shall
             none
             euill
             come
             vnto
             thee
             ,
             neither
             shall
             any
             plague
             come
             neere
             thy
             tabernacle
             .
          
           
             11
             For
             he
             will
             giue
             his
             Angels
             charge
             ouer
             thee
             to
             keep
             thee
             in
             all
             thy
             waies
             .
          
           
             12
             They
             shall
             beare
             thee
             with
             both
             hands
             ,
             that
             thou
             hurt
             not
             thy
             foote
             against
             a
             stone
             .
          
           
             13
             Thou
             shalt
             walke
             vpon
             the
             Lion
             and
             Aspe
             :
             the
             young
             Lion
             and
             the
             Dragon
             shalt
             thou
             tread
             vnder
             foote
             .
          
           
             14
             Because
             he
             resteth
             on
             me
             ,
             I
             will
             deliuer
             him
             ,
             saith
             the
             Lord
             :
             I
             will
             exalt
             him
             ,
             because
             he
             acknowledgeth
             my
             name
             :
          
           
             15
             When
             he
             shall
             call
             vpon
             me
             ,
             I
             will
             heare
             him
             :
             I
             will
             be
             with
             him
             in
             trouble
             :
             I
             will
             deliuer
             him
             and
             glorifie
             him
             :
          
           
             16
             With
             long
             life
             will
             I
             satisfie
             him
             ,
             and
             cause
             him
             to
             see
             my
             saluation
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               91.
               
            
             
               The
               position
               insisted
               vpon
               and
               disputed
               throughout
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   they
                   ,
                   who
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   deliuered
                   from
                   all
                   hurts
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   partakers
                   of
                   all
                   comfort
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               drift
               of
               the
               Prophet
               in
               handling
               this
               position
               ,
               is
               to
               perswade
               a
               confident
               dependance
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               :
               as
               if
               hee
               should
               reason
               in
               this
               sort
               with
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   by
                   resting
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   we
                   shall
                   be
                   deliuered
                   from
                   all
                   hurts
                   and
                   discomforts
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   partakers
                   of
                   al
                   comfort
                   :
                   then
                   ought
                   we
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   by
                   resting
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   we
                   shall
                   be
                   deliuered
                   from
                   all
                   hurts
                   and
                   discomforts
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   partakers
                   of
                   all
                   comfort
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   ought
                   we
                   to
                   rest
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               the
               position
               aboue
               remembred
               ,
               and
               the
               only
               subiect
               argued
               in
               this
               Psalme
               .
               Of
               it
               there
               be
               (
               as
               you
               see
               )
               these
               two
               members
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   one
                   :
                   That
                   by
                   resting
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   we
                   shall
                   be
                   deliuered
                   from
                   all
                   hurts
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   other
                   :
                   That
                   by
                   resting
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   we
                   shall
                   be
                   partakers
                   of
                   all
                   comforts
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               which
               concernes
               
                 our
                 deliuerance
                 from
                 all
                 hurts
                 and
                 discomforts
                 ,
              
               is
               set
               down
               in
               the
               1.4.9
               .
               &
               10.
               verse
               .
            
             
               
                 Vers.
                 1.
                 
                 It
                 is
                 said
                 ,
                 that
                 
                   who
                   so
                   dwelleth
                   in
                   the
                   couert
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   high
                
                 ▪
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 hee
                 who
                 depends
                 vpon
                 the
                 Lords
                 fauour
                 :
                 
                   shall
                   lodge
                   vnder
                   the
                   shadow
                   of
                   the
                   Almightie
                   ,
                
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 secured
                 against
                 all
                 perils
                 and
                 discomforts
                 .
                 Here
                 
                   our
                   depending
                
                 is
                 resembled
                 to
                 dwelling
                 :
                 
                   the
                   Lords
                   fauour
                
                 to
                 a
                 couert
                 :
                 
                   our
                   protection
                   against
                   hurts
                
                 to
                 our
                 lodging
                 vnder
                 a
                 shadow
                 .
              
               
                 Vers.
                 4.
                 
                 It
                 is
                 affirmed
                 ,
                 that
                 
                   who
                   so
                   commeth
                   vnder
                   the
                   Lords
                   wings
                   ,
                
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 he
                 who
                 hath
                 by
                 a
                 true
                 faith
                 recourse
                 vnto
                 the
                 Lord
                 :
                 
                   shall
                   be
                   protected
                   with
                   the
                   Lords
                   wing
                   ,
                
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 defended
                 by
                 the
                 gracious
                 and
                 fauourable
                 prouidence
                 of
                 the
                 Lord.
                 
              
               
                 Vers.
                 9.
                 and
                 10.
                 
                 In
                 these
                 verses
                 
                   our
                   protection
                   against
                   hurts
                   and
                   discomforts
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   case
                   of
                   our
                   resting
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                
                 is
                 in
                 plaine
                 and
                 expresse
                 termes
                 deliuered
                 .
              
            
             
               Let
               vs
               now
               see
               how
               this
               first
               member
               of
               the
               said
               position
               is
               handled
               .
               The
               illustration
               thereof
               is
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               first
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               thirteenth
               :
               and
               is
               performed
               by
               sundrie
               arguments
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   a
                   comparison
                   ,
                   ve●s
                   .
                   1.
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         he
                         who
                         lodgeth
                         vnder
                         a
                         shadow
                         or
                         couert
                         is
                         relieued
                         and
                         protected
                         against
                         the
                         parching
                         heate
                         of
                         the
                         Sunne
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         by
                         resting
                         vpon
                         the
                         gracious
                         fauour
                         of
                         the
                         most
                         high
                         ,
                         we
                         shall
                         be
                         secured
                         against
                         all
                         perils
                         and
                         discomforts
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                   2.
                   
                   By
                   a
                   testimonie
                   of
                   experience
                   handled
                   as
                   a
                   comparison
                   of
                   paritie
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         I
                         haue
                         found
                         that
                         vpon
                         my
                         confident
                         resting
                         vpon
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         I
                         haue
                         receiued
                         from
                         him
                         comfort
                         and
                         deliuerance
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       2.
                       
                       Where
                       he
                       doth
                       in
                       an
                       holy
                       sort
                       glorie
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       Lord
                       is
                       his
                       retrait
                       and
                       fortresse
                       ,
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       he
                       who
                       hath
                       reached
                       vnto
                       him
                       his
                       hand
                       of
                       protection
                       and
                       deliuerance
                       ,
                       vpon
                       his
                       reposing
                       on
                       him
                       :
                       as
                       is
                       noted
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       of
                       the
                       verse
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         thou
                         also
                         shalt
                         finde
                         that
                         vpon
                         thy
                         like
                         confident
                         resting
                         vpon
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         he
                         will
                         affoord
                         thee
                         the
                         like
                         comfort
                         and
                         deliuerance
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       1.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   reason
                   there
                   is
                   yeelded
                   from
                   out
                   the
                   second
                   verse
                   this
                   amplification
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         fortresse
                         or
                         place
                         of
                         retrait
                         protecteth
                         him
                         who
                         retireth
                         thereto
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         the
                         Lord
                         protected
                         me
                         when
                         out
                         of
                         a
                         trust
                         in
                         his
                         mercie
                         I
                         retired
                         vnto
                         him
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   By
                   an
                   induction
                   of
                   the
                   particular
                   hurts
                   and
                   discomforts
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   will
                   deliuer
                   such
                   as
                   depend
                   on
                   him
                   .
                   The
                   induction
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lord
                         will
                         deliuer
                         thee
                         from
                         surprises
                         in
                         secret
                         and
                         open
                         violences
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       3
                       :
                       
                         from
                         sudden
                         terrors
                         in
                         the
                         night
                         ,
                         and
                         sudden
                         perils
                         in
                         the
                         day
                         both
                         spirituall
                         and
                         corporall
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       5
                       :
                       
                         from
                         each
                         kinde
                         of
                         pestilence
                         and
                         plague
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       6.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         And
                         therefore
                         in
                         case
                         thou
                         depend
                         vpon
                         him
                         ,
                         thou
                         shalt
                         be
                         secured
                         against
                         all
                         hurts
                         and
                         discomforts
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       1.4.9
                       .
                       and
                       10.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   By
                   a
                   Similitude
                   yeelded
                   from
                   out
                   the
                   4.
                   verse
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         an
                         hen
                         spreadeth
                         her
                         wings
                         ,
                         &
                         therewith
                         protecteth
                         her
                         tender
                         chicken
                         in
                         case
                         they
                         retire
                         therto
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         the
                         Lord
                         relieueth
                         and
                         protecteth
                         such
                         as
                         haue
                         their
                         recourse
                         vnto
                         him
                         and
                         rest
                         on
                         him
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       4.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       :
                       where
                       together
                       with
                       this
                       sentence
                       the
                       said
                       similitude
                       is
                       folded
                       vp
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                   5.
                   
                   By
                   setting
                   downe
                   the
                   ground
                   on
                   the
                   Lords
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   deliuerance
                   which
                   he
                   affoordeth
                   vnto
                   his
                   children
                   reposing
                   vpon
                   him
                   .
                   This
                   ground
                   is
                   the
                   Lords
                   
                     promise
                     of
                     deliuerance
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     fidelitie
                     in
                     keeping
                     this
                     promise
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   noteth
                   this
                   later
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   naming
                   it
                   doth
                   implie
                   and
                   meane
                   both
                   it
                   and
                   the
                   former
                   .
                   He
                   reasoneth
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lord
                         hath
                         made
                         promise
                         of
                         deliuerance
                         to
                         such
                         as
                         rest
                         on
                         him
                         ,
                         and
                         he
                         is
                         faithfull
                         in
                         the
                         performance
                         thereof
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         in
                         case
                         thou
                         rest
                         on
                         his
                         promise
                         of
                         deliuerance
                         ,
                         he
                         will
                         not
                         faile
                         to
                         protect
                         and
                         shield
                         thee
                         against
                         all
                         hurts
                         and
                         discomforts
                         .
                      
                       Either
                       part
                       of
                       this
                       reason
                       is
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       of
                       the
                       fourth
                       verse
                       wrapt
                       vp
                       in
                       these
                       termes
                       :
                       
                         His
                         fidelitie
                         shall
                         be
                         thy
                         buckler
                         and
                         shield
                         .
                      
                       Which
                       sentence
                       is
                       so
                       to
                       be
                       resolued
                       and
                       vnderstood
                       ,
                       as
                       containing
                       both
                       the
                       argument
                       and
                       conclusion
                       deduced
                       thereupon
                       :
                       and
                       likewise
                       yeelding
                       withall
                       vnto
                       vs
                       a
                       declaration
                       of
                       the
                       said
                       conclusion
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       the
                       question
                       in
                       hand
                       ,
                       from
                       a
                       similitude
                       ,
                       thus
                       :
                    
                  
                
                 
                   6.
                   
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         shield
                         or
                         buckler
                         ,
                         in
                         case
                         wee
                         vse
                         it
                         ,
                         doth
                         defend
                         our
                         bodies
                         from
                         hurt
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         who
                         is
                         faithfull
                         in
                         keeping
                         promise
                         ,
                         in
                         case
                         thou
                         rest
                         vpon
                         his
                         promise
                         ,
                         will
                         accordingly
                         protect
                         thee
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     7.
                     
                     By
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     diuersitie
                     :
                     wherein
                     answere
                     is
                     made
                     to
                     this
                     obiection
                     :
                     
                       
                         Obi.
                         
                         
                           
                             
                               If
                               many
                               thousands
                               may
                               on
                               each
                               side
                               of
                               thee
                               perish
                               by
                               the
                               plague
                               and
                               other
                               meanes
                               of
                               destruction
                               :
                               it
                               is
                               altogether
                               improbable
                               that
                               thou
                               shouldest
                               escape
                               in
                               this
                               common
                               mortalitie
                               .
                            
                          
                           
                             
                               But
                               many
                            
                             1000
                             
                               may
                               on
                               each
                               side
                               of
                               thee
                               perish
                               by
                               the
                               plague
                               &
                               other
                               means
                               of
                               destruction
                               .
                            
                          
                           
                             
                             
                               Therefore
                               it
                               is
                               altogether
                               improbable
                               that
                               thou
                               shouldest
                               in
                               so
                               common
                               a
                               mortalitie
                               escape
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         Ans.
                         The
                         answere
                         to
                         this
                         obiection
                         is
                         to
                         the
                         proposition
                         thereof
                         ,
                         thus
                         :
                         
                           
                             
                               Though
                               thousands
                               should
                               perish
                               by
                               the
                               rage
                               of
                               the
                               pestilence
                               and
                               other
                               meanes
                               of
                               destruction
                               ,
                            
                             vers
                             .
                             7.
                             in
                             the
                             beginning
                             .
                          
                           
                             
                               Yet
                               shalt
                               thou
                               ,
                               in
                               case
                               thou
                               rest
                               on
                               the
                               Lord
                               ,
                               be
                               spared
                               and
                               as
                               it
                               were
                               priuileged
                               against
                               all
                               meanes
                               of
                               destruction
                               ,
                            
                             vers
                             .
                             7.
                             in
                             the
                             end
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     answere
                     to
                     the
                     proposition
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     obiection
                     the
                     Prophet
                     doth
                     warrant
                     and
                     iustifie
                     by
                     noting
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     the
                     faithfull
                     man
                     is
                     thus
                     spared
                     and
                     priuiledged
                     in
                     a
                     common
                     mortalitie
                     .
                     The
                     end
                     is
                     this
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                     
                  
                   
                     
                       That
                       he
                       may
                       in
                       his
                       owne
                       particular
                       experience
                       and
                       obseruation
                       discerne
                       and
                       acknowledge
                       the
                       truth
                       of
                       this
                       most
                       comfortable
                       doctrine
                       :
                       namely
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       Lord
                       punisheth
                       the
                       wicked
                       who
                       renounce
                       all
                       dependance
                       on
                       him
                       :
                       and
                       spareth
                       in
                       common
                       calamities
                       such
                       as
                       rest
                       confidently
                       vpon
                       him
                       .
                       
                         For
                         thus
                         the
                         Prophet
                         speaketh
                         of
                         the
                         faithfull
                         man
                         ,
                      
                       That
                       he
                       shall
                       be
                       a
                       spectator
                       onely
                       of
                       the
                       punishment
                       laid
                       vpon
                       the
                       wicked
                       :
                       himself
                       shall
                       not
                       partake
                       therein
                       :
                       he
                       shall
                       onely
                       witnesse
                       and
                       acknowledge
                       the
                       truth
                       of
                       this
                       doctrine
                       concerning
                       the
                       Lords
                       proceeding
                       in
                       iustice
                       with
                       the
                       faithlesse
                       ,
                       and
                       in
                       mercie
                       with
                       the
                       faithfull
                       dependers
                       on
                       him
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     Prophet
                     hauing
                     in
                     the
                     ninth
                     and
                     tenth
                     verse
                     comprised
                     the
                     question
                     hitherto
                     disputed
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     doth
                     withall
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                     affoord
                     vs
                     an
                     illustration
                     thereof
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   8.
                   
                   By
                   a
                   Similitude
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         place
                         of
                         retrait
                         and
                         dwelling
                         house
                         doe
                         yeeld
                         vnto
                         vs
                         comfort
                         and
                         protection
                         against
                         outward
                         iniuries
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         in
                         case
                         of
                         thy
                         dependance
                         on
                         him
                         ,
                         will
                         furnish
                         vnto
                         thee
                         reliefe
                         and
                         protection
                         against
                         hurts
                         and
                         discomforts
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   9.
                   
                   By
                   noting
                   the
                   meanes
                   and
                   instruments
                   vsed
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   our
                   preseruation
                   and
                   deliuerance
                   from
                   discomforts
                   and
                   hurts
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   and
                   12
                   :
                   where
                   these
                   instruments
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   Angels
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   point
                   ,
                   which
                   concerneth
                   the
                   Angels
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   appointed
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   to
                   be
                   instruments
                   of
                   our
                   preseruation
                   ,
                   is
                   amplified
                   :
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         From
                         the
                         efficient
                         cause
                         of
                         their
                         imployment
                         in
                         this
                         behalfe
                         :
                         namely
                         ,
                         the
                         commission
                         and
                         charge
                         they
                         haue
                         from
                         the
                         Lord
                         to
                         performe
                         this
                         seruice
                         of
                         preseruing
                         the
                         faithfull
                         in
                         all
                         their
                         waies
                         and
                         proceedings
                         ,
                         so
                         farre
                         as
                         they
                         are
                         lawfull
                         and
                         iustifiable
                         by
                         the
                         word
                         of
                         the
                         Lord.
                         For
                         these
                         onely
                         are
                         called
                         the
                         waies
                         of
                         the
                         faithfull
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         From
                         the
                         consideration
                         of
                         their
                         extraordinarie
                         care
                         to
                         discharge
                         the
                         Lords
                         commissiō
                         they
                         haue
                         for
                         this
                         seruice
                         .
                      
                       This
                       care
                       in
                       them
                       the
                       Prophet
                       noteth
                       by
                       resembling
                       the
                       action
                       and
                       seruice
                       they
                       performe
                       ,
                       vnto
                       the
                       action
                       of
                       a
                       carefull
                       and
                       prouident
                       Nurse
                       :
                       who
                       in
                       the
                       case
                       of
                       perill
                       to
                       the
                       infant
                       whom
                       she
                       nurseth
                       ,
                       will
                       take
                       him
                       into
                       her
                       armes
                       ,
                       and
                       carrie
                       him
                       so
                       long
                       as
                       shall
                       be
                       feare
                       of
                       danger
                       .
                       And
                       so
                       by
                       the
                       Lords
                       commaundement
                       and
                       direction
                       the
                       Angels
                       proceed
                       with
                       vs
                       in
                       this
                       point
                       of
                       preseruing
                       vs
                       from
                       hurts
                       and
                       discomforts
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         From
                         a
                         comparison
                         of
                         the
                         greater
                         to
                         the
                         lesse
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       13.
                       thus
                       :
                       
                         
                           
                             By
                             this
                             seruice
                             of
                             the
                             Angels
                             in
                             protecting
                             thee
                             ,
                             thou
                             shalt
                             gaine
                             this
                             further
                             aduantage
                             ,
                             as
                             to
                             conquer
                             and
                             triumph
                             ouer
                             
                             the
                             greatest
                             perils
                             and
                             mischiefes
                             .
                          
                           For
                           this
                           is
                           meant
                           by
                           marching
                           vpon
                           those
                           cruell
                           beasts
                           ,
                           which
                           are
                           mentioned
                           vers
                           .
                           13.
                           
                        
                         
                           
                             No
                             marueile
                             then
                             if
                             the
                             Angels
                             protect
                             thee
                             in
                             cases
                             of
                             lesse
                             perill
                             and
                             mischiefe
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               the
               first
               member
               of
               the
               position
               ,
               which
               the
               Prophet
               handleth
               in
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               hath
               been
               debated
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 our
                 deliuerance
                 from
                 all
                 hurts
                 and
                 discomforts
                 in
                 the
                 case
                 of
                 our
                 dependance
                 vpon
                 the
                 Lord.
                 
              
            
             
               The
               second
               member
               of
               the
               said
               position
               is
               in
               sense
               and
               effect
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   by
                   resting
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   be
                   made
                   partakers
                   of
                   all
                   comforts
                   and
                   blessings
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.15.16
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               point
               of
               doctrine
               the
               Prophet
               disputeth
               and
               cleereth
               by
               an
               argument
               drawne
               from
               a
               testimonie
               that
               is
               aboue
               all
               exception
               .
               He
               concludeth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   himselfe
                   doth
                   professe
                   vnder
                   most
                   gracious
                   promises
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   case
                   wee
                   rest
                   vpon
                   him
                   ,
                   he
                   will
                   communicate
                   vnto
                   vs
                   all
                   comforts
                   and
                   blessings
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   by
                   resting
                   on
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   wee
                   shall
                   vndoubtedly
                   be
                   made
                   partakers
                   of
                   all
                   comforts
                   and
                   blessings
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               this
               profession
               on
               the
               Lords
               part
               ,
               of
               
                 communicating
                 vnto
                 vs
                 all
                 comforts
                 and
                 blessings
                 ,
                 in
                 case
                 we
                 depend
                 vpon
                 him
                 :
              
               we
               are
               to
               obserue
               how
               the
               Lord
               setteth
               it
               foorth
               in
               those
               three
               last
               verses
               of
               the
               Psalme
               .
            
             
               
                 Vers.
                 14.
                 
                 The
                 Lord
                 doth
                 twice
                 inferre
                 and
                 conclude
                 his
                 communicating
                 of
                 all
                 blessings
                 vnto
                 vs
                 ,
                 vpon
                 the
                 reason
                 of
                 our
                 dependance
                 on
                 him
                 .
                 
                   
                     His
                     first
                     conclusion
                     is
                     this
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           He
                           resteth
                           on
                           me
                           ,
                           saith
                           the
                           Lord.
                           
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           Therefore
                           will
                           I
                           deliuer
                           him
                        
                         .
                         Here
                         vnder
                         the
                         name
                         and
                         title
                         of
                         
                           deliuering
                           vs
                        
                         ,
                         we
                         must
                         vnderstand
                         the
                         supplying
                         of
                         al
                         other
                         blessings
                         ,
                         as
                         it
                         is
                         expounded
                         by
                         the
                         Lord
                         himselfe
                         in
                         the
                         end
                         of
                         the
                         fifteenth
                         verse
                         ,
                         and
                         throughout
                         the
                         sixteenth
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     
                     His
                     second
                     conclusion
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     later
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     14.
                     verse
                     :
                     and
                     is
                     in
                     sense
                     the
                     same
                     with
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     
                       
                         
                           He
                           acknowledgeth
                           my
                           name
                           ,
                           saith
                           the
                           Lord.
                        
                         As
                         if
                         he
                         should
                         say
                         :
                         He
                         doth
                         out
                         of
                         an
                         acknowledgement
                         of
                         my
                         power
                         and
                         promise
                         to
                         helpe
                         him
                         ,
                         and
                         of
                         my
                         fidelity
                         in
                         keeping
                         promise
                         ,
                         rest
                         vpon
                         me
                         for
                         helpe
                         and
                         comfort
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           Therefore
                           will
                           I
                           exalt
                           him
                        
                         :
                         that
                         is
                         ,
                         aduance
                         him
                         from
                         out
                         of
                         trouble
                         into
                         a
                         place
                         of
                         safetie
                         ,
                         and
                         likewise
                         furnish
                         vnto
                         him
                         all
                         other
                         blessings
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 Vers.
                 15.
                 
                 The
                 Lord
                 doth
                 expresse
                 and
                 amplifie
                 his
                 said
                 profession
                 by
                 a
                 Logicall
                 proceeding
                 from
                 the
                 lesse
                 to
                 the
                 greater
                 .
                 For
                 first
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   That
                   he
                   will
                   heare
                   the
                   faithfull
                   petitioner
                   :
                
                 then
                 (
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 greater
                 fauour
                 )
                 
                   that
                   he
                   will
                   be
                   present
                   with
                   him
                   in
                   his
                   trouble
                   to
                   comfort
                   him
                   :
                
                 thirdly
                 ,
                 
                   that
                   he
                   will
                   deliuer
                   him
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 further
                 degree
                 of
                 fauour
                 :
                 and
                 lastly
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 highest
                 degree
                 of
                 fauour
                 ,
                 
                   that
                   he
                   will
                   glorifie
                   and
                   honour
                   him
                   .
                
              
               
                 Vers.
                 16.
                 
                 Whereas
                 the
                 Lord
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 15.
                 verse
                 hath
                 promised
                 to
                 conferre
                 glorie
                 and
                 honour
                 vpon
                 the
                 faithfull
                 and
                 confident
                 petitioner
                 :
                 he
                 doth
                 in
                 the
                 16.
                 verse
                 illustrate
                 this
                 generall
                 by
                 setting
                 downe
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 glory
                 and
                 honour
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 will
                 bestow
                 on
                 him
                 .
                 These
                 parts
                 are
                 the
                 blessings
                 of
                 this
                 life
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 comforts
                 of
                 eternall
                 life
                 .
                 The
                 Lord
                 concludeth
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   
                     
                       I
                       will
                       bestow
                       vpon
                       the
                       faithfull
                       and
                       confident
                       petitioner
                       the
                       blessings
                       of
                       this
                       life
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       comfort
                       of
                       eternall
                       life
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                     
                     Where
                     vnder
                     the
                     promise
                     of
                     length
                     of
                     daies
                     ,
                     is
                     implied
                     the
                     promise
                     of
                     all
                     prosperitie
                     and
                     
                     comfort
                     in
                     this
                     life
                     .
                     Vnder
                     the
                     promise
                     of
                     seeing
                     the
                     Lords
                     saluation
                     ,
                     the
                     promise
                     of
                     enioying
                     the
                     happines
                     and
                     blessings
                     of
                     eternall
                     life
                     is
                     signified
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                       Therefore
                       will
                       I
                       bestow
                       vpon
                       him
                       glorie
                       and
                       honour
                       ,
                    
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             94.
             
          
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             who
             art
             the
             mighty
             God
             the
             auenger
             ,
             the
             mightie
             God
             the
             auenger
             ,
             shew
             thy selfe
             clearely
             .
          
           
             2
             Exalt
             thy selfe
             ,
             thou
             who
             art
             Iudge
             of
             the
             world
             :
             render
             to
             the
             proude
             their
             reward
             ,
          
           
             3
             Lord
             ,
             how
             long
             shall
             the
             wicked
             ,
             how
             long
             shall
             the
             wicked
             triumph
             ?
          
           
             4
             They
             belch
             out
             and
             speake
             rough
             words
             :
             all
             the
             workers
             of
             iniquitie
             extoll
             themselues
             .
          
           
             5
             They
             crush
             thy
             people
             O
             Lord
             ,
             and
             afflict
             thine
             heritage
             .
          
           
             6
             They
             slay
             the
             widow
             and
             the
             stranger
             :
             and
             murther
             the
             fatherlesse
             .
          
           
             7
             And
             they
             say
             :
             the
             Lord
             seeth
             not
             :
             neither
             doth
             the
             God
             of
             Iacob
             regard
             it
             .
          
           
             8
             Vnderstand
             ,
             O
             ye
             most
             vnwise
             among
             the
             people
             :
             and
             yee
             fooles
             ,
             when
             will
             you
             be
             wise
             ?
          
           
             9
             He
             that
             planted
             the
             eare
             ,
             shall
             he
             not
             heare
             ?
             Or
             he
             that
             formed
             the
             eye
             ,
             shall
             he
             not
             see
             ?
          
           
             10
             He
             that
             chastiseth
             nations
             ,
             shall
             he
             not
             correct
             ?
             He
             that
             teacheth
             man
             knowledge
             ▪
             shall
             he
             not
             know
             ?
          
           
             11
             The
             Lord
             knoweth
             the
             thoughts
             of
             man
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             vanitie
             .
          
           
             12
             Blessed
             is
             the
             man
             ,
             whom
             thou
             chastisest
             O
             Lord
             :
             for
             him
             thou
             teachest
             in
             thy
             law
             :
          
           
             13
             Thou
             doest
             giue
             him
             rest
             from
             the
             dayes
             of
             euill
             ,
             vntill
             the
             pit
             be
             digged
             for
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           
             14
             Surely
             ,
             the
             Lord
             will
             not
             faile
             his
             people
             ,
             neither
             will
             he
             forsake
             his
             inheritance
             .
          
           
           
             15
             For
             iudgement
             shall
             returne
             to
             iustice
             :
             and
             after
             it
             ,
             all
             the
             vpright
             in
             heart
             shall
             returne
             .
          
           
             16
             Who
             hath
             risen
             vp
             with
             me
             against
             the
             wicked
             ?
             Or
             who
             hath
             taken
             my
             part
             against
             the
             workers
             of
             iniquitie
             ?
          
           
             17
             If
             the
             Lord
             had
             not
             holpen
             me
             ,
             my
             soule
             had
             quickly
             dwelt
             in
             the
             place
             of
             silence
             .
          
           
             18
             When
             I
             said
             :
             My
             foote
             slideth
             :
             thy
             mercie
             (
             O
             Lord
             )
             staied
             me
             .
          
           
             19
             When
             I
             had
             a
             multitude
             of
             thoughts
             within
             me
             ,
             thy
             comforts
             reioyced
             my
             soule
             .
          
           
             20
             Hath
             the
             throne
             of
             iniquitie
             fellowship
             with
             thee
             ?
             which
             forgeth
             wrong
             against
             law
             .
          
           
             21
             They
             gather
             together
             against
             the
             soule
             of
             the
             righteous
             :
             and
             condemne
             the
             innocent
             blood
             .
          
           
             22
             But
             the
             Lord
             is
             my
             refuge
             ,
             and
             my
             God
             is
             the
             rocke
             of
             my
             confidence
             .
          
           
             23
             He
             turneth
             vpon
             them
             their
             iniquitie
             :
             and
             destroyeth
             them
             by
             their
             owne
             malice
             :
             the
             Lord
             our
             God
             destroyeth
             them
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               94.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               discerning
               the
               godly
               exceedingly
               oppressed
               by
               the
               malicious
               proceedings
               of
               the
               wicked
               ,
               who
               in
               the
               state
               ,
               where
               hee
               liued
               ,
               managed
               the
               places
               of
               greatest
               power
               and
               authoritie
               :
               And
               being
               carried
               with
               an
               affectionate
               desire
               to
               relieue
               and
               comfort
               them
               in
               this
               case
               of
               their
               distresse
               ,
               hath
               hereupon
               indited
               this
               worthy
               Psalme
               .
               Wherein
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     He
                     presenteth
                     on
                     the
                     behalfe
                     of
                     the
                     godly
                     an
                     humble
                     motion
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     against
                     these
                     wicked
                     and
                     proud
                     tyrants
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.2
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     He
                     doth
                     impart
                     with
                     the
                     godly
                     for
                     their
                     comfort
                     ,
                     that
                     (
                     notwithstanding
                     the
                     proceedings
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     against
                     them
                     )
                     they
                     rest
                     in
                     a
                     condition
                     of
                     blessednesse
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.13.14
                   .
                   and
                   so
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophets
               humble
               motion
               is
               set
               downe
               vers
               .
               1.
               and
               2.
               
               In
               the
               second
               verse
               that
               which
               is
               sued
               for
               ,
               doth
               direct
               vs
               to
               
               the
               true
               interpretation
               of
               the
               motion
               made
               in
               the
               first
               .
               He
               prayeth
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               second
               ,
               to
               aduance
               himselfe
               into
               his
               throne
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               and
               to
               proceede
               with
               those
               proud
               tyrants
               ,
               who
               oppressed
               his
               people
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               deserts
               .
               This
               iustice
               he
               sueth
               for
               in
               the
               first
               verse
               also
               vnder
               these
               termes
               :
               
                 O
                 Lord
                 ,
                 shew
                 thy selfe
                 clearely
                 ,
                 or
                 cause
                 thy
                 brightnes
                 to
                 shine
                 .
              
               The
               Lord
               sheweth
               himselfe
               clearely
               and
               causeth
               his
               brightnes
               to
               shine
               ,
               when
               the
               glory
               of
               his
               iustice
               is
               made
               manifest
               in
               the
               execution
               of
               punishment
               vpon
               the
               wicked
               .
               We
               see
               then
               that
               the
               motion
               tendered
               by
               the
               Prophet
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               against
               the
               wicked
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   execute
                   iustice
                   against
                   these
                   proud
                   tyrants
                   ,
                   who
                   oppressed
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     and
                     2.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               motion
               of
               the
               Prophet
               against
               the
               wicked
               ,
               is
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Solicited
                     by
                     propounding
                     some
                     inducements
                     for
                     the
                     grant
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   From
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Accompanied
                     with
                     a
                     defence
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     glorie
                     against
                     the
                     blasphemie
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     tyrants
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   and
                   so
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   11.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               solicitation
               of
               the
               said
               motion
               is
               performed
               by
               presenting
               vnto
               the
               Lords
               consideration
               and
               remembrance
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     office
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     challengeth
                     as
                     proper
                     vnto
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     of
                     executing
                     vengeance
                     vpon
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   1.
                   and
                   2.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     circumstance
                     and
                     length
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     wicked
                     haue
                     tyrannized
                     ouer
                     the
                     godly
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               former
               ground
               and
               inducement
               he
               pleadeth
               with
               the
               Lord
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   thou
                   onely
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   who
                   art
                   by
                   office
                   the
                   auenger
                   of
                   all
                   iniquitie
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Iudge
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   :
                   it
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   according
                   to
                   this
                   thy
                   office
                   ,
                   to
                   execute
                   iustice
                   vpon
                   these
                   wretched
                   tyrants
                   ,
                   who
                   oppresse
                   and
                   vexe
                   thy
                   people
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   thou
                   onely
                   (
                   O
                   Lord
                   )
                   who
                   art
                   by
                   office
                   the
                   auenger
                   of
                   all
                   iniquitie
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   iudge
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   
                     v.
                     1.2
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   It
                   may
                   please
                   thee
                   therefore
                   according
                   to
                   this
                   thy
                   office
                   to
                   execute
                   iustice
                   vpon
                   these
                   wretched
                   tyrants
                   ,
                   who
                   oppresse
                   and
                   vexe
                   thy
                   people
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     and
                     2.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               other
               ground
               and
               inducement
               which
               is
               taken
               from
               the
               circumstance
               or
               length
               of
               time
               ,
               hee
               vseth
               this
               perswasion
               with
               the
               Lord
               :
               
                 
                   
                     These
                     proud
                     wretches
                     haue
                     now
                     a
                     long
                     space
                     tyrannized
                     ouer
                     thy
                     people
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Where
                   this
                   their
                   tyrannizing
                   is
                   expressed
                   by
                   a
                   word
                   importing
                   their
                   reioycing
                   and
                   triumphing
                   in
                   the
                   oppression
                   of
                   others
                   :
                   so
                   as
                   the
                   Prophet
                   brandeth
                   them
                   with
                   a
                   note
                   of
                   extraordinarie
                   tyrannie
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Wherefore
                     (
                     O
                     Lord
                     )
                     giue
                     an
                     end
                     to
                     this
                     their
                     tyrannie
                     ,
                     by
                     executing
                     iustice
                     and
                     reuenge
                     vpon
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   and
                   2.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               antecedent
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               confirmed
               by
               particulating
               the
               seuerall
               sorts
               of
               tyrannie
               practized
               against
               the
               Lords
               people
               :
               thus
               ,
               
                 
                   If
                   they
                   haue
                   now
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   persecuted
                   thy
                   people
                   both
                   in
                   word
                   and
                   fact
                   :
                   they
                   haue
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   tyrannized
                   ouer
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   they
                   haue
                   now
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   persecuted
                   thy
                   people
                   both
                   in
                   word
                   and
                   fact
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.5.6
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   haue
                   they
                   now
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   tyrannized
                   ouer
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     3.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               :
               first
               the
               seuerall
               parts
               thereof
               are
               handled
               :
               and
               then
               the
               whole
               is
               illustrated
               .
               The
               former
               part
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               persecution
               performed
               by
               words
               ,
               is
               declared
               by
               these
               two
               particular
               instances
               :
               
                 
                   They
                   deliuer
                   out
                   threats
                   of
                   violence
                   and
                   oppression
                   against
                   thy
                   people
                   :
                   and
                   they
                   speake
                   also
                   contemptibly
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   extolling
                   themselues
                   farre
                   aboue
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     4.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   followeth
                   that
                   they
                   persecute
                   thy
                   people
                   in
                   word
                   and
                   speech
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               other
               part
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               persecution
               performed
               in
               fact
               against
               the
               Lords
               people
               ,
               is
               cleared
               likewise
               by
               certaine
               instances
               :
               in
               the
               setting
               downe
               whereof
               the
               Prophet
               
               proceedes
               by
               a
               logicall
               gradation
               from
               the
               lesse
               to
               the
               greater
               ,
               thereby
               to
               amplifie
               the
               greatnes
               of
               the
               persecution
               and
               tyrannie
               executed
               vpon
               the
               persons
               of
               the
               godly
               .
               The
               instances
               ,
               whereupon
               the
               said
               persecution
               by
               way
               of
               fact
               is
               concluded
               ,
               are
               these
               :
               
                 
                   
                     They
                     vexe
                     and
                     oppresse
                     thy
                     people
                     by
                     sundrie
                     vniust
                     courses
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5
                   :
                   
                     they
                     murder
                     also
                     the
                     widow
                     ,
                     the
                     stranger
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     orphane
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   Here
                   you
                   see
                   the
                   said
                   gradation
                   .
                   To
                   vexe
                   the
                   godly
                   by
                   vniust
                   courses
                   is
                   a
                   great
                   sinne
                   .
                   To
                   murder
                   them
                   is
                   a
                   greater
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   vexe
                   and
                   murder
                   the
                   widow
                   ,
                   the
                   stranger
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   orphane
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   wickednes
                   farre
                   more
                   heinous
                   and
                   capitall
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     they
                     persecute
                     thy
                     people
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     fact
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Now
               the
               said
               whole
               Assumption
               ioyntly
               with
               these
               her
               parts
               hath
               an
               illustration
               from
               this
               comparison
               :
               
                 
                   These
                   tyrants
                   persecute
                   the
                   Lord
                   himselfe
                   by
                   disgorging
                   blasphemie
                   against
                   him
                   ,
                   charging
                   vpon
                   him
                   the
                   imputation
                   of
                   ignorance
                   and
                   carelesnes
                   how
                   it
                   succeedeth
                   with
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     7.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   No
                   marueile
                   then
                   if
                   in
                   word
                   and
                   fact
                   they
                   persecute
                   the
                   Lords
                   people
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.5.6
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               farre
               hath
               the
               Prophet
               solicited
               his
               sute
               with
               the
               Lord
               ,
               concerning
               the
               execution
               of
               iustice
               vpon
               these
               bloodie
               tyrants
               .
            
             
               There
               followeth
               the
               Prophets
               Apologie
               in
               the
               behalfe
               of
               the
               Lords
               glory
               against
               the
               said
               blasphemy
               .
               The
               blasphemy
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   neither
                   knoweth
                   nor
                   regardeth
                   the
                   proceedings
                   held
                   against
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     7.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               wicked
               hauing
               breathed
               out
               against
               the
               Lord
               this
               blasphemous
               position
               ;
               whereby
               they
               strip
               and
               depriue
               him
               of
               the
               office
               which
               is
               proper
               vnto
               him
               of
               gouerning
               and
               iudging
               the
               world
               :
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               hereupon
               take
               an
               occasion
               to
               accompany
               his
               humble
               motion
               with
               a
               defence
               of
               the
               Lords
               glorie
               .
               The
               course
               he
               holdeth
               in
               his
               Apology
               for
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     he
                     premiseth
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   8.
                   
                     a
                     direct
                     contradiction
                     to
                     the
                     said
                     blasphemous
                     position
                     :
                  
                   which
                   contradiction
                   is
                   implied
                   hereby
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   he
                   chargeth
                   these
                   Machiuilian
                   gallants
                   with
                   extreme
                   senselesnes
                   for
                   such
                   their
                   apprehension
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   :
                   as
                   if
                   he
                   said
                   vnto
                   them
                   thus
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   grosse
                   vntruth
                   which
                   you
                   affirme
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   ignorance
                   and
                   carelesnesse
                   touching
                   your
                   proceedings
                   against
                   the
                   godly
                   :
                   so
                   to
                   apprehend
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   argueth
                   in
                   you
                   an
                   exceeding
                   blockishnes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     hauing
                     thus
                     censured
                     and
                     contradicted
                     in
                     generall
                     these
                     barbarous
                     Machiuilists
                     ,
                     he
                     disputeth
                     against
                     their
                     blasphemie
                     ,
                     and
                     refelleth
                     it
                     by
                     two
                     arguments
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     whereof
                     is
                     this
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Creator
                         of
                         each
                         instrument
                         ,
                         facultie
                         ,
                         and
                         act
                         of
                         all
                         knowledge
                         both
                         in
                         the
                         outward
                         sense
                         and
                         mind
                         ,
                         and
                         he
                         who
                         is
                         the
                         punisher
                         of
                         whole
                         nations
                         ,
                         doth
                         know
                         and
                         take
                         to
                         heart
                         your
                         tyrannous
                         proceedings
                         against
                         the
                         godly
                         ,
                      
                       ver
                       .
                       9.
                       and
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lord
                         ,
                         whom
                         you
                         thus
                         blaspheme
                         ,
                         is
                         the
                         creator
                         of
                         each
                         instrument
                         ,
                         facultie
                         ,
                         and
                         act
                         of
                         all
                         knowledge
                         both
                         in
                         the
                         outward
                         sense
                         and
                         minde
                         :
                         and
                         it
                         is
                         hee
                         ,
                         who
                         is
                         the
                         punisher
                         of
                         whole
                         nations
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lord
                         therefore
                         ,
                         whom
                         you
                         thus
                         blaspheme
                         ,
                         is
                         he
                         who
                         doth
                         know
                         and
                         take
                         to
                         heart
                         your
                         tyrannous
                         proceedings
                         against
                         the
                         godlie
                         .
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       8.
                       and
                       11.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               Proposition
               are
               comprized
               (
               as
               you
               see
               )
               these
               seuerall
               branches
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     discerning
                     of
                     all
                     proceedings
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     who
                     hath
                     made
                     the
                     eare
                     and
                     the
                     eye
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   instrument
                   ,
                   facultie
                   ,
                   and
                   act
                   of
                   hearing
                   and
                   seeing
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     knowing
                     of
                     all
                     proceedings
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     who
                     hath
                     formed
                     the
                     minde
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   that
                   one
                   particular
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   teaching
                   knowledge
                   
                   vnto
                   men
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   likewise
                   his
                   creating
                   the
                   instrument
                   ,
                   faculty
                   ,
                   and
                   act
                   of
                   this
                   knowledge
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     taking
                     to
                     heart
                     all
                     proceedings
                     against
                     the
                     godly
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     who
                     is
                     the
                     punisher
                     of
                     whole
                     nations
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   carrieth
                   a
                   comparison
                   from
                   the
                   greater
                   to
                   the
                   lesse
                   .
                   
                     For
                     if
                     the
                     Lord
                     be
                     the
                     punisher
                     of
                     whole
                     nations
                     :
                     what
                     question
                     can
                     be
                     made
                     of
                     his
                     power
                     and
                     will
                     to
                     doe
                     iustice
                     vpon
                     a
                     few
                     tyrants
                     in
                     the
                     common-wealth
                     of
                     Israel
                     ?
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               omitted
               by
               the
               Prophet
               as
               a
               point
               vnquestionable
               .
            
             
               The
               Conclusion
               is
               apparantly
               implied
               ,
               in
               the
               8.
               verse
               :
               where
               the
               Prophet
               vnder
               a
               bitter
               censure
               and
               imputation
               of
               brutish
               dulnes
               laid
               vpon
               the
               wicked
               for
               such
               their
               phranticke
               conceit
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               doth
               contradict
               and
               reiect
               the
               said
               blasphemie
               as
               a
               most
               grosse
               absurdity
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               argument
               vsed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               this
               his
               Apologie
               for
               the
               Lords
               glory
               ,
               is
               a
               comparison
               from
               the
               greater
               ,
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   knoweth
                   the
                   very
                   thoughts
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   and
                   the
                   vanitie
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   he
                   cannot
                   but
                   know
                   their
                   outward
                   proceedings
                   against
                   the
                   godly
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   knoweth
                   the
                   very
                   thoughts
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   and
                   the
                   vanitie
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11.
                     
                     Where
                     vnder
                     this
                     knowledge
                     attributed
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     vnderstand
                     as
                     meant
                     also
                     his
                     taking
                     to
                     heart
                     such
                     thoughts
                     and
                     plots
                     as
                     the
                     wicked
                     conceiue
                     and
                     deuise
                     against
                     the
                     godly
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lord
                   cannot
                   but
                   know
                   their
                   outward
                   proceedings
                   against
                   the
                   godly
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               hath
               been
               handled
               ,
               first
               ,
               the
               Prophets
               humble
               motion
               for
               iustice
               against
               these
               impious
               oppressors
               of
               the
               godly
               :
               secondly
               ,
               his
               defence
               of
               the
               Lords
               glory
               against
               their
               blasphemie
               .
            
             
               His
               imparting
               of
               comfort
               vnto
               the
               godly
               ,
               doth
               follow
               .
               For
               whereas
               the
               godly
               may
               obiect
               ,
               that
               in
               case
               they
               bee
               thus
               
               afflicted
               by
               the
               hand
               of
               the
               said
               tyrants
               ,
               it
               may
               seeme
               that
               they
               rest
               in
               a
               miserable
               condition
               ,
               such
               as
               may
               occasion
               them
               to
               doubt
               of
               the
               Lords
               prouidence
               &
               to
               diuert
               their
               thoughtes
               from
               the
               rule
               of
               pietie
               :
               the
               Prophet
               in
               answere
               to
               the
               said
               obiection
               doth
               to
               the
               exceeding
               comfort
               of
               the
               godly
               ,
               dispute
               this
               position
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   ,
                   though
                   afflicted
                   by
                   the
                   hand
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   is
                   notwithstanding
                   blessed
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12.
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     part
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               This
               position
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               cleere
               and
               determine
               by
               two
               arguments
               :
               whereof
               
                 
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   concluded
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       Whom
                       the
                       Lord
                       by
                       affliction
                       teacheth
                       his
                       law
                       ,
                       and
                       fashioneth
                       to
                       patience
                       till
                       the
                       ruine
                       of
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       hee
                       ,
                       though
                       afflicted
                       by
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       is
                       notwithstanding
                       blessed
                       .
                    
                     
                       But
                       the
                       godlie
                       man
                       is
                       he
                       ,
                       whom
                       the
                       Lord
                       by
                       affliction
                       teacheth
                       his
                       law
                       ,
                       and
                       fashioneth
                       to
                       patience
                       till
                       the
                       ruine
                       of
                       the
                       wicked
                       .
                       
                         The
                         former
                         effect
                         is
                         vers
                         .
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         end
                         :
                         the
                         other
                         is
                         vers
                         .
                         13.
                         
                         Two
                         excellent
                         effects
                         of
                         a
                         sanctified
                         affliction
                         .
                         In
                         the
                         exposition
                         of
                         the
                         13.
                         verse
                         I
                         follow
                      
                       Beza
                       .
                    
                     
                       Therefore
                       the
                       godly
                       man
                       ,
                       though
                       afflicted
                       by
                       the
                       hand
                       of
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       is
                       notwithstanding
                       blessed
                       ,
                       
                         vers
                         .
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         former
                         part
                         thereof
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   of
                   this
                   sort
                   :
                   
                     
                       To
                       whom
                       the
                       Lords
                       loue
                       is
                       constant
                       and
                       vnchangeable
                       ,
                       he
                       ,
                       though
                       afflicted
                       by
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       is
                       notwithstanding
                       blessed
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       godly
                       man
                       is
                       he
                       ,
                       to
                       whom
                       the
                       Lords
                       loue
                       is
                       constant
                       and
                       vnchangeable
                       ,
                       
                         vers
                         .
                         14.
                      
                       
                    
                     
                       Therefore
                       the
                       godly
                       man
                       ,
                       though
                       afflicted
                       by
                       the
                       wicked
                       ,
                       is
                       notwithstanding
                       blessed
                       ,
                       
                         ver
                         .
                         12.
                         in
                         the
                         former
                         part
                         thereof
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               Assumption
               of
               this
               later
               Syllogisme
               ,
               which
               concernes
               the
               vnchangeablenes
               of
               the
               Lords
               loue
               to
               the
               godly
               man
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               yeelded
               this
               confirmation
               :
               
                 
                 
                   If
                   the
                   cariage
                   of
                   all
                   proceedings
                   shall
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   good
                   time
                   be
                   so
                   vprightly
                   ordered
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   shall
                   receiue
                   thereby
                   what
                   is
                   right
                   and
                   due
                   vnto
                   him
                   by
                   the
                   Lords
                   couenant
                   and
                   promise
                   :
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   Lords
                   loue
                   vnto
                   him
                   constant
                   and
                   vnchangeable
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   cariage
                   of
                   all
                   proceedings
                   shall
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   good
                   time
                   be
                   so
                   vprightly
                   ordered
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   godlie
                   man
                   shall
                   receiue
                   thereby
                   what
                   is
                   right
                   and
                   due
                   vnto
                   him
                   by
                   the
                   Lords
                   couenant
                   and
                   promise
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     
                     Where
                     ,
                     first
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     that
                     iudgement
                     shall
                     returne
                     to
                     iustice
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     gouernment
                     and
                     cariage
                     of
                     matters
                     shal
                     be
                     reformed
                     and
                     reduced
                     to
                     a
                     course
                     of
                     right
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     after
                     it
                     ,
                     the
                     vpright
                     in
                     heart
                     shall
                     returne
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     after
                     this
                     reformation
                     once
                     made
                     ,
                     the
                     godly
                     shal
                     returne
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     partake
                     in
                     the
                     fruite
                     and
                     benefit
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     reformation
                     ,
                     they
                     being
                     to
                     receiue
                     thereby
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Lords
                     gracious
                     promise
                     ,
                     deliuerance
                     frō
                     trouble
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     other
                     blessed
                     comforts
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   godly
                   man
                   is
                   he
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   the
                   Lords
                   loue
                   is
                   constant
                   and
                   vnchangeable
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               of
               this
               syllogisme
               (
               wherin
               it
               is
               said
               that
               the
               godly
               man
               shal
               communicate
               in
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               Lords
               reformation
               ,
               receiuing
               thereby
               such
               comforts
               as
               by
               the
               couenant
               and
               promise
               of
               mercie
               are
               due
               vnto
               him
               )
               hath
               a
               double
               amplification
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     From
                     an
                     instance
                     in
                     the
                     Prophets
                     owne
                     person
                     handled
                     by
                     a
                     comparison
                     of
                     paritie
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lord
                         hath
                         giuen
                         to
                         me
                         deliuerance
                         from
                         trouble
                         and
                         speciall
                         comforts
                         otherwise
                         ,
                         when
                         I
                         was
                         pressed
                         with
                         the
                         distresses
                         of
                         my
                         heart
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       17.18.19
                       .
                       In
                       the
                       17.
                       he
                       saith
                       :
                       
                         he
                         had
                         died
                         ,
                         had
                         not
                         the
                         Lord
                         deliuered
                         him
                         .
                      
                       In
                       the
                       18
                       ,
                       
                         that
                         the
                         Lord
                         vpheld
                         him
                         when
                         he
                         was
                         slipping
                         into
                         destruction
                         .
                      
                       In
                       the
                       19
                       ,
                       
                         that
                         hee
                         receiued
                         comforts
                         from
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         when
                         anguish
                         and
                         distresse
                         of
                         heart
                         pressed
                         him
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                       
                         Therefore
                         the
                         Lord
                         will
                         in
                         his
                         good
                         time
                         of
                         reformation
                         giue
                         likewise
                         deliuerance
                         from
                         trouble
                         and
                         speciall
                         comforts
                         to
                         other
                         the
                         godly
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   reason
                   is
                   proued
                   and
                   inlarged
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         No
                         man
                         affoorded
                         vnto
                         me
                         this
                         deliuerance
                         and
                         comfort
                         when
                         the
                         wicked
                         practised
                         against
                         me
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       16.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         It
                         was
                         therefore
                         the
                         Lord
                         onely
                         that
                         did
                         it
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       17.18.19
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     most
                     iust
                     nature
                     and
                     proceeding
                     .
                  
                   Hereupon
                   the
                   Prophet
                   deduceth
                   this
                   conclusion
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         If
                         the
                         Lord
                         should
                         not
                         so
                         order
                         all
                         procedings
                         ,
                         as
                         that
                         the
                         godly
                         man
                         may
                         thereby
                         receiue
                         what
                         is
                         due
                         vnto
                         him
                         by
                         the
                         Lords
                         promise
                         :
                         hee
                         should
                         allow
                         the
                         committing
                         of
                         iniustice
                         vpon
                         the
                         godly
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         Lord
                         will
                         not
                         allow
                         the
                         committing
                         of
                         iniustice
                         vpon
                         the
                         godly
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       20.
                       
                       Where
                       vnder
                       an
                       interrogatorie
                       forme
                       of
                       speech
                       it
                       is
                       said
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       throne
                       of
                       tyrannie
                       and
                       oppression
                       hath
                       no
                       fellowship
                       with
                       the
                       Lord
                       :
                       that
                       is
                       ,
                       the
                       Lord
                       doth
                       renounce
                       and
                       detest
                       all
                       vniust
                       proceedings
                       ,
                       such
                       as
                       iudiciall
                       thrones
                       of
                       that
                       qualitie
                       doe
                       yeeld
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         the
                         Lord
                         will
                         so
                         order
                         al
                         proceedings
                         ,
                         as
                         that
                         the
                         godly
                         man
                         may
                         thereby
                         receiue
                         what
                         is
                         due
                         vnto
                         him
                         by
                         the
                         Lords
                         promise
                         of
                         mercie
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       15.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               ,
               wherein
               the
               Lords
               vpright
               proceeding
               and
               detestation
               of
               iniustice
               is
               recommended
               ,
               is
               made
               euident
               and
               cleree
               by
               a
               comparison
               :
               wherein
               is
               laid
               forth
               the
               difference
               betwixt
               the
               proceeding
               held
               by
               tyrants
               and
               iniust
               Iudges
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               is
               held
               by
               the
               Lord.
               The
               first
               part
               of
               the
               sayd
               comparison
               is
               a
               description
               of
               the
               iniustice
               
               committed
               by
               tyrannous
               Magistrates
               vpon
               the
               godly
               and
               innocent
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     They
                     forge
                     and
                     contriue
                     all
                     wrongfull
                     meanes
                     whereby
                     to
                     defeate
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     law
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   20.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   
                     they
                     assemble
                     themselues
                     to
                     consult
                     and
                     conspire
                     vpon
                     the
                     ruine
                     of
                     the
                     iust
                     :
                     they
                     passe
                     sentence
                     of
                     condemnation
                     on
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   21.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     the
                     eternall
                     Lord
                     doth
                     protect
                     the
                     godly
                     and
                     the
                     innocent
                     :
                     and
                     he
                     doth
                     execute
                     his
                     wrath
                     vpon
                     the
                     wicked
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   22.
                   and
                   23.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   22.
                   verse
                   the
                   Prophet
                   by
                   a
                   particular
                   instance
                   in
                   his
                   own
                   person
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   naming
                   one
                   for
                   all
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   kinde
                   and
                   nature
                   ,
                   doth
                   imply
                   and
                   note
                   the
                   Lords
                   protecting
                   of
                   the
                   godlie
                   and
                   innocent
                   in
                   generall
                   .
                   For
                   what
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   vnto
                   Dauid
                   ,
                   as
                   Dauid
                   is
                   a
                   godly
                   and
                   innocent
                   man
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   to
                   al
                   innocent
                   and
                   godly
                   men
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   23.
                   verse
                   ,
                   the
                   Lords
                   proceeding
                   in
                   iustice
                   to
                   the
                   destruction
                   of
                   the
                   wicked
                   ,
                   is
                   deliuered
                   in
                   expresse
                   termes
                   :
                   and
                   to
                   assure
                   vs
                   thereof
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   thrice
                   set
                   downe
                   :
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   the
                   more
                   admirable
                   and
                   glorious
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   auouched
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   so
                   ordereth
                   his
                   proceeding
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   they
                   become
                   the
                   ministers
                   and
                   instruments
                   of
                   their
                   owne
                   destruction
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             103.
             
          
           
             MY
             soule
             :
             praise
             thou
             the
             Lord
             :
             and
             all
             that
             is
             within
             me
             ,
             praise
             his
             holy
             name
             .
          
           
             2
             My
             soule
             :
             praise
             thou
             the
             Lord
             :
             and
             forget
             not
             any
             of
             his
             benefits
             .
          
           
             3
             Who
             forgiueth
             all
             thine
             iniquities
             :
             and
             healeth
             al
             thine
             infirmities
             .
          
           
             4
             Who
             redeemeth
             thy
             life
             from
             the
             graue
             :
             who
             couereth
             thee
             on
             euery
             side
             with
             mercie
             and
             compassions
             .
          
           
           
             5
             Who
             satisfieth
             thy
             mouth
             with
             good
             things
             :
             who
             reneweth
             thy
             youth
             as
             the
             youth
             of
             an
             Eagle
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             Lord
             doth
             iustice
             and
             right
             to
             all
             that
             are
             oppressed
             .
          
           
             7
             He
             hath
             made
             his
             waies
             knowne
             to
             Moses
             :
             and
             his
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             Israel
             .
          
           
             8
             The
             Lord
             is
             full
             of
             compassion
             and
             mercie
             ,
             slow
             to
             anger
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             kindnes
             .
          
           
             9
             He
             will
             not
             alway
             chide
             ,
             neither
             keepe
             his
             anger
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             10
             He
             hath
             not
             dealt
             according
             to
             our
             sinnes
             ,
             nor
             rewarded
             vs
             according
             to
             our
             iniquities
             .
          
           
             11
             For
             how
             high
             the
             heauens
             are
             aboue
             the
             earth
             :
             so
             great
             is
             his
             mercie
             to
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           
             12
             As
             farre
             as
             the
             East
             is
             from
             the
             West
             :
             so
             farre
             hath
             he
             remoued
             our
             sinnes
             from
             vs.
             
          
           
             13
             With
             what
             compassion
             a
             father
             is
             carried
             towards
             his
             children
             :
             the
             same
             hath
             the
             Lord
             towards
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           
             14
             For
             hee
             knoweth
             whereof
             wee
             are
             made
             ,
             hee
             remembreth
             that
             we
             are
             but
             dust
             .
          
           
             15
             The
             daies
             of
             man
             are
             as
             grasse
             :
             as
             a
             flower
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             so
             florisheth
             he
             .
          
           
             16
             When
             the
             winde
             hath
             passed
             ouer
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             gone
             :
             and
             the
             place
             thereof
             knoweth
             it
             no
             more
             .
          
           
             17
             But
             the
             louing
             kindnesse
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             from
             all
             eternity
             ,
             and
             endureth
             for
             euer
             vpon
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             :
             and
             his
             righteousnes
             vpon
             their
             childrens
             children
             :
          
           
             18
             Vpon
             them
             that
             keepe
             his
             couenant
             :
             and
             who
             remember
             his
             commandements
             to
             doe
             them
             .
          
           
             19
             The
             Lord
             hath
             established
             his
             throne
             in
             heauen
             :
             and
             his
             kingdome
             ruleth
             ouer
             all
             .
          
           
             20
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             ye
             his
             Angels
             that
             excel
             in
             strength
             ,
             and
             doe
             his
             commandement
             in
             obeying
             the
             voyce
             of
             his
             word
             .
          
           
             21
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             all
             ye
             his
             hosts
             ,
             who
             are
             his
             ministers
             performing
             his
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             22
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             all
             ye
             his
             workes
             in
             all
             places
             of
             his
             dominion
             .
             My
             soule
             praise
             thou
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               103.
               
            
             
               There
               are
               of
               this
               Psalme
               two
               parts
               .
               In
               the
               former
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               excite
               and
               prouoke
               himselfe
               to
               the
               magnifying
               of
               the
               Lords
               name
               :
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               1.
               verse
               to
               the
               ende
               of
               the
               18.
               
               In
               the
               later
               hee
               inuiteth
               all
               other
               things
               to
               a
               concurrence
               with
               him
               in
               this
               duty
               of
               praising
               the
               Lord
               :
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               19.
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Psalme
               .
            
             
               The
               subiect
               then
               handled
               in
               the
               former
               part
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   Dauid
                   ought
                   with
                   his
                   whole
                   heart
                   to
                   magnifie
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     and
                     2.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               This
               subiect
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               propound
               vnder
               a
               forme
               and
               figure
               of
               speech
               addressed
               to
               his
               soule
               and
               to
               al
               the
               faculties
               therof
               :
               therby
               stirring
               vp
               himself
               to
               this
               worthy
               dutie
               of
               honoring
               the
               Lord
               ,
               not
               in
               part
               or
               remisly
               ,
               but
               most
               affectionatly
               and
               with
               each
               faculty
               of
               his
               mind
               and
               will.
               The
               ground
               and
               motiue
               inducing
               him
               to
               performe
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               this
               acknowledgement
               and
               seruice
               of
               glorifying
               his
               name
               ,
               is
               (
               as
               may
               appeare
               by
               the
               latter
               member
               of
               the
               2.
               verse
               )
               a
               suruey
               made
               by
               him
               of
               the
               Lords
               blessings
               bestowed
               on
               himselfe
               in
               particular
               ,
               &
               on
               the
               whole
               Church
               in
               generall
               .
               Out
               of
               this
               consideration
               he
               reasoneth
               and
               concludeth
               thus
               in
               honor
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   hath
                   blessed
                   Dauid
                   in
                   particular
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   Church
                   in
                   generall
                   ,
                   his
                   name
                   ought
                   Dauid
                   with
                   his
                   whole
                   heart
                   to
                   magnifie
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   who
                   hath
                   blessed
                   Dauid
                   in
                   particular
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   Church
                   in
                   generall
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lords
                   name
                   ought
                   Dauid
                   with
                   his
                   whole
                   heart
                   to
                   magnifie
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               first
               setteth
               downe
               the
               conclusion
               verse
               1.
               and
               2.
               
               Then
               he
               proceedeth
               to
               the
               Assumption
               :
               which
               consisteth
               of
               two
               branches
               :
               The
               first
               whereof
               is
               verse
               3.4.5
               :
               the
               second
               is
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               6.
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               18.
               verse
               .
            
             
             
               The
               first
               branch
               of
               the
               Assumption
               concerning
               the
               blessings
               bestowed
               vpon
               Dauid
               in
               particular
               ,
               is
               declared
               by
               an
               induction
               ,
               consisting
               partly
               of
               spirituall
               blessings
               ,
               viz.
               Iustification
               and
               Sanctification
               ,
               verse
               3
               :
               and
               partly
               of
               temporall
               fauours
               ,
               verse
               4.
               and
               5.
               
               The
               induction
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   hath
                   bestowed
                   on
                   Dauid
                   pardon
                   of
                   sinnes
                   and
                   sanctification
                   of
                   heart
                   :
                   he
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   him
                   from
                   extreame
                   perils
                   :
                   he
                   so
                   compasseth
                   him
                   on
                   euery
                   side
                   with
                   his
                   fauour
                   ,
                   that
                   being
                   deliuered
                   he
                   shall
                   not
                   miscarrie
                   by
                   any
                   accident
                   at
                   any
                   time
                   or
                   place
                   :
                   he
                   doth
                   furnish
                   vnto
                   him
                   in
                   plentifull
                   sort
                   all
                   needfull
                   prouisions
                   for
                   this
                   life
                   :
                   he
                   intertaineth
                   him
                   in
                   vigor
                   and
                   strength
                   of
                   bodie
                   for
                   the
                   lengthning
                   of
                   his
                   daies
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   blessed
                   Dauid
                   in
                   particular
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               of
               this
               induction
               is
               vers
               .
               3.
               
               Where
               the
               pardon
               of
               sinnes
               is
               first
               mentioned
               :
               and
               then
               vnder
               the
               phrase
               of
               healing
               thy
               infirmities
               ,
               is
               implied
               the
               curing
               of
               the
               diseases
               which
               are
               in
               the
               vnderstanding
               and
               will
               :
               which
               being
               spirituall
               diseases
               ,
               the
               cure
               is
               performed
               by
               the
               Spirit
               of
               sanctification
               .
               For
               it
               is
               the
               Spirit
               of
               the
               Lord
               that
               worketh
               vpon
               the
               vnderstanding
               to
               inlighten
               it
               with
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Gospell
               ,
               and
               vpon
               the
               will
               ,
               to
               conforme
               it
               to
               some
               measure
               of
               obedience
               vnto
               the
               Gospell
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               is
               verse
               4.
               in
               the
               beginning
               :
               where
               I
               take
               it
               hee
               meaneth
               a
               temporall
               deliuerance
               ,
               hauing
               in
               the
               former
               verse
               recorded
               his
               spirituall
               deliuerance
               from
               sin
               and
               the
               punishment
               thereof
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               is
               vers
               .
               4.
               in
               the
               end
               .
               Where
               hee
               noteth
               the
               continuance
               of
               the
               Lords
               extraordinarie
               care
               and
               fauour
               towards
               him
               being
               deliuered
               ,
               which
               is
               such
               as
               couereth
               him
               on
               euery
               side
               ,
               so
               as
               he
               can
               not
               miscarie
               .
            
             
               The
               fourth
               and
               fifth
               are
               verse
               5
               :
               which
               verse
               I
               doe
               with
               the
               French
               and
               M.
               Beza
               so
               interpret
               as
               I
               haue
               set
               downe
               .
               The
               said
               fift
               member
               of
               the
               induction
               hath
               an
               illustration
               from
               a
               Comparison
               of
               Similitude
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                 
                   As
                   the
                   bodie
                   of
                   an
                   Eagle
                   is
                   intertained
                   in
                   vigor
                   and
                   strength
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   liueth
                   long
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   the
                   Lord
                   intertaineth
                   Dauid
                   in
                   vigor
                   and
                   strength
                   to
                   the
                   lengthning
                   of
                   his
                   age
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               handled
               the
               first
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               concerning
               the
               blessings
               bestowed
               on
               himselfe
               in
               particular
               ,
               doth
               now
               in
               like
               sort
               by
               an
               induction
               specifie
               the
               benefits
               bestowed
               on
               the
               Church
               in
               generall
               .
               The
               induction
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   relieueth
                   and
                   righteth
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   oppressed
                   :
                   he
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   vnto
                   Moses
                   the
                   lawes
                   and
                   statutes
                   wherein
                   his
                   people
                   are
                   to
                   walke
                   :
                   he
                   hath
                   honoured
                   his
                   people
                   by
                   his
                   sundrie
                   deliuerances
                   of
                   them
                   :
                   he
                   is
                   merciful
                   vnto
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   pardon
                   of
                   their
                   transgressions
                   .
                
                 
                   Therfore
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   blessed
                   his
                   whole
                   Church
                   in
                   generall
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               of
               this
               induction
               is
               ,
               vers
               .
               6.
               
            
             
               The
               second
               and
               third
               are
               verse
               7.
               
               This
               verse
               is
               so
               expounded
               by
               the
               French
               and
               Beza
               .
            
             
               The
               fourth
               is
               vers
               .
               8.9.10
               .
               where
               the
               Prophet
               with
               variety
               of
               phrase
               doth
               set
               out
               the
               excellencie
               and
               greatnes
               of
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               in
               remitting
               the
               offences
               of
               his
               people
               .
               That
               this
               is
               the
               maine
               scope
               of
               those
               3.
               verses
               ,
               may
               appeare
               ,
               first
               by
               the
               termes
               and
               formes
               of
               speech
               vsed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               by
               comparing
               the
               8.
               verse
               with
               that
               which
               is
               set
               downe
               Exod.
               34.7
               :
               Numb
               .
               14.18
               :
               Nehem
               .
               9.17
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               by
               the
               illustration
               ,
               which
               the
               Prophet
               in
               the
               verses
               following
               hath
               yeelded
               vnto
               this
               point
               of
               the
               excellencie
               and
               greatnes
               of
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               .
            
             
               Let
               vs
               now
               see
               how
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               handle
               this
               last
               member
               of
               the
               said
               induction
               .
               His
               purpose
               is
               (
               as
               I
               haue
               said
               )
               to
               make
               knowne
               vnto
               vs
               this
               sweete
               and
               comfortable
               position
               ,
               viz.
               
            
             
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lords
                 mercie
                 in
                 pardoning
                 the
                 sinnes
                 of
                 his
                 people
                 is
                 exceeding
                 great
                 .
              
            
             
               This
               point
               he
               cleereth
               :
               
                 
                 
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     by
                     three
                     comparisons
                     of
                     equalitie
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         How
                         great
                         the
                         distance
                         of
                         the
                         highest
                         heauen
                         is
                         from
                         the
                         earth
                         :
                         so
                         great
                         is
                         the
                         Lords
                         mercie
                         in
                         being
                         reconciled
                         vnto
                         those
                         who
                         feare
                         him
                         ,
                         that
                         is
                         ,
                         vnto
                         his
                         people
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         As
                         farre
                         as
                         the
                         East
                         is
                         from
                         the
                         West
                         :
                         so
                         far
                         hath
                         the
                         Lord
                         remooued
                         from
                         vs
                         our
                         offences
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         With
                         how
                         great
                         and
                         tender
                         compassion
                         a
                         father
                         is
                         carried
                         towards
                         his
                         children
                         :
                         with
                         so
                         great
                         and
                         tender
                         mercie
                         the
                         Lord
                         embraceth
                         his
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       13.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     by
                     noting
                     vnto
                     vs
                     a
                     motiue
                     inducing
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     the
                     shewing
                     of
                     this
                     exceeding
                     mercie
                     :
                  
                   which
                   is
                   an
                   acknowledgement
                   and
                   consideration
                   on
                   the
                   Lords
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   condition
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   man
                   by
                   creation
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   14.
                   
                   A
                   condition
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   whereof
                   man
                   was
                   formed
                   ,
                   not
                   onely
                   base
                   and
                   contemptible
                   ,
                   but
                   most
                   brittle
                   also
                   and
                   apt
                   to
                   dissolution
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   consideration
                   whereof
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   the
                   rather
                   moued
                   to
                   proceed
                   with
                   vs
                   ,
                   not
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   desert
                   in
                   prouoking
                   him
                   ,
                   but
                   according
                   to
                   that
                   course
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   sutable
                   to
                   the
                   glorie
                   and
                   excellencie
                   of
                   his
                   gracious
                   nature
                   :
                   that
                   thereby
                   he
                   might
                   the
                   more
                   magnifie
                   the
                   riches
                   of
                   his
                   mercie
                   ,
                   being
                   shewed
                   vpon
                   so
                   contemptible
                   and
                   brittle
                   a
                   worme
                   as
                   man
                   is
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     by
                     remembring
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     eternitie
                     of
                     this
                     mercie
                     .
                  
                   Which
                   argument
                   is
                   concluded
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lords
                         mercie
                         to
                         his
                         people
                         for
                         the
                         pardon
                         of
                         their
                         sinnes
                         hath
                         been
                         from
                         all
                         eternitie
                         ,
                         and
                         doth
                         endure
                         for
                         euer
                         towards
                         them
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       17.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         it
                         is
                         exceeding
                         great
                      
                       .
                       vers
                       .
                       8.9.10
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               is
               amplified
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     Dissimilitude
                     ,
                     thus
                  
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         Man
                         quickly
                         passeth
                         away
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       15.
                       and
                       16.
                       
                       Of
                       this
                       sentence
                       there
                       is
                       added
                       an
                       illustration
                       from
                       a
                       double
                       similitude
                       :
                       the
                       one
                       of
                       grasse
                       :
                       the
                       other
                       of
                       a
                       flower
                       of
                       the
                       field
                       .
                       Man
                       is
                       resembled
                       to
                       either
                       of
                       them
                       in
                       this
                       point
                       of
                       his
                       speedie
                       withering
                       and
                       vanishing
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         Lords
                         mercie
                         to
                         his
                         people
                         is
                         eternall
                         ,
                      
                       v.
                       17.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     comparison
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     :
                     wherein
                     the
                     obiect
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     mercie
                     is
                     noted
                     ,
                     that
                     thereby
                     we
                     might
                     see
                     the
                     reach
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   The
                   comparison
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lords
                         mercie
                         is
                         extended
                         for
                         euer
                         to
                         many
                         generations
                         of
                         the
                         posteritie
                         of
                         his
                         people
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         No
                         marueile
                         then
                         if
                         he
                         extend
                         it
                         for
                         euer
                         to
                         the
                         persons
                         of
                         his
                         people
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               this
               comparison
               is
               verse
               17.
               in
               the
               ende
               .
               Where
               the
               Prophet
               saith
               that
               
                 the
                 Lords
                 righteousnes
                 is
                 vpon
                 their
                 Childrens
                 children
                 :
              
               meaning
               by
               righteousnesse
               the
               Lords
               fidelitie
               in
               keeping
               his
               couenant
               of
               mercie
               :
               and
               consequently
               the
               mercy
               performable
               by
               this
               couenant
               :
               which
               not
               determining
               in
               the
               persons
               of
               parents
               ,
               but
               being
               extended
               also
               &
               presented
               to
               their
               posteritie
               ,
               it
               doth
               thereby
               discouer
               it selfe
               to
               be
               very
               great
               and
               excellent
               .
            
             
               Now
               whereas
               it
               may
               be
               obiected
               that
               by
               this
               course
               of
               extending
               mercy
               to
               so
               many
               generations
               ,
               it
               will
               fall
               out
               to
               be
               extended
               to
               hypocrites
               and
               impious
               wretches
               :
               the
               Prophet
               verse
               18.
               doth
               cleare
               this
               point
               by
               a
               description
               of
               those
               ,
               to
               whom
               the
               said
               mercy
               is
               by
               the
               Lords
               couenant
               extendable
               .
               The
               description
               of
               them
               ,
               is
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     From
                     an
                     effect
                     on
                     their
                     part
                     :
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     their
                     obseruing
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     couenant
                     made
                     with
                     them
                     :
                     which
                     consisteth
                     in
                     dependance
                     on
                     God
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     obedience
                     to
                     his
                     statutes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     From
                     their
                     perseuerance
                     in
                     this
                     care
                     and
                     endeuour
                     to
                     glorifie
                     the
                     Lord
                     by
                     their
                     faith
                     and
                     obedience
                     of
                     life
                     .
                  
                   Which
                   I
                   take
                   to
                   be
                   meant
                   by
                   this
                   clause
                   ,
                   
                     of
                     retaining
                     alwaies
                     in
                     memorie
                     the
                     Lords
                     statutes
                     to
                     doe
                     them
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               Hitherto
               concerning
               the
               first
               part
               of
               the
               Psalme
               .
               The
               second
               followeth
               ,
               wherein
               he
               inuiteth
               a
               concurrence
               with
               him
               in
               this
               dutie
               of
               praysing
               the
               Lord
               :
               so
               as
               the
               subiect
               handled
               in
               this
               second
               part
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   all
                   things
                   whatsoeuer
                   ought
                   to
                   concurre
                   with
                   Dauid
                   in
                   praising
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     20.21.22
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               argument
               to
               perswade
               this
               concurrence
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     the
                     Lord
                     doth
                     by
                     his
                     imperiall
                     scepter
                     and
                     soueraigne
                     power
                     gouerne
                     all
                     things
                     in
                     heauen
                     and
                     earth
                     :
                     then
                     ought
                     all
                     things
                     to
                     concurre
                     with
                     Dauid
                     in
                     praising
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     the
                     Lord
                     doth
                     by
                     his
                     imperiall
                     scepter
                     and
                     soueraigne
                     power
                     gouerne
                     all
                     things
                     in
                     heauen
                     and
                     earth
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   
                   Where
                   vnder
                   these
                   words
                   
                     (
                     He
                     hath
                     established
                     his
                     throne
                     in
                     heauen
                     )
                  
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   Lords
                   setled
                   and
                   absolute
                   authoritie
                   of
                   commanding
                   and
                   ruling
                   in
                   heauen
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     ought
                     all
                     things
                     to
                     concurre
                     with
                     Dauid
                     in
                     praising
                     the
                     Lord.
                  
                   In
                   liew
                   of
                   this
                   generall
                   conclusion
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   set
                   downe
                   an
                   induction
                   of
                   the
                   particulars
                   which
                   are
                   inuited
                   to
                   this
                   dutie
                   of
                   praising
                   the
                   Lord.
                   The
                   particulars
                   are
                   these
                   :
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         The
                         Angels
                         :
                         which
                         are
                         described
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       20.
                       
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           
                             By
                             their
                             exceeding
                             strength
                          
                           .
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           
                             By
                             their
                             action
                             of
                             executing
                             with
                             all
                             readines
                             the
                             Lords
                             commandements
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         All
                         other
                         creatures
                         in
                         heauen
                         &
                         earth
                         :
                         which
                         are
                         described
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       21.
                       
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           
                             By
                             comparing
                             thē
                             to
                             Armies
                          
                           .
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           
                             By
                             their
                             imploymēt
                             in
                             the
                             Lords
                             seruice
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         All
                         the
                         Lords
                         workes
                         of
                         mercie
                         and
                         iustice
                         in
                         any
                         part
                         of
                         the
                         world
                         whatsoeuer
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       22.
                       
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             PSALM
             .
             104.
             
          
           
             MY
             soule
             ,
             praise
             thou
             the
             Lord.
             O
             Lord
             my
             God
             ,
             thou
             art
             exceeding
             great
             :
             thou
             art
             clothed
             with
             glorie
             and
             maiestie
             .
          
           
             2
             Who
             couereth
             himselfe
             with
             light
             as
             with
             a
             garment
             :
             who
             spreadeth
             the
             heauens
             like
             a
             tent
             .
          
           
             3
             Who
             laieth
             the
             beames
             of
             his
             high
             chambers
             in
             the
             waters
             :
             who
             maketh
             the
             thicke
             clowdes
             his
             chariot
             :
             who
             walketh
             vpon
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             winde
             .
          
           
             4
             Who
             maketh
             his
             Angels
             spirits
             ,
             and
             his
             ministers
             a
             flaming
             fire
             .
          
           
             5
             He
             hath
             set
             the
             earth
             vpon
             her
             foundations
             :
             so
             that
             it
             shall
             neuer
             be
             remoued
             .
          
           
             6
             Thou
             haddest
             couered
             it
             with
             the
             deep
             as
             with
             a
             garment
             :
             the
             waters
             stood
             aboue
             the
             mountaines
             .
          
           
             7
             At
             thy
             rebuke
             they
             fled
             :
             at
             the
             voyce
             of
             thy
             thunder
             they
             hasted
             away
             .
          
           
             8
             They
             ascended
             by
             the
             mountaines
             :
             they
             descended
             by
             the
             valleis
             ,
             into
             the
             place
             which
             thou
             hast
             established
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             9
             Thou
             hast
             set
             them
             a
             bound
             which
             they
             shall
             not
             passe
             :
             they
             shall
             not
             returne
             to
             couer
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             10
             He
             sendeth
             the
             springs
             into
             the
             valleis
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             runne
             betweene
             the
             mountaines
             :
          
           
             11
             That
             they
             may
             giue
             drinke
             to
             all
             the
             beasts
             of
             the
             field
             :
             and
             that
             the
             wilde
             asses
             may
             therewith
             quench
             their
             thirst
             :
          
           
             12
             That
             by
             these
             springs
             the
             foules
             of
             the
             ayre
             may
             dwell
             ,
             singing
             amongst
             the
             branches
             .
          
           
             13
             He
             watreth
             the
             mountaines
             from
             his
             high
             chambers
             :
             and
             the
             earth
             is
             filled
             with
             the
             fruite
             of
             thy
             workes
             .
          
           
             14
             He
             causeth
             grasse
             to
             grow
             for
             the
             cattell
             ,
             and
             herbe
             for
             the
             vse
             of
             man
             ,
             making
             nourishment
             to
             come
             from
             out
             the
             earth
             :
          
           
             15
             As
             wine
             that
             maketh
             glad
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             :
             oyle
             to
             make
             the
             face
             to
             shine
             :
             and
             bread
             that
             strengthneth
             mans
             heart
             :
          
           
             16
             The
             high
             trees
             are
             therewith
             satisfied
             ,
             the
             Cedars
             of
             Libanon
             which
             he
             hath
             planted
             :
          
           
           
             17
             That
             the
             birds
             may
             make
             their
             nests
             there
             :
             the
             Storke
             dwelleth
             in
             firre
             trees
             .
          
           
             18
             The
             high
             mountaines
             are
             for
             the
             Goates
             :
             the
             rocks
             are
             a
             refuge
             for
             the
             Conies
             .
          
           
             19
             He
             hath
             appointed
             the
             Moone
             for
             seasons
             :
             the
             Sunne
             knoweth
             his
             going
             downe
             .
          
           
             20
             Thou
             bringest
             darknes
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             night
             :
             wherein
             all
             the
             beasts
             of
             the
             forrest
             creepe
             foorth
             .
          
           
             21
             The
             young
             lions
             roare
             after
             their
             pray
             :
             and
             seeke
             their
             meate
             of
             the
             mightie
             God.
             
          
           
             22
             When
             the
             Sunne
             riseth
             ,
             they
             retire
             and
             couch
             in
             their
             dennes
             .
          
           
             23
             Then
             goeth
             man
             foorth
             to
             his
             worke
             and
             to
             his
             labour
             vntill
             the
             euening
             .
          
           
             24
             O
             Lord
             ,
             how
             great
             are
             thy
             workes
             ?
             in
             wisedome
             hast
             thou
             made
             them
             all
             :
             the
             earth
             is
             full
             of
             thy
             riches
             .
          
           
             25
             It
             is
             this
             great
             and
             wide
             Sea
             ,
             wherein
             there
             are
             things
             creeping
             innumerable
             :
             small
             liuing
             creatures
             with
             great
             .
          
           
             26
             There
             walke
             the
             ships
             :
             and
             that
             great
             Leuiathan
             whom
             thou
             hast
             made
             to
             play
             therein
             .
          
           
             27
             Al
             these
             waite
             vpon
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             maist
             giue
             them
             their
             foode
             in
             due
             season
             .
          
           
             28
             Thou
             giuest
             it
             vnto
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             gather
             it
             :
             thou
             openest
             thine
             hand
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             filled
             with
             good
             things
             .
          
           
             29
             If
             thou
             hide
             thy
             face
             ,
             they
             are
             troubled
             :
             if
             thou
             take
             away
             their
             breath
             ,
             they
             die
             and
             returne
             to
             their
             dust
             .
          
           
             30
             If
             thou
             send
             foorth
             thy
             spirit
             ,
             they
             are
             created
             :
             and
             thou
             renuest
             the
             face
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             31
             Glorie
             be
             to
             the
             Lord
             for
             euer
             :
             let
             the
             Lord
             reioyce
             in
             his
             workes
             :
          
           
             32
             Who
             looking
             vpon
             the
             earth
             ,
             it
             trembleth
             :
             and
             who
             touching
             the
             mountaines
             ,
             they
             smoake
             .
          
           
             33
             I
             will
             sing
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             all
             my
             life
             :
             I
             will
             praise
             my
             God
             ,
             while
             I
             liue
             .
          
           
             34
             My
             meditation
             will
             be
             acceptable
             vnto
             him
             :
             I
             will
             reioyce
             in
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             35
             The
             sinners
             shall
             be
             consumed
             from
             out
             the
             earth
             :
             and
             
             the
             wicked
             ,
             till
             there
             be
             no
             more
             .
             O
             my
             soule
             ,
             praise
             thou
             the
             Lord.
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               104.
               
            
             
               This
               Psalme
               hath
               a
               correspondence
               in
               argument
               with
               the
               former
               .
               For
               as
               in
               the
               former
               the
               Psalmist
               prouoketh
               himselfe
               and
               others
               to
               magnifie
               the
               Lord
               :
               so
               in
               this
               hee
               inuiteth
               himself
               and
               others
               to
               the
               same
               dutie
               .
               The
               difference
               of
               the
               one
               from
               the
               other
               is
               in
               the
               qualitie
               of
               the
               inducements
               vpon
               which
               the
               performance
               of
               the
               said
               duty
               is
               grounded
               :
               they
               being
               such
               in
               the
               former
               Psalme
               as
               concerne
               the
               Church
               principally
               :
               and
               such
               in
               this
               as
               concerne
               all
               mankind
               :
               yea
               all
               liuing
               creatures
               .
               The
               subiect
               then
               of
               this
               Psalme
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   reuerent
                   and
                   due
                   acknowledgement
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   glorie
                   ,
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                     31.
                     and
                     vers
                     .
                     35.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               first
               verse
               the
               Prophet
               addresseth
               personally
               vnto
               himselfe
               his
               exhortation
               to
               praise
               the
               Lord
               :
               and
               in
               his
               person
               ,
               to
               all
               others
               :
               as
               may
               appeare
               aswell
               by
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               motiues
               to
               this
               duty
               alleaged
               by
               him
               ,
               they
               being
               such
               as
               concerne
               all
               ,
               as
               likewise
               by
               that
               ,
               which
               is
               set
               downe
               verse
               31.
               and
               35.
               
               In
               which
               verses
               he
               stirreth
               vp
               others
               to
               second
               him
               in
               this
               seruice
               of
               tendring
               praise
               and
               honour
               vnto
               the
               Lord.
               The
               principall
               and
               maine
               ground
               of
               the
               said
               seruice
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   in
                   the
                   creation
                   of
                   things
                   and
                   conseruation
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   set
                   foorth
                   and
                   published
                   to
                   the
                   view
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   the
                   glorie
                   of
                   his
                   power
                   ,
                   wisedome
                   and
                   goodnes
                   :
                   then
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   due
                   acknowledgement
                   of
                   this
                   his
                   glorie
                   ought
                   we
                   to
                   magnifie
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   in
                   the
                   creation
                   of
                   things
                   and
                   the
                   conseruation
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   set
                   foorth
                   and
                   published
                   to
                   the
                   view
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   the
                   glorie
                   of
                   his
                   power
                   ,
                   wisedome
                   and
                   goodnes
                   .
                   
                     From
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     second
                     verse
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     30
                     :
                     and
                     more
                     summarily
                     ,
                     
                     vers
                     .
                     24.
                     where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     speaketh
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   How
                   great
                   are
                   thy
                   workes
                   ?
                   in
                   wisedome
                   thou
                   hast
                   made
                   them
                   all
                   :
                   the
                   earth
                   is
                   full
                   of
                   thy
                   riches
                   .
                   
                     In
                     the
                     first
                     member
                     he
                     noteth
                     the
                     power
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     ,
                     his
                     wisedome
                     :
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     ,
                     his
                     goodnes
                     in
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     workes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   due
                   acknowledgement
                   of
                   this
                   his
                   glorie
                   ,
                   ought
                   we
                   to
                   magnifie
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.31.35
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               handled
               by
               the
               Prophet
               first
               in
               the
               whole
               ,
               by
               an
               argument
               drawne
               from
               the
               generall
               :
               then
               in
               the
               seuerall
               parts
               thereof
               .
               In
               the
               whole
               ,
               the
               handling
               is
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     All
                     thy
                     workes
                     doe
                     represent
                     and
                     notifie
                     to
                     the
                     world
                     thy
                     maiestie
                     and
                     glorie
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   affirming
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   exceeding
                   great
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   he
                   hath
                   clothed
                   himself
                   with
                   glorie
                   and
                   maiestie
                   ,
                   doth
                   thereby
                   meane
                   that
                   his
                   works
                   are
                   this
                   garment
                   wherein
                   he
                   hath
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   imbroidered
                   and
                   visibly
                   represented
                   this
                   his
                   glorie
                   .
                   And
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   expounded
                   by
                   
                     Cal.
                     Marlo
                     .
                     Beza
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     thy
                     workes
                     of
                     creation
                     and
                     conseruation
                     doe
                     represent
                     and
                     publish
                     the
                     same
                     .
                  
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   verse
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   thirtith
                   :
                   and
                   more
                   summarily
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   24.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               handling
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               in
               the
               seuerall
               parts
               thereof
               :
               whereas
               the
               said
               Assumption
               consisteth
               of
               two
               parts
               :
               the
               one
               concerning
               the
               creation
               of
               things
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               conseruation
               of
               liuing
               creatures
               :
               the
               Prophet
               first
               disputeth
               that
               branch
               of
               creation
               ,
               proouing
               by
               an
               induction
               that
               in
               the
               creation
               of
               things
               we
               may
               behold
               as
               in
               a
               mirror
               this
               glory
               of
               the
               Lord.
               The
               induction
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     In
                     the
                     workes
                     of
                     the
                     superiour
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     light
                     ,
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     the
                     clowdes
                     and
                     windes
                     ,
                     the
                     Angels
                     :
                     likewise
                     in
                     the
                     workes
                     of
                     the
                     inferiour
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     and
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     the
                     Lord
                     hath
                     set
                     out
                     and
                     proclaimed
                     vnto
                     vs
                     his
                     glorie
                     .
                  
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   verse
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   
                   ninth
                   verse
                   .
                   What
                   particulars
                   are
                   omitted
                   in
                   this
                   induction
                   ,
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   stampe
                   ,
                   and
                   serue
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   purpose
                   of
                   representing
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   Lords
                   glorie
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   conceiued
                   as
                   set
                   downe
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   said
                   induction
                   perfit
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     hath
                     the
                     Lord
                     in
                     his
                     workes
                     of
                     creation
                     published
                     and
                     proclaimed
                     vnto
                     vs
                     his
                     glorie
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   24.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               of
               this
               induction
               concerning
               the
               light
               ,
               is
               verse
               2.
               where
               it
               is
               amplified
               by
               a
               comparison
               of
               Similitude
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   As
                   a
                   garment
                   doth
                   adorne
                   and
                   set
                   foorth
                   the
                   person
                   who
                   weareth
                   it
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   the
                   light
                   doth
                   discouer
                   and
                   set
                   out
                   the
                   glorie
                   of
                   him
                   who
                   created
                   it
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               touching
               the
               Heauens
               ,
               is
               also
               verse
               2
               :
               where
               it
               is
               handled
               likewise
               by
               a
               comparison
               of
               similitude
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   As
                   the
                   extending
                   of
                   a
                   princely
                   Tent
                   doth
                   set
                   out
                   the
                   magnificencie
                   of
                   him
                   whose
                   it
                   is
                   :
                
                 
                   So
                   the
                   extending
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   setteth
                   out
                   the
                   maiestie
                   of
                   him
                   who
                   made
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               is
               of
               the
               clowdes
               ,
               vers
               .
               3.
               where
               the
               clowds
               are
               described
               by
               the
               seruice
               they
               yeeld
               vnto
               the
               Lord.
               This
               their
               seruice
               consisteth
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     In
                     that
                     they
                     serue
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     for
                     lodgings
                     and
                     chambers
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     and
                     from
                     whence
                     the
                     Lord
                     doth
                     manifest
                     the
                     glorie
                     of
                     his
                     power
                     ,
                     iustice
                     ,
                     and
                     mercie
                     .
                  
                   The
                   Prophet
                   ,
                   Psal.
                   18.12
                   .
                   calleth
                   the
                   clowds
                   
                     the
                     Lords
                     tabernacles
                  
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   the
                   1.
                   of
                   Kings
                   ▪
                   chap.
                   8.12
                   .
                   
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     dwell
                     in
                     the
                     clowds
                     .
                  
                   In
                   these
                   clowdes
                   the
                   Psalmist
                   affirmeth
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   laid
                   the
                   beames
                   of
                   his
                   chambers
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   hee
                   hath
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   built
                   vnto
                   himselfe
                   lodgings
                   and
                   places
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   to
                   shew
                   his
                   glorie
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     In
                     that
                     they
                     serue
                     also
                     for
                     instruments
                     of
                     his
                     executions
                     both
                     in
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     mercie
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     iustice
                     .
                     
                     And
                     vpon
                     this
                     ground
                     they
                     are
                     called
                     the
                     Lords
                     chariot
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     allusion
                     to
                     the
                     ancient
                     vse
                     of
                     chariots
                     in
                     the
                     battailes
                     of
                     Princes
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               fourth
               is
               of
               the
               Windes
               ,
               vers
               .
               3
               :
               where
               they
               are
               described
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     their
                     swiftnes
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     noted
                     in
                     that
                     wings
                     are
                     attributed
                     vnto
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     Lords
                     imploying
                     of
                     them
                     in
                     his
                     seruices
                     of
                     expedition
                     and
                     speede
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     implied
                     hereby
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     walke
                     vpon
                     their
                     wings
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               fifth
               member
               of
               the
               sayd
               induction
               concerneth
               the
               Angels
               ,
               verse
               4.
               where
               they
               are
               described
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     simplenes
                     of
                     their
                     essence
                     :
                     they
                     being
                     called
                     spirits
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     essences
                     free
                     from
                     all
                     corporall
                     and
                     materiall
                     composition
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     strength
                     and
                     agilitie
                     of
                     their
                     essence
                     (
                     they
                     being
                     called
                     a
                     flaming
                     fire
                     :
                     )
                     which
                     is
                     declared
                     by
                     a
                     comparison
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         As
                         a
                         flaming
                         fire
                         is
                         of
                         strength
                         to
                         consume
                         ,
                         and
                         of
                         a
                         qualitie
                         speedily
                         piercing
                         :
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         So
                         the
                         Angels
                         are
                         of
                         strength
                         to
                         frustrate
                         all
                         opposition
                         :
                         and
                         they
                         doe
                         with
                         all
                         nimblenes
                         and
                         speede
                         pierce
                         euery
                         where
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               sixt
               is
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               verse
               5.
               where
               wee
               may
               obserue
               two
               particulars
               noted
               by
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               wherein
               the
               Lord
               hath
               imprinted
               a
               visible
               testimonie
               and
               marke
               of
               his
               glory
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   one
                   ,
                   the
                   founding
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   vpon
                   the
                   seas
                   :
                   which
                   the
                   Prophet
                   calleth
                   the
                   bases
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   .
                
                 
                   The
                   other
                   ,
                   the
                   stabilitie
                   and
                   vnmoueablenes
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               seuenth
               is
               of
               the
               waters
               ,
               vers
               .
               6.7.8.9
               .
               Where
               the
               Prophet
               obserueth
               these
               two
               things
               touching
               the
               waters
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Their
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     creation
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     first
                     day
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Their
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     processe
                     of
                     the
                     creation
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     third
                     day
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               Touching
               their
               place
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               creation
               :
               it
               is
               vers
               .
               6.
               said
               to
               bee
               the
               outward
               superficies
               and
               face
               of
               the
               whole
               earth
               .
               Which
               couering
               of
               the
               earth
               by
               them
               is
               illustrated
               by
               two
               comparisons
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     ,
                     a
                     Similitude
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                     As
                     a
                     garment
                     couereth
                     the
                     bodie
                     :
                     so
                     the
                     waters
                     couered
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     ,
                     a
                     comparison
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                     The
                     waters
                     couered
                     the
                     highest
                     hils
                     :
                     no
                     marueile
                     then
                     if
                     they
                     couered
                     lower
                     places
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Concerning
               their
               place
               in
               the
               third
               day
               of
               the
               creation
               :
               the
               Prophet
               noteth
               it
               verse
               8.
               to
               be
               that
               which
               the
               Lord
               had
               assigned
               vnto
               them
               ,
               viz
               ,
               the
               sea
               :
               within
               the
               receptacle
               and
               limits
               whereof
               they
               are
               shut
               vp
               and
               confined
               :
               as
               may
               appeare
               Gen.
               1.10
               :
               and
               Iob.
               38.10
               .
               This
               retyring
               of
               the
               waters
               from
               the
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               into
               this
               their
               place
               ,
               is
               described
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     efficient
                     thereof
                  
                   :
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     thundring
                     voyce
                     and
                     commandement
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     their
                     speedines
                     in
                     retyring
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   
                     which
                     is
                     noted
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     said
                     to
                     flie
                     and
                     to
                     hasten
                     away
                     ,
                     foorthwith
                     vpon
                     the
                     sense
                     and
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     commandement
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     their
                     effect
                     of
                     frustrating
                     and
                     ouercomming
                     whatsoeuer
                     might
                     giue
                     impediment
                     to
                     their
                     retyring
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   8.
                   
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     ascended
                     by
                     the
                     hils
                     ,
                     and
                     descended
                     by
                     the
                     valleis
                     :
                     as
                     if
                     the
                     Prophet
                     should
                     say
                     ,
                     That
                     neither
                     hils
                     nor
                     valleis
                     ,
                     nor
                     any
                     obstacle
                     whatsoeuer
                     ,
                     could
                     hinder
                     their
                     retyring
                     into
                     the
                     place
                     assigned
                     vnto
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     By
                     their
                     perpetuall
                     residing
                     in
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     whereinto
                     they
                     are
                     retyred
                     .
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   9.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               of
               the
               first
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               concerning
               the
               creation
               of
               things
               ,
               and
               the
               induction
               vsed
               for
               the
               demonstration
               thereof
               .
            
             
               There
               followes
               the
               second
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               concerning
               the
               conseruation
               of
               liuing
               creatures
               :
               from
               
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               10.
               verse
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               30.
               
               Here
               then
               to
               prooue
               that
               the
               Lord
               hath
               not
               only
               in
               his
               works
               of
               creation
               ,
               but
               in
               other
               actions
               of
               his
               prouidence
               sensiblie
               represented
               the
               glory
               of
               his
               name
               to
               the
               eye
               of
               the
               world
               :
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               vndertaken
               to
               dispute
               this
               worthie
               position
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   his
                   prouidence
                   doth
                   conserue
                   and
                   intertaine
                   all
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   of
                   nature
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               For
               the
               cleering
               of
               this
               position
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               vseth
               three
               seuerall
               arguments
               .
               The
               first
               containeth
               the
               meanes
               and
               instrumentall
               causes
               ,
               whereby
               liuing
               creatures
               are
               conserued
               and
               intertained
               .
               Which
               meanes
               are
               euery
               of
               them
               so
               many
               excellent
               workes
               in
               particular
               comprehended
               vnder
               that
               generall
               action
               of
               conseruation
               .
               The
               Prophets
               conclusion
               by
               vertue
               of
               this
               argument
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   1.
                   
                
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   hath
                   for
                   the
                   vse
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   furnished
                   vnto
                   them
                   the
                   benefit
                   of
                   springs
                   and
                   riuers
                   ,
                   the
                   seruice
                   of
                   raine
                   water
                   ,
                   the
                   commoditie
                   of
                   the
                   night
                   and
                   day
                   ,
                   the
                   oportunitie
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   .
                   
                     From
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     10.
                     verse
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     26.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Lord
                   doth
                   by
                   his
                   prouidence
                   conserue
                   and
                   intertaine
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   and
                   condition
                   of
                   nature
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               particular
               of
               the
               said
               meanes
               concerning
               springs
               and
               riuers
               deriued
               from
               them
               ,
               is
               set
               downe
               vers
               .
               10.11.12
               .
               In
               which
               verses
               the
               said
               
                 springs
                 and
                 riuers
              
               are
               described
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     their
                     efficient
                     :
                     who
                     is
                     the
                     Lord
                     himselfe
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     their
                     current
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     valleis
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     their
                     vse
                     and
                     end
                  
                   ,
                   viz.
                   
                     that
                     they
                     might
                     yeeld
                     the
                     commoditie
                     of
                     drinke
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         To
                         the
                         beasts
                         of
                         the
                         field
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         To
                         the
                         birds
                         of
                         the
                         ayre
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       
                       Where
                       the
                       birds
                       are
                       noted
                       vnto
                       vs
                       partly
                       by
                       their
                       sitting
                       neere
                       vnto
                       the
                       springs
                       and
                       riuers
                       for
                       the
                       purpose
                       of
                       drinking
                       ,
                       partly
                       by
                       
                       their
                       action
                       of
                       singing
                       as
                       it
                       were
                       in
                       praise
                       of
                       the
                       Lord
                       for
                       this
                       their
                       refreshment
                       by
                       drinking
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               particular
               is
               of
               the
               supply
               yeelded
               by
               the
               Lord
               of
               raine
               water
               ,
               vers
               .
               13.14.15.16.17.18
               .
               This
               particular
               of
               the
               raine
               water
               is
               described
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     it
                     is
                     sent
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     clowdes
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     called
                     the
                     Lords
                     high
                     chambers
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     places
                     ,
                     on
                     which
                     it
                     falleth
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     mountaines
                     and
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     effect
                     it
                     worketh
                  
                   ,
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     making
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     to
                     yeeld
                     plentie
                     of
                     fruites
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     filled
                     with
                     the
                     fruite
                     of
                     thy
                     workes
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   fruites
                   growing
                   and
                   produced
                   by
                   thy
                   workes
                   :
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   showers
                   and
                   dewes
                   wrought
                   and
                   caused
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   to
                   distill
                   from
                   the
                   clowdes
                   .
                
              
            
             
               That
               the
               earth
               by
               vertue
               of
               this
               raine
               water
               yeeldeth
               plenty
               of
               fruites
               ,
               is
               shewed
               by
               particulating
               the
               kinds
               of
               fruits
               produced
               :
               which
               are
               these
               ,
               viz.
               
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Grasse
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     cattell
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   14.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Sundrie
                     herbes
                     and
                     plants
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   14.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   .
                   Where
                   this
                   vse
                   which
                   man
                   receiueth
                   ,
                   is
                   expounded
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   nourishment
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   causeth
                   to
                   come
                   from
                   out
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   herbes
                   and
                   plants
                   produced
                   by
                   the
                   earth
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   nourishment
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Lord
                   causeth
                   the
                   herbes
                   and
                   plants
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   to
                   produce
                   ,
                   is
                   noted
                   in
                   particularitie
                   to
                   be
                   :
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       Wine
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       15
                       :
                       where
                       it
                       is
                       recommended
                       by
                       the
                       effect
                       of
                       
                         reioycing
                         the
                         heart
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       Oyle
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       15
                       :
                       where
                       it
                       is
                       commended
                       by
                       the
                       effect
                       of
                       
                         making
                         the
                         face
                         to
                         shine
                      
                       .
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       Bread
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       15
                       :
                       where
                       it
                       is
                       commended
                       by
                       the
                       effect
                       of
                       
                         relieuing
                         and
                         fortifying
                         the
                         strength
                         of
                         the
                         bodie
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                   3.
                   
                   
                     All
                     goodly
                     and
                     high
                     trees
                     ,
                     as
                     Cedars
                     and
                     Firre
                     trees
                     for
                     birds
                     to
                     breede
                     and
                     rest
                     on
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   16.
                   and
                   17.
                   
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     Nourishment
                     in
                     the
                     barrennest
                     and
                     roughest
                     places
                     for
                     the
                     creatures
                     that
                     liue
                     in
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     for
                     goates
                     and
                     conies
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   18.
                   
                   These
                   barren
                   and
                   rough
                   places
                   are
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Prophet
                   
                     high
                     mountaines
                  
                   .
                   Here
                   wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   high
                   mountaines
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   vers
                   .
                   16.
                   said
                   of
                   the
                   high
                   trees
                   :
                   namely
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   satisfied
                   with
                   the
                   raine
                   ,
                   which
                   falleth
                   from
                   the
                   clowdes
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   are
                   enabled
                   to
                   yeeld
                   nourishment
                   to
                   the
                   creatures
                   liuing
                   on
                   them
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               particular
               of
               the
               meanes
               vsed
               by
               the
               Lord
               for
               the
               conseruing
               and
               intertaining
               of
               liuing
               creatures
               ,
               is
               concerning
               the
               
                 night
                 and
                 day
              
               .
               The
               
                 night
                 and
                 day
              
               are
               described
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     noting
                     the
                     instrumentall
                     causes
                     of
                     the
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     Sunne
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     the
                     Lord
                     hath
                     appointed
                     the
                     Moone
                     for
                     seasons
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   to
                   distinguish
                   the
                   season
                   of
                   the
                   night
                   from
                   the
                   day
                   :
                   And
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     knoweth
                     his
                     going
                     downe
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   keepeth
                   a
                   constant
                   course
                   of
                   setting
                   and
                   rising
                   ,
                   wherby
                   the
                   day
                   is
                   distinguished
                   from
                   the
                   night
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     vse
                     and
                     opportunitie
                     they
                     yeeld
                     by
                     this
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     vnto
                     wilde
                     beasts
                     and
                     vnto
                     men
                     .
                  
                   The
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   night
                   for
                   wilde
                   beasts
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   opportunitie
                   of
                   trauelling
                   abroad
                   for
                   their
                   pray
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   20.21
                   .
                   The
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   day
                   for
                   them
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   keepe
                   retired
                   and
                   to
                   rest
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   22.
                   
                   The
                   vse
                   yeelded
                   to
                   man
                   from
                   the
                   day
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   opportunitie
                   of
                   imploying
                   himselfe
                   abroad
                   in
                   the
                   duties
                   of
                   his
                   calling
                   from
                   morning
                   to
                   euening
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   23.
                   
                   The
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   night
                   for
                   man
                   ,
                   though
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   distinctly
                   expressed
                   by
                   the
                   Prophet
                   ,
                   yet
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   that
                   man
                   is
                   to
                   labour
                   from
                   morning
                   to
                   euening
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   by
                   good
                   collection
                   conceiue
                   this
                   vse
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   refreshment
                   and
                   rest
                   of
                   man.
                   
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               fourth
               and
               last
               particular
               is
               of
               the
               sea
               ,
               verse
               25.
               where
               there
               is
               a
               double
               vse
               thereof
               noted
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     receptacle
                     for
                     fishes
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   25.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     subiect
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   26.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               argument
               ,
               whereby
               to
               proue
               that
               it
               is
               the
               Lord
               who
               doth
               conserue
               and
               intertaine
               liuing
               creatures
               ,
               is
               of
               this
               conclusion
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   2
                
                 
                   At
                   whose
                   hands
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   are
                   by
                   nature
                   directed
                   to
                   attend
                   their
                   intertainment
                   at
                   all
                   times
                   of
                   neede
                   :
                   he
                   it
                   is
                   by
                   whom
                   they
                   are
                   intertained
                   and
                   conserued
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   at
                   whose
                   hands
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   are
                   by
                   nature
                   directed
                   to
                   attend
                   their
                   intertainment
                   at
                   all
                   times
                   of
                   neede
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     27.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   who
                   doth
                   conserue
                   and
                   intertaine
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               Argument
               alleaged
               by
               the
               Prophet
               for
               a
               further
               demonstration
               of
               the
               position
               in
               hand
               ,
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Arg.
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   By
                   whose
                   power
                   and
                   vertue
                   the
                   perishing
                   and
                   reuiuing
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   in
                   their
                   kinde
                   ,
                   is
                   disposed
                   of
                   :
                   by
                   him
                   they
                   are
                   intertained
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   of
                   nature
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   whose
                   power
                   and
                   vertue
                   the
                   perishing
                   and
                   reuiuing
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   in
                   their
                   kind
                   ,
                   is
                   disposed
                   of
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     29.30
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   whom
                   they
                   are
                   intertained
                   in
                   the
                   state
                   of
                   nature
                   allotted
                   vnto
                   them
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               we
               see
               how
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               disputed
               this
               action
               of
               the
               Lords
               prouidence
               in
               conseruing
               and
               intertaining
               of
               liuing
               creatures
               in
               the
               condition
               of
               nature
               allotted
               vnto
               them
               .
               And
               thus
               we
               see
               how
               hee
               hath
               hitherto
               prooued
               that
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               creation
               of
               things
               and
               in
               the
               conseruation
               of
               liuing
               creatures
               ,
               hath
               disclosed
               vnto
               the
               world
               the
               glory
               of
               his
               power
               ,
               wisedome
               and
               goodnes
               :
               whereupon
               must
               be
               inferred
               this
               conclusion
               ,
               
                 That
                 in
                 due
                 acknowledgement
                 thereof
                 we
                 ought
                 to
                 honor
                 &
                 magnifie
                 him
                 .
              
            
             
             
               Here
               the
               Prophet
               stayeth
               not
               :
               but
               for
               a
               further
               prouocation
               to
               the
               tendering
               of
               this
               duty
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               he
               vseth
               two
               other
               arguments
               :
               the
               former
               whereof
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   we
                   ought
                   so
                   to
                   carrie
                   our selues
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   may
                   take
                   delight
                   in
                   his
                   workes
                   ,
                   then
                   ought
                   wee
                   with
                   praise
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   the
                   glorie
                   of
                   his
                   name
                   in
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   wee
                   ought
                   so
                   to
                   carrie
                   our selues
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   may
                   take
                   delight
                   in
                   his
                   workes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     31.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   ought
                   we
                   with
                   praise
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   the
                   glorie
                   of
                   his
                   name
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     31.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               perswaded
               by
               the
               Prophet
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   is
                   able
                   by
                   his
                   power
                   in
                   a
                   moment
                   to
                   confound
                   whatsoeuer
                   is
                   offensiue
                   and
                   indelightfull
                   vnto
                   him
                   :
                   though
                   it
                   were
                   as
                   vnmoueable
                   as
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   strong
                   and
                   high
                   as
                   any
                   mountaine
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     32.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   ought
                   wee
                   so
                   to
                   carrie
                   our selues
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   may
                   take
                   delight
                   in
                   his
                   workes
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   repent
                   him
                   that
                   he
                   hath
                   made
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     31.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               last
               argument
               vsed
               by
               the
               Prophet
               to
               inforce
               this
               dutie
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               a
               comparison
               of
               equalitie
               :
               wherein
               is
               offered
               to
               our
               consideration
               an
               example
               and
               profession
               on
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               that
               himselfe
               during
               life
               will
               not
               faile
               to
               performe
               the
               said
               dutie
               .
               His
               conclusion
               is
               this
               .
            
             
               
                 As
                 for
                 my selfe
                 :
                 I
                 professe
                 that
                 while
                 I
                 liue
                 I
                 will
                 magnifie
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 
                   vers
                   .
                   33.
                
                 
              
               
                 Therefore
                 let
                 all
                 other
                 likewise
                 magnifie
                 and
                 honour
                 him
                 ,
                 
                   vers
                   .
                   31.
                
                 
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               enlarged
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   this
                   my
                   endeuour
                   to
                   magnifie
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   seruice
                   pleasing
                   and
                   acceptable
                   vnto
                   him
                   :
                   while
                   I
                   liue
                   will
                   I
                   magnifie
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   this
                   my
                   endeuour
                   to
                   magnifie
                   the
                   Lord
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   seruice
                   pleasing
                   and
                   acceptable
                   vnto
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     34.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   while
                   I
                   liue
                   will
                   I
                   magnifie
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     33.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               in
               this
               sort
               amplified
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     efficient
                     of
                     this
                     acceptation
                     concluded
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Whose
                         endeuour
                         to
                         magnifie
                         the
                         Lord
                         proceedeth
                         from
                         an
                         heart
                         reioycing
                         in
                         him
                         ,
                         his
                         endeuour
                         cannot
                         be
                         but
                         a
                         seruice
                         pleasing
                         and
                         acceptable
                         vnto
                         the
                         Lord.
                         
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         endeuour
                         on
                         my
                         part
                         to
                         magnifie
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         proceedeth
                         from
                         an
                         heart
                         reioycing
                         in
                         him
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       34.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         this
                         my
                         endeuour
                         cannot
                         be
                         but
                         a
                         pleasing
                         and
                         acceptable
                         seruice
                         vnto
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       34.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     proceeding
                     with
                     such
                     as
                     will
                     not
                     honour
                     him
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         Lord
                         will
                         cut
                         off
                         from
                         the
                         earth
                         such
                         as
                         refuse
                         to
                         honour
                         and
                         magnifie
                         him
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       35.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         will
                         he
                         accept
                         my
                         endeuour
                         to
                         magnifie
                         him
                         as
                         a
                         pleasing
                         seruice
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       34.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             107.
             
          
           
             PRaise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             because
             hee
             is
             good
             :
             yea
             because
             his
             mercie
             endureth
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             2
             Let
             them
             report
             ,
             who
             haue
             been
             redeemed
             by
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             whom
             he
             hath
             deliuered
             from
             distresse
             :
          
           
             3
             And
             whom
             he
             hath
             gathered
             from
             the
             regions
             of
             the
             East
             and
             the
             West
             ▪
             of
             the
             North
             and
             the
             South
             .
          
           
             4
             Who
             wandered
             in
             the
             desert
             and
             wildernesse
             ,
             finding
             no
             citie
             to
             dwell
             in
             ,
          
           
             5
             Both
             hungry
             and
             thirstie
             ,
             so
             as
             their
             soule
             fainted
             in
             them
             :
          
           
             6
             When
             they
             cried
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             ,
             he
             deliuered
             them
             from
             their
             distresse
             :
          
           
             7
             And
             led
             them
             forth
             by
             the
             right
             way
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             come
             to
             a
             citie
             of
             habitation
             .
          
           
             8
             Let
             them
             therefore
             magnifie
             before
             the
             Lord
             his
             louing
             
             kindnes
             ,
             and
             his
             wonderfull
             workes
             before
             the
             sons
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             9
             For
             he
             satisfied
             the
             thirstie
             soule
             ,
             and
             filled
             the
             hungrie
             soule
             with
             goodnes
             .
          
           
             10
             Such
             as
             dwell
             in
             darknesse
             and
             in
             the
             shadow
             of
             death
             ,
             bound
             in
             miserie
             and
             iron
             ,
          
           
             11
             Because
             they
             rebelled
             against
             the
             wordes
             of
             the
             mightie
             God
             ,
             and
             despised
             the
             counsell
             of
             the
             most
             high
             :
          
           
             12
             Whereupon
             he
             humbled
             their
             hart
             with
             heauinesse
             :
             they
             fell
             downe
             and
             there
             was
             no
             helper
             :
          
           
             13
             When
             they
             cried
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             ,
             he
             deliuered
             them
             from
             their
             distresse
             :
          
           
             14
             He
             brought
             them
             out
             of
             darknes
             and
             out
             of
             the
             shadow
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             brake
             their
             bandes
             asunder
             .
          
           
             15
             Let
             them
             therefore
             magnifie
             before
             the
             Lord
             his
             louing
             kindnes
             ,
             and
             his
             wonderfull
             workes
             before
             the
             sonnes
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             16
             For
             he
             hath
             broken
             the
             gates
             of
             brasse
             ,
             and
             hath
             cut
             the
             bars
             of
             iron
             asunder
             .
          
           
             17
             Fooles
             ,
             who
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             transgression
             ,
             and
             because
             of
             their
             iniquities
             ,
             are
             afflicted
             :
          
           
             18
             Whos
             's
             soule
             abhorreth
             all
             meate
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             brought
             to
             deaths
             doore
             :
          
           
             19
             When
             they
             cried
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             ,
             he
             deliuered
             them
             from
             their
             distresse
             :
          
           
             20
             He
             sent
             his
             word
             and
             healed
             them
             ,
             and
             deliuered
             them
             from
             their
             graues
             .
          
           
             21
             Let
             them
             therefore
             magnifie
             before
             the
             Lord
             his
             louing
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             his
             wonderfull
             workes
             before
             the
             sonnes
             of
             men
             :
          
           
             22
             And
             let
             them
             offer
             sacrifices
             of
             praise
             ,
             and
             declare
             his
             workes
             with
             reioycing
             .
          
           
             23
             They
             who
             goe
             downe
             to
             the
             Sea
             in
             ships
             ,
             traffiquing
             vpon
             the
             great
             waters
             :
          
           
             24
             They
             who
             see
             the
             workes
             of
             the
             Lord
             and
             his
             wonders
             in
             the
             deepe
             :
          
           
             25
             How
             he
             commanding
             raiseth
             the
             stormie
             winde
             ,
             and
             lifteth
             vp
             the
             waues
             of
             the
             sea
             :
          
           
             26
             How
             they
             mount
             vp
             to
             the
             heauens
             ,
             and
             descend
             to
             the
             deepe
             :
             their
             soule
             melteth
             through
             trouble
             :
          
           
           
             27
             They
             stumble
             and
             stagger
             to
             and
             fro
             like
             a
             drunken
             man
             ,
             all
             their
             cunning
             being
             gone
             :
          
           
             28
             When
             they
             cried
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             ,
             he
             deliuered
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresse
             :
          
           
             29
             He
             turned
             the
             storme
             into
             calme
             ,
             and
             the
             waues
             became
             still
             :
          
           
             30
             And
             the
             waues
             being
             quieted
             ,
             hee
             brought
             them
             reioycing
             vnto
             the
             hauen
             where
             they
             would
             bee
             .
          
           
             31
             Let
             them
             therefore
             magnifie
             before
             the
             Lord
             his
             louing
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             his
             wonderfull
             workes
             before
             the
             sonnes
             of
             men
             :
          
           
             32
             And
             let
             them
             exalt
             him
             in
             the
             congregation
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             praise
             him
             in
             the
             assembly
             of
             the
             elders
             .
          
           
             33
             He
             turneth
             the
             floods
             into
             a
             wildernesse
             ,
             and
             the
             springs
             of
             water
             into
             drinesse
             :
          
           
             34
             A
             fruitfull
             land
             into
             barennesse
             ,
             for
             the
             wickednesse
             of
             them
             that
             dwell
             therein
             .
          
           
             35
             He
             turneth
             the
             wildernesse
             into
             pooles
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             the
             drie
             land
             into
             springs
             of
             water
             .
          
           
             36
             There
             he
             placeth
             the
             hungrie
             :
             and
             they
             build
             a
             citie
             to
             dwell
             in
             :
          
           
             37
             And
             sow
             the
             fields
             and
             plant
             vineyards
             ,
             which
             bring
             forth
             fruitfull
             increase
             .
          
           
             38
             He
             blesseth
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             multiplie
             exceedingly
             :
             and
             he
             diminisheth
             not
             their
             cattell
             .
          
           
             39
             Afterward
             they
             are
             diminished
             and
             brought
             low
             by
             distresse
             ,
             euill
             and
             sorrow
             .
          
           
             40
             He
             powreth
             contempt
             vpon
             Princes
             ,
             and
             causeth
             them
             to
             erre
             in
             desert
             places
             out
             of
             the
             way
             .
          
           
             41
             He
             raiseth
             vp
             the
             poore
             out
             of
             miserie
             ,
             and
             maketh
             him
             families
             like
             a
             flock
             of
             sheepe
             .
          
           
             42
             Let
             the
             vpright
             see
             it
             and
             reioyce
             :
             and
             let
             all
             iniquitie
             stop
             her
             mouth
             .
          
           
             43
             Who
             is
             wise
             ,
             let
             him
             obserue
             these
             things
             :
             that
             they
             may
             vnderstand
             the
             louing
             kindnesses
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               107.
               
            
             
               The
               subiect
               of
               this
               Psalme
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   magnified
                   ,
                   first
                   by
                   all
                   men
                   in
                   generall
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   by
                   certaine
                   sorts
                   of
                   men
                   in
                   particular
                   .
                   
                     From
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     second
                     verse
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     42.
                     verse
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               That
               the
               Lord
               is
               to
               be
               magnified
               by
               all
               men
               in
               generall
               ,
               the
               Psalmist
               sheweth
               by
               this
               argument
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   is
                   good
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   all
                   his
                   people
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               amplified
               by
               a
               comparison
               from
               the
               greater
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   is
                   good
                   :
                   yea
                   (
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   matter
                   of
                   greater
                   moment
                   and
                   excellencie
                   )
                   this
                   his
                   goodnes
                   doth
                   neuer
                   determine
                   ,
                   but
                   endureth
                   eternally
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hauing
               declared
               that
               all
               men
               in
               generall
               ought
               to
               praise
               the
               Lord
               :
               he
               proceedeth
               to
               shew
               that
               certaine
               sorts
               of
               men
               are
               tyed
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               by
               a
               proper
               obligation
               of
               an
               extraordinary
               mercy
               ,
               &
               some
               by
               the
               regard
               of
               a
               common
               blessing
               ,
               to
               a
               speciall
               and
               praisefull
               acknowledgement
               of
               the
               Lords
               goodnes
               towards
               them
               .
            
             
               Let
               vs
               see
               vpon
               what
               particular
               motiue
               these
               seuerall
               sorts
               of
               men
               are
               to
               ground
               this
               their
               action
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lord.
               
            
             
               The
               first
               sort
               is
               of
               
                 such
                 as
                 haue
                 wandered
                 out
                 of
                 their
                 way
                 in
                 deserts
                 fainting
                 through
                 hunger
                 and
                 thirst
                 ,
              
               verse
               2.
               to
               the
               end
               of
               the
               9.
               
               The
               inducement
               for
               the
               performance
               of
               this
               dutie
               of
               praise
               by
               them
               ,
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Whom
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   from
                   distresse
                   ,
                   reducing
                   them
                   to
                   places
                   of
                   habitation
                   ,
                   and
                   relieuing
                   them
                   against
                   the
                   extremitie
                   of
                   hunger
                   and
                   thirst
                   :
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   this
                   his
                   mercie
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     2.
                     and
                     3.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   such
                   as
                   haue
                   wandered
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   way
                   in
                   deserts
                   ,
                   
                   fainting
                   through
                   hunger
                   and
                   thirst
                   ,
                   the
                   Lord
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   from
                   distresse
                   ,
                   reducing
                   them
                   to
                   places
                   of
                   habitation
                   ,
                   and
                   relieuing
                   them
                   against
                   the
                   extremitie
                   of
                   hunger
                   and
                   thirst
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.5
                     6.7.9
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   such
                   as
                   haue
                   wandred
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   way
                   in
                   deserts
                   ,
                   fainting
                   through
                   hunger
                   &
                   thirst
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   the
                   Lord
                   for
                   this
                   his
                   mercy
                   both
                   priuatly
                   &
                   publikely
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Proposition
               is
               verse
               2.
               and
               3.
               
               In
               these
               verses
               the
               whole
               sense
               of
               the
               proposition
               is
               comprehended
               .
               In
               the
               second
               ,
               the
               action
               of
               reporting
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lord
               is
               enioyned
               vnto
               those
               who
               are
               redeemed
               by
               him
               from
               distresse
               .
               In
               the
               3.
               verse
               the
               particular
               blessings
               of
               reducing
               them
               to
               places
               of
               habitation
               and
               relieuing
               them
               against
               hunger
               and
               thirst
               ,
               are
               noted
               vnder
               that
               action
               of
               gathering
               them
               from
               the
               East
               and
               West
               ,
               North
               and
               South
               .
               For
               this
               
                 gathering
                 of
                 them
                 from
                 these
                 regions
                 ,
              
               is
               a
               gathering
               of
               them
               vnto
               villages
               and
               cities
               :
               where
               they
               might
               find
               a
               double
               comfort
               and
               reliefe
               :
               the
               one
               ,
               against
               wandring
               in
               deserts
               by
               the
               oportunitie
               of
               houses
               and
               lodgings
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               against
               hunger
               and
               thirst
               ,
               by
               the
               commoditie
               of
               sustenance
               suppliable
               in
               villages
               and
               cities
               .
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               verse
               4.5.6.7.9
               .
               In
               the
               4
               verse
               their
               wandring
               out
               of
               their
               way
               in
               deserts
               is
               noted
               :
               in
               the
               5
               ,
               their
               fainting
               through
               hunger
               and
               thirst
               :
               in
               the
               6
               ,
               their
               deliuerance
               from
               distresse
               :
               in
               the
               7.
               their
               reduction
               to
               places
               of
               habitation
               ,
               and
               consequently
               their
               reliefe
               against
               hunger
               and
               thirst
               :
               in
               the
               9
               ,
               this
               supply
               against
               hunger
               and
               thirst
               ,
               is
               expressed
               in
               distinct
               termes
               .
            
             
               The
               said
               Assumption
               is
               in
               the
               6.
               verse
               ,
               enlarged
               by
               imparting
               vnto
               vs
               one
               of
               the
               causes
               which
               moued
               the
               Lord
               to
               this
               compassionate
               regard
               of
               these
               distressed
               Pilgrims
               :
               viz.
               
                 their
                 humble
                 supplication
                 and
                 crying
                 vnto
                 the
                 Lord.
                 
              
            
             
               The
               conclusion
               is
               vers
               .
               8.
               where
               is
               enioyned
               a
               magnifying
               of
               the
               Lords
               goodnes
               ,
               not
               only
               in
               priuate
               ,
               which
               the
               Psalmist
               calleth
               
                 a
                 magnifying
                 thereof
                 before
                 the
                 Lord
                 :
              
               but
               also
               in
               publike
               ,
               which
               hee
               calleth
               
                 a
                 magnifying
                 thereof
                 before
                 the
                 sonnes
                 of
                 men
                 .
              
            
             
             
               The
               second
               sort
               of
               persons
               ,
               who
               are
               obliged
               to
               this
               dutie
               of
               acknowledging
               the
               Lords
               mercy
               in
               all
               gratefull
               manner
               ,
               is
               of
               
                 prisoners
                 whom
                 the
                 Lord
                 hath
                 enlarged
                 from
                 out
                 of
                 prison
                 .
              
               The
               reason
               inducing
               them
               to
               offer
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               this
               sacrifice
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   By
                   whom
                   prisoners
                   enlarged
                   from
                   out
                   of
                   prison
                   haue
                   recouered
                   their
                   libertie
                   ,
                   him
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   praise
                   for
                   his
                   goodnes
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   whom
                   prisoners
                   enlarged
                   from
                   out
                   of
                   prison
                   haue
                   recouered
                   their
                   libertie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.14
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   whom
                   prisoners
                   enlarged
                   from
                   out
                   of
                   prison
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   praise
                   for
                   his
                   goodnes
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               is
               amplified
               by
               setting
               forth
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               this
               fauour
               and
               act
               performed
               by
               the
               Lord
               in
               restoring
               prisoners
               to
               their
               liberty
               .
               The
               amplification
               is
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     contrarie
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     qualitie
                     of
                     their
                     imprisonment
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     noted
                     to
                     be
                     accompanied
                     with
                     extreme
                     miserie
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         the
                         place
                         thereof
                         :
                         it
                         being
                         a
                         darke
                         dungeon
                         ,
                         and
                         as
                         it
                         were
                         the
                         house
                         of
                         death
                         ,
                      
                       ver
                       .
                       10.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         the
                         rigor
                         they
                         endured
                         in
                         that
                         representatiue
                         dungeon
                         of
                         death
                         :
                         they
                         being
                         there
                         chained
                         with
                         bonds
                         and
                         fetters
                         of
                         iron
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       10.
                       
                    
                     
                       3.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         the
                         cause
                         ,
                         for
                         which
                         they
                         suffered
                         :
                         it
                         being
                         no
                         lesse
                         than
                         rebellion
                         against
                         the
                         Lord
                         ,
                         and
                         a
                         wilfull
                         contempt
                         of
                         his
                         gracious
                         purpose
                         to
                         blesse
                         them
                         :
                         a
                         crime
                         of
                         so
                         capitall
                         a
                         nature
                         ,
                         as
                         might
                         iustly
                         haue
                         occasioned
                         their
                         perpetuall
                         restraint
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       11.
                       
                    
                     
                       4.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         the
                         anguish
                         they
                         endured
                         in
                         mind
                         ,
                         by
                         reason
                         of
                         this
                         so
                         sharpe
                         affliction
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                     
                       5.
                       
                       
                         Of
                         their
                         vtter
                         destitution
                         and
                         desperate
                         case
                         ,
                         there
                         being
                         none
                         to
                         helpe
                         them
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       12.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                   2.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     motiue
                     inducing
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     bestow
                     this
                     blessing
                     of
                     libertie
                     vpon
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     their
                     humble
                     supplication
                     and
                     crying
                     vnto
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   verse
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     From
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     extraordinarie
                     course
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     their
                     enlargement
                     :
                     which
                     by
                     breaking
                     the
                     gates
                     of
                     steele
                     and
                     barres
                     of
                     iron
                     is
                     implied
                     to
                     be
                     such
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     without
                     this
                     extraordinary
                     power
                     and
                     force
                     there
                     had
                     been
                     an
                     impossibilitie
                     of
                     their
                     deliuerance
                     .
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   14.
                   and
                   16.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               sort
               of
               men
               ,
               who
               rest
               bound
               to
               honour
               the
               Lord
               for
               his
               goodnes
               towards
               them
               ,
               is
               of
               
                 such
                 as
                 the
                 Lord
                 hath
                 recouered
                 from
                 the
                 extremitie
                 of
                 sicknes
                 .
              
               The
               argument
               to
               perswade
               them
               to
               tender
               this
               seruice
               of
               thanks
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   By
                   whom
                   the
                   sicke
                   deliuered
                   from
                   sicknes
                   haue
                   recouered
                   their
                   health
                   ,
                   him
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   for
                   this
                   mercie
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   whom
                   the
                   sicke
                   deliuered
                   from
                   sicknes
                   haue
                   recouered
                   their
                   health
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     19.20
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   whom
                   the
                   sicke
                   deliuered
                   from
                   sicknes
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   for
                   this
                   mercie
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     21.22
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               blessing
               of
               health
               mentioned
               in
               the
               Assumption
               ,
               is
               set
               out
               by
               making
               knowne
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     sicknes
                     endured
                     by
                     them
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     purpose
                     their
                     sicknes
                     is
                     described
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         By
                         the
                         cause
                         thereof
                      
                       ,
                       viz.
                       
                         the
                         sinnes
                         of
                         the
                         sick
                         :
                         in
                         respect
                         whereof
                         they
                         are
                         called
                         fooles
                         ,
                      
                       v.
                       17.
                       
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         By
                         the
                         extremitie
                         therof
                         :
                         which
                         appeares
                         by
                         two
                         effects
                         :
                      
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           
                             Their
                             abhorring
                             of
                             sustenance
                          
                           ,
                           vers
                           .
                           18.
                           
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           
                             Their
                             neerenes
                             to
                             death
                          
                           ,
                           vers
                           .
                           18.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     motiue
                     which
                     drew
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     the
                     shewing
                     of
                     this
                     mercie
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     their
                     humble
                     sute
                     and
                     crying
                     vnto
                     him
                     for
                     compassion
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   
                
                 
                   
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     manner
                     and
                     course
                     held
                     by
                     the
                     Lord
                     in
                     restoring
                     health
                     to
                     these
                     sicke
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     Lords
                     curing
                     of
                     them
                     without
                     ordinarie
                     meanes
                     by
                     his
                     absolute
                     will
                     and
                     pleasure
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   20.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               fourth
               sort
               of
               persons
               ,
               who
               owe
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               the
               sacrifice
               of
               praise
               for
               his
               extraordinarie
               mercie
               towards
               them
               ,
               are
               
                 trauellers
                 on
                 Sea
              
               (
               described
               vers
               .
               23.
               by
               their
               sailing
               on
               the
               sea
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               end
               thereof
               )
               
                 who
                 being
                 deliuered
                 from
                 great
                 distresse
                 in
                 their
                 voiages
                 on
                 sea
                 ,
                 haue
                 recouered
                 the
                 port
                 of
                 their
                 safety
                 .
              
               That
               these
               ought
               to
               extoll
               the
               mercie
               vouchsafed
               vnto
               them
               herein
               ,
               is
               prooued
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   By
                   whom
                   trauellers
                   on
                   sea
                   being
                   deliuered
                   from
                   distresses
                   on
                   sea
                   ,
                   haue
                   recouered
                   the
                   port
                   of
                   their
                   safetie
                   ,
                   him
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   for
                   this
                   mercie
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   by
                   whom
                   trauellers
                   on
                   sea
                   being
                   deliuered
                   from
                   distresses
                   on
                   sea
                   ,
                   haue
                   recouered
                   the
                   port
                   of
                   their
                   safetie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     28.29.30
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Lord
                   whom
                   trauellers
                   on
                   sea
                   being
                   deliuered
                   from
                   distresses
                   on
                   sea
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   magnifie
                   for
                   this
                   mercie
                   both
                   priuatly
                   and
                   publikely
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     31.32
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               blessing
               of
               deliuerance
               from
               perils
               on
               sea
               (
               whereof
               the
               Assumption
               speaketh
               )
               and
               of
               recouering
               the
               port
               of
               safetie
               ,
               is
               amplified
               by
               relating
               vnto
               vs
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     greatnes
                     of
                     the
                     distresse
                     whereto
                     the
                     said
                     trauellers
                     were
                     subiect
                     in
                     their
                     voyages
                     on
                     sea
                     .
                  
                   This
                   greatnes
                   of
                   their
                   distresse
                   is
                   first
                   mentioned
                   in
                   general
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   24
                   :
                   where
                   by
                   seeing
                   the
                   workes
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   and
                   his
                   wonders
                   in
                   the
                   deepe
                   ,
                   is
                   meant
                   a
                   visible
                   and
                   present
                   subiection
                   to
                   the
                   dangers
                   growing
                   from
                   the
                   violent
                   windes
                   ,
                   raging
                   waues
                   ,
                   &
                   strange
                   tossing
                   of
                   the
                   ships
                   :
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Lords
                   works
                   and
                   wonders
                   in
                   the
                   deepe
                   .
                   Then
                   ,
                   the
                   said
                   greatnes
                   of
                   their
                   distresse
                   in
                   being
                   exposed
                   to
                   present
                   losse
                   of
                   life
                   ,
                   is
                   set
                   forth
                   in
                   the
                   three
                   verses
                   following
                   ,
                   by
                   noting
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   
                     
                     
                       1.
                       
                       
                         The
                         instrumentall
                         causes
                         thereof
                      
                       ,
                       viz.
                       
                       
                         
                           1.
                           
                           
                             The
                             breaking
                             foorth
                             of
                             violent
                             winds
                             and
                             stormes
                             at
                             the
                             Lords
                             commandement
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           25.
                           in
                           the
                           beginning
                           .
                        
                         
                           2.
                           
                           
                             The
                             swelling
                             and
                             raging
                             of
                             the
                             waues
                             by
                             meanes
                             of
                             the
                             winds
                             and
                             tempests
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           25.
                           in
                           the
                           end
                           .
                        
                         
                           3.
                           
                           
                             The
                             mounting
                             on
                             high
                             of
                             the
                             ships
                             ,
                             and
                             their
                             sudden
                             precipitation
                             occasioned
                             by
                             the
                             furie
                             of
                             the
                             windes
                             and
                             waues
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           26.
                           
                        
                         
                           4.
                           
                           
                             The
                             extremitie
                             of
                             sea
                             sicknes
                             ,
                             inforcing
                             them
                             in
                             a
                             manner
                             to
                             render
                             vp
                             the
                             ghost
                             ,
                          
                           vers
                           .
                           26.
                           in
                           the
                           end
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       2.
                       
                       
                         The
                         desperate
                         termes
                         ,
                         whereto
                         they
                         are
                         reduced
                         :
                         they
                         failing
                         in
                         all
                         meanes
                         to
                         help
                         themselues
                         ,
                      
                       viz.
                       
                         aswell
                         in
                         strength
                         of
                         bodie
                         as
                         in
                         skill
                         and
                         direction
                         by
                         the
                         art
                         of
                         Nauigation
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       27.
                       
                       Where
                       in
                       this
                       point
                       of
                       vtter
                       disablement
                       to
                       helpe
                       themselues
                       ,
                       they
                       are
                       compared
                       to
                       a
                       drunken
                       man
                       :
                       who
                       discouers
                       by
                       his
                       staggering
                       to
                       and
                       fro
                       ,
                       his
                       impotencie
                       and
                       inabilitie
                       to
                       help
                       himselfe
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     An
                     inducement
                     mouing
                     the
                     Lord
                     to
                     reach
                     vnto
                     them
                     his
                     hand
                     of
                     protection
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     their
                     humble
                     supplication
                     and
                     crying
                     vnto
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   28.
                   
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     manner
                     of
                     their
                     deliuerance
                  
                   ,
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     Lords
                     calming
                     of
                     the
                     windes
                     and
                     his
                     suppressing
                     of
                     the
                     waues
                     .
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   29.
                   
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     The
                     ioy
                     of
                     heart
                     conceiued
                     hereupon
                     by
                     the
                     said
                     trauellers
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   30.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               conclusion
               is
               amplified
               by
               noting
               more
               distinctly
               than
               before
               ,
               the
               circumstance
               of
               the
               place
               and
               persons
               ,
               where
               and
               before
               whom
               this
               gratefull
               acknowledgement
               of
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               is
               to
               bee
               presented
               .
               The
               place
               must
               be
               such
               as
               is
               appointed
               for
               publike
               meetings
               :
               the
               persons
               ,
               aswell
               such
               as
               are
               of
               honorable
               ranke
               and
               imployment
               in
               
               the
               state
               ,
               vers
               .
               32.
               in
               the
               end
               :
               as
               such
               as
               are
               of
               meaner
               qualitie
               and
               degree
               ,
               verse
               32.
               in
               the
               beginning
               .
               This
               serueth
               likewise
               to
               set
               out
               the
               greatnes
               of
               the
               blessing
               bestowed
               on
               these
               distressed
               trauellers
               on
               sea
               .
            
             
               The
               fift
               and
               last
               sort
               of
               men
               inuited
               to
               magnifie
               the
               Lord
               ,
               is
               of
               such
               as
               by
               a
               common
               obligation
               are
               tyed
               vnto
               this
               dutie
               :
               and
               they
               are
               such
               as
               hold
               a
               sound
               opinion
               of
               the
               Lords
               prouidence
               .
               For
               these
               I
               take
               to
               bee
               meant
               by
               the
               Psalmist
               verse
               42.
               in
               the
               beginning
               :
               vnto
               whom
               are
               opposed
               in
               the
               same
               verse
               ,
               such
               as
               denie
               the
               prouidence
               of
               the
               Lord
               in
               the
               whole
               or
               in
               part
               .
               Now
               the
               argument
               whereby
               such
               ,
               whose
               apprehension
               of
               the
               Lords
               prouidence
               is
               vpright
               and
               warrantable
               ,
               are
               drawne
               to
               offer
               vnto
               him
               this
               dutie
               of
               praise
               ,
               is
               taken
               from
               a
               suruey
               made
               of
               certaine
               changes
               incident
               to
               some
               things
               and
               persons
               .
               Out
               of
               this
               argument
               added
               to
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               Lords
               proceedings
               aboue
               mentioned
               in
               the
               other
               parts
               of
               this
               Psalme
               ,
               the
               Prophet
               deduceth
               first
               a
               double
               conclusion
               :
               then
               ,
               an
               exhortation
               .
               Of
               the
               conclusions
               :
               the
               one
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               principall
               ,
               concerneth
               directly
               the
               said
               fift
               and
               last
               sort
               of
               men
               ,
               viz.
               such
               as
               acknowledge
               both
               the
               generall
               and
               particular
               prouidence
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               is
               touching
               Atheists
               who
               deny
               the
               same
               .
               The
               Psalmist
               reasoneth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   ,
                   besides
                   the
                   euents
                   and
                   proceedings
                   aboue
                   mentioned
                   ,
                   worketh
                   and
                   ordreth
                   all
                   changes
                   in
                   things
                   and
                   persons
                   ,
                   as
                   namely
                   ,
                   barrennes
                   and
                   fertilitie
                   in
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   wealth
                   and
                   pouertie
                   in
                   priuate
                   men
                   ,
                   deiection
                   and
                   aduancement
                   in
                   persons
                   of
                   state
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     33.
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     vers
                     .
                     41.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   out
                   of
                   an
                   obseruation
                   of
                   these
                   proceedings
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   hold
                   a
                   sound
                   opinion
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   prouidence
                   ,
                   ought
                   with
                   ioyfull
                   hearts
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   and
                   magnifie
                   the
                   same
                   :
                   and
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   Atheists
                   ,
                   to
                   surcease
                   all
                   further
                   dispute
                   and
                   replie
                   against
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     42
                     :
                     where
                     the
                     ful
                     meaning
                     of
                     this
                     double
                     conclusion
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     expresse
                     termes
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               Antecedent
               of
               this
               reason
               compriseth
               sixe
               seuerall
               instances
               ,
               whereby
               to
               prooue
               that
               it
               is
               the
               Lords
               hand
               that
               worketh
               and
               disposeth
               al
               changes
               in
               things
               and
               persons
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 first
                 instance
                 is
                 of
                 a
                 fruitfull
                 soyle
                 reduced
                 to
                 barrennesse
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               33.
               and
               vers
               .
               34.
               where
               by
               
                 flouds
                 ,
                 and
                 springs
                 of
                 waters
              
               he
               meaneth
               the
               soyle
               ,
               which
               by
               the
               irrigation
               of
               waters
               hath
               growne
               to
               a
               qualitie
               of
               fruitfulnes
               .
               Now
               this
               change
               is
               set
               out
               by
               the
               cause
               which
               moued
               the
               Lord
               to
               the
               effecting
               thereof
               :
               which
               is
               noted
               vers
               .
               34.
               to
               be
               the
               wickednes
               of
               the
               inhabitants
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 second
                 instance
                 is
                 of
                 a
                 barren
                 and
                 fruitles
                 region
                 made
                 fruitfull
                 and
                 commodious
                 for
                 habitation
                 .
              
               vers
               .
               35.
               
            
             
               
                 The
                 third
                 is
                 of
                 the
                 poore
                 raysed
                 to
                 a
                 condition
                 of
                 wealth
                 .
              
               vers
               .
               36.37.38
               .
               In
               these
               verses
               the
               Prophet
               setteth
               forth
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     instrumentall
                     causes
                     of
                     this
                     wealthie
                     condition
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     their
                     trauell
                     and
                     industrie
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         In
                         building
                         cities
                         ,
                         for
                         habitation
                         and
                         commerce
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       36.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         In
                         plowing
                         and
                         sowing
                         fields
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       37.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         In
                         planting
                         of
                         vineyards
                      
                       ,
                       vers
                       .
                       37.
                       
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     principall
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     condition
                     of
                     wealth
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     blessing
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     aswell
                     vpon
                     their
                     persons
                     for
                     the
                     multiplication
                     of
                     children
                     ,
                     as
                     vpon
                     their
                     stock
                     for
                     increase
                     thereof
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   38.
                   
                   Where
                   by
                   that
                   particular
                   of
                   not
                   diminishing
                   their
                   cattell
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   in
                   generall
                   the
                   abundant
                   increase
                   of
                   their
                   whole
                   stocke
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 fourth
                 is
                 of
                 the
                 rich
                 reduced
                 to
                 a
                 poore
                 and
                 miserable
                 estate
                 .
              
               vers
               .
               39.
               
               Where
               the
               instrumentall
               causes
               hereof
               are
               noted
               by
               these
               three
               words
               ,
               viz.
               
                 distresse
                 ,
                 euill
                 ,
                 and
                 sorrow
                 .
              
               Which
               words
               doe
               imply
               and
               signifie
               the
               crosses
               and
               calamities
               ,
               whereby
               as
               by
               meanes
               and
               instruments
               the
               Lord
               worketh
               this
               change
               of
               estate
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 fifth
                 instance
                 is
                 of
                 persons
                 deiected
                 from
                 an
                 high
                 degree
                 and
                 state
                 ,
              
               verse
               40.
               
               Where
               the
               Psalmist
               maketh
               knowne
               vnto
               vs
               this
               deiection
               by
               two
               particulars
               of
               abasement
               :
               whereof
               ,
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     one
                     is
                     the
                     Lords
                     withdrawing
                     from
                     them
                     all
                     reputation
                     ,
                     affection
                     and
                     dutie
                     on
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     an
                     ouerture
                     and
                     meane
                     to
                     the
                     degree
                     of
                     abasement
                     following
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     other
                     is
                     the
                     Lords
                     abandoning
                     of
                     them
                     to
                     all
                     discomfort
                     and
                     miserie
                     :
                  
                   which
                   is
                   implied
                   by
                   this
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   forced
                   to
                   wander
                   in
                   deserts
                   ,
                   as
                   not
                   finding
                   so
                   much
                   fauour
                   in
                   the
                   world
                   as
                   the
                   commoditie
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   to
                   rest
                   in
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 sixt
                 and
                 last
                 instance
                 is
                 of
                 men
                 aduanced
                 from
                 a
                 condition
                 of
                 affliction
                 and
                 basenes
                 ,
                 to
                 places
                 of
                 reputation
                 and
                 dignitie
                 :
              
               and
               that
               which
               is
               more
               ,
               the
               Lord
               doth
               honour
               them
               being
               thus
               exalted
               with
               a
               mightie
               dependance
               :
               which
               the
               Psalmist
               doth
               insinuate
               vnder
               the
               blessing
               of
               such
               an
               issue
               and
               posteritie
               as
               shall
               grow
               into
               a
               multitude
               of
               families
               .
               verse
               41.
               
            
             
               Now
               the
               exhortation
               deduced
               vpon
               this
               argument
               of
               the
               changes
               wrought
               by
               the
               Lords
               prouidence
               in
               some
               things
               and
               persons
               ,
               is
               an
               exhortation
               addressed
               vnto
               the
               students
               of
               true
               wisdome
               ,
               to
               obserue
               the
               Lords
               proceedings
               .
               The
               Psalmist
               perswadeth
               them
               to
               this
               dutie
               in
               this
               sort
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     the
                     students
                     of
                     true
                     wisedome
                     may
                     in
                     the
                     Lords
                     proceedings
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     mirrour
                     behold
                     his
                     mercie
                     and
                     iustice
                     ,
                     then
                     ought
                     they
                     to
                     obserue
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     they
                     may
                     in
                     the
                     Lords
                     proceedings
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     mirrour
                     behold
                     his
                     mercie
                     and
                     iustice
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   43.
                   
                   In
                   this
                   verse
                   the
                   Prophet
                   mentioneth
                   onely
                   the
                   Lords
                   mercie
                   and
                   goodnes
                   :
                   but
                   by
                   a
                   forme
                   of
                   speech
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   also
                   his
                   iustice
                   :
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   considering
                   the
                   instances
                   aboue
                   mentioned
                   :
                   which
                   are
                   instances
                   aswell
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   iustice
                   as
                   mercie
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     they
                     ought
                     to
                     obserue
                     them
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   43.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             PSALM
             .
             116.
             
          
           
             I
             Loue
             the
             Lord
             :
             because
             hee
             hath
             heard
             my
             voyce
             and
             my
             prayers
             .
          
           
             2
             For
             he
             hath
             inclined
             his
             eare
             vnto
             me
             ,
             when
             I
             did
             call
             vpon
             him
             in
             my
             daies
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             snares
             of
             death
             compassed
             me
             :
             and
             the
             distresses
             of
             the
             graue
             caught
             me
             :
             I
             found
             anguish
             and
             sorrow
             :
          
           
             4
             Then
             I
             called
             vpon
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             saying
             :
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             deliuer
             my
             soule
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             Lord
             is
             mercifull
             and
             righteous
             :
             our
             God
             is
             full
             of
             compassion
             :
          
           
             6
             The
             Lord
             preserueth
             the
             simple
             .
             I
             was
             in
             miserie
             and
             he
             saued
             me
             .
          
           
             7
             Returne
             vnto
             thy
             rest
             ,
             O
             my
             soule
             .
             For
             the
             Lord
             hath
             bin
             beneficiall
             vnto
             thee
             .
          
           
             8
             Forasmuch
             as
             thou
             hast
             deliuered
             my
             soule
             from
             death
             ,
             mine
             eyes
             from
             teares
             ,
             and
             my
             feete
             from
             falling
             :
          
           
             9
             I
             shall
             walke
             before
             the
             Lord
             in
             the
             land
             of
             the
             liuing
             .
          
           
             10
             I
             beleeued
             ,
             and
             therefore
             did
             I
             speake
             .
             When
             I
             was
             exceedingly
             troubled
             ,
          
           
             11
             I
             said
             in
             my
             haste
             ,
             All
             men
             are
             liars
             .
          
           
             12
             What
             shall
             I
             render
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             ?
             All
             his
             benefits
             are
             vpon
             me
             .
          
           
             13
             I
             will
             take
             the
             cup
             of
             deliuerance
             ,
             and
             set
             forth
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             14
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             foorthwith
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             all
             his
             people
             .
          
           
             15
             Precious
             in
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             the
             death
             of
             his
             beloued
             .
          
           
             16
             Behold
             Lord
             :
             for
             I
             am
             thy
             seruant
             :
             I
             am
             thy
             seruant
             ,
             and
             the
             sonne
             of
             thine
             handmaid
             .
             Thou
             hast
             broken
             my
             bonds
             .
          
           
             17
             I
             will
             offer
             to
             thee
             a
             sacrifice
             of
             praise
             :
             and
             will
             set
             forth
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
           
             18
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             foorthwith
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             all
             his
             people
             :
          
           
             19
             In
             the
             courts
             of
             the
             Lords
             house
             :
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             thee
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               116.
               
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               in
               this
               Psalme
               hath
               deliuered
               a
               profession
               of
               his
               thankfulnes
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               for
               his
               gracious
               mercie
               shewed
               in
               freeing
               him
               from
               the
               distresse
               and
               perill
               of
               death
               whereto
               hee
               was
               subiect
               being
               pursued
               by
               Saul
               .
               This
               his
               thankfulnes
               he
               doth
               expresse
               by
               two
               seuerall
               duties
               :
               the
               one
               ,
               
                 of
                 louing
                 the
                 Lord
              
               ,
               verse
               1
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               
                 of
                 testifying
                 this
                 loue
                 by
                 a
                 publike
                 acknowledgement
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 mercie
                 towards
                 him
                 in
                 his
                 deliuerance
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               13.14
               .
               The
               subiect
               then
               of
               this
               Psalme
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   loue
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   testifie
                   asmuch
                   by
                   my
                   gratefull
                   acknowledgement
                   in
                   publike
                   of
                   his
                   mercie
                   towards
                   mee
                   in
                   my
                   deliuerance
                   from
                   death
                   .
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.13.14
                     .
                     and
                     repeated
                     ,
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18.19
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               Psalmist
               doth
               expresse
               his
               profession
               of
               acknowledging
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               towards
               him
               ,
               vnder
               a
               varietie
               of
               phrase
               and
               seuerall
               formes
               of
               speech
               .
               In
               the
               13.
               verse
               he
               calleth
               it
               ,
               
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 the
                 cup
                 of
                 deliuerance
                 .
              
               For
               vnder
               the
               law
               ,
               those
               whom
               the
               Lord
               had
               deliuered
               from
               some
               extraordinarie
               distresse
               ,
               did
               vse
               in
               a
               solemne
               banket
               to
               take
               the
               cup
               and
               drink
               ,
               making
               a
               publike
               and
               thankfull
               acknowledgement
               of
               the
               deliuerance
               ,
               which
               they
               had
               receiued
               by
               the
               hand
               of
               the
               Lord.
               In
               the
               same
               13.
               verse
               ,
               it
               is
               termed
               ,
               
                 the
                 extolling
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 name
                 .
              
               In
               the
               14.
               verse
               ,
               it
               is
               called
               
                 the
                 paying
                 or
                 performing
                 of
                 vowes
                 :
              
               which
               performance
               was
               an
               apparant
               testimonie
               that
               the
               author
               of
               them
               being
               deliuered
               ,
               did
               out
               of
               a
               gratefull
               hart
               confesse
               the
               Lord
               to
               be
               his
               deliuerer
               .
               In
               the
               17.
               verse
               ,
               it
               is
               named
               
                 the
                 offering
                 of
                 the
                 sacrifice
                 of
                 prayse
                 :
              
               So
               as
               these
               seuerall
               formes
               of
               speech
               are
               so
               to
               bee
               conceiued
               of
               ,
               as
               interpreting
               and
               importing
               one
               and
               the
               same
               action
               of
               acknowledging
               
               with
               a
               thankfull
               hart
               the
               Lords
               mercie
               .
               Which
               the
               Psalmist
               professeth
               to
               perfome
               in
               publike
               .
               For
               affirming
               that
               he
               will
               performe
               this
               dutie
               before
               all
               the
               people
               ,
               in
               the
               courts
               of
               the
               Lords
               house
               ,
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               Ierusalem
               :
               what
               else
               can
               he
               meane
               but
               the
               performance
               of
               the
               said
               dutie
               in
               publke
               ?
            
             
               Let
               vs
               now
               see
               the
               ground
               and
               inducement
               of
               this
               gratefull
               and
               worthie
               profession
               made
               by
               the
               Prophet
               :
               which
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   When
                   I
                   called
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   in
                   my
                   distresse
                   ,
                   hee
                   heard
                   and
                   deliuered
                   me
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.2
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   loue
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   testifie
                   as
                   much
                   by
                   my
                   gratefull
                   acknowledgement
                   in
                   publike
                   of
                   his
                   mercie
                   towards
                   me
                   in
                   my
                   deliuerance
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.13.14
                     .
                     Also
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18.19
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               whole
               Psalme
               consisteth
               of
               these
               two
               sentences
               :
               in
               the
               Antecedent
               whereof
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               comprised
               these
               branches
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     His
                     calling
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     in
                     his
                     distresse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Lords
                     hearing
                     and
                     deliuering
                     of
                     him
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               branch
               is
               handled
               and
               verified
               by
               relating
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     his
                     distresse
                  
                   ▪
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     prayer
                     hee
                     presented
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     for
                     deliuerance
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   4.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               greatnes
               of
               his
               distresse
               is
               verse
               3.
               described
               by
               the
               causes
               thereof
               :
               which
               are
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     His
                     neerenes
                     to
                     death
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     impossibilitie
                     to
                     auoide
                     it
                     by
                     any
                     helpe
                     of
                     man
                     :
                     death
                     and
                     the
                     graue
                     hauing
                     beset
                     him
                     on
                     euery
                     side
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     anguish
                     and
                     griefe
                     ,
                     which
                     had
                     seazed
                     vpon
                     his
                     heart
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   3.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               prayer
               presented
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               this
               extremitie
               ,
               is
               set
               out
               by
               noting
               vnto
               vs
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     particular
                     sued
                     for
                     and
                     solicited
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     cause
                     inducing
                     him
                     to
                     make
                     this
                     prayer
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     the
                     confidence
                     he
                     had
                     for
                     obtaining
                     the
                     grant
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               particular
               sued
               for
               ,
               is
               
                 deliuerance
                 from
                 the
                 distresse
                 wherein
                 he
                 was
                 ,
              
               vers
               .
               4.
               in
               the
               end
               .
            
             
               The
               cause
               inducing
               him
               to
               make
               this
               sute
               ,
               being
               the
               confidence
               he
               had
               to
               obtaine
               the
               grant
               thereof
               ,
               is
               mentioned
               ,
               vers
               .
               10.
               in
               the
               beginning
               .
               Where
               the
               Prophet
               auoucheth
               in
               expresse
               termes
               ,
               that
               his
               praier
               for
               deliuerance
               proceeded
               from
               his
               faith
               and
               the
               confidence
               he
               had
               to
               preuaile
               thereby
               .
               
                 I
                 beleeued
              
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               
                 and
                 therefore
                 I
                 spake
              
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               I
               beleeued
               that
               the
               Lord
               would
               in
               his
               mercie
               deliuer
               me
               from
               my
               present
               distresse
               :
               and
               therefore
               I
               tendered
               vnto
               him
               this
               prayer
               for
               deliuerance
               .
            
             
               This
               his
               faith
               and
               confidence
               he
               discouereth
               vnto
               vs
               by
               making
               knowne
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     grounds
                     thereof
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     seuerall
                     conclusion
                     made
                     vpon
                     each
                     of
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     combat
                     he
                     had
                     against
                     it
                     through
                     his
                     contrarie
                     distrust
                     in
                     the
                     Lord.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               grounds
               of
               the
               confidence
               he
               had
               to
               preuaile
               in
               his
               sute
               with
               the
               Lord
               ,
               are
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     A
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     readie
                     nature
                     to
                     relieue
                     the
                     distressed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     A
                     remembrance
                     of
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     mercie
                     held
                     with
                     him
                     by
                     the
                     Lord
                     heretofore
                     for
                     his
                     deliuerance
                     from
                     trouble
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               first
               ground
               this
               conclusion
               was
               deduced
               by
               him
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Lord
                     is
                     readie
                     to
                     helpe
                     the
                     distressed
                     who
                     trust
                     in
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   and
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   This
                   sentence
                   the
                   Prophet
                   exemplifieth
                   by
                   giuing
                   vs
                   an
                   instance
                   in
                   his
                   owne
                   person
                   .
                   The
                   instance
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   The
                   Lord
                   hath
                   in
                   former
                   times
                   deliuered
                   me
                   the
                   Prophet
                   Dauid
                   from
                   distresse
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   so
                   as
                   thereby
                   it
                   appeareth
                   that
                   he
                   is
                   readie
                   to
                   relieue
                   the
                   distressed
                   who
                   trust
                   in
                   him
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   and
                   6.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     ,
                     O
                     my
                     soule
                     ,
                     be
                     not
                     discomforted
                     ,
                     but
                     attend
                     patiently
                     vpon
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   said
                   instance
                   is
                   repeated
                   for
                   an
                   amplification
                   of
                   this
                   cōclusion
                   :
                   the
                   Prophet
                   reasoning
                   thus
                   :
                   The
                   Lord
                   hath
                   in
                   former
                   times
                   been
                   beneficiall
                   vnto
                   me
                   in
                   deliuering
                   me
                   from
                   trouble
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   ,
                   O
                   my
                   soule
                   ,
                   be
                   not
                   discomforted
                   ,
                   but
                   attend
                   patientlie
                   vpon
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               second
               ground
               ,
               viz.
               
                 the
                 Lords
                 deliuering
                 of
                 him
                 heretofore
                 from
                 trouble
                 ,
              
               he
               formed
               by
               a
               comparison
               of
               parity
               this
               conclusion
               :
               
                 
                   The
                   Lord
                   hath
                   heretofore
                   deliuered
                   me
                   from
                   death
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   discomforts
                   accompanying
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     8.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   shall
                   not
                   at
                   this
                   time
                   perish
                   ,
                   but
                   he
                   will
                   likewise
                   protect
                   and
                   deliuer
                   me
                   from
                   the
                   perill
                   wherein
                   I
                   am
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     9.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               combat
               hee
               had
               through
               distrust
               against
               his
               said
               confidence
               ,
               he
               declareth
               it
               by
               setting
               downe
               ,
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     distrust
                  
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   passion
                   which
                   transported
                   and
                   astonished
                   him
                   vpon
                   the
                   sense
                   of
                   his
                   present
                   affliction
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   10.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   speaketh
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     When
                     I
                     was
                     exceedingly
                     troubled
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   when
                   passion
                   and
                   griefe
                   proceeding
                   from
                   the
                   feeling
                   of
                   my
                   present
                   distresse
                   and
                   desperate
                   case
                   ,
                   possessed
                   my
                   heart
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     time
                     when
                     he
                     fell
                     into
                     it
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   when
                   he
                   fled
                   in
                   all
                   haste
                   from
                   the
                   presence
                   of
                   Saul
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     The
                     effect
                     wrought
                     by
                     the
                     said
                     distrust
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   an
                   inconsiderate
                   and
                   scandalous
                   censure
                   of
                   the
                   promise
                   deliuered
                   vnto
                   him
                   by
                   Samuel
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   11.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   by
                   affirming
                   in
                   generall
                   that
                   euery
                   man
                   is
                   a
                   liar
                   :
                   wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   that
                   in
                   particular
                   he
                   chargeth
                   the
                   Prophet
                   Samuel
                   therewith
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   meaneth
                   that
                   the
                   promise
                   ,
                   which
                   Samuel
                   deliuered
                   touching
                   his
                   aduancement
                   to
                   the
                   Scepter
                   and
                   Crowne
                   of
                   Israel
                   ,
                   was
                   delusorie
                   and
                   vaine
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               hitherto
               ,
               namely
               from
               the
               3.
               verse
               ,
               to
               
               the
               end
               of
               the
               11
               ,
               handled
               that
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               Antecedent
               ,
               which
               concernes
               his
               calling
               vpon
               the
               Lord
               in
               his
               distresse
               :
               he
               doth
               now
               proceede
               vnto
               the
               second
               ,
               viz.
               
                 the
                 Lords
                 hearing
                 and
                 deliuering
                 of
                 him
                 .
              
               This
               branch
               he
               handleth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Who
                   are
                   the
                   Lords
                   beloued
                   children
                   ,
                   their
                   life
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   deare
                   and
                   pretious
                   in
                   his
                   sight
                   ,
                   he
                   deliuereth
                   from
                   death
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   But
                   I
                   the
                   Prophet
                   am
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   beloued
                   children
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     verse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   am
                   one
                   ,
                   whose
                   life
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   pretious
                   in
                   the
                   Lords
                   sight
                   ,
                   he
                   hath
                   deliuered
                   from
                   death
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     16.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Thus
               far
               concerning
               the
               said
               Antecedent
               and
               the
               seuerall
               branches
               thereof
               .
               The
               conclusion
               inferred
               vpon
               the
               said
               Antecedent
               is
               (
               as
               hath
               bin
               shewed
               )
               Dauids
               profession
               of
               louing
               the
               Lord
               ,
               and
               of
               testifying
               so
               much
               by
               his
               grateful
               acknowledgement
               in
               publike
               of
               the
               Lords
               mercy
               towards
               him
               .
               Now
               to
               yeeld
               vnto
               this
               worthie
               conclusion
               some
               ornament
               and
               amplification
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               to
               set
               forth
               the
               greatnes
               of
               the
               Lords
               fauour
               vnto
               him
               in
               this
               case
               of
               his
               deliuerance
               ,
               and
               withall
               his
               owne
               readines
               to
               acknowledge
               it
               :
               hee
               hath
               entied
               a
               dispute
               with
               himselfe
               what
               course
               he
               is
               to
               hold
               of
               requitall
               vnto
               the
               Lord.
               His
               dispute
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   must
                   acknowledge
                   the
                   Lords
                   kindnes
                   either
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   praise
                   and
                   thankes
                   vnto
                   him
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   some
                   reall
                   satisfaction
                   and
                   offer
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   I
                   rest
                   vnable
                   to
                   acknowledge
                   the
                   Lords
                   kindnes
                   by
                   any
                   reall
                   satisfaction
                   and
                   offer
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     12.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                     Where
                     by
                     an
                     interrogatorie
                     speech
                     of
                     what
                     he
                     should
                     render
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     he
                     confesseth
                     his
                     disabilitie
                     and
                     insufficiencie
                     in
                     that
                     behalfe
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   will
                   acknowledge
                   it
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   praise
                   and
                   thankes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     13.14
                     .
                     and
                     vers
                     .
                     17.18
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               illustration
               of
               the
               Assumption
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               added
               
               the
               reason
               of
               his
               disabilitie
               to
               performe
               an
               acknowledgement
               of
               that
               nature
               .
               The
               reason
               hereof
               hee
               concludeth
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     fauour
                     thou
                     hast
                     shewed
                     me
                     in
                     my
                     late
                     deliuerance
                     is
                     infinitly
                     great
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     All
                     thy
                     benefits
                     are
                     vpon
                     me
                     .
                  
                   As
                   if
                   he
                   said
                   ,
                   I
                   value
                   thy
                   fauour
                   in
                   this
                   my
                   late
                   deliuerance
                   at
                   so
                   high
                   a
                   rate
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   thou
                   haddest
                   conferred
                   vpon
                   me
                   all
                   the
                   blessings
                   in
                   the
                   world
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     And
                     therefore
                     I
                     rest
                     altogether
                     vnable
                     to
                     acknowledge
                     it
                     by
                     any
                     reall
                     satisfaction
                     and
                     offer
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   12.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               verses
               following
               are
               already
               analysed
               and
               dispatched
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             PSALM
             .
             139.
             
          
           
             1
             TO
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Quier
             a
             Psalme
             of
             Dauid
             .
             O
             Lord
             :
             thou
             doest
             throughly
             search
             and
             know
             me
             .
          
           
             2
             Thou
             knowest
             my
             sitting
             and
             my
             rising
             :
             thou
             vnderstandest
             my
             thought
             a
             farre
             off
             .
          
           
             3
             Thou
             compassest
             my
             going
             and
             my
             lying
             downe
             :
             and
             vnderstandest
             all
             my
             waies
             .
          
           
             4
             Before
             there
             is
             any
             word
             in
             my
             tongue
             ,
             behold
             (
             O
             Lord
             )
             thou
             knowest
             it
             wholy
             .
          
           
             5
             Thou
             doest
             besiege
             me
             behind
             and
             before
             :
             and
             laiest
             thine
             hand
             vpon
             me
             .
          
           
             6
             Thy
             knowledge
             is
             more
             wonderfull
             than
             that
             I
             can
             deceiue
             it
             :
             it
             is
             high
             :
             I
             am
             not
             able
             to
             preuaile
             ouer
             it
             .
          
           
             7
             Whither
             should
             I
             goe
             from
             thy
             spirit
             ?
             or
             whither
             should
             I
             flie
             from
             thy
             face
             ?
          
           
             8
             If
             I
             ascend
             into
             heauen
             ,
             thou
             art
             there
             :
             if
             I
             lie
             downe
             in
             the
             graue
             ,
             loe
             thou
             art
             there
             .
          
           
             9
             If
             I
             take
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             morning
             and
             would
             lodge
             in
             the
             vtmost
             limits
             of
             the
             sea
             :
          
           
             10
             Thither
             also
             will
             thy
             hand
             guide
             me
             :
             and
             there
             will
             thy
             right
             hand
             lay
             hold
             on
             me
             .
          
           
           
             11
             If
             I
             say
             :
             happily
             the
             darknes
             will
             hide
             me
             :
             loe
             ,
             the
             night
             will
             be
             as
             the
             light
             about
             me
             .
          
           
             12
             Yea
             ,
             the
             darknes
             will
             not
             hide
             me
             from
             thee
             :
             but
             the
             night
             shineth
             as
             the
             day
             :
             the
             darknes
             and
             light
             are
             to
             thee
             both
             alike
             .
          
           
             13
             Thou
             doest
             possesse
             my
             reines
             :
             thou
             hast
             couered
             me
             in
             my
             mothers
             wombe
             .
          
           
             14
             I
             doe
             magnifie
             thee
             ,
             in
             that
             thou
             hast
             made
             me
             after
             so
             strange
             and
             wonderfull
             a
             manner
             .
             Marueilous
             are
             thy
             workes
             :
             and
             my
             soule
             doth
             greatly
             acknowledge
             it
             .
          
           
             15
             The
             fashioning
             of
             my
             bones
             was
             not
             hid
             from
             thee
             ,
             when
             I
             was
             made
             in
             a
             secret
             place
             ,
             and
             artificially
             fashioned
             in
             the
             low
             parts
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             16
             Thine
             eyes
             did
             see
             me
             when
             I
             was
             without
             forme
             :
             and
             in
             thy
             booke
             were
             all
             these
             things
             written
             ,
             and
             the
             daies
             also
             wherein
             they
             were
             formed
             ,
             euen
             then
             when
             none
             of
             them
             was
             .
          
           
             17
             How
             pretious
             therefore
             are
             thy
             thoughts
             vnto
             me
             ?
             O
             mightie
             God.
             And
             how
             great
             is
             the
             summe
             of
             them
             ?
          
           
             18
             If
             I
             should
             count
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             moe
             than
             the
             sand
             .
             When
             I
             awake
             ,
             I
             am
             still
             with
             thee
             .
          
           
             19
             Oh
             that
             thou
             (
             O
             God
             )
             wouldest
             slay
             the
             wicked
             :
             to
             whom
             I
             say
             ,
             ye
             men
             of
             blood
             ,
             depart
             from
             me
             .
          
           
             20
             Who
             speake
             wickedly
             of
             thee
             :
             and
             who
             causelesly
             extoll
             thine
             enemies
             .
          
           
             21
             Should
             not
             I
             hate
             them
             (
             O
             Lord
             )
             that
             hate
             thee
             ?
             and
             should
             I
             not
             be
             incensed
             against
             those
             who
             rise
             vp
             against
             thee
             ?
          
           
             22
             I
             hate
             them
             with
             a
             perfect
             hatred
             :
             I
             count
             them
             for
             my
             enemies
             .
          
           
             23
             Trie
             me
             (
             O
             mightie
             God
             )
             and
             know
             my
             heart
             :
             prooue
             me
             and
             know
             my
             thoughts
             .
          
           
             24
             And
             consider
             whether
             there
             be
             in
             me
             any
             purpose
             of
             molesting
             any
             man.
             And
             guide
             me
             through
             the
             way
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             
               ANALYS
               .
               PSALM
               .
               139.
               
            
             
               Dauid
               hauing
               made
               protestation
               that
               he
               hated
               and
               pursued
               his
               enemies
               ,
               not
               out
               of
               humor
               and
               passion
               ,
               but
               out
               of
               a
               respect
               to
               the
               Lords
               glorie
               :
               and
               being
               now
               charged
               by
               
               them
               with
               the
               odious
               imputation
               of
               hypocrisy
               ,
               as
               if
               vnder
               the
               pretext
               of
               pietie
               and
               zeale
               he
               conueyed
               the
               sting
               of
               malice
               and
               reuenge
               ,
               doth
               for
               his
               clearing
               in
               this
               behalfe
               ,
               appeale
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               ,
               humbly
               submitting
               his
               said
               protestation
               and
               the
               cariage
               of
               himselfe
               towards
               his
               enemies
               to
               his
               vnpartiall
               examination
               and
               triall
               .
               His
               appeale
               is
               deliuered
               in
               the
               two
               last
               verses
               of
               the
               Psalme
               :
               and
               is
               in
               effect
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   examine
                   and
                   iudge
                   whether
                   his
                   carriage
                   towards
                   his
                   enemies
                   be
                   such
                   as
                   wherewith
                   they
                   charge
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.24
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               In
               the
               23.
               verse
               he
               desires
               that
               his
               thoughts
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               affection
               of
               his
               heart
               and
               the
               proceeding
               which
               hath
               issued
               from
               thence
               may
               be
               examined
               ,
               whether
               in
               this
               question
               of
               hating
               and
               pursuing
               his
               enemies
               ,
               they
               be
               of
               such
               qualitie
               as
               is
               obiected
               .
               In
               the
               24.
               verse
               ,
               hee
               doth
               more
               particularly
               expound
               his
               appeale
               ,
               in
               that
               he
               prayeth
               examination
               may
               be
               taken
               ,
               whether
               in
               the
               cariage
               of
               his
               affections
               towards
               his
               enemies
               hee
               hath
               had
               any
               deseigne
               and
               purpose
               of
               wronging
               and
               molesting
               them
               .
               As
               the
               French
               interpreteth
               it
               .
               And
               so
               closeth
               vp
               his
               appeale
               with
               this
               sute
               ,
               viz.
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 would
                 guide
                 him
                 in
                 the
                 way
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 :
              
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 that
                 the
                 Lord
                 would
                 guide
                 and
                 support
                 him
                 amongst
                 the
                 troubles
                 and
                 crosses
                 of
                 this
                 world
                 .
              
               For
               so
               
                 the
                 way
                 of
                 the
                 world
              
               may
               answerably
               to
               Dauids
               present
               condition
               be
               expounded
               .
            
             
               Now
               in
               this
               appeale
               the
               Prophet
               holdeth
               this
               course
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     He
                     rendreth
                     the
                     reason
                     of
                     his
                     appeale
                     vnto
                     the
                     Lord
                     :
                  
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   verse
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   18
                   :
                   interlacing
                   in
                   two
                   seuerall
                   places
                   his
                   acknowledgement
                   and
                   praise
                   of
                   the
                   Lords
                   wisedom
                   and
                   power
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     He
                     doth
                     exhibit
                     a
                     summarie
                     declaration
                     of
                     his
                     cause
                     ,
                     thereby
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     to
                     informe
                     the
                     Lord.
                  
                   From
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   17.
                   verse
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   22.
                   
                   And
                   then
                   (
                   as
                   hath
                   been
                   obserued
                   )
                   he
                   tenders
                   his
                   said
                   appeale
                   in
                   the
                   two
                   last
                   verses
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               The
               reason
               of
               tendering
               his
               appeale
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               is
               this
               ,
               and
               concluded
               by
               him
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   O
                   Lord
                   :
                   the
                   whole
                   carriage
                   of
                   my
                   life
                   is
                   perfitly
                   knowne
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   Wherefore
                   I
                   pray
                   thee
                   examine
                   and
                   iudge
                   whether
                   my
                   carriage
                   towards
                   mine
                   enemies
                   be
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   charged
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     23.24
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               illustrated
               first
               by
               an
               induction
               :
               thus
               ,
               
                 
                   My
                   outward
                   actions
                   ,
                   my
                   inward
                   thoughts
                   ,
                   my
                   words
                   are
                   knowne
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     2.3.4
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   the
                   whole
                   carriage
                   of
                   my
                   life
                   is
                   in
                   euery
                   respect
                   and
                   perfitly
                   knowne
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     1.
                  
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               of
               the
               said
               induction
               concerning
               the
               Prophets
               outward
               actions
               ,
               is
               set
               downe
               verse
               2.
               in
               the
               beginning
               :
               and
               repeated
               verse
               3.
               
               In
               which
               verses
               vnder
               the
               termes
               of
               
                 sitting
                 ,
                 rising
                 ,
                 going
                 and
                 lying
                 ,
              
               euery
               outward
               proceeding
               held
               by
               the
               Prophet
               is
               noted
               :
               which
               in
               the
               ende
               of
               the
               third
               verse
               is
               implied
               by
               this
               generall
               :
               
                 Thou
                 vnderstandest
                 al
                 my
                 waies
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 all
                 my
                 actions
                 and
                 courses
              
               .
               Or
               ,
               
                 thou
                 art
                 accustomed
                 to
                 all
                 my
                 waies
                 :
              
               which
               is
               in
               sense
               all
               one
               with
               the
               former
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               member
               of
               the
               induction
               touching
               the
               Lords
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Prophets
               thoughts
               ,
               is
               vers
               .
               2.
               implied
               vnder
               a
               comparison
               of
               the
               greater
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   knowest
                   my
                   thoughts
                   before
                   they
                   be
                   conceiued
                   and
                   formed
                   in
                   my
                   heart
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     2.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   Thou
                   knowest
                   my
                   thought
                   a
                   farre
                   off
                   :
                   
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     thou
                     knowest
                     my
                     thought
                     ,
                     and
                     thou
                     knowest
                     it
                     long
                     before
                     it
                     be
                     formed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   No
                   marueile
                   then
                   if
                   thou
                   know
                   my
                   thoughts
                   being
                   conceiued
                   once
                   and
                   formed
                   in
                   my
                   heart
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               third
               member
               of
               the
               induction
               concerning
               the
               Lords
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Prophets
               words
               ,
               is
               likewise
               implied
               vnder
               a
               comparison
               from
               the
               greater
               :
               
                 
                 
                   Before
                   I
                   forme
                   and
                   pronounce
                   my
                   words
                   ,
                   thou
                   doest
                   perfitly
                   know
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     4.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   No
                   marueile
                   then
                   if
                   thou
                   know
                   them
                   being
                   formed
                   and
                   pronounced
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               the
               Lords
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Prophets
               whole
               cariage
               of
               his
               life
               is
               further
               declared
               by
               this
               argument
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     by
                     any
                     thing
                     I
                     may
                     deceiue
                     and
                     disappoint
                     thy
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     cariage
                     and
                     traine
                     of
                     my
                     life
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     by
                     some
                     thing
                     that
                     can
                     hide
                     me
                     from
                     thy
                     sight
                     and
                     presence
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     nothing
                     can
                     hide
                     me
                     from
                     thy
                     sight
                     and
                     presence
                     :
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   5
                   ,
                   this
                   sentence
                   is
                   expressed
                   by
                   these
                   two
                   particular
                   formes
                   of
                   speech
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   doth
                   besiege
                   or
                   compasse
                   the
                   Prophet
                   on
                   euery
                   side
                   ,
                   behinde
                   ,
                   before
                   ,
                   aboue
                   ,
                   below
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                   As
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   say
                   :
                   Howsoeuer
                   I
                   dispose
                   of
                   my selfe
                   ,
                   or
                   whither
                   soeuer
                   I
                   turne
                   ,
                   I
                   remaine
                   alwaies
                   within
                   thy
                   sight
                   and
                   presence
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Lord
                   laieth
                   his
                   hand
                   vpon
                   the
                   Prophet
                   :
                   as
                   if
                   he
                   said
                   :
                   Thy
                   hand
                   ,
                   or
                   thy
                   prouidence
                   ,
                   is
                   euer
                   vpon
                   me
                   to
                   hold
                   me
                   within
                   the
                   compasse
                   of
                   thine
                   eye
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   I
                   can
                   in
                   no
                   place
                   and
                   at
                   no
                   time
                   escape
                   thy
                   sight
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     I
                     can
                     by
                     nothing
                     deceiue
                     and
                     disappoint
                     thy
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     cariage
                     and
                     traine
                     of
                     my
                     life
                     :
                     so
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     euery
                     respect
                     perfitly
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   and
                   6.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   translation
                   and
                   exposition
                   of
                   the
                   6.
                   verse
                   I
                   follow
                   Tremellius
                   ,
                   who
                   readeth
                   it
                   thus
                   :
                   
                     Thy
                     knowledge
                     is
                     more
                     wonderfull
                     (
                     or
                     greater
                     )
                     than
                     my
                     abilitie
                     is
                     to
                     deceiue
                     it
                     :
                     it
                     is
                     high
                     ,
                     or
                     excellent
                     :
                     I
                     am
                     not
                     able
                     to
                     preuaile
                     ouer
                     it
                     ,
                     or
                     goe
                     beyond
                     it
                     .
                  
                   And
                   this
                   translation
                   doth
                   best
                   fit
                   the
                   argument
                   in
                   hand
                   .
                
              
            
             
               To
               the
               Assumption
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               yeelded
               this
               proofe
               :
               
                 
                   
                     No
                     place
                     or
                     time
                     of
                     darknes
                     can
                     hide
                     me
                     from
                     thy
                     sight
                     and
                     presence
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   and
                   vers
                   .
                   11.12
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   7.
                   verse
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   in
                   plaine
                   and
                   expresse
                   termes
                   ,
                   that
                   no
                   place
                   can
                   hide
                   him
                   from
                   the
                   Lords
                   spirit
                   &
                   face
                   :
                   
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Lords
                   knowledge
                   and
                   eye
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   11.
                   and
                   12.
                   verse
                   hee
                   confesseth
                   likewise
                   ,
                   that
                   no
                   darknes
                   whatsoeuer
                   can
                   keep
                   him
                   from
                   the
                   Lords
                   sight
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     nothing
                     can
                     hide
                     me
                     from
                     thy
                     sight
                     and
                     presence
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   5.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               first
               member
               of
               the
               Antecedent
               ,
               namely
               ,
               
                 that
                 no
                 place
                 can
                 hide
                 him
                 from
                 the
                 Lords
                 eye
                 ,
              
               hath
               this
               illustration
               :
               
                 
                   
                     If
                     I
                     can
                     retire
                     into
                     no
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     heauen
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     wherein
                     thou
                     art
                     not
                     present
                     :
                     then
                     no
                     place
                     can
                     hide
                     me
                     from
                     thee
                     .
                  
                   The
                   Prophet
                   in
                   particulating
                   these
                   places
                   ,
                   doth
                   in
                   generall
                   meane
                   any
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   whatsoeuer
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     But
                     I
                     can
                     retire
                     into
                     no
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     heauen
                     ,
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     wherein
                     thou
                     art
                     not
                     present
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   8.9.10
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   tenth
                   verse
                   ,
                   the
                   Lords
                   presence
                   and
                   knowledge
                   is
                   noted
                   by
                   an
                   action
                   attributed
                   vnto
                   him
                   of
                   guiding
                   and
                   laying
                   hold
                   vpon
                   the
                   Prophet
                   ,
                   in
                   case
                   he
                   retired
                   into
                   the
                   vtmost
                   limits
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     no
                     place
                     can
                     hide
                     me
                     from
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   7.
                   
                
              
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Assumption
               of
               this
               later
               syllogisme
               :
               Whereas
               verse
               8.
               the
               Prophet
               speaketh
               thus
               :
               
                 If
                 I
                 lie
                 downe
                 in
                 the
                 graue
                 ,
                 thou
                 art
                 there
                 :
              
               we
               must
               by
               
                 the
                 graue
              
               vnderstand
               the
               most
               secret
               and
               hidden
               part
               of
               the
               earth
               :
               and
               consequently
               any
               place
               of
               the
               earth
               whatsoeuer
               .
               So
               likewise
               verse
               9.
               by
               the
               vtmost
               limits
               of
               the
               sea
               ,
               wee
               are
               to
               vnderstand
               the
               most
               retired
               angle
               of
               the
               sea
               :
               and
               consequently
               any
               place
               of
               the
               sea
               whatsoeuer
               .
               And
               in
               the
               same
               9
               verse
               by
               
                 taking
                 the
                 wings
                 of
                 the
                 morning
                 ,
              
               we
               must
               vnderstand
               the
               running
               of
               that
               course
               which
               the
               Sunne
               runneth
               .
               The
               morning
               is
               an
               effect
               proceeding
               from
               the
               light
               of
               the
               Sunne
               :
               and
               so
               by
               a
               forme
               of
               speech
               is
               taken
               for
               the
               Sun
               ,
               or
               the
               beames
               of
               the
               Sunne
               .
               The
               Prophets
               meaning
               is
               this
               :
               
                 If
                 I
                 should
                 run
                 the
                 course
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 and
                 lodge
                 in
                 the
                 vtmost
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 sea
                 :
                 thither
                 also
                 shall
                 thy
                 hand
                 guide
                 me
                 ,
                 and
                 there
                 shall
                 it
                 lay
                 hold
                 on
                 me
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               second
               member
               of
               the
               said
               Antecedent
               ,
               namely
               ,
               
                 That
                 
                 no
                 darkenes
                 can
                 hide
                 me
                 from
                 thy
                 sight
                 ,
              
               is
               brought
               in
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               verse
               11
               ,
               vnder
               the
               forme
               of
               an
               obiection
               :
               and
               hath
               this
               confirmation
               :
               
                 
                   If
                   darknes
                   will
                   serue
                   thee
                   for
                   the
                   discouerie
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   aswell
                   as
                   the
                   light
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   being
                   for
                   this
                   vse
                   all
                   one
                   vnto
                   thee
                   :
                   then
                   no
                   darknes
                   can
                   hide
                   me
                   from
                   thy
                   sight
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   darknes
                   will
                   serue
                   thee
                   for
                   the
                   discouery
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   aswell
                   as
                   the
                   light
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   being
                   for
                   this
                   vse
                   all
                   one
                   vnto
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     11.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     and
                     verse
                     12.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   no
                   darknes
                   can
                   hide
                   me
                   from
                   thy
                   sight
                   ,
                   
                     verse
                     12.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     is
                     also
                     implied
                     in
                     the
                     obiection
                     set
                     downe
                     vers
                     .
                     11.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     :
                     where
                     the
                     Prophet
                     speaketh
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   If
                   I
                   should
                   say
                   :
                   happily
                   the
                   darknes
                   will
                   couer
                   and
                   hide
                   me
                   :
                   
                     meaning
                     hereby
                     that
                     it
                     were
                     madnes
                     so
                     to
                     conceiue
                     of
                     the
                     darknes
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     make
                     this
                     obiection
                     thereupon
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               the
               Lords
               ▪
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Prophets
               whole
               cariage
               of
               his
               life
               is
               disputed
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Thou
                     doest
                     by
                     thy
                     soueraigne
                     and
                     effectuall
                     prouidence
                     dispose
                     of
                     my
                     heart
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Whereas
                   in
                   this
                   verse
                   the
                   Lord
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   possesse
                   the
                   reines
                   of
                   the
                   Prophet
                   :
                   as
                   wee
                   are
                   by
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   reines
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   Prophets
                   heart
                   :
                   so
                   by
                   the
                   Lords
                   possessing
                   himselfe
                   of
                   them
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   Lords
                   absolute
                   power
                   in
                   gouerning
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   perfit
                   knowledge
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     the
                     deseignes
                     of
                     my
                     heart
                     and
                     the
                     cariage
                     of
                     them
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     exactly
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   1.
                   
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               is
               demonstrated
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Thou
                     art
                     he
                     who
                     hath
                     formed
                     me
                     in
                     my
                     mothers
                     wombe
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   In
                   reading
                   this
                   whole
                   verse
                   I
                   follow
                   the
                   Geneuian
                   translation
                   :
                   taking
                   this
                   later
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   verse
                   as
                   seruing
                   both
                   to
                   prooue
                   the
                   former
                   :
                   and
                   to
                   occasion
                   the
                   Prophet
                   to
                   fall
                   into
                   
                   an
                   action
                   of
                   magnifying
                   the
                   Lord.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     thou
                     art
                     he
                     who
                     disposeth
                     of
                     my
                     heart
                     by
                     thy
                     soueraigne
                     and
                     effectuall
                     prouidence
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   13.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
              
            
             
               Here
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               before
               hee
               proceede
               further
               ,
               doth
               out
               of
               an
               admiration
               of
               the
               Lords
               infinit
               power
               and
               wisedome
               shewed
               in
               forming
               him
               ,
               breake
               forth
               into
               an
               acknowledgement
               and
               extolling
               thereof
               ,
               vers
               .
               14.
               
               In
               the
               interpretation
               of
               which
               verse
               I
               follow
               the
               French.
               The
               Prophets
               magnifying
               of
               the
               Lord
               in
               this
               behalfe
               ,
               is
               concluded
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   Thou
                   hast
                   shewed
                   thy selfe
                   in
                   forming
                   me
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   an
                   admirable
                   wisedome
                   and
                   power
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     .
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   Thou
                   hast
                   made
                   me
                   after
                   a
                   strange
                   and
                   wonderfull
                   manner
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   doe
                   therefore
                   in
                   this
                   regard
                   honour
                   and
                   magnifie
                   thee
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               former
               part
               of
               this
               reason
               is
               enlarged
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   doe
                   obserue
                   and
                   also
                   acknowledge
                   with
                   my
                   heart
                   that
                   thou
                   shewest
                   thy selfe
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   an
                   admirable
                   power
                   and
                   wisedome
                   in
                   all
                   other
                   thy
                   workes
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     last
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     verse
                     .
                     Where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     :
                  
                   Marueilous
                   are
                   thy
                   workes
                   :
                   and
                   my
                   soule
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   I
                   marueile
                   not
                   if
                   thou
                   shew
                   thy selfe
                   alike
                   admirable
                   in
                   this
                   particular
                   work
                   of
                   my
                   formation
                   ,
                   
                     verse
                     14.
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                  
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Prophet
               hauing
               vpon
               the
               occasion
               remembred
               ,
               published
               his
               acknowledgement
               and
               praise
               of
               the
               Lords
               singular
               power
               and
               wisedome
               shewed
               in
               the
               forming
               of
               him
               ,
               doth
               now
               returne
               to
               a
               further
               demonstration
               
                 of
                 the
                 Lords
                 knowledge
                 touching
                 the
                 cariage
                 and
                 proceedings
                 of
                 his
                 whole
                 life
                 .
              
               He
               reasoneth
               from
               a
               comparison
               ,
               thus
               :
               
                 
                   I
                   was
                   knowne
                   vnto
                   thee
                   when
                   my
                   bodie
                   was
                   fashioning
                   into
                   a
                   distinct
                   forme
                   and
                   proportion
                   :
                   nay
                   ,
                   when
                   I
                   was
                   a
                   masse
                   vndistinguished
                   and
                   formelesse
                   :
                   and
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   ,
                   from
                   all
                   eternitie
                   ,
                   
                     vers
                     .
                     15.
                     and
                     16.
                     
                     Where
                     I
                     follow
                     the
                     French.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                   No
                   marueile
                   then
                   if
                   now
                   thou
                   know
                   the
                   cariage
                   of
                   all
                   my
                   deseignes
                   and
                   proceedings
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               Antecedent
               containes
               (
               as
               you
               see
               )
               a
               gradation
               from
               the
               lesse
               to
               the
               greater
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               gradation
               is
               verse
               15.
               where
               the
               Prophet
               sets
               out
               the
               Lords
               fashioning
               of
               his
               bodie
               into
               a
               distinct
               forme
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     fashioned
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     in
                     the
                     mothers
                     wombe
                  
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   resembled
                   to
                   an
                   hidden
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   the
                   lowest
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   .
                   Vnder
                   this
                   particular
                   of
                   fashioning
                   his
                   bones
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   conceiue
                   to
                   bee
                   meant
                   the
                   forming
                   of
                   his
                   whole
                   bodie
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     the
                     admirable
                     workmanship
                     thereof
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     no
                     skill
                     or
                     industrie
                     of
                     imbroderer
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     artificer
                     can
                     attaine
                     vnto
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               second
               branch
               of
               the
               said
               gradation
               is
               verse
               16.
               in
               the
               beginning
               .
               
                 Thine
                 eyes
                 saw
                 me
                 when
                 I
                 was
                 a
                 lumpe
                 or
                 masse
                 without
                 forme
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               third
               is
               in
               the
               other
               part
               of
               the
               said
               16.
               verse
               .
               Where
               the
               Prophet
               affirmeth
               that
               
                 all
                 these
                 things
                 were
                 written
                 in
                 the
                 Lords
                 booke
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 daies
                 wherein
                 they
                 were
                 formed
                 ,
                 euen
                 then
                 when
                 none
                 of
                 them
                 was
                 .
              
               That
               is
               ,
               as
               Beza
               expoundeth
               it
               ,
               
                 this
                 my
                 fashioning
                 and
                 the
                 time
                 assigned
                 thereto
                 ,
                 were
                 set
                 downe
                 in
                 the
                 booke
                 of
                 thy
                 eternall
                 decree
                 and
                 prouidence
                 ,
                 before
                 that
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 this
                 workmanship
                 of
                 my
                 bodie
                 was
                 made
                 .
              
               By
               this
               it
               appeares
               that
               the
               Lord
               did
               from
               all
               eternitie
               know
               the
               worke
               he
               was
               to
               make
               .
            
             
               Here
               againe
               ,
               vers
               .
               17.
               and
               18.
               the
               Prophet
               out
               of
               an
               obseruation
               made
               of
               the
               Lords
               knowledge
               of
               all
               things
               from
               all
               eternitie
               ,
               as
               likewis●
               of
               his
               admirable
               wisedome
               and
               power
               shewed
               in
               the
               course
               of
               his
               prouidence
               towards
               man
               ,
               breakes
               forth
               into
               an
               action
               of
               magnifying
               the
               Lords
               proceedings
               in
               generall
               .
               The
               arguments
               vsed
               by
               him
               to
               this
               purpose
               doe
               note
               vnto
               vs
               two
               seuerall
               adiuncts
               of
               his
               proceeding
               ,
               viz
               :
               
                 
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Their
                     incomparable
                     excellencie
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   17.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Where
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   :
                   
                     How
                     pretious
                     or
                     excellent
                     are
                     thy
                     thoughts
                     vnto
                     me
                     ?
                  
                   That
                   is
                   I
                   do
                   reckon
                   and
                   esteeme
                   of
                   thy
                   proceedings
                   for
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   most
                   worthie
                   and
                   excellent
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     The
                     infinitenes
                     of
                     their
                     number
                  
                   ,
                   vers
                   .
                   17.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
              
            
             
               That
               the
               Lords
               proceedings
               doe
               exceed
               in
               number
               ,
               is
               shewed
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     By
                     a
                     comparison
                     from
                     the
                     lesse
                     ,
                     thus
                     :
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   18.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   
                     
                       
                         The
                         sands
                         of
                         the
                         sea
                         are
                         innumerable
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         But
                         the
                         proceedings
                         of
                         thy
                         prouidence
                         are
                         more
                         in
                         number
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     By
                     an
                     effect
                     which
                     euery
                     new
                     meditation
                     of
                     the
                     Lords
                     proceedings
                     doth
                     worke
                     :
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Euery
                         new
                         and
                         reiterated
                         meditation
                         of
                         thy
                         proceedings
                         doth
                         yeeld
                         new
                         matter
                         and
                         argument
                         of
                         thy
                         praise
                         ,
                      
                       vers
                       .
                       18.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                       Thus
                       doe
                       Caluin
                       and
                       Beza
                       expound
                       the
                       last
                       clause
                       of
                       the
                       18.
                       verse
                       :
                       
                         When
                         I
                         awake
                         ,
                         I
                         am
                         still
                         with
                         thee
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Therefore
                         thy
                         proceedings
                         must
                         needes
                         exceed
                         in
                         number
                         ,
                      
                       v.
                       18.
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       :
                       and
                       v.
                       17.
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Hitherto
               the
               reason
               of
               the
               Prophets
               appealing
               vnto
               the
               Lord
               hath
               bin
               disputed
               and
               handled
               by
               foure
               seuerall
               arguments
               .
            
             
               Now
               followeth
               his
               exhibiting
               of
               the
               declaration
               of
               his
               cause
               ,
               thereby
               as
               it
               were
               to
               informe
               the
               Lord.
               The
               declaration
               of
               his
               cause
               ,
               wherein
               he
               sheweth
               what
               hee
               hath
               to
               pleade
               for
               himselfe
               against
               the
               slanderous
               charge
               of
               his
               enemies
               ,
               is
               comprised
               by
               him
               in
               this
               syllogisme
               :
               
                 
                   
                     Who
                     are
                     thy
                     professed
                     enemies
                     ,
                     those
                     I
                     may
                     iustly
                     hate
                     and
                     hold
                     for
                     mine
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   ver
                   .
                   21.
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   Lords
                   professed
                   enemies
                   are
                   noted
                   vnder
                   the
                   title
                   and
                   name
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   hate
                   him
                   and
                   rebell
                   against
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     But
                     the
                     wicked
                     (
                     who
                     slanderously
                     charge
                     me
                     )
                     are
                     thy
                     professed
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   and
                   20.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     Therefore
                     these
                     wicked
                     men
                     are
                     those
                     whom
                     I
                     may
                     iustly
                     hate
                     and
                     hold
                     for
                     mine
                     enemies
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   22.
                   
                   Where
                   the
                   Prophet
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     he
                     hateth
                     them
                     with
                     a
                     perfect
                     hatred
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   iust
                   and
                   sincere
                   hatred
                   ,
                   an
                   hatred
                   not
                   grounded
                   vpon
                   sinister
                   and
                   malitious
                   respects
                   ,
                   but
                   free
                   from
                   them
                   .
                   This
                   exposition
                   agrees
                   with
                   the
                   drift
                   of
                   the
                   Prophet
                   :
                   who
                   was
                   charged
                   to
                   hate
                   and
                   pursue
                   the
                   wicked
                   out
                   of
                   an
                   humour
                   of
                   malice
                   and
                   spleene
                   .
                
              
            
             
               The
               proposition
               and
               conclusion
               of
               this
               syllogisme
               are
               (
               as
               you
               see
               )
               clearely
               set
               downe
               .
            
             
               The
               Assumption
               likewise
               ,
               though
               it
               bee
               not
               in
               these
               distinct
               termes
               expressed
               :
               yet
               is
               it
               by
               the
               Prophet
               in
               effect
               and
               sense
               euidently
               proposed
               :
               there
               being
               in
               liew
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               deliuered
               a
               very
               apparant
               proofe
               and
               illustration
               thereof
               vnder
               a
               description
               of
               the
               wicked
               :
               which
               is
               such
               as
               doth
               plainly
               detect
               and
               discouer
               them
               to
               bee
               the
               professed
               and
               capitall
               enemyes
               of
               the
               Lord.
               The
               description
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   1.
                   
                   
                     These
                     wicked
                     wretches
                     deserue
                     vtter
                     destruction
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                   Which
                   iudgement
                   the
                   Prophet
                   would
                   not
                   wish
                   vnto
                   them
                   ,
                   vnlesse
                   they
                   were
                   the
                   Lords
                   enemies
                   .
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   
                     They
                     are
                     oppressors
                     and
                     murderers
                     of
                     thy
                     people
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   19.
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   ,
                   where
                   they
                   are
                   called
                   
                     men
                     of
                     blood
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   
                     They
                     are
                     such
                     whose
                     societie
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     renounced
                     and
                     abhorred
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     men
                     vnworthie
                     to
                     tread
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   19.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   
                     They
                     deliuer
                     wicked
                     speeches
                     of
                     thee
                     ,
                  
                   v.
                   20.
                   in
                   the
                   beg
                   .
                
                 
                   5.
                   
                   
                     They
                     doe
                     magnifie
                     (
                     though
                     causelesly
                     )
                     thy
                     enemies
                     proceedings
                     ,
                  
                   vers
                   .
                   20.
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   Where
                   it
                   is
                   sayd
                   ,
                   
                     they
                     extoll
                     the
                     Lords
                     enemies
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   their
                   deseignes
                   and
                   proceedings
                   :
                   which
                   cannot
                   bee
                   without
                   a
                   speciall
                   approbation
                   of
                   them
                   and
                   concurrence
                   with
                   the
                   plotters
                   thereof
                   .
                
              
            
             
             
               You
               see
               now
               by
               these
               fiue
               particulars
               how
               the
               Prophet
               hath
               painted
               out
               these
               wicked
               wretches
               (
               of
               whom
               the
               question
               is
               in
               this
               Psalme
               )
               for
               such
               as
               are
               the
               mortall
               and
               malicious
               enemies
               of
               the
               Lord
               :
               so
               as
               the
               full
               and
               perfect
               meaning
               of
               the
               said
               Assumption
               is
               plainly
               and
               sensibly
               deliuered
               .
            
             
               There
               resteth
               the
               close
               of
               this
               Psalme
               :
               which
               is
               an
               humble
               sute
               wherewith
               the
               Prophet
               doth
               accompany
               his
               appeale
               .
               The
               sute
               is
               this
               :
               
                 
                   That
                   the
                   Lord
                   would
                   be
                   pleased
                   to
                   guide
                   and
                   support
                   him
                   amongst
                   the
                   troubles
                   and
                   crosses
                   of
                   this
                   world
                   ,
                   
                     ver
                     .
                     24.
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               occasion
               of
               this
               motion
               is
               the
               course
               held
               by
               the
               wicked
               in
               pursuing
               the
               Prophet
               with
               scandalous
               and
               malicious
               imputations
               .
               This
               motion
               is
               propounded
               only
               ,
               and
               not
               vrged
               .
            
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
           The
           errors
           of
           the
           print
           are
           thus
           to
           be
           amended
           .
        
         
           Pag.
           7.
           lin
           .
           23.
           for
           and
           ,
           reade
           as
           ,
           in
           some
           copies
           .
           pag.
           21.
           l.
           34.
           after
           of
           ,
           put
           out
           the.
           p.
           27.
           l.
           18.
           for
           iustie
           ,
           reade
           iustice
           .
           p.
           32.
           make
           the
           title
           of
           the
           34.
           
           Psalme
           ,
           the
           first
           verse
           thereof
           .
           p.
           31.
           lin
           .
           5.
           after
           against
           ,
           put
           in
           mine
           .
           p.
           50.
           l.
           21.
           for
           seeth
           the
           day
           ,
           reade
           seeth
           that
           his
           day
           is
           comming
           .
           pag.
           73.
           lin
           .
           12.
           after
           these
           words
           ,
           surprise
           him
           ,
           make
           the
           point
           a
           colon
           ,
           thus
           :
           and
           not
           a
           full
           point
           .
           pag.
           74.
           l.
           11.
           after
           of
           ,
           put
           in
           the.
           p.
           75.
           l.
           24.
           for
           one
           ,
           reade
           owne
           .
           p.
           78.
           l.
           4.
           for
           proceeding
           ,
           reade
           preceding
           .
           p.
           91.
           l.
           25.
           after
           obseruances
           put
           out
           the
           point
           comma
           ,
           and
           make
           it
           after
           the
           word
           sacrificing
           .
           p.
           99.
           l.
           2.
           for
           as
           things
           ,
           reade
           as
           a
           thing
           .
           p.
           101.
           l.
           6.
           after
           vers
           .
           10.
           adde
           thereto
           in
           the
           beginning
           .
           pag.
           101.
           lin
           .
           19.
           after
           these
           words
           ,
           the
           10.
           verse
           :
           adde
           and
           reade
           in
           the
           end
           thereof
           .
           p.
           102.
           l.
           15.
           for
           pat
           ,
           reade
           part
           .
           p.
           127.
           lin
           .
           28.
           for
           notable
           ,
           reade
           suteable
           .
           p.
           153.
           lin
           .
           13.
           for
           against
           ,
           reade
           vpon
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           Table
           of
           the
           Contents
           .
        
         
           
             That
             wee
             ought
             so
             to
             carrie
             our selues
             as
             that
             the
             Lord
             may
             take
             delight
             in
             his
             workes
             :
             shewed
             pag.
             180.
             lin
             .
             7.
             
          
           
             That
             wanderers
             in
             the
             deserts
             reduced
             home
             ,
             prisoners
             set
             at
             libertie
             ▪
             persons
             recouered
             from
             sicknes
             ,
             trauellers
             on
             sea
             deliuered
             from
             distresse
             in
             their
             voyages
             ,
             and
             lastly
             such
             as
             hold
             a
             sound
             opinion
             of
             the
             Lords
             prouidence
             ,
             ought
             to
             magnifie
             the
             Lord
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             184.
             lin
             .
             17.
             pag.
             185.
             &c.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             ,
             besides
             all
             other
             euents
             ,
             worketh
             and
             ordereth
             all
             changes
             in
             things
             and
             persons
             :
             handled
             pag.
             190.
             lin
             .
             25.
             and
             pag.
             191.192
             .
          
           
             That
             we
             ought
             to
             obserue
             the
             Lords
             proceedings
             .
             pag.
             192.
             lin
             .
             17
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             appeale
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             from
             the
             censure
             of
             his
             enemies
             ,
             praying
             that
             the
             Lord
             would
             examine
             and
             iudge
             whether
             his
             cariage
             towards
             them
             bee
             such
             as
             wherewith
             they
             charge
             him
             .
             pag.
             201.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             whole
             cariage
             of
             our
             life
             in
             thoughts
             ,
             words
             ,
             and
             actions
             is
             perfitly
             knowne
             vnto
             the
             Lord
             :
             disp●ted
             pag.
             202.203.204.205
             .
          
           
             That
             nothing
             whatsoeuer
             can
             hide
             vs
             from
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             prooued
             pag.
             203.
             lin
             .
             10.
             
          
        
      
       
         
           A
           PARTICVLAR
           OF
           THE
           SVTES
           AND
           MOTIONS
           PREsented
           vnto
           the
           Lord
           by
           the
           Prophet
           in
           the
           Psalmes
           analysed
           .
        
         
           
             A
             Sute
             to
             be
             preserued
             in
             the
             whole
             traine
             of
             his
             life
             :
             solicited
             pag.
             15.
             lin
             .
             6.
             
          
           
             A
             sute
             to
             be
             deliuered
             from
             his
             enemies
             .
             pag.
             23.
             lin
             .
             32.
             
          
           
             An
             inconsiderate
             and
             passionate
             sute
             ,
             To
             be
             taken
             presently
             from
             out
             this
             life
             .
             pag.
             63.
             and
             64.
             
          
           
             A
             sute
             for
             the
             Prophets
             deliuerance
             from
             his
             present
             affliction
             .
             pag.
             66.
             lin
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             
             A
             sute
             for
             pardon
             of
             sinnes
             .
             pag.
             97.
             lin
             .
             23.
             and
             pag.
             104.
             lin
             .
             21.
             
          
           
             A
             motion
             for
             assurance
             of
             pardon
             and
             reconcilement
             on
             the
             Lords
             part
             .
             pag.
             101.
             lin
             .
             5.
             
          
           
             A
             petition
             for
             restitution
             vnto
             his
             former
             estate
             of
             inward
             grace
             and
             sanctification
             .
             pag.
             101.
             lin
             .
             vlt.
             
          
           
             A
             petition
             for
             reintegration
             into
             his
             former
             estate
             of
             outward
             fauours
             and
             prerogatiues
             .
             pag.
             102.
             lin
             .
             32.
             
          
           
             A
             sute
             for
             the
             aduancement
             of
             the
             publike
             good
             of
             the
             Church
             and
             common-wealth
             .
             pag.
             107.
             lin
             .
             7.
             
          
           
             A
             sute
             for
             the
             Prophets
             returne
             vnto
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Lords
             publike
             worship
             .
             pag.
             123.
             and
             pag.
             26.
             lin
             .
             25.
             
          
           
             A
             sute
             that
             the
             Lord
             would
             teach
             his
             people
             to
             make
             a
             wise
             vse
             of
             their
             miserie
             ,
             and
             withall
             supplie
             vnto
             them
             a
             comfortable
             condition
             of
             life
             .
             pag.
             134.
             
          
           
             A
             sute
             for
             the
             execution
             of
             iustice
             vpon
             the
             oppressors
             of
             the
             Lords
             people
             .
             pag.
             153.
             
          
           
             
             The
             course
             and
             discourse
             held
             by
             the
             Spirit
             for
             resolution
             in
             this
             question
             ,
             whether
             God
             be
             good
             to
             Israel
             .
             pag.
             115.
             lin
             .
             24.
             
          
           
             That
             wee
             must
             not
             iudge
             of
             the
             Lords
             affection
             to
             his
             people
             by
             his
             outward
             proceedings
             with
             them
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             light
             of
             his
             word
             in
             the
             Sanctuarie
             :
             handled
             pag.
             116.
             and
             117.
             
          
           
             What
             the
             issue
             and
             conclusion
             is
             of
             the
             dispute
             betwixt
             the
             spirit
             and
             the
             flesh
             touching
             this
             question
             ,
             whether
             God
             be
             good
             to
             Israel
             .
             pag.
             110.
             and
             117.
             lin
             .
             15.
             
          
           
             The
             ground
             of
             this
             issue
             and
             conclusion
             ,
             That
             God
             is
             good
             to
             Israel
             ,
             shewed
             and
             debated
             .
             pag.
             117.
             lin
             .
             27.
             and
             pag.
             118.
             
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             passionate
             longing
             to
             returne
             vnto
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Lords
             publike
             worship
             :
             propounded
             pag.
             123.
             lin
             .
             3.
             and
             debated
             pag.
             124.
             
          
           
             The
             end
             why
             the
             Prophet
             desires
             to
             returne
             vnto
             the
             Lords
             Sanctuarie
             .
             pag.
             26.
             lin
             .
             36.
             
          
           
             That
             they
             are
             happie
             who
             haue
             libertie
             of
             accesse
             vnto
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Lords
             publike
             seruice
             .
             pag.
             125.
             
          
           
             A
             description
             (
             vnder
             the
             person
             of
             the
             countrie
             Israelite
             )
             of
             such
             as
             loue
             to
             present
             themselues
             at
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Lords
             publike
             worship
             .
             pag.
             127.
             
          
           
             To
             be
             partaker
             of
             the
             Lords
             publike
             worship
             ,
             though
             but
             for
             a
             day
             and
             in
             the
             qualitie
             of
             a
             doore-keeper
             ,
             esteemed
             by
             the
             Prophet
             the
             greatest
             happines
             :
             handled
             pag.
             129.
             and
             130.
             
          
           
             A
             deploration
             and
             picture
             of
             mans
             miserie
             ,
             set
             foorth
             pag.
             135.
             lin
             .
             12.
             
          
           
             That
             they
             who
             rest
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             shall
             be
             deliuered
             from
             all
             hurts
             and
             discomforts
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             143.
             and
             144.
             lin
             .
             28.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Angels
             are
             vsed
             by
             the
             Lord
             as
             instruments
             of
             our
             preseruation
             from
             perils
             and
             hurts
             .
             pag.
             148.
             lin
             .
             7.
             and
             pag.
             36.
             lin
             .
             10.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             faithfull
             depender
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             shall
             be
             spared
             in
             a
             common
             mortalitie
             .
             pag.
             147.
             
          
           
             That
             by
             resting
             on
             the
             Lord
             wee
             shall
             be
             made
             partakers
             of
             all
             comforts
             and
             blessings
             :
             handled
             pag.
             149.
             lin
             .
             13.
             also
             pag.
             31
             in
             the
             end
             ,
             and
             pag.
             32.
             
          
           
             The
             oppression
             and
             persecution
             executed
             vpon
             the
             Lords
             people
             by
             the
             proude
             tyrants
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             set
             foorth
             and
             argued
             pag.
             154.
             and
             155.
             
          
           
             
             The
             Prophets
             apologie
             for
             the
             Lords
             glorie
             against
             this
             blasphemous
             position
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             who
             hold
             that
             the
             Lord
             neither
             knoweth
             nor
             regardeth
             their
             proceedings
             against
             the
             godlie
             :
             handled
             at
             large
             pag.
             55.156.157
             .
          
           
             That
             the
             godly
             man
             ,
             though
             afflicted
             by
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             is
             notwithstanding
             blessed
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             158.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lords
             loue
             is
             constant
             and
             vnchangeable
             to
             the
             godlie
             man
             :
             debated
             pag.
             158.
             lin
             .
             30.
             and
             pag.
             57.
             lin
             .
             vlt.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             cariage
             of
             all
             proceedings
             shall
             in
             the
             Lords
             good
             time
             be
             so
             vprightly
             ordered
             ,
             as
             that
             the
             godly
             man
             shall
             receiue
             thereby
             what
             is
             right
             and
             due
             vnto
             him
             by
             the
             Lords
             couenant
             :
             argued
             pag.
             159.
             
          
           
             The
             difference
             betwixt
             the
             proceedings
             held
             by
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             are
             held
             by
             tyrannous
             and
             vniust
             Magistrates
             .
             pag.
             161.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Prophet
             ought
             with
             his
             whole
             heart
             to
             magnifie
             the
             name
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             163.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lords
             mercie
             in
             pardoning
             the
             sinnes
             of
             his
             people
             is
             exceeding
             great
             :
             propounded
             pag.
             165.
             and
             cleered
             pag.
             166.
             and
             167.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lords
             mercie
             to
             his
             people
             for
             pardon
             of
             their
             sinnes
             hath
             been
             from
             all
             eternitie
             ,
             and
             doth
             endure
             for
             euer
             :
             argued
             pag.
             166.
             lin
             .
             28.
             
          
           
             That
             all
             things
             whatsoeuer
             ought
             to
             concurre
             with
             the
             Prophet
             in
             praising
             the
             Lord.
             pag.
             164.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Prophets
             continuing
             in
             trouble
             will
             discourage
             the
             godlie
             ,
             and
             occasion
             the
             wicked
             to
             triumph
             .
             pag.
             31.
             and
             67.
             lin
             .
             3.
             and
             pag.
             114.
             lin
             .
             22.
             
          
           
             That
             such
             as
             call
             vpon
             the
             Lord
             are
             protected
             by
             him
             .
             pag.
             36.
             lin
             .
             9.
             also
             pag.
             90.
             lin
             .
             20.
             and
             pag.
             150.
             lin
             .
             16.
             
          
           
             That
             out
             of
             a
             reuerent
             and
             due
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             Lords
             glorie
             ,
             we
             ought
             to
             magnifie
             him
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             171.
             lin
             .
             14.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             hath
             in
             the
             creation
             of
             things
             set
             forth
             and
             published
             to
             the
             view
             of
             the
             world
             the
             glorie
             of
             his
             power
             ,
             wisedom
             and
             goodnes
             :
             argued
             pag.
             172.
             lin
             .
             30.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             by
             his
             prouidence
             doth
             conserue
             and
             intertaine
             all
             liuing
             creatures
             in
             the
             state
             of
             nature
             allotted
             vnto
             them
             :
             disputed
             pag.
             176.
             lin
             .
             6.